Service Manual - 6198135m2gb Pre h100 1 3904

750/760/860/960/965 LOADER BACKHOE SERVICE MANUAL
Table of contents
DIVISION/SECTION
1
SECTION N
GENERAL
Standard torque specifications and loctite product chart .................................1001
Fluids and lubricants ........................................................................................1002
7-79451GB
7-21280GB
ENGINE
Engine and radiator removal and installation ...................................................2000
Specifications details .......................................................................................2401
7-21290GB
7-21310GB
FUEL SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL
Electrical schematic .........................................................................................4001
Battery .............................................................................................................4003
Starter motor ....................................................................................................4004
Removal and installation of electrical components ..........................................4005
Alternator .........................................................................................................4007
Steering, loader and backhoe calibration.........................................................4008
REFERENCE N
STEERING
Removal and installation of steering components............................................5000
Steering specifications, pressure checks and troubleshooting
(Models 750/760/860)..................................................................................5001
Steering specifications, pressure checks and troubleshooting
(Models 960/965).........................................................................................5001
Steering control valve.......................................................................................5002
Steering cylinder ..............................................................................................5003
Front axle, two wheel drive machine/two wheel steer machine
(Model 750) .................................................................................................5005
Front axle, four wheel drive machine/two wheel steer machine
(Models 750/760/860)..................................................................................5006
Front axle, four wheel drive machine/four wheel steer machine
(Models 960/965).........................................................................................5007
7-21320GB
7-21330GB
7-21340GB
7-21350GB
7-21360GB
7-26530GB
7-21370GB
7-21380GB
7-21900GB
7-21390GB
7-21400GB
7-21880GB
7-21410GB
7-21890GB
POWER TRAIN
Removal and installation of power train components.......................................6000
Transmission specifications, pressure checks and troubleshooting .................6002
Wheels and tyres .............................................................................................6003
Rear axle two wheel steer (models 750/760/860)............................................6004
Gear box ..........................................................................................................6007
Rear axle-four whell steer ................................................................................6008
7-21420GB
7-21430GB
7-21440GB
7-21450GB
7-21460GB
7-21600GB
BRAKES
Removal and installation of brake components ...............................................7000
Disassembly and assembly of brake components ...........................................7003
7-21470GB
7-21480GB
Case
Cre 7-21271GB
Copyright 1999 Case France

Printed in France
Issued October 1999
DIVISION/SECTION
8
SECTION N
REFERENCE N
HYDRAULICS
Removal and installation of hydraulic components ..........................................8001
Hydraulic specifications, troubleshooting and pressure checks .......................8002
Cleaning the hydraulic system .........................................................................8003
Hydraulic pump and unloader valve.................................................................8004
Loader control valve.........................................................................................8005
Cylinders ..........................................................................................................8006
Backhoe control valve ......................................................................................8007
Extending dipperstick control valve ..................................................................8008
Priority demand valve ......................................................................................8010
7-21500GB
7-21510GB
7-21520GB
7-21530GB
7-21540GB
7-21620GB
7-21550GB
7-21560GB
7-21570GB
MOUNTED/EQUIPMENT
Pedals and levers.............................................................................................9001
Loader..............................................................................................................9006
Cab and Rops ..................................................................................................9007
Backhoe ...........................................................................................................9008
Seat and seat belt ............................................................................................9009
Removal and installation of components .........................................................9011
7-21630GB
7-21650GB
7-21660GB
7-21670GB
7-21680GB
7-21690GB
Cre 7-21271GB
Issued 10-99
1001
Section
1001
STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
AND LOCTITE PRODUCT CHART
Case
Cre 7-79451GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
1001-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS - DECIMAL HARDWARE ........................................................................................... 2
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS - METRIC HARDWARE ............................................................................................. 3
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS - STEEL HYDRAULIC FITTINGS ...........................................................................4-5
LOCTITE PRODUCT CHART .................................................................................................................................. 6
TORQUES SPECIFICATIONS
(DECIMAL HARDWARE)
Use the torques in this chart when special torques
are not given. These torques apply to fasteners with
both UNC and UNF threads as received from
suppliers dry, or when lubricated with engine oil. Not
applicable if special graphities, Molydisulfide greases,
or other extreme pressure lubricants are used.
Grade 5 Bolts,
Nuts and Studs
Grade 8 Bolts,
Nuts and Studs
Size
Poundinches
Newton
metres
1/4 inch
12 to 15
16 to 20
5/16 inch
24 to 29
33 to 39
3/8 inch
45 to 54
61 to 73
Newton
metres
7/16 inch
70 to 84
95 to 114
Size
Poundinches
1/2 inch
110 to 132
149 to 179
1/4 inch
8 to 11
12 to 15
9/16 inch
160 to 192
217 to 260
5/16 inch
17 to 21
23 to 28
5/8 inch
220 to 264
298 to 358
3/8 inch
35 to 42
48 to 57
3/4 inch
380 to 456
515 to 618
7/16 inch
54 to 64
73 to 87
7/8 inch
600 to 720
814 to 976
1/2 inch
80 to 96
109 to 130
1.0 inch
900 to 1080
1220 to 1465
9/16 inch
110 to 132
149 to 179
1-1/8 inchs
1280 to 1440
1736 to 1953
5/8 inch
150 to 180
203 to 244
1-1/4 inchs
1820 to 2000
2468 to 2712
3/4 inch
270 to 324
366 to 439
1-3/8 inchs
2380 to 2720
3227 to 3688
7/8 inch
400 to 480
542 to 651
1-1/2 inchs
3160 to 3560
4285 to 4827
1.0 inch
580 to 696
787 to 944
1-1/8 inchs
800 to 880
1085 to 1193
1-1/4 inchs
1120 to 1240
1519 to 1681
1-3/8 inchs
1460 to 1680
190 to 2278
1-1/2 inchs
1940 to 2200
2631 to 2983
Cre 7-79451GB
NOTE : Use thick nuts with Grade 8 bolts.
Issued 06-99
1001-3
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
(METRIC HARDWARE)
Use the following torques when specifications are not
given.
Grade 10.9 Bolts,

Nuts and Studs
These values apply to fasteners with coarse threads

as received from supplier, plated or unplated, or
when lubricated with engine oil. These values do not
apply if graphite or Molydisulfide grease or oil is used.
Grade 8.8 Bolts,

Nuts and Studs
8.8
10.9
Size
Poundinches
Newton
metres
M4
3 to 4
4 to 5
M5
7 to 8
9 to 11
M6
11 to 13
15 to 18
Newton
metres
M8
27 to 32
37 to 43
Size
Poundinches
M10
54 to 64
73 to 87
M4
2 to 3
3 to 4
M12
93 to 112
125 to 150
M5
5 to 6
7 to 8
M14
149 to 179
200 to 245
M6
8 to 9
11 to 12
M16
230 to 280
310 to 380
M8
19 to 23
26 to 31
M20
450 to 540
610 to 730
M10
38 to 45
52 to 61
M24
780 to 940
1050 to 1275
M12
66 to 79
90 to 107
M30
1470 to 1770
2000 to 2400
M14
106 to 127
144 to 172
M36
2580 to 3090
3500 to 4200
M16
160 to 200
217 to 271
M20
320 to 380
434 to 515
M24
500 to 600
675 to 815
M30
920 to 1100
1250 to 1500
M36
1600 to 1950
2175 to 2600
Cre 7-79451GB
Grade 12.9 Bolts, Nuts and Studs

12.9
Usually the torque values specified for grade 10.9
fasteners can be used satisfactorily on grade 12.9
fasteners.
Issued 06-99
1001-4
(STEEL HYDRAULIC FITTINGS)
Tube OD
Hose ID
Thread
size
Poundinches
Newton
metres
Tube OD
Hose ID
37 Degree
flare fitting
Thread
size
Poundinches
Newton
metres
Straight threads
with O-ring
1/4 inch/
6.4 mm
7/16-20
6 to 12
8 to 16
1/4 inch/
6.4 mm
7/16-20
12 to 19
16 to 26
5/16 inch/
7.9 mm
1/2-20
8 to 16
11 to 22
5/16 inch/
7.9 mm
1/2-20
16 to 24
22 to 34
3/8 inch/
9.5 mm
9/16-18
10 to 25
14 to 34
3/8 inch/
9.5 mm
9/16-18
24 to 40
34 to 54
1/2 inch/
12.7 mm
3/4-16
15 to 42
20 to 57
1/2 inch/
12.7 mm
3/4-16
42 to 67
57 to 91
5/8 inch/
15.9
7/8-14
25 to 58
34 to 79
5/8 inch/
15.9
7/8-14
58 to 92
79 to 124
3/4 inch/
19.0 mm
1-1/16-12
40 to 80
54 to 108
3/4 inch/
19.0 mm
1-1/16-12
80 to 128
108 to 174
7/8 inch/
22.2 mm
1-3/16-12
60 to 100
81 to 135
7/8 inch/
22.2 mm
1-3/16-12
100 to 160
136 to 216
1.0 inch/
25.4 mm
1-5/16-12
75 to 117
102 to 158
1.0 inch/
25.4 mm
1-5/16-12
117 to 187
159 to 253
1-1/4 inch/
31.8 mm
1-5/8-12
125 to 165
169 to 223
1-1/4 inch/
31.8 mm
1-5/8-12
165 to 264
224 to 357
1-1/2 inch/
38.1 mm
1-7/8-12
210 to 250
285 to 338
1-1/2 inch/
38.1 mm
1-7/8-12
250 to 400
339 to 542
Split flange
mounting screws
Size
Poundinches
Newton metres
5/16-18
15 to 20
20 to 27
3/8-16
27 to 40
36 to 53
7/16-14
35 to 45
47 to 61
1/2-13
55 to 65
74 to 88
5/8-11
140 to 150
190 to 203
Cre 7-79451GB
Issued 06-99
1001-5
(STEEL HYDRAULIC FITTINGS)
Nom. SAE
dash size
Tube OD
Thread
size
Poundinches
Newton
metres
Thread
size
Poundinches
Newton
metres
O-ring boss end fitting

or lock nut
O-ring face seal end

-4
1/4 inch/
6.4 mm
9/16-18
10 to 12
14 to 16
7/16-20
17 to 20
23 to 27
-6
3/8 inch/
9.5 mm
11/16-16
18 to 20
24 to 27
9/16-18
25 to 30
34 to 41
-8
1/2 inch/
12.7 mm
13/16-16
32 to 40
43 to 54
3/4-16
45 to 50
61 to 68
-10
5/8 inch/
15.9 mm
1-14
46 to 56
62 to 76
7/8-14
60 to 65
81 to 88
-12
3/4 inch/
19.0 mm
1-3/16-12
65 to 80
90 to 110
1-1/16-12
85 to 90
115 to 122
-14
7/8 inch/
22.2 mm
1-3/16-12
65 to 80
90 to 110
1-3/16-12
95 to 100
129 to 136
-16
1.0 inch/
25.4 mm
1-7/16-12
92 to 105
125 to 140
1-5/16-12
115 to 125
156 to 169
-20
1-1/4 inch/
31.8 mm
1-11/16-12
125 to 140
170 to 190
1-5/8-12
150 to 160
203 to 217
-24
1-1/2 inch/
38.1 mm
2-12
150 to 180
200 to 254
1-7/8-12
190 to 200
258 to 271
Cre 7-79451GB
Issued 06-99
1001-6
Primer
Dark
brown
24 h
764
80
Yellow
Fast
764
123
Clear
220
Blue
290
0.076
65/164
in lbs
-54 to +122
6 min/24 h
747
221
Purple
222
0.127
86/50
in lbs
-54 to +150
2 min/24 h
747
Low strength threadlocker
222
Purple
0.127
51/28
in lbs
-54 to +150 10 min/24 h
747
Low strength threadlocker (small screws)
225
Brown
0.254
51/28
in lbs
-54 to +150
7 min/24 h
747
Low strength threadlocker
242
Blue
0.127
92/57
in lbs
-54 to +150 10 min/24 h
747
Medium strength threadlocker
262
Red
271
0.127
184/218
in lbs
-54 to +150
5 min/24 h
747
High strength threadlocker
270
Green
271
0.177
184/368
in lbs
-54 to +150
3 min/24 h
747
271
Red
262
0.177
184/368
in lbs
-54 to +150 10 min/24 h
747
272
Red
620
0.254
207/311
in lbs
-54 to +234 30 min/24 h
747
High temperature, high strength
275
Green
277
0.254
241/345
in lbs
-54 to +150
3 min/24 h
747
277
Red
0.254
241/345
in lbs
-54 to +150 60 min/24 h
747
290
Green
0.076
97/403
in lbs
-54 to +150
6 min/24 h
747
Wicking threadlocker
*404
Clear
0.156
224 psi
-54 to +82
30 sec/24 h
Instant adhesive
*406
Clear
0.101
224 psi
-54 to +82
15 sec/24 h
Surface insensitive adhesive
*409
Clear
0.203
175 psi
-54 to +82
50 sec/24 h
Gel instant adhesive
*414
Clear
0.156
175 psi
-54 to +82
30 sec/24 h
Instant adhesive
*415
Clear
454
0.254
175 psi
-54 to +82
50 sec/24 h
Gap filling instant adhesive (metals)
*416
Clear
454
0.254
175 psi
-54 to +82
50 sec/24 h
Gap filling instant adhesive (plastics)
*420
Clear
0.05
175 psi
-54 to +82
15 sec/24 h
Wicking instant adhesive
*422
Clear
0.05
196 psi
-54 to +82
60 sec/24 h
Gap filling instant adhesive
*430
Clear
0.127
175 psi
-54 to +82
20 sec/24 h
Metal bonding adhesive
222
495
454
454
Description
Fixture/full cure
(steel/steel) time
Working temperature
range-fahrenheit
Strength (steel/steel)
Colour
#3
Gap (inches)
Product
Similar products
LOCTITE PRODUCT CHART
Form a Gasket (works with oil, fuel or

greas) Pliable
Weatherstrip adhesive
Parts cleaner fluid
Wicking threadlocker
* Products 404-496 (except for #445) are all instant adhesives (super glues) they differ mostly in viscosity.
Cre 7-79451GB
Issued 06-99
Gap (inches)
Working temperature
range-fahrenheit
Fixture/full cure
(steel/steel) time
Primer
White/
Black
6.35
140 psi
-54 to +82
5 min/24 h
Fast setting 2 part epoxy
*454
Clear
0.254
224 psi
-54 to +82
15 sec/24 h
Surface insensitive gel instant adhesive
*495
Clear
0.101
175 psi
-54 to +82
20 sec/24 h
General purpose instant adhesive
*496
Clear
0.127
175 psi
-54 to +82
20 sec/24 h
Metal bonding adhesive
504
Brt orange
0.076
52 psi
-54 to +150 90 sec/24 h
510
Red
0.05
70 psi
-54 to +206 30 min/24 h
764
High temperature, gasket eliminator
515
Purple
0.254
52 psi
-54 to +150
1 hr/24 h
764
Gasket eliminator 515
518
Red
515
0.076
35 psi
-54 to +150
1 hr/24 h
764
Gasket eliminator 578 for aluminum
542
Brown
569
152/106
in lbs
-54 to +150
2 hr/24 h
747
Hydraulic sealant
545
Purple
28/23
in lbs
-54 to +150
4 hr/24 h
747
Low strength pneumatic/hydraulic sealant
549
Red
504
0.05
175 psi
-54 to +150
2 hr/24 h
747
Instant seal plastic gasket
554
White
277
0.381
276/240
in lbs
-54 to +150 2 to 4 hr/24 h
764
Refrigerant sealant
567
Orange
592
35 psi
-54 to +206
4 hr/24 h
764
Pipe sealant for stainless steel
568
Brown
277
0.381
175 psi
-54 to +150
12 hr/24 h
764
Plastic gasket
569
Brown
545
0.254 28/46 in lbs
-54 to +150
1 hr/24 h
764
Hydraulic sealant
570
Brown
592
-54 to +150
6 hr/24 h
764
Steam sealant
571
White
592
764
Pipe sealant
572
White
578.
575
515
28/46 in lbs
0.381 46/23 in lbs

-
92/31in lbs
-54 to +150 2 to 4 hr/24 h

-54 to +150
24 hr/24 h
4 hr/24 h
Description
Colour
*445
Similar products
Product
1001-7
None Rigid gasket eliminator
None Gasketing
592
Black
0.05
35 psi
-54 to +206
593
Green
6.35
28 psi
-54 to +206 30 min/24 h
601
Green
609
0.127
210 psi
-54 to +150 10 min/24 h
747
Current PIN #609
609
Green
0.127
210 psi
-54 to +150 10 min/24 h
747
General purpose retaining compound
620
Green
640
0.381
210 psi
-54 to +234 30 min/24 h
747
High temperature. Retaining coumpound
635
Green
680
0.254
280 psi
-54 to +150
747
High strength retaining compound
638
Green
680
0.381
287 psi
-54 to +150 10 min/24 h
747
640
Green
620
0.177
210 psi
-54 to +206
747
High temperature retaining compound
1 hr/24 h
1 hr/24 h
736
Pipe sealant with teflon

RTV silicone
660
Silver
0.05
210 psi
-54 to +150 20 min/24 h
764
Quick metal
675
Green
609
0.127
210 psi
-54 to +150 20 min/24 h
747
General purpose retaining compound
680
Green
635
0.381
280 psi
-54 to +150 10 min/24 h
747
706
Clear
755
Cleaning solvent
707
Amber
Activator for structual adhesives
736
Amber
Primer NF
738
Amber
Depend activator
Cre 7-79451GB
Issued 06-99
Colour
Similar products
Gap (inches)
Working temperature
range-fahrenheit
Fixture/full cure
(steel/steel) time
Primer
747
Yellow
Primer T
751
Clear
Activator for structural adhesives
755
Clear
Cleaning solvent
764
Green
Primer N
767
Silver
-54 to +878
Anti-seize lubricant
Cre 7-79451GB
Description
Product
1001-8
Issued 06-99
1002
Section
1002
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
Case
Cre 7-21280GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
1002-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAPACITIES AND LUBRICANTS.............................................................................................................................3
ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATIONS........................................................................................................................5
Oil viscosity/Oil operating range............................................................................................................................5
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS .....................................................................................................................................6
Hydraulic fluid........................................................................................................................................................6
Transmission component oil .................................................................................................................................6
Grease ..................................................................................................................................................................6
Anti-freeze/anti-corrosion ......................................................................................................................................6
Fuel .......................................................................................................................................................................6
Fuel storage ..........................................................................................................................................................6
ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................................................................................7
PLASTIC AND RESIN PARTS ..................................................................................................................................7
Cre 7-21280GB
Issued 06-99
1002-3
CAPACITIES AND LUBRICANTS

Engine Oil
Capacity with filter replacement ............................................................................................................. 10.7 litres
Type of oil ................................................................................................... refer to Engine oil recommendations
Engine cooling system
Capacity ................................................................................................................................................. 16.5 litres
Type of collant solution .......................................................................................... refer to Fluids and lubricants
Fuel tank
Capacity .................................................................................................................................................. 120 litres
Type of fuel .............................................................................................................. refer to Fluids and lubricants"
Hydraulic system
Total hydraulic system capacity model 750............................................................................................... 90 litres
Total hydraulic system capacity model 760................................................................................................ 90 litres
Hydraulic reservoir filling capacity with filter replacement ......................................................................... 45 litres
Hydraulic reservoir filling capacity without filter replacement .................................................................... 43 litres
Type of fluid ............................................................................................................ refer to Fluids and lubricants
Transmission
2-Wheel drive
Total system .......................................................................................................................................... 19 litres
Filling with or without filter replacement ................................................................................................ 15 litres
Type of oil ....................................................................................................................API cd/se grade 10W30
4-Wheel drive
Total system .......................................................................................................................................... 19 litres
Filling with or without filter replacement ............................................................................................... 15 litres
Type of oil ....................................................................................................................API cd/se grade 10W30
Front Axle
4-Wheel steer
Axle centre housing ............................................................................................................................... 8 litres
Axle hubs (each) .................................................................................................................................. 4.5 litres
Type of oil ..........................................................................................................................HI LOAD GEAR OIL
2-Wheel steer
Axle hubs (each) .................................................................................................................................... 1.1 litre
Cre 7-21280GB
Issued 06-99
1002-4
Rear axle
4-Wheel steer
Axle hubs (each) .................................................................................................................................. 4.5 litres
2-Wheel steer
Capicity ............................................................................................................................................. 22.5 litres
Brake fluid reservoir ...........................................................................................................................LHM brake fluid
Cre 7-21280GB
Issued 06-99
1002-5
ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATIONS

Temperate climates
The engine oil to be used depends on the ambient

temperature.
-5C to +40C
Oil type SAE 30
Use only oil of the API/CD category.

NOTE : Do not put any performance additive or other
additive in the sump. Oil change intervals shown in
this manual are based on tests carried out on lubricants.
Hot climates
60C and +
Oil type SAE 40
Cold climates
-30C to + 10C
Oil type SAE 10W30
Oil viscosity/Oil operating range

A
B
IO36LO
A : FAHRENHEIT TEMPERATURE
B : CENTIGRADE TEMPERATURE
Cre 7-21280GB
Issued 06-99
1002-6
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS

Fluids and lubricants must have the correct properties for each application.
WARNING : The conditions of use for individual fluids and lubricants must be respected.
Hydraulic fluid
Anti-freeze/anti-corrosion
Hydraulic fluid is specially designed for the high pressure and the hydraulic system used on machines.
The type of fluid to be used depends on the ambient
temperature.
Use anti-freeze in all seasons to protect the cooling

system from corrosion and all risk of freezing.
Temperate climates
-5C to +40C
Fluid type : ISO VG 46
Hot climates
5C to +55C
Cold climates
-20C to +30C
Transmission component oil

Extreme pressure oil is used for all cased transmission components.
Extreme pressure oil type API CD/SE.
Grade 10W30 or ISO VG 150
Grease
The type of grease to be used depends on the ambient temperature.
Temperate and hot climates

-20C to + 60 C
Extreme pressure grease EP NLGI.
Grade 2 with molybdenum disulphide.
Cold climates
-40 C to + 20C
Extreme pressure grease EP NLGI
Grade 0
Cre 7-21280GB
For environments with a temperature higher than -36C,

use a mixture of 50% ethylene-glycol based antifreeze.
For environments with a temperature lower than -36C,
a mixture of 40% water with 60% anti-freeze is recommended.
Fuel
The fuel to be used must be in conformity with the
D975 standard of the American Society for Testing
and Materials (ASTM).
Use No. 2 type fuel. The use of other fuels may cause
a loss of engine power and excessive fuel consumption.
In cold weather, a mixture of No. 1 fuel and No. 2 fuel
is temporarily permitted. Consult your fuel supplier.
If the temperature falls below the fuel cloud point
(point at which wax appears), wax crystals in the fuel
will cause a loss of engine power or make it impossible to start the engine.
IMPORTANT : In cold weather, fill the fuel tank after
each days work, to prevent the formation of condensation.
Fuel storage
Prolonged fuel storage causes foreign bodies or condensation water to accumulate in the storage tank.
Many engine failures are caused by the presence of
water in fuel.
The storage tank should be placed outdoors and the
fuel should be kept at as low a temperature as possible. Condensation water should be drained off at regular intervals.
Issued 06-99
1002-7
ENVIRONMENT
Before carrying out any maintenance operation on
the machine and before disposing of used fluids or
lubricants, always think of the environment. Never
throw oil or fluid on the ground and never put them in
leaky receptacles.
Consult a local recycling or environmental centre, to

obtain information on the correct method of disposing
of these materials.
PLASTIC AND RESIN PARTS

When cleaning plastic windows, the console, the instrument panel, the gauges, etc, avoid the use of petrol, paraffin, paint solvents, etc. Use only water, soap and a soft cloth.
The use of petrol, paraffin, paint solvents, etc will cause discoloration, cracks or deformation of these parts.
Cre 7-21280GB
Issued 06-99
Section
2000
Case
Cre 7-21290GB

Printed in France
October 1999
2000
ENGINE AND RADIATOR

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
2000-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................................................................... 3
SPECIAL TORQUE SETTINGS ................................................................................................................................ 3
TOOLS REQUIRED .................................................................................................................................................. 3
RADIATOR REMOVAL .............................................................................................................................................4
PERSPECTIVE VIEW ............................................................................................................................................... 6
ENGINE REMOVAL .................................................................................................................................................. 7
INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................................................................13
WARNING : This symbol is used in this manuel to indicate important safety messages. When ever you see
this symbol, carefully read the message that follows, as there is a risk of serious injury.
Cre 7-21290GB
Issued 10-99
2000-3
SPECIFICATIONS
Cooling System capacity :
System capacity ..................................................................................................................................................9.8 L
Expansion reservoir capacity..................................................................................................................................1 L
Engine/Radiator capacity.....................................................................................................................................6.6 L
Coolant solution............................................................................................................................... See section 1002
SPECIAL TORQUE SETTINGS

Torque converter mounting bolts ...................................................................................................................... 41 Nm
Engine mounting bolts ............................................................................................................................ M16 280 Nm
Engine mounting nuts............................................................................................................................... M10 48 Nm
Transmission mountings......................................................................................................................... M12 140 Nm
M20 395 Nm
TOOLS REQUIRED
Engine lifting bracket
Cre 7-21290GB
Issued 10-99
2000-4
RADIATOR REMOVAL
Put identification tags on all disconnected hoses and
wires. Close disconnected hoses and fittings with
caps and plugs.
STEP 1
Park the machine on a level surface. Raise the loader
and install the support strut to hold the loader.
STEP 2
STEP 9
Tag and disconnect the wires on the audible warning
device.
STEP 10
Tag and disconnect the wires on the hydraulic filter
obstruction indicator.
STEP 11
Open the hood.
STEP 3
33
11
Remove the bolts, washers, and nuts from the pivot

point on the hood.
STEP 4
Have another person help with the following procedure :
A. Remove the retainers from the hood struts and
disconnect the hood struts from the stud.
22
B. Remove the hood from the machine.

789M250A
STEP 5
Slowly remove the radiator cap.
Release the fluid pipes (1) and electrical connections

(2) to the screen wash bottle (3) and tie back to the
chassis.
WARNING : Do not remove the cap when the

engine is hot. The circuit is still under pressure
and you could be scalded.
NOTE : During installation, fill the radiator and coolant reservoir completely. See Section 1002 for coolant specifications. Start and run the engine until the
coolant is at operating temperature. Stop the engine
and check for leakage. When the coolant is cold,
check the coolant reservoir level. Add coolant as
required. Never remove the radiator cap to check the
coolant level in the radiator.
STEP 6
Depressurize the hydraulic system as follows see
section 8002.
STEP 7
Disconnect the hoses from the hydraulic filter.
STEP 8
Remove and fit blaks to the expansion reservoir
hoses.
Cre 7-21290GB
Issued 10-99
2000-5
STEP 12
STEP 15
Loosen the clamp and disconnect the lower radiator
hose (3).
STEP 16
Loosen the clamp and disconnect the air cleaner
hose (4).
STEP 17
1
6
2
9
3
2
CI98G517
CI98G516
Remove the hardwere (1), the retaining pins (2), the

washers (3) and support (4).
STEP 13
Position a suitable drainage container beneath the

hydraulic hose (5) and disconnect the hose from the
oil cooler (9).
NOTE : Fit blanks to the hose and the oil cooler connection.
STEP 18
2
Repeat step (5) for the remaining hydraulic hoses (6),

(7) and (8).
STEP 19
4
Remove the for radiator retaining screw.
STEP 20
3
Install a suitable sling around the radiator and

remove the radiator.
NOTE : Installation of the radiator is the reverse of
removal.
1
CI98G517
Disconnect the overflow hose (1) from the radiator

neck.
STEP 14
Loosen the clamp and disconnect the upper radiator
hose (2).
Cre 7-21290GB
Issued 10-99
2000-6
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
9
28 8
17
16
17
16
19
21
25
12
18
15
26
13
11
10
27
22
14
23
15
5
25
16
24
26
22
21
20
CI98G505
1.
Hose
15. Washer
2.
Collar
16. Nut
3.
Hose
17. Bracket
4.
Collar
18. Bracket
5.
Seal
19. Collar
6.
Shroud
20. Nut
7.
Radiator
21. Hose
8.
Cap, filler
22. Clamp
9.
Cooler, oil
23. Tank, expansion
10. Bracket
24. Bracket
11. Nut
25. Screw
12. Screw
26. Washer
13. Washer
27. Plug
14. Stanchion
28. Grommet
Cre 7-21290GB
Issued 10-99
2000-7
ENGINE REMOVAL
Put identification tags on all disconnected hoses and
wires. Close disconnected hoses and fittings with
caps and plugs.
STEP 5
66
22
STEP 1
Remove the radiator see page 4.
STEP 2
Disconnect the battery.
STEP 3
5
1
789M257A
2
3
2
CI98G518
Remove the hose clip (4) from the air filter hose (5) at
the turbocharger inlet.
STEP 4
Support the air filter assembly (1) and remove the
three bolts (2) from the cylinder head and two bolts
(3) from the exhaust bracket. Remove the air filter
assembly.
789M256A
Install the engine lifting bracket (6) using two of the

bolts (2) from the air filter bracket. The bracket is part
of the machine tool kit.
Cre 7-21290GB
Issued 10-99
2000-8
STEP 6
STEP 10
14
14
2
15
15
1
5
16
16
7
3
6
789M259A
Disconnect the throttle cable (15) from the fuel injection pump lever (14) and the bracket (16).
CI98G519
Release the spring (1) and remove the exhaust pipe

(2).
STEP 11
17
17
STEP 7
Release the clip (3) on the silencer to turbocharger
connection and remove the nuts, washers and spacers (4). Remove the silencer (5) from the bracket (6).
18
18
STEP 8
Remove the three bolts and washers (7) from the
exhaust bracket and remove the bracket.
19
19
STEP 9
Remove the hydraulic oil pump drive shaft (see section 8004).
789M287A
Release the hose clips (19) on the heater hoses (17)

at the thermostat housing (18). Remove the hoses
and tie back under the scuttle.
Cre 7-21290GB
Issued 10-99
2000-9
STEP 12
STEP 14
Release the dipstick pipe coupling (25) on the transmission and remove the dipstick assembly.
STEP 15
20
20
21
21
22
22
31
31
789M261A
32
32
Remove the four bolts (20) in the hydraulic pump

drive coupling (21) and remove the drive shaft (22).
33
33
STEP 13
789M263A
23
23
Remove the nut (32) from the wiring cover (31) on the
starter motor (33) and remove the cover.
24
24
STEP 16
34
34
2525
26
26
27
27
29
30
29, 30
28
28
36
36
35
35
789M262A
789M264A
Release the hose clips (24) on the transmission filler

flexible pipe (26), remove the two bolts and nuts (23)
and (28) in the support bracket (27) and the nut and
bolt (29) and (30) in the dipstick pipe support.
Remove the bolt and nut (36) in the clip (35) for the
transmission oil cooler pipe (34), and release the
pipe.
Cre 7-21290GB
Issued 10-99
2000-10
STEP 17
STEP 20
Disconnect and tag all wiring connections from the

engine. These include the starter motor, the alternator, the water temperature switch, the oil pressure
switch, the thermostat unit, the air filter restriction
switch and the fuel injection pump stop solenoid.
Remove the six screws (41) from the gear lever tower
(40) and slide the tower up the lever (42).
STEP 18
STEP 21
Disconnect the clutch switch wiring connection (44)
and remove the spring (46) from the shift lever.
STEP 22
37
37
Remove the bolt and nut (43) and (45) from the shift
lever and remove the lever from the transmission.
STEP 23
Put the wiring ties which attach the electrical harness
to the support rail at the rear of the engine.
STEP 24
Release the oil cooler hose clamp on the right hand
side of the chassis.
STEP 25
39
39
38
38
789M265A
Remove the front floor mat (37) in the cab. Remove

the four screws (39) from the centre front floor plate
(38) and remove the plate.
48
48
47
47
STEP 19
41
40
42
789M288A
43
Disconnect the fuel inlet and discharge pipe (47) and

(48) from the fuel lift pump.
46
45
44
CI98G501
Remove the six screws (41) from the gear lever tower
(40) and slide the tower up the lever (42).
Cre 7-21290GB
Issued 10-99
2000-11
STEP 26
STEP 28
565757
56,
49
49
50
50
51
51
52
52
56 57
56,57
789M270A
Remove the four bolts (52) and the two bearing caps
(51) from the rear coupling. Lower the propshaft (49).
Make sure that the needle roller bearing cups (50) on
the rear coupling are taped to the joint.
STEP 27
58
58
53
53
789M272A
Remove the eight flywheel to torque converter bolts

(56) and the washers (57) from the flex plate assembly (58).
STEP 29
59
59
55
55
54
54
789M271A
Remove the four bolts (54) and the inspection plate

(55) from the bottom of the bell housing (53).
789M273A
Remove all except two of the spacer housing bolts

(59).
Cre 7-21290GB
Issued 10-99
2000-12
STEP 30
STEP 34
Position a trolley jack under the transmission, next to

the front axle drive coupling flange. Raise the jack
into contact with the transmission but DO NOT lift the
transmission.
STEP 31
Attach the special lifting bracket to the engine.
STEP 32
67
67
66
66
65
65
63
63
64
64
789M256A
789M276A
Using a suitable hoist attached to the lifting bracket,

apply tension to the lift chains. DO NOT raise the
engine.
Remove the centre bolt (67), the nuts (64) and the
washers (63) and (66) from each transmission
mounting plate (65).
STEP 33
STEP 35
Remove the rear propshaft.
STEP 36
Using the hoist and trolley jack, raise the engine/
transmission unit sufficient to remove the engine
mountings. (approximately 40 mm (1.5 in)).
STEP 37
Lower the engine/transmission unit and move it
towards the rear of the machine until the rear propshaft slicing joint is completely closed.
STEP 38
60
60
Remove the two bolts in the spacer housing.
62
62
61
61
789M257A
Loosen the two bolts (62) and the nuts (60) from each
engine bracket (61).
Cre 7-21290GB
Issued 10-99
2000-13
STEP 39
3.
Torque tighten attaching parts as follows :
Hold the transmission to the rear, and move the

engine forward on the hoist to disengage the torque
converters spigot. Make sure that the torque converter does not disengage from the transmission
input shaft when the engine moves forward.
Flywheel to torque converter flexible

plate bolts.................................. 28 Nm (21 lbf ft)
STEP 40
Starter motor friction nuts ..........36 Nm (26 lbf ft)
Remove the engine from the machine.
Rear coupling bearing cap bolts 37 Nm (27 lbf ft)

Coupling flange bolts................. 48 Nm (35 lbf ft)
4.
Before starting the engine, do steps 3 through 8.
5.
Bleed air from fuel system (see section 3410).
Installation
6.
NOTE : Install the engine in the reverse order of the

removal but note the following :
Check the transmission oil level (see section

6002).
7.
Check the engine oil level.
1.
8.
Replenish the radiator and header tank with

coolant.
9.
Check the hydraulic oil level.
10. Carry out a complete functional test of the

machine. Check all connections and joints for
leakage. Check all fluid levels with the engine
stopped and cold.
68
68
69
69
789M277A
Before installation of the engine, make sure that the

torque converter is correctly installed in the transmission. The flex plate face (68) must be at least 50 mm
(2.0 in) from the transmission flywheel cover face
(69) (measurement A). If the measurement A is 40
mm (1.5 in) or less, the torque converter is not correctly installed and must be removed and installed
correctly.
2.
During assembly of the engine to the transmission, make sure that the torque converter spigot
enters the fly wheel bush correctly. To check,
rotate the torque converter as the engine and
transmission come together.
Cre 7-21290GB
Issued 10-99
2401
Aftercare
Section
2401
ENGINES SPECIFICATIONS AND ADJUSTMENTS
Cre 7-21310GB

Printed in France
October 1999
2401-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TOOLS ...................................................................................................................................................... 4
Sealants ............................................................................................................................................................ 4
SPECIAL TORQUE TENSIONS................................................................................................................................ 5
750 MACHINE (Engine in the Perkins manual) ......................................................................................................... 7
Specifications....................................................................................................................................................7
Power rating...................................................................................................................................................... 7
Engine speeds .................................................................................................................................................. 7
760 MACHINE (Engine in the Perkins manual) ......................................................................................................... 7
Specifications....................................................................................................................................................7
Power rating...................................................................................................................................................... 7
Engine speeds .................................................................................................................................................. 7
860/960/965 MACHINE (Engine in the Perkins manual) ...........................................................................................8
Specifications....................................................................................................................................................8
Power rating...................................................................................................................................................... 8
Engine speeds .................................................................................................................................................. 8
DATA AND DIMENSIONS......................................................................................................................................... 9
Cylinder head assembly ........................................................................................................................................ 9
Cylinder head....................................................................................................................................................9
Inlet valves ........................................................................................................................................................ 9
Exhaust valves.................................................................................................................................................. 9
Valve guides ...................................................................................................................................................10
Valves springs.................................................................................................................................................10
Tappets ...........................................................................................................................................................10
Rocker shaft....................................................................................................................................................10
Rocker levers and bushes ..............................................................................................................................10
Piston and connecting rod assemblies................................................................................................................11
Pistons ............................................................................................................................................................11
Piston cooling jets ...........................................................................................................................................11
Piston rings .....................................................................................................................................................11
Connecting rods..............................................................................................................................................11
Big end bearings .............................................................................................................................................12
Gudgeon pins..................................................................................................................................................12
Small end bushes ...........................................................................................................................................12
Crankshaft assembly...........................................................................................................................................12
Crankshaft.......................................................................................................................................................12
Crankshaft heat treatment ..............................................................................................................................13
Main bearings .................................................................................................................................................13
Bearing width ..................................................................................................................................................13
Bearing thickness at centre.............................................................................................................................13
Bearing clearance ...........................................................................................................................................13
Crankshaft thrust washers ..............................................................................................................................13
Timing case and drive assembly .........................................................................................................................13
Camshaft.........................................................................................................................................................13
Camshaft thrust washer ..................................................................................................................................13
Camshaft gear ................................................................................................................................................14
Fuel pump gear...............................................................................................................................................14
Crankshaft gear ..............................................................................................................................................14
Idler gear and hub...........................................................................................................................................14
Idler gear and hub for the Bendix compressor................................................................................................14
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-3
Cylinder block assembly .....................................................................................................................................14
Cylinder block .................................................................................................................................................14
Camshaft bore diameter .................................................................................................................................14
Cylinder liners .................................................................................................................................................15
Cylinder liner specifications.................................................................................................................................15
Partially finished liner ......................................................................................................................................15
Surface finish of the preliminary bore .............................................................................................................15
Surface finish of the diamond hone ................................................................................................................15
Surface finish of the silicone carbide base hone.............................................................................................15
Surface finish of the silicone carbide plateau hone.........................................................................................15
Lubrication system ..............................................................................................................................................15
Lubricating oil pump - four cylinder engines ...................................................................................................15
Idler gear for lubricating oil pump....................................................................................................................16
Oil pressure relief valve (standard) .................................................................................................................16
Oil filter............................................................................................................................................................16
Fuel system .........................................................................................................................................................16
Lucas fuel injection pump ...............................................................................................................................16
Fuel lift pump - four cylinder engines ..............................................................................................................16
Fuel filter .........................................................................................................................................................16
Cooling system....................................................................................................................................................17
Coolant pump, belt driven ...............................................................................................................................17
Thermostat......................................................................................................................................................17
Fan drive housing ...........................................................................................................................................17
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-4
SPECIAL TOOLS
Tools required for a complete engine overhaul
MS.73
Adjustable valve seat cutters
PD.145D
Crankshaft rear oil seal drift (to be

used with MS 550 handle)
PD.150B
Cylinder liner remover/replacer

(main tool)
PD.150B-17
Adaptor for cylinder bores of 100

mm (3.937 inch) diameter. To be
used with PD.150B main tool
PD.1556
Water pump/Camshaft adaptor

(imperial) for PD.155C
PD.155B-5
Fuel pump/camshaft adaptor

(metric) for PD.155C
PD.155C
Puller, camshaft gear
6118B
Valve spring compressor
PD.6118-7
Adaptor for 611 8B
PD.6118-8
Adaptor for 611 8B
PD.162
Timing case cover centralising tool
MS.550
Drift handle (To be used with

PD.145D)
PD.170
Timing case seal installer
PD,17-6
Timing case seal installer
Sealants
Hylomar
Loctite 242
Loctite 575
Loctite Q Activator
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-5
SPECIAL TORQUE TENSIONS

Fasteners, rocker shaft brackets
Aluminium brackets .......................................................................................................................................... 40 Nm
Cast iron and sintered steel brackets ............................................................................................................... 75 Nm
Cap nuts, composite plastic rocker cover ......................................................................................................... 20 Nm
Cap nuts, aluminium rocker cover .................................................................................................................... 30 Nm
Setscrews, inlet manifold to cylinder head........................................................................................................ 44 Nm
Nuts (Cadnium plated), exhaust manifold to cylinder head .............................................................................. 33 Nm
Setscrews, engine lift bracket ........................................................................................................................... 44 Nm
Piston and connecting rod assemblies

Nuts, connecting rods ..................................................................................................................................... 125 Nm
Setscrews, connecting rods............................................................................................................................ 155 Nm
Banjo bolts, piston cooling jets ......................................................................................................................... 27 Nm
Crankshaft assembly
Setscrews, main bearings (4 cylinder engines) .............................................................................................. 250 Nm
Setscrews, crankshaft pulley .......................................................................................................................... 115 Nm
Setscrews, viscous damper to crankshaft pulley .............................................................................................. 75 Nm
Cap screws, crankshaft damper to crankshaft pulley ....................................................................................... 35 Nm
Cap screws, crankshaft bonded damper to crankshaft pulley .......................................................................... 35 Nm
Setscrews, rear oil seal housing to cylinder block ............................................................................................ 22 Nm
Cap screws, bridge piece to cylinder block....................................................................................................... 16 Nm
Cap screws, rear oil seal housing to bridge piece ............................................................................................ 13 Nm
Torx screw, rear oil seal housing to bridge piece .............................................................................................. 18 Nm
Timing case and drive assembly

Setscrews, timing case to cylinder block .......................................................................................................... 22 Nm
Setscrews, timing case to cylinder block .......................................................................................................... 44 Nm
Setscrews, hub of idler gear ............................................................................................................................. 44 Nm
Setscrews, camshaft gear ................................................................................................................................ 95 Nm
Setscrews, timing case cover to timing case .................................................................................................... 22 Nm
Nuts, timing case cover to timing case ............................................................................................................. 22 Nm
Cylinder block
Setscrews, fitted instead of piston cooling jets ................................................................................................. 27 Nm
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-6
Fuel system
Nuts, high-pressure fuel pipes.......................................................................................................................... 22 Nm
Bolt banjo, leak-off connection............................................................................................................................ 9 Nm
Gland nut, atomiser body ................................................................................................................................. 30 Nm
Setscrews, for the gear of the fuel injection pump............................................................................................ 28 Nm
Torx screws, for timing plate ............................................................................................................................... 9 Nm
Setscrews, fuel lift pump................................................................................................................................... 22 Nm
Nuts for flange of fuel injection pump ............................................................................................................... 28 Nm
Locking screw of Bosch VE fuel injection pump ............................................................................................... 27 Nm
Locking screw of DP 200 fuel injection pump ................................................................................................... 10 Nm
Lubrication system
Plug, lubricating oil sump.................................................................................................................................. 34 Nm
Setscrews, oil pump to front bearing cap ......................................................................................................... 22 Nm
Setscrews, cover for oil pump........................................................................................................................... 28 Nm
Fasteners, lubricating oil sump ......................................................................................................................... 22 Nm
Cooling system
Setscrews, fan drive housing to timing case..................................................................................................... 44 Nm
Setscrews, fan drive pulley to hub ........................................................................................................ 22 and 44 Nm
Setscrews, fan .................................................................................................................................................. 22 Nm
Connector, oil cooler to oil filter head ............................................................................................................... 58 Nm
Setscrews, coolant pump to timing case .......................................................................................................... 22 Nm
Screw, cassette type cooler to oil filter head .................................................................................................... 37 Nm
Flywheel and housing

Setscrews, flywheel to crankshaft................................................................................................................... 105 Nm
Setscrews, cast iron flywheel housing to cylinder block ................................................................................... 44 Nm
Head stamped 8.8........................................................................................................................................ 75 Nm
Head stamped 10.9...................................................................................................................................... 63 Nm
Head stamped 10.9.................................................................................................................................... 115 Nm
Setscrews, aluminium flywheel housing to cylinder block ................................................................................ 70 Nm
Setscrews, flywheel housing to cylinder block (paper joint).............................................................................. 70 Nm
Aspiration system
Nuts, turbocharger to manifold ......................................................................................................................... 44 Nm
Auxiliary equipment
Nut, compressor drive gear to compressor crankshaft................................................................................... 120 Nm
Nut, (30 A/F) compressor gears ..................................................................................................................... 130 Nm
Cap screw, bracket to idler hub ........................................................................................................................ 60 Nm
Cap screw, bracket to timing case .................................................................................................................... 35 Nm
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-7
750 MACHINE (Engine in the Perkins manual)

Specifications
Engine model n ................................................................................................................................Perkins 1004-42
Bore ..................................................................................................................................................103 mm (4.05 in)
Stroke ....................................................................................................................................................127 mm (5 in)
Cubic capacity ........................................................................................................................... 4.23 litres (257 cu in)
Cylinder arrangement ........................................................................................................................................ in line
N of cylinders ...........................................................................................................................................................4
fining order.....................................................................................................................................................1, 3, 4, 2
Compression ratio .............................................................................................................................................18.5:1
Induction system............................................................................................................................ Naturally aspirated
Combustion system ............................................................................................................................. Direct injection
Direction of rotation .............................................................................................................. Clockwise from the front
Power rating
SAE J1349 - nett ......................................................................................................... 51.5 kW (69 bhp) at 2200 rpm
ISO 9429 (1989) - nett................................................................................................. 49 kW (65.7 bhp) at 2200 rpm
Torque - SAE J1349 - nett ......................................................................................276 Nm (203.6 lbf ft) at 1200 rpm
Torque - ISO 9429 (1989) - nett..............................................................................273.5 Nm (201 lbf ft) at 1200 rpm
Engine speeds
Low idle speed.......................................................................................................................................... 850 rev/min
Rated speed ........................................................................................................................................... 2200 rev/min
Max-off load speed ................................................................................................................................. 2420 rev/min
760 MACHINE (Engine in the Perkins manual)

Specifications
Engine model No ......................................................................................................................... Perkins - 1004-40 T
Bore ................................................................................................................................................100 mm (3.937 in)
Stroke ...................................................................................................................................................127 mm (5 in)
Cubic capacity ........................................................................................................................... 3.99 litres (243 cu in)
Cylinder arrangement ........................................................................................................................................ ln-line
No. of cylinders .........................................................................................................................................................4
Firing order ....................................................................................................................................................1, 3, 4, 2
Compression ratio ...........................................................................................................................................17.25:1
Induction system...................................................................................................................................Turbo charged
Power rating
SAE J1349 - nett ...................................................................................................... 57.5 kW (77.1 bhp) at 2200 rpm
ISO 9429 (1989) - nett................................................................................................. 57 kW (76.4 bhp) at 2200 rpm
Torque - SAE J1349 - nett ...................................................................................336.5 Nm (248.2 lbf ft) at 1400 rpm
Torque - ISO 9429 (1989) - nett..............................................................................333 Nm (245.6 lbf ft) at 1400 rpm
Engine speeds
Rated speed .......................................................................................................................................... 2200 rev/min
Max. off-load speed ............................................................................................................................... 2420 rev/min
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-8
860/960/965 MACHINE (Engine in the Perkins manual)

Specifications
Engine model No ....................................................................................................................................... 1004 - 40T
Bore ................................................................................................................................................100 mm (3.937 in)
Stroke ...................................................................................................................................................127 mm (5 in)
Cubic capacity ............................................................................................................................. 3.99 litre (243 cu in)
Cylinder arrangement ........................................................................................................................................ ln-line
No. of cylinders ......................................................................................................................................................... 4
Firing order .................................................................................................................................................... 1, 3, 4, 2
Compression ratio ...........................................................................................................................................17.25:1
Induction system................................................................................................................................... Turbo charged
Power rating
SAE J1349 - nett ...................................................................................................... 65.5 kW (87.8 bhp) at 2200 rpm
ISO 9429 (1989) - nett.............................................................................................. 64.5 kW (86.5 bhp) at 2200 rpm
Torque SAE J1349 - nett .....................................................................................366.5 Nm (270.3 lbf ft) at 1400 rpm
Torque - ISO 9429 (1989) nett................................................................................363 Nm (267.7 lbf ft) at 1400 rpm
Engine speeds
Rated speed .......................................................................................................................................... 2200 rev/min
Max. off-load speed ............................................................................................................................... 2420 rev/min
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-9
DATA AND DIMENSIONS

NOTE : This information is given as a guide for personnel engaged on engine overhauls. The dimensions which are
shown are those which are mainly used in the factory. The information applies to all engines, unless an engine type
code is shown.
Cylinder head assembly

Cylinder head
Angle of valve seat:
- Inlet ...................................................................................46 (88 included angle) or 31 (118 included angle)
- Exhaust .......................................................................................................................... 46 (88 included angle)
Leak test pressure ................................................................................................... 200 kPa (29 lbf/in2) 2.04 kgf/cm2
Head thickness ....................................................................................................102.79/103.59 mm (4.047/4.078 in)
Finish grade of head face for cylinder head gasket ................................................................. 1.10/3.20 micrometers
Diameter of parent bore for valve guide:
- Inlet .............................................................................................................13.00/13.027 mm (0.5118/0.5128 in)
- Exhaust ..............................................................................................................14.00/14.027 (0.5512/0.5522 in)
Minimum permissible thickness after head face has been machined........................................102.48 mm (4.035 in)
Inlet valves
Diameter of valve stem ............................................................................................9.46/9.49 mm (0.3725/0.3735 in)
Clearance in valve guide .........................................................................................0.02/0.10 mm (0.0008/0.0039 in)
Diameter of valve head............................................................................................44.86/45.11 mm (1.766/1.776 in)
Angle of valve face ......................................................................................................................................45 or 30
Full length ............................................................................................................122.65/123.30 mm (4.829/4.854 in)
Seal arrangement ...............................................................................Rubber seal fitted to valve guide, colour green
Depth of valve head below the face of cylinder head
- Production limits....................................................................................................1.40/1.70 mm (0.055/0.067 in)
- Service limit.............................................................................................................................1.95 mm (0.077 in)
Exhaust valves
Diameter of valve stem ................................................................................................9.43/9.46 mm (0.371/0.372 in)
Clearance in valve guide .............................................................................................0.05/0.13 mm (0.002/0.005 in)
Maximum clearance in valve guide................................................................................................0.15 mm (0.006 in)
Diameter of valve head............................................................................................37.26/37.52 mm (1.467/1.477 in)
Angle of valve face ......................................................................................................................................45 or 30
Full length ............................................................................................................123.07/123.57 mm (4.845/4.865 in)
Seal arrangement ...................................................................................Rubber seal fitted to valve guide, colour red
Depth of valve head below face of cylinder head:
Maximum permissible distortion of cylinder head (A)
Four cylinder engines
1.....................................................................................................................................................0.08 mm (0.003 in)
2.....................................................................................................................................................0.15 mm (0.006 in)
3.....................................................................................................................................................0.15 mm (0.006 in)
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-10
3
2
2
3
1/1-001
Valve guides
Inside diameter of partially finished guide ...........................................................8.600/8.700 mm (0.3389/0.3425 in)
Inside diameter of finished guide.........................................................................9.000/9.022 mm (0.3543/0.3552 in)
Outside diameter:
Inlet..................................................................................................................13.034/13.047 mm (0.5131/0.5137 in)
Exhaust............................................................................................................14.034/14.047 mm (0.5525/0.5530 in)
Interference fit of valve guide in cylinder head ......................................................0.007/0.047 mm (0.0003/0.017 in)
Full length ....................................................................................................................................51.25 mm (2.018 in)
Protrusion from bottom of recess for valve spring ...................................................14.85/15.15 mm (0.585/0.596 in)
Valves springs
Fitted length.....................................................................................................................................39.0 mm (1.54 in)
Load at fitted length .................................................................................... 246/277.5 N (55.3/62.4 lbf) 25.1/28.3 kgf
Number of active coils ..........................................................................................................................................3.73
Number of coils..........................................................................................................................................................0
Direction of coils ........................................................................................................................................... Left hand
Tappets
Diameter of tappet stem ......................................................................................18.99/19.01 mm (0.7475/0.7485 in)
Diameter of tappet bore in cylinder block ............................................................19.05/19.08 mm (0.7500/0.7512 in)
Clearance of tappet in cylinder block.......................................................................0.04/0.09 mm (0.0015/0.0037 in)
Rocker shaft
Outside diameter .................................................................................................19.01/19.04 mm (0.7485/0.7495 in)
Rocker levers and bushes

Diameter of parent bore for bush.........................................................................22.23/22.26 mm (0.8750/0.8762 in)
Outside diameter of bush ....................................................................................22.28.22.31 mm (0.8770/0.8785 in)
Interference fit of bush in rocker lever..................................................................0.020/0.089 mm (0.0008/0.0035 in)
Internal diameter of fitted bush when reamed .....................................................19.06/19.10 mm (0.7505/0.7520 in)
Clearance between rocker lever bush and rocker shaft.............................................0.03/0.09 mm (0.001/0.0035 in)
Maximum permissible clearance between rocker lever bush and rocker shaft ..............................0.13 mm (0.005 in)
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-11
Piston and connecting rod assemblies

Pistons
Type .................................................................... Fastram combustion bowl inserted top ring groove, graphite skirt
Diameter of bore for gudgeon pin ................................................................39.7003/39.7009 mm (1.5355/1.5358 in)
Height of piston above top face of cylinder block.........................................................0.26/0.50 mm (0.010/0.020 in)
Width of groove for top ring ............................................................................................................................Tapered
Width of groove for second ring ...............................................................................2.56/2.58 mm (0.1008/0.1016 in)
Width of groove for third ring ...................................................................................4.04/4.06 mm (0.1591/0.1598 in)
Service height grades................................................................................................................................ H and L
Piston cooling jets

Valve open pressure ................................................................................ 178/250 kPa (26/36 lbf/in2) 1.8/2.6 kgf/cm2
Piston rings
Top compression ring ....................................................................... Barrel face, molybdenum insert, wedge (Turbo)
Barrel face, molybdenum insert with a chamfer top of Inner face (NA)
Second compression ring ............................................................................................................Taper face, cast iron
Oil scraper ring ................................................................................................... Coil spring loaded, chromium faced
Width of top ring ..................................................................................................................................... Wedge-turbo
2.48/2.49 mm (0.047/0.048 in) (NA)
Width of second ring....................................................................................................2.48/2.49 mm (0.097/0.098 in)
Width of third ring ............................................................................................................3.98/3.99 mm (1.56/1.57 in)
Clearance of top ring in groove............................................................................................................ Wedge (Turbo)
0.08/0.11 mm (0.003/0.004 in) (NA)
Clearance of second ring in groove .................................................................. 0.07/0.1 mm (0.003/0.004 in) (Turbo)
0.06/0.09 mm (0.002/0.003 in) (NA)
Clearance of third ring in groove..................................................................... 0.05/0.09 mm (0.002/0.003 in) (Turbo)
0.04/0.08 mm (0.002/0.003 in) (NA)
Gap of top ring................................................................................................ 0.35/0.80 mm (0.014/0.031 in) (Turbo)
0.28/0.63 mm (0.011/0.025 in) (NA)
Gap of second ring ......................................................................................................0.30/0.76 mm (0.012/0.030 in)
Gap of third ring...........................................................................................................0.38/0.84 mm (0.015/0.033 in)
Connecting rods
Type ....................................................................................................... H section, wedge shape small end (Turbo)
H section, square shape small end (NA)
Location of cap to connecting rod....................................................................................... Flat joint face with dowels
Diameter of parent bore for big end.....................................................................67.21/67.22 mm (2.6460/2.6465 in)
Diameter of parent bore for small end ........................................................ 42.07/42.08 mm (1.656/1.657 in) (Turbo)
38.89/38.92 mm (1.531/1.532 in) (NA)
Length grades.......................................................................................................................................F, G, H, J, K, L
Service length grade................................................................................................................................................. S
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-12
Big end bearings

Type:
- Naturally aspirated engines................................................................ Steel back, aluminium/tin bearing material
- Turbocharged engines .................................................Steel back, lead bronze bearing material with lead finish
Width:
- Naturally aspirated engines...............................................................................31.62/31.88 mm (1.245/1.255 in)
- Turbocharged engines ......................................................................................31.55/31.88 mm (1.240/1.255 in)
Thickness at centre of bearings:
- Naturally aspirated engines...........................................................................1.835/1.842 mm (0.0723/0.0725 in)
- Turbocharged engines ..................................................................................1.835/1.844 mm (0.0723/0.0726 in)
Bearing clearance:
- Naturally aspirated engines...........................................................................0.035/0.081 mm (0.0014/0.0032 in)
- Turbocharged engines ..................................................................................0.030/0.081 mm (0.0012/0.0032 in)
Available undersize bearings ................................. -0.25 mm (-0.010 in); -0.51 mm (-0.020 in); -0.76 mm (-0.030 in)
Gudgeon pins
Production:
Type .........................................................................................................................................................Fully floating
Outside diameter ................................................................................ 39.694/39.700 mm (1.5628/1.5630 in) (Turbo)
34.920/34.925 mm (1.3748/1.3750 in) (NA)
Clearance fit in piston boss .................................................................................0.003/0.015 mm (0.0001/0.0006 in)
Small end bushes

Type ...................................................................................................... Steel back, lead bronze tin bearing materials
Outside diameter .................................................................................... 42.16/42.19 mm (1.6600/1.6613 in) (Turbo)
38.94/39.03 mm (1.535/1.500 in) (NA)
Inside diameter (reamed) ................................................................... 39.723/39.738 mm (1.5638/1.5645 in) (Turbo)
34.94/34.96 mm (1.3258/1.3765 in) (NA)
Clearance between bush in small end and gudgeon pin .....................................0.023/0.044 mm (0.0009/0.0017 in)
Crankshaft assembly
Crankshaft
Diameter of main journals:
- Four cylinder engines........................................................................................76.16/76.18 mm (2.998/2.999 in)
Maximum wear and ovality on journals and crank pins ...............................................................0.04 mm (0.0016 in)
Width of front journal ...............................................................................................36.93/37.69 mm (1.454/1.484 in)
Width of centre journal ............................................................................................44.15/44.22 mm (1.738/1.741 in)
Width of all other journals ........................................................................................39.24/39.35 mm (1.545/1.549 in)
Diameter of crank pins.............................................................................................63.47/63.49 mm (2.499/2.500 in)
Width of crank pins ..................................................................................................40.35/40.42 mm (1.589/1.591 in)
Diameter of flange ...............................................................................................133.27/133.37 mm (5.247/5.251 in)
Depth of recess for spigot bearing:
Bore of recess for spigot bearing:
Crankshaft end-float ..................................................................................................0.05/0.038 mm (0.002/0.015 in)
Maximum permissible end-float.....................................................................................................0.51 mm (0.020 in)
Undersize journals and crank pins ........................ -0.25 mm (-0.010 in); -0.51 mm (-0.020 in); -0.76 mm (-0.030 in)
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-13
Crankshaft heat treatment

- Introduction hardened ........................................................................................................Part numbers 3131H024
- Nitrocarburised .............................................................Part numbers 3131H022, 31315991, 31315995, 31315681
- 60 hour Nitride....................................................................................................................Part numbers 3131H021
Main bearings
Four cylinder engines .......................................................................Steel back, 20% tin-aluminium bearing material
Bearing width
Four cylinder engines:
Centre bearing.........................................................................................................36.32/36.70 mm (1.430/1.445 in)
All other bearings.....................................................................................................31.62/31.88 mm (1.245/1.255 in)
Bearing thickness at centre

Four cylinder engines ..........................................................................................2.083/2.089 mm (0.0820/0.0823 in)
Bearing clearance
Four cylinder engines:
All bearings..........................................................................................................0.057/0.117 mm (0.0022/0.0046 in)
Crankshaft thrust washers

Type ............................................................................................................Steel back, lead bronze bearing material
Position ................................................................................................................... Each side of centre main bearing
Thickness:
- Standard ...............................................................................................................2.26/2.31 mm (0.089/0.091 in)
- Oversize ................................................................................................................2.45/2.50 mm (0.096/0.098 in)
Timing case and drive assembly

Camshaft
Diameter of number 1 journal ..............................................................................50.71/50.74 mm (1.9965/1.9975 in)
Diameter of number 2 journal ..............................................................................50.46/50.48 mm (1.9865/1.9875 in)
Diameter of number 3 journal
Four cylinder engines ......................................................................................49.95/49.98 mm (1.9665/1.9675 in)
Clearance of all journals ..........................................................................................0.06/0.14 mm (0.0025/0.0055 in)
Cam lift:
- Inlet ...................................................................................................................7.62/7.69 mm (0.2999/0.3029 in)
- Exhaust .............................................................................................................7.71/7.79 mm (0.3036/0.3066 in)
Maximum permissible ovality and wear on journals ......................................................................0.05 mm (0.021 in)
End-float:
Width of spigot for thrust washer .................................................................................5.64/5.89 mm (0.222/0.232 in)
Camshaft thrust washer

Type ..................................................................................................................................................................... 360
Depth of recess in cylinder block for thrust washer .....................................................5.46/5.54 mm (0.215/0.218 in)
Thickness of thrust washer ..........................................................................................5.49/5.54 mm (0.216/0.218 in)
Relation ship of thrust washer to front face of cylinder block................................ -0.05/+0.08 mm (-0.002/+0.003 in)
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-14
Camshaft gear
Number of teeth.......................................................................................................................................................56
Diameter of bore..................................................................................................34.93/34.95 mm (1.3750/1.3760 in)
Outside diameter of hub of camshaft...................................................................34.90/34.92 mm (1.3741/1.3747 in)
Clearance fit of gear on hub ................................................................................0.008/0.048 mm (0.0003/0.0019 in)
Fuel pump gear

Number of teeth.......................................................................................................................................................56
Bore .........................................................................................................................36.00/36.06 mm (1.417/1.419 in)
Clearance fit on hub ............................................................................................0.003/0.075 mm (0.0001/0.0030 in)
Crankshaft gear
Number of teeth.......................................................................................................................................................28
Diameter of bore..............................................................................................47.625/47.650 mm (1.8750/1.8760 in)
Diameter of hub for gear on crankshaft ...........................................................47.625/47.645 mm (1.8750/1.8758 in)
Transition fit of gear on crankshaft................................................................ -0.020/+0.048 mm (-0.0008/+0.0010 in)
Idler gear and hub

Number of teeth.......................................................................................................................................................63
Diameter of bore of gear......................................................................................57.14/57.18 mm (2.2495/2.2512 in)
- With needle roller bearings ......................................................................................69.01/69.03 (2.717/2.718 in)
Width of gear and split bush assembly (fitted in position)........................................30.14/30.16 mm (1.186/1.187 in)
Inside diameter of flanged bushes (fitted in position) ............................................50.78/50.80 mm (1.9999/2.000 in)
Outside diameter of hub ......................................................................................50.70/50.74 mm (1.9960/1.9975 in)
- With needle roller bearing .........................................................................54.987/55.000 mm (2.1648/2.1654 in)
Clearance of bushes on hub....................................................................................0.04/0.10 mm (0.0016/0.0039 in)
End float of gear:
- With needle roller bearings ...................................................................................0.24/0.33 mm (0.009/0.013 in)
Backlash for all gears .................................................................................................... 0.08 mm (0.003 in) minimum
Idler gear and hub for the Bendix compressor

Number of teeth.......................................................................................................................................................32
Diameter of bore of gear..................................................................................55.010/55.025 mm (2.1657/2.1663 in)
Outside diameter of hub ..................................................................................49.990/50.000 mm (1.9960/1.9975 in)
End float of gear with needle roller bearing fitted ........................................................0.12/0.16 mm (0.005/0.006 in)
Backlash gear................................................................................................................ 0.07 mm (0.003 in) minimum
Cylinder block assembly

Cylinder block
Height between top and bottom faces .............................................................441.12/441.33 mm (17.367/17.375 in)
Diameter of parent bore for cylinder liner ............................................................104.20/104.23 mm (4.103/4.104 in)
Depth of recess for flange of cylinder liner ..................................................................3.81/3.91 mm (0.150/0.154 in)
Diameter of recess for flange of cylinder liner .....................................................107.82/107.95 mm (4.245/4.250 in)
Diameter of parent bore for main bearing........................................................80.416/80.442 mm (3.1660/3.1670 in)
Camshaft bore diameter

- Four cylinder engines:
Number 1 (for bush).................................................................................................55.56/55.59 mm (2.188/2.189 in)
Number 2.................................................................................................................50.55/50.60 mm (1.990/1.992 in)
Number 3.................................................................................................................50.04/50.09 mm (1.970/1.972 in)
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-15
Cylinder liners
Type:
- Production ..................................................................................................................... Dry, interference fit, flanged
Partially finished liner..............................................................................Dry, interference fit, flanged, with flame ring
Outside diameter of production liner....................................................................104.25/104.28 mm (4.105/4.106 in)
Interference fit of production liner ................................................................................0.03/0.08 mm (0.001/0.003 in)
Inside diameter of production liner ......................................................................100.00/100.03 mm (3.937/3.938 in)
Maximum permissible wear of liner bore .......................................................................................0.25 mm (0.010 in)
Thickness of flange......................................................................................................3.81/3.86 mm (0.150/0.152 in)
Relative position of top of liner flange to top face of cylinder block .................................... 0.10 mm (0.004 in) above
0.10 mm (0.004 in) below
Cylinder liner specifications

IMPORTANT : Specialist training and equipment is needed to machine the finish of a partially finished liner. For
further information contact your nearest Perkins Distributor.
Partially finished liner

Interference fit of liner in parent bore.......................................................................0.025/0.076 mm (0.001/0.003 in)
Inside diameter of partially machined lined .....................................................99.162/99.415 mm (3.9040/3.9139 in)
Surface finish of the preliminary bore

Final size of liner before it is honed .................................................................99.873/99.924 mm (3.9320/3.9340 in)
Grade of surface finish....................................................................................................... RA 3.2 to 4.0 micrometers
Maximum ovality and taper..........................................................................................................0.02 mm (0.0008 in)
Surface finish of the diamond hone

Hone angle (cross hatch) ...................................................................................................................................... 35
Surface finish size, diamond honed...........................................................................................99.95 mm (3.9350 in)
Maximum ovality and taper........................................................................................................0.012 mm (0.0005 in)
Surface finish of the silicone carbide base hone

Hone angle (cross hatch) ...................................................................................................................................... 35
Surface finish size, silicon carbide base hone .......................................................................100.012 mm (3.9374 in)
Maximum ovality and taper........................................................................................................0.010 mm (0.0004 in)
Surface finish of the silicone carbide plateau hone

Final surface finish size, silicon carbide (plateau hone) ........................................................100.017 mm (3.9375 in)
Final surface finish grade, silicon carbide (plateau hone).......................................................... 0.65/1.3 micrometers
Lubrication system
Lubricating oil pump - four cylinder engines
Type ................................................................................................................................Differential rotor, gear driven
Number of lobes .................................................................................................................Inner rotor 6, outer rotor 7
Clearance of outer rotor to body:
- Without balancer unit.................................................................................................0.15/0.34 mm (0.006/0.013 in)
Clearance of inner rotor to outer rotor .........................................................................0.04/0.13 mm (0.001/0.004 in)
End-float of rotor assembly........................................................................................0.03/0.010 mm (0.001/0.004 in)
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-16
Idler gear for lubricating oil pump

End float:
- Four cylinder engines..........................................................................................0.03/0.33 mm (0.001/0.0013 in)
Inside diameter of bush (fitted) ................................................................................22.23/22.26 mm (0.875/0.866 in)
Outside diameter of idler shaft.................................................................................22.19/22.21 mm (0.873/0.874 in)
Clearance of bush of idler gear on shaft..............................................................0.020/0.066 mm (0.0008/0.0026 in)
Oil pressure relief valve (standard)

Diameter of bore for plunger....................................................................................18.24/18.27 mm (0.718/0.719 in)
Outside diameter of plunger ....................................................................................18.16/18.18 mm (0.715/0.716 in)
Clearance of plunger in bore .......................................................................................0.06/0.11 mm (0.002/0.004 in)
Length of spring (fitted):
- Four cylinder engines..................................................................................................................59.8 mm (2.4 in)
Load on spring (fitted):
- Four cylinder engines ........................................................................................ 15.9/23.1 N (3.6/5.2 lbf) 1.6/2.4 kgf
Pressure to open valve (Four cylinder engines):
- Without piston cooling jets ................................................................ 340/395 kPa (49/57 lbf/in2) 3.4/4.0 kgf/cm2
- With piston cooling jets ..................................................................... 415/470 kPa (60/68 lbf/in2) 4.2/4.8 kgf/cm2
Oil filter
Type .......................................................................................................................... Full flow, screw-on type canister
Pressure to open by-pass valve in filter ......................................................... 55/83 kPa (8/12 lbf/in2) 0.6/0.8 kgf/cm2
Pressure to open by-pass valve in oil cooler ............................................................. 172 kPa (25 lbf/in2) 1.8 kgf/cm2
Fuel system
Lucas fuel injection pump
Make.........................................................................................Lucas DP200 Series, pin timed, with a locking screw
Direction of rotation .............................................................................................................Clockwise from drive end
Fuel lift pump - four cylinder engines

Type ..........................................................................................................................Diaphragm, A.C. Delco, type XD
Method of drive.........................................................................................................Eccentric on camshaft of engine
Static pressure (no delivery).......................................................................... 42/70 kPa (6/10 lbf/in2) 0.4/0.7 kgf/cm2
Test pressure (75% of minimum static pressure) ..................................................... 31 kPa (4.5 lbf/in2) 0.32 kgf/cm2
Fuel filter
Type ..................................................................................................................... Twin parallel flow or single element
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-17
Cooling system
Coolant pump, belt driven
Type ........................................................................................................................................................... Centrifugal
Outside diameter of shaft for pulley .................................................................24.587/24.600 mm (0.9679/0.9685 in)
Inside diameter of bore of pulley .....................................................................24.628/24.648 mm (0.9696/0.9704 in)
Clearance fit of pulley on shaft ....................................................................................0.03/0.06 mm (0.001/0.002 in)
Diameter of bore of impeller ............................................................................15.872/15.893 mm (0.6248/0.6257 in)
Outside diameter of shaft for impeller..........................................................15.9055/15.9182 mm (0.6263/0.6267 in)
Interference fit of impeller on shaft ..........................................................................0.01/0.04 mm (0.0004/0.0016 in)
Impeller to body clearance ..........................................................................................0.69/0.89 mm (0.027/0.035 in)
Diameter of bearing ...................................................................................................................62.000 mm (2.440 in)
Diameter of bore for bearing..............................................................................62.019/62.000 mm (2.441/24.000 in)
Interference fit of bearing in pump body ..................................................................0.01/0.04 mm (0.0004/0.0016 in)
Thermostat
Type:
- Single ....................................................................................................................... wax element, by-pass blanking
Part Number
Nominal temperature
stamped on
thermostat by-pass
valve
Start open
temperature
Fully open
temperature
Minimum valve lift,

fully open
2485613
82C
(180F)
77/85C
(170/185F)
92/98C
(198/208F)
9 mm
(0.35 in)
2485604
82C
(180F)
77/85C
(170/185F)
92/98C
(198/208F)
9 mm
(0.35 in)
2485C023
82C
(180F)
80/84C
(176/183F)
96C
(205F)
9 mm
(0.35 in)
Fan drive housing

Bore of housing for bearing .........................................................................41.9655/41.9785 mm (1.6529/1.6522 in)
Outside diameter of bearing ..............................................................................41.987/42.00 mm (1.6535/1.6530 in)
Interference fit of bearing in housing ...........................................................0.0085/0.0345 mm (0.00136/0.00033 in)
Before of hub ...................................................................................................21.938/21.958 mm (0.8637/0.8645 in)
Outside diameter of shaft ................................................................................21.987/22.000 mm (0.8656/0.8661 in)
Interference fit of shaft in hub ..............................................................................0.029/0.062 mm (0.0011/0.0024 in)
Maximum permissible end-float of shaft ....................................................................................0.200 mm (0.0079 in)
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
2401-18
Cre 7-21310GB
Issued 10-99
4001
Section
4001
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
Case
Cre 7-21320GB

Printed in France
June 1999
4001-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS ......................................................................................................................................... 3
RELAY FUSE BOARD AND CONNECTOR............................................................................................................ 4
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS FRONT CONSOLE ......................................................................................... 6
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS FRONT CONSOLE ......................................................................................... 7
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS SIDE CONSOLE 750-760-860........................................................................ 8
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS SIDE CONSOLE ............................................................................................. 9
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS SIDE CONSOLE 965 .................................................................................... 10
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS SIDE CONSOLE ........................................................................................... 11
WIRING DIAGRAM (PLATE A) ............................................................................................................................. 12
WIRING DIAGRAM (PLATE B) ............................................................................................................................. 14
WIRING DIAGRAM (PLATE C) ............................................................................................................................. 16
WIRING DIAGRAM (PLATE D) ............................................................................................................................. 18
WIRING DIAGRAM (PLATE E) ............................................................................................................................. 20
WIRING DIAGRAM (PLATE F) ............................................................................................................................. 22
WIRING DIAGRAM (PLATE G)............................................................................................................................. 24
WIRING DIAGRAM (PLATE H) ............................................................................................................................. 26
WIRING DIAGRAM (PLATE J).............................................................................................................................. 28
WIRING DIAGRAM (PLATE K) ............................................................................................................................. 30
WIRING DIAGRAM (PLATE L).............................................................................................................................. 32
ENGINE HARNESS WIRING ................................................................................................................................ 34
POWER WIRING HARNESS AND CABLE (SINGLE BATTERY)......................................................................... 36
POWER WIRING HARNESS AND CABLE (TWIN BATTERY)............................................................................. 37
CHASSIS HARNESS WIRING (750/760/860)....................................................................................................... 38
CHASSIS HARNESS WIRING (960/965).............................................................................................................. 40
FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS, SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS AND CAB HARNESS WIRING ............................ 42
SEAT HARNESS WIRING (965) ........................................................................................................................... 44
ALPHABETICAL INDEX........................................................................................................................................ 45
Cre 7-21320GB
Issued 06-99
4001-45
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
A
Air conditioning .......................................................42

Air conditioning compressor
magnetic clutch ............................................22, 34
Air conditioning pressure ........................................23
Air conditioning pressure switch .............................22
Air conditioning switch ............................4, 22, 23, 42
Air filter pressure ....................................................13
Alternator ........................................12, 13, 34, 38, 40
Alternator charging .................................................13
Alternator charging warning lamp...........................11
Connector engine harness............................... 12, 28

Connector front control panel......... 14, 16, 24, 28, 30
Connector indicator switch ............................... 14, 24
Connector left-hand joystick................................... 30
Connector relay
fuse board........................... 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22,
24, 26, 28, 30
Connector right front console switch pack . 16, 18, 28
Connector right-hand joystick ................................ 30
Connector side console panel................................ 28
Connector side console
switch pack .......................... 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 28
Connector side control panel ........................... 12, 16
Connectors............................................................... 5
B
Backhoes boom unlocking indicator lamp ........11, 22
Backhoes boom unlocking switch.....................11, 22
Backhoes quick attach indicator lamp ....................11
Backhoes quick attach switch...........................11, 22
Backhoes switch...............................................30, 44
Battery ........................................................12, 36, 37
Battery cable negative ......................................36, 37
Battery cable positive .......................................36, 37
Battery ignition relay .........................................38, 40
Battery master switch .................................13, 36, 37
Battery relay .......................................................4, 12
Battery relay coils .....................................................4
Battery relay ignition engine fault lamp...................13
Boom ......................................................................33
Boom solenoid..................................................32, 40
Brake light relay............................................4, 26, 27
Brake pedal ..............................................................6
Brake pressure switch ......................................28, 40
Bucket.....................................................................33
Bucket quick attach indicator lamp .........................22
Bucket quick attach relay........................................23
Bucket quick attach solenoid ......................22, 38, 40
Bucket solenoid ................................................32, 40
D
Daughter board .............. 9, 10, 24, 30, 31, 40, 42, 44
De-clutch transmission............................................. 9
De-clutch transmission
switch................................. 6, 8, 26, 30, 38, 40, 44
Differential lock solenoid ........................................ 40
Differential lock switch ..................................... 27, 42
Differential lock/4WD ............................................... 4
Differential locking pedal.......................................... 6
Differential look solenoid........................................ 26
Differential solenoid ............................................... 27
Digger quick attach ................................................ 22
Digger quick attach relay ......................................... 4
Diode........................................ 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26
Dip headlight relay ............................................. 4, 14
Dip headlight relay left and right dip
beam light .......................................................... 15
Dipper .................................................................... 33
Dipper solenoid ................................................ 32, 40
Direction indicator lamp ............................... 7, 24, 25
Cab earth stud ........................................................37

Cab harness ...........................................................42
Cab interior light .........................................28, 29, 42
Chassis harness .........................................36, 37, 38
Chassis harness wiring.....................................38, 40
Chassis/valve block harness ..................................40
Cigar lighter ........................4, 8, 9, 10, 11, 28, 29, 42
Cigar lighter harness ..............................................42
Clam .......................................................................33
Clam solenoid...................................................32, 40
Clam switch ............................................................30
Clam valve switch...............................................9, 44
Clamp .......................................................................4
Clamp relay ..................................................4, 22, 23
Compressor magnetic clutch ..................................23
Connector daughter board......................................30
Earth strap ........................................... 36, 37, 38, 40

Emergency............................................................. 10
Emergency stop switch .................... 9, 10, 11, 32, 40
Emergency switch.................................................. 33
Engine accelerator pedal ......................................... 6
Engine air filter pressure switch ....................... 12, 34
Engine air filter pressure warning lamp.................. 11
Engine coolant maxi temperature .......................... 13
Engine coolant temperature................................... 13
Engine coolant temperature gauge........................ 11
Engine coolant warning lamp................................. 11
Engine fault warning lamp.................................. 7, 12
Engine harness .......................................... 34, 38, 40
Engine harness wiring............................................ 34
Engine oil pressure ................................................ 13
Engine oil pressure switch ............................... 12, 34
Engine oil pressure warning lamp.......................... 11
Cre 7-21320GB
Issued 06-99
4001-46
E
Engine speed sensor..................................16, 38, 40

Engine stop solenoid ..................................12, 13, 34
Engine tachometer ...........................................11, 13
Engine water maxi temperature switch.............12, 34
Engine water temperature sensor ..........................34
Engine water temperature switch ...........................12
Enrich solenoid .........................................................4
Enrichment solenoid ...................................12, 13, 34
Fuse ....................................................................... 20
Fuse box .......................................................... 36, 37
Fuses ................. 4, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28
F
Float enable relay .........................................4, 24, 25
Forward gearbox relay..................................4, 26, 27
Forward solenoid ........................................26, 38, 40
Forward/Reverse gearbox ........................................4
Forward/Reverse switch ...........................................6
Forward/reverse switch ......................................7, 26
Front and rear horn relay........................................19
Front and rear horn switch......................................19
Front console............................................................7
Front console harness ............................................42
Front console harness, side console
harness and cab harness wiring ........................42
Front console panel ............................6, 7, 14, 16, 28
Front console panel illumination .............................16
Front control panel..........................12, 24, 26, 30, 42
Front control panel Vbattery/ignition.......................29
Front drive axle indicator lamp .................................7
Front drive axle switch..............................................7
Front horn ...............................................4, 18, 38, 40
Front horn relay ......................................................18
Front horn/rear horn relay.........................................4
Front light indicator lamp ........................................11
Front screen wash indicator lamp.............................7
Front screen wiper indicator lamp ............................7
Front washer.............................................................4
Front washer indicator lamp ...................................18
Front washer pump motor ..........................18, 38, 40
Front washer relay........................................4, 18, 19
Front washer switch............................................7, 18
Front wiper..........................................................4, 17
Front wiper indicator lamp ......................................16
Front wiper motor ...................................................42
Front wiper relay.................................................4, 16
Front wiper switch...............................................7, 16
Front worklight ....................................................4, 21
Front worklight indicator lamp.................................20
Front worklight relay ...........................................4, 20
Front worklight switch .......................................11, 20
Fuel.........................................................................11
Fuel level ................................................................13
Fuel level gauge .....................................................11
Fuel sender.................................................12, 38, 40
Fuel solenoid ............................................................4
Cre 7-21320GB
G
Gear change lever ................................................... 6
H
Handbrake switch .............................. 8, 9, 10, 27, 42
Hazard enable relay................................................. 4
Hazard enable relay left turn indicator
front and rear light ............................................. 25
Hazard fusible relay ............................................... 24
Hazard light.............................................................. 4
Hazard relay........................................................... 24
Hazard warning indicator lamp ........................ 11, 24
Hazard warning switch..................................... 11, 24
Headlight harness .................................................. 42
Heater .......................................................... 4, 28, 42
Heater switch ........................................... 8, 9, 10, 42
Heater switch heater .............................................. 29
HMU................................................. 4, 28, 29, 32, 40
Hose burst pressure switch.............................. 24, 25
Hose burst relay............................................... 24, 25
Hose burst solenoid ......................................... 24, 25
Hose-burst relay....................................................... 4
Hose-burst solenoid ............................................... 38
Hose-burts solenoid ............................................... 40
Hourmeter .................................................... 7, 16, 17
Hydraulic enable indicator lamp............................. 11
Hydraulic enable switch ......................................... 11
Hydraulic oil filter pressure switch.............. 12, 38, 40
Hydraulic oil filter restriction ................................... 13
Hydraulic oil filter warning lamp ............................. 11
Hydraulic pump flow indicator lamp ....................... 11
Hydraulic pump flow switch.............................. 11, 22
I
Ignition relay coils .................................................... 4
Illumination instrument pack relay...................... 4, 14
Illumination relay .................................................... 15
Indicator ................................................................. 14
Indicator light............................................................ 4
Indicator relay ........................................................ 25
Indicator switch ........................................ 6, 7, 24, 42
Indicator switch (4WD)........................................... 26
Indicator/hazard relay .............................................. 4
Indicators flasher unit................................... 4, 24, 25
Indicators relay....................................................... 24
Indicators switch ........................................ 15, 18, 25
Instrument pack illumination .............................. 4, 17
Instruments and controls front console ................ 6, 7
Instruments and controls side console..... 8, 9, 10, 11
Interior light .............................................................. 4
Issued 06-99
4001-47
K
Key switch ............8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 30, 31, 38, 40, 42
Key switch thermostart ...........................................13
Neutral gearbox relay................................... 4, 26, 27

Neutral position indicator lamp........................... 7, 26
Number plate relay................................................... 4
L
Left brake light ..........................................................4
Left dip beam light ............................................14, 42
Left dip headlight ......................................................4
Left front wheel .......................................................33
Left front wheel potentiometer ..........................32, 40
Left front worklight ............................................20, 42
Left main beam light .........................................14, 42
Left main headlight ...................................................4
Left rear beacon ...............................................20, 42
Left rear light...............................................14, 38, 40
Left rear wheel........................................................33
Left rear wheel potentiometer...........................32, 40
Left rear worklight .............................................20, 42
Left side light ....................................................14, 42
Left side light/number plate ......................................4
Left stop light ..............................................26, 38, 40
Left turn indicator front light ..............................24, 42
Left turn indicator rear light ...............................38, 40
Left-hand joystick..............................................30, 44
Link harness .............................................................9
Loader arms ...........................................................33
Loader arms potentiometer ..............................32, 40
Loader beam solenoid ............................................40
Loader beam ..........................................................33
Loader bucket.........................................................33
Loader bucket on float mode indicator lamp.......7, 30
Loader bucket on float mode lamp .........................31
Loader bucket solenoid ....................................32, 40
Loader lever..............................................................8
Loader quick attach indicator lamp.....................7, 22
Loader quick attach relay .............................4, 22, 23
Loader quick attach solenoid......................22, 38, 40
Loader quick attach switch .................................7, 22
Loader switch ...................................................30, 44
Loader valve indicator lamp....................................22
Loader valve solenoid.................................22, 38, 40
Loader valve switch ......................................8, 22, 38
Low pressure brake ................................................29
Low pressure brake warning lamp......................7, 28
M
Main beam indicator lamp ............................7, 14, 15
Main headlight relay ...........................................4, 14
Main headlight relay left and right beam light .........15
Maxi fuse box ...................................................38, 40
Maxi fuse, Alternator.............................36, 37, 38, 40
Maxi fuse, Cab ignition .........................36, 37, 38, 40
Maxi fuse, Key switch ...........................36, 37, 38, 40
Maxi fuse, Relay fuse board .................36, 37, 38, 40
Maxi fuse, Start relay............................36, 37, 38, 40
Cre 7-21320GB
P
Parking brake indicator lamp ................................... 7
Parking brake lamp ................................................ 27
Potentiometer......................................................... 33
Power wiring harness and cable ...................... 36, 37
Pressure pad switch................................... 30, 31, 44
Q
Quick attach digger .................................................. 4
Quick attach loader .................................................. 4
R
Radio...................................................... 4, 28, 29, 42
Rear horn ............................................... 4, 18, 38, 40
Rear horn relay ...................................................... 18
Rear horn switch .............................................. 11, 18
Rear washer............................................................. 4
Rear washer indicator lamp ............................. 11, 18
Rear washer pump motor .......................... 18, 38, 40
Rear washer relay........................................ 4, 18, 19
Rear washer switch................................................ 11
Rear wiper.......................................................... 4, 19
Rear wiper indicator lamp ................................ 11, 18
Rear wiper motor ............................................. 18, 42
Rear wiper relay................................................. 4, 18
Rear wiper switch............................................. 11, 18
Rear worklight .................................................... 4, 21
Rear worklight indicator lamp........................... 11, 20
Rear worklight relay ........................................... 4, 20
Rear worklight switch ....................................... 11, 20
Registration plate light ............................... 14, 38, 40
Registration plate relay .......................................... 14
Registration relay ................................................... 15
Relay (4WD) .......................................................... 27
Relay fuse board............... 5, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 31, 38, 40, 42
Relay fuseboard and connector ............................... 4
Relays ...................................................................... 4
Return to dig ...................................................... 4, 33
Return to dig indicator lamp ............................. 11, 22
Return to dig potentiometer ................................... 40
Return to dig relay........................................ 4, 22, 23
Return to dig sensor......................................... 22, 38
Return to dig solenoid ...................................... 22, 38
Return to dig switch ......................................... 11, 22
Return to dig-potentiometer ................................... 32
Reverse alarm............................................ 26, 38, 40
Reverse gearbox relay................................. 4, 26, 27
Reverse solenoid ....................................... 26, 38, 40
Ride control indicator lamp ................................ 7, 24
Ride control relay ................................................... 25
Ride control solenoid ............................. 4, 24, 38, 40
Issued 06-99
4001-48
R
Ride control solenoid relay .................................4, 24

Ride control switch .............................................7, 24
Right brake light........................................................4
Right console switch pack ......................................29
Right dip beam light..........................................14, 42
Right dip headlight....................................................4
Right front beacon ............................................20, 42
Right front console
switch pack.........................6, 7, 16, 18, 22, 24, 26
Right front console switch
pack illumination.................................................16
Right front wheel.....................................................33
Right front wheel potentiometer........................32, 40
Right front worklight..........................................20, 42
Right hand joystick ...................................................9
Right main beam light.......................................14, 42
Right main headlight.................................................4
Right rear indicator rear light ............................38, 40
Right rear light ............................................16, 38, 40
Right rear wheel .....................................................33
Right rear wheel potentiometer ........................32, 40
Right rear worklight...........................................20, 42
Right side light ..............................................4, 16, 42
Right stop light............................................26, 38, 40
Right turn indicator front light............................24, 42
Right-hand joystick .....................................30, 31, 44
Rotating beacon .......................................................4
Rotating beacon indicator lamp ........................11, 20
Rotating beacon relay...................................4, 20, 21
Rotating beacon switch ..............................11, 20, 21
Slew solenoid................................................... 32, 40

Solenoid ................................................................. 33
Solenoid (4WD).......................................... 26, 38, 40
Speedometer ..................................................... 7, 16
Speedometer engine
speed sensor ..................................................... 17
Start relay................................... 4, 12, 13, 30, 38, 40
Starter motor .................................. 12, 13, 34, 36, 37
Steer mode solenoid ........................................ 32, 40
Steer mode switch ..................... 9, 10, 11, 30, 31, 42
Stop light switch ............................................... 26, 42
Switch pack & illumination pack - battery................. 4
Switch pack & illumination pack - ignition ................ 4
Switch pack harness .............................................. 42
Switch relay (4WD) ............................................ 4, 26
S
Schematic symbols...................................................3
Seat backward switch.................................30, 31, 44
Seat extension harness ..........................................44
Seat forward switch ....................................30, 31, 44
Seat harness wiring ................................................44
Seat lower harness.................................................44
Seat upper harness ................................................44
Side console panel ...........................................12, 16
Side console panel illumination ..............................16
Side console switch
pack............................8, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 28, 42
Side console switch pack illumination ....................16
Side control panel...............................8, 9, 10, 11, 42
Side control panel harness .....................................42
Side control panel Vbattery/ignition ........................29
Side control switch pack ...............................9, 10, 11
Side control switch pack Vbattery/ignition ..............29
Side light indicator lamp .........................................16
Side light relay ....................................................4, 15
Side position indicator lamp......................................7
Side shift clamp solenoid............................22, 38, 40
Sidelight relay .........................................................14
Slew........................................................................33
Cre 7-21320GB
T
Test socket....................................... 9, 10, 11, 30, 31
Thermostart................................................ 12, 30, 34
Translation oil temperature switch ................... 38, 40
Transmission adaptor housing............................... 37
Transmission bracket............................................. 37
Transmission oil temperature................................. 13
Transmission oil temperature switch...................... 12
Transmission oil temperature warning lamp .......... 11
U
Unloader relay.............................................. 4, 22, 23
Unloader valve ......................................................... 4
V
Vbattery/ignition ..................................................... 29
W
Wiring diagram (Plate A)........................................ 12
Wiring diagram (Plate B)........................................ 14
Wiring diagram (Plate C)........................................ 16
Wiring diagram (Plate D)........................................ 18
Wiring diagram (Plate E)........................................ 20
Wiring diagram (Plate F) ........................................ 22
Wiring diagram (Plate G) ....................................... 24
Wiring diagram (Plate H)........................................ 26
Wiring diagram (Plate J) ........................................ 28
Wiring diagram (Plate K)........................................ 30
Wiring diagram (Plate L) ........................................ 32
Issued 06-99
Section
4003
4003
BATTERY
Case
Cre 7-21330GB

Printed in France
October 1999
4003-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TOOLS ...................................................................................................................................................... 3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................ 3
PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION ................................................................................................................................. 3
STOCK MACHINES .................................................................................................................................................. 3
QUIESCENT CURRENT DRAIN............................................................................................................................... 3
BATTERY MAINTENANCE AND TEST .................................................................................................................... 4
BATTERY SAFETY ................................................................................................................................................... 4
REMOVING THE BATTERY ..................................................................................................................................... 5
INSTALLING THE BATTERY.................................................................................................................................... 6
BATTERY INSPECTION BEFORE TEST OR CHARGE .......................................................................................... 6
TEST THE OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE .................................................................................................................... 6
SLOW CHARGE THE BATTERY.............................................................................................................................. 7
STANDARD CHARGE OF THE BATTERY............................................................................................................... 8
FAST CHARGE OF THE BATTERY ......................................................................................................................... 9
BOOST CHARGING OF THE BATTERY................................................................................................................10
LOAD TESTING OF THE BATTERY ......................................................................................................................10
DIAGNOSTIC TEST WITH THE BATTERY STILL ON THE MACHINE .................................................................11
WARNING : This symbol is used in this manual to indicate important safety messages. When ever you see
Cre 7-21330GB
Issued 10-99
4003-3
Special Tools
Pre-delivery inspection
Battery charger - For slow and standard charging it is

necessary to use a constant current type, with an output of at least 14 amps and an upper voltage limit of
50 volts per battery. (A constant voltage charger limited to 16 volts will not recover a battery with an open
circuit voltage below 11 volts.).
- Check the open circuit voltage. Refer to 4003-6.

This precaution is very important when there is a
long shipment/port handling time.
For fast charging, an output of 35 amps is required.

Digital voltmeter - with a precision of 0,2% or better
and reading to two decimal places, over the range 0
to 19 volts.
High-rate discharge tester - with a capacity of at least
500 amps.
Thermometer - covering the range of - 10C to 110C
(14 F to 230 F).
General description
The machines are equipped with a single or twin batteries. In temperates climates no maintenance will be
needled throughout the life of the battery, unless a
charging system fault develops, which may cause
some water loss.
In hot climates there will be some water loss.
It is therefore good practice to check the electrolyte
level every 250 hours.
twin
single
590
825
Cold Starting Performance (CCA)

(amps) - IEC
420
590
Reserve Capacity (Rc)

(minutes)
130
200
Ampere Hour Capacity
72
115
Standard charge rate (amps)
14
Cold Cranking Performance

(CCA) (amps) - SAE
Cre 7-21330GB
- If the voltage is above 12.5 volts the battery is good.

- If the voltage is below 12.5 volts, recharge per
operations, see page 6 or 7, according to the state
of the battery.
Stock machines
Due to the frequent starts, but with little work, the batteries on stock machines will become discharged
more quickly, therefore check the open circuit voltage
every 2 weeks. Refer to 4003-6.
If the voltage measures 12.3 volts or less, recharge
the battery. Refer to 4003-8.
Quiescent current drain

The machines, ex-factory, have no permanently live
circuits and should have zero quiescent current drain,
when the key-switch is off and all lights are switched
off.
It should be noted that permanently live accessories
fitted by the dealer, such as a clock or theft alarm
system, will place a quiescent drain on the battery.
Typically the quiescent drain will be in the range of 10
-20 mA. If the quiescent drain measures 40 mA or
more, there is a problem with the wiring insulation or
the accessories, which must be cured.
Issued 10-99
4003-4
BATTERY MAINTENANCE AND TEST

Battery safety
WARNING : NEVER add electrolyte to an

already charged battery.
WARNING : Sparks can fly from electrical

system or the engine. Before you operate this
machine in an area which may contain
inflammable vapour completely ventilate the
area.
WARNING : A spark or naked flame can

cause the hydrogen in a battery to explode. to
avoid all risk of explosion, follow these
instructions :
Turn the battery master switch key to the
Off position (circuit disconnected).
When disconnecting the battery cables,
always disconnect the negative (-) cable first.
To reconnect the battery cables,always
connect the negative (-) cables last.
Never use metal parts to short circuit the
terminals of a battery.
Do not weld, grind or smoke near a battery.
WARNING : A battery produces explosive

gases. Keep all flames, sparks and cigarettes
away. Provide adequate ventilation when
charging the battery or when using it in an
enclosed space. Always wear eye protection
and protective clothing when working on or
near a battery.
WARNING : Battery acid causes severe

burns. The battery contains sulphuric acid.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
Antidote :
EXTERNAL : Flush with water.
INTERNAL : Drink large quantities of water or
milk. Follow with milk of
magnesia, a beaten egg or
vegetable oil. Do not give fluids
that induce vomiting. Call a
doctor immediately.
EYES :
Flush with water for 15 minutes
and get prompt medical attention.
Cre 7-21330GB
WARNING : When the battery electrolyde is

frozen, the battery can explode if you try to
charge the battery or try to jump start and run
the engine using another battery. to prevent
battery electrolyte from freezing, keep the
battery at full charge.
CAUTION : Always connect/disconnect leads

to/from the battery while the charger is
switched off.
CAUTION : If the battery temperature rises to

60C (140 F) stop the charging process and
allow the battery to cool.
CAUTION : Always measure battery temperature in the centre cell.
CAUTION : Always place a damp cloth over

the vent covers when charging a battery.
CAUTION : Use hot water to remove all

evidence of corrosion from battery
terminal post and connections, then
smear with petroleum jelly or other nonacid grease.
Issued 10-99
4003-5
Removing the battery

Remove the battery as follows :
1. Remove the six bolts (5), the six washers (4) and
the two nut (14), and remove the lid (1) from the
battery box (2).
2. Open the tool box compartment below the battery
box (2). If fitted, twist the handle (3) of the battery
emergency cut-out switch and remove the handle.
NOTE : Operation of the handle (3) breaks the earth
connection of the battery.
3. Read and obey the warning instructions on battery
safety before electrical cables are disconnected from
the battery (8). Refer to 4003-4.
4. Disconnect the cable clamp(s) (6) from the (-)
negative terminal post(s) (7) of the battery (8).
5. Move the cable away from the battery (8) and
attach the cable clamps (6) to the battery box (2)
with temporary ties.
6. Disconnect the cable clamp(s) (10) from the (+)
positive terminal post(s) (9) of the batteries (8).
7. Move the cables away from the battery (8) and
attach the cable clamps (10) to the battery box
(2) with temporary ties.
8. On the single battery installation A , remove the
nuts (12) and the washers (11). On the twin
battery installation B, remove the nut (12).
9. Remove the strap (13).
10. Remove the battery (batteries) (8) from the
battery box (2).
CS98J527
B
A
CS98J529
7
CS98J528
Cre 7-21330GB
Issued 10-99
4003-6
Installing the battery
Test the open circuit voltage
The installation of the battery is the reverse of the

removal.
Test equipment
Install the battery in the reverse order of the removal

but note the following :
Digital voltmeter
Do the open circuit voltage test as follows :
1. Make sure the battery box (2) contains no stones

or debris that may damage the battery (8).
1. The engine must be stopped and all electrical

circuits switched off this test.
2. Clean any corrosion from the terminal posts (7)

and (9) and the cable clamps (6) and (10).
2. Measure the open circuit voltage of the battery

only if it has not been charged or discharged in
the past 16 hours.
3. Read and obey the warning instructions on battery

safety before electrical cables are connected to the
battery (8). Refer to 4003-4.
If the machine has recently been started, switch

on the headlights for 15 seconds then wait one
minute before testing.
4. Before installing the lid (1) on the battery box (2),

do an open circuit voltage test of the battery.
Refer to 4003-6.
5. After installation, check the tension of the
alternator belt.
Battery inspection before test or

charge
Reject the battery if :
1. The electrolyte is excessively low.
2. Electrolyte levels vary by more than 20 mm
(0.8 in) between cells.
3. Battery case, lid or mountings are cracked or
damaged.
4. Terminals are damaged or loose in the case.
Cre 7-21330GB
CS98J530
3. Connect the volmeter directly across both battery

terminals and note the voltage. 12.5V or above
no action required. Below 12.5V, recharge the
battery. Refer to 4004-7/4004-8/4004-9.
Issued 10-99
4003-7
Slow charge the battery

Special tools
3. Connect the battery charger to the battery. Make

sure the polarity of the connections is correct and
connect the (+) positive connection first.
Battery charger - constant current type with an output

of at least 14A and an upper voltage limit of 50V per
battery.
4. After 30 minutes, check the charging voltage (the

charging current may still be lower than
specified).
Below 12V reject the battery.
Charge procedure
Above 16V reject the battery.
CAUTION : Parallel charging is not

recommended, therefore on machines fitted
with twin batteries, charge each one
individually.
Between 12 to 16V, continue with charging

process for 15 hours.
Slow charge the battery as follows :

1. Remove the battery from the machine. Refer to
4003-5.
2. If a battery has been neglected and produces an
open circuit voltage of 11V or less, it will be
completely discharged and the plates will have
suffered sulphation. Initially the battery will draw
higher than normal voltage but lower than
specified current.
WARNING : Check the battery temperature

regularly and if it reaches 60C (140 F) stop
the charging process.
5. Set the battery charger to OFF. Disconnect the

cables from the battery. Make sure you
disconnect the (+) positive cable first.
6. Allow the battery to stand for 24 hours.
7. Load test the battery. Refer to 4003-10.
CURRENT FOR SINGLE BATTERY ...............9A

CURRENT FOR TWIN BATTERY .................14A
CS98J531
Cre 7-21330GB
Issued 10-99
4003-8
Standard charge of the battery

Special tools
MINIMUM charging period

Open circuit volts
Charge period (hours)

of at least 14A.
Above 12.5
12.4
Charge procedure
12.3
12.2
12.1
12.0
11.9
11.8
11.7
10
11.6
11
11.0 to 11.6
12
Below 11.0
Use slow charge

individually.
Do a standard charge of the battery as follows :

4003-5.
CAUTION : Do not use the standard charge

process on a battery producing an open
circuit voltage of 11V or less.

connect the (+) positive cable first.

regularly and if it reaches 60C (140 F), stop
the charging process.
3. Set the battery charger to ON.

4. Set the appropriate charger current :
5. Charge the battery for the time indicated in the
table below :
cables from the battery. Make sure you disconnect
the (+) positive cable first.
8. If required, install the battery. Refer to 4003-6.
Cre 7-21330GB
Issued 10-99
4003-9
Fast charge of the battery
5. Charge the battery for the time indicated by the

table below :
Special tools
of at least 35A.
Charge procedure

individually.
CAUTION : The standard charge should
always be used in preference to the fast
charge procedure.
Do a fast charge of the battery as follows :

4003-5.
CAUTION : Never use the fast charge

procedure for batteries producing an open
circuit voltage of 11V or less.
MAXIMUM charging period

Open circuit volts
Above 12.5
12.4
0.25
12.3
0.5
12.2
0.75
12.1
1.0
12.0
1.25
11.9
1.5
11.8
1.75
11.7
2.0
11.6
2.25
11.0 to 11.6
2.5
Below 11.0
Use slow charge
WARNING : Check the battery frequently as

the high charging current can cause a rapid
rise in temperature. Stop the charging
process if the temperature reaches 60C
(140 F).
CAUTION : To avoid deterioration of the

battery, do not exceed the charging time
specified in the table.

4. Set the appropriate charge current :
Charge period (hours)


cable from the battery. Make sure you disconnect
the (+) positive cable first.
Voltage above 10V - refit battery to the machine.
Refer to 4003-6.
Voltage below 10V - charge battery using the
standard charge procedure. Refer to 4004-8.
CS98J531
Cre 7-21330GB
Issued 10-99
4003-10
Boost charging of the battery
Load testing of the battery
Special tools
Test equipment
Battery charger - with an output of 60A.
Current controlled, high rate discharge tester - with at

least 500A capacity.
Charge procedure
Digital voltmeter
CAUTION : Boost charging is not

recommended. Boost charging may be
carried out but the current must be limited to
60A.
individually.
Boost charge the battery as follows :

4003-5.
2. Remove the vent manifolds from the battery.
Load test the battery as fommows :

4004-5.
2. Set the appropriate current on the discharge
tester :
CURRENT FOR SINGLE BATTERY .......... 295A
CURRENT FOR TWIN BATTERY .............. 410A
3. Connect the voltmeter across the battery
terminals.
4. Apply the load tester across the battery terminals
for 15 seconds and note the voltage during the
test.
Above 10V and steady ..... battery is serviceable
Above 10V but failling rapidly ..... replace battery
Below 10V ................................. replace battery
5. Limit the battery charge to the minimum period

required for the battery to start the engine.

frequently as the high charging current can
cause a rapid rise in temperature. Stop the
charging process if the temperature reaches
60C (140 F).

cables from the battery. Make sure you
disconnect the (+) positive cable first.
7. Install the vent manifolds on the battery.
8. Install the battery. Refer to 4003-6.
CS98J532
Cre 7-21330GB
Issued 10-99
4003-11
Diagnostic test with the battery still on the machine

Fault : Battery performance seems poor
Proceed with battery test
Test complete. Battery OK
START
1.1 - Check open

circuit voltage refer
to 4003-6.
Above 12.5 volts ? YES
NO
NO
1.2 - Recharge
battery
see page 6 or 7
1.3 - Test open circuit voltage.

Above 12.5 volts ?
2.1 - Test charging

3.1 - Check quiessystem voltage
cent current drain. It
should be
should be ZERO
14.2 +/- 0.2 volts YES with all electrical YES
systems switched
off
2.2 - Test
alternator output
NO
2.3 - Check if there

are dealer/customer
fitted accessories
such as clock or
theft alarm. If so, is YES
current drain less
than 20 milli-amps ?
NO
4.1 - Connect
voltmeter across
battery terminals
and disconnect wire YES
from the fuel
injection pump.
Crank engine in the
normal way and
read the battery
voltage while the
starter motor is
operating.
Voltage should be :
10 volts minimum at
ambient
temperatures above
5C
9 volts minimum at
ambient
NO
YES
NO
3.3 - Additional leakage occurring in the

circuit. Ensure top of
battery is clean and
dry. Check wiring
insulation for damage, between battery and key switch
1.4 - Load test

10 volts or above ? YES
NO
4.2 - Remove
battery from the
machine and do a
load test
Battery passed
test ?
NO
YES
4.3 - Fault lies

in alternator
or starter
motor
Stop battery test-reject the battery or test alternator/starter motor
Cre 7-21330GB
Issued 10-99
Section
4004
4004
STARTER MOTOR
Case
Cre 7-21340GB

Printed in France
October 1999
4004-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TOOLS ...................................................................................................................................................... 3
TIGHTENING TORQUES.......................................................................................................................................... 3
SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................................................................... 3
REMOVING AND INSTALLING THE STARTER MOTOR ........................................................................................ 4
Removing the starter motor.................................................................................................................................. 4
Installing the starter motor.................................................................................................................................... 4
Disassembling the starter motor .......................................................................................................................... 6
Assembling the starter motor ............................................................................................................................... 6
Adjusting the pinion stroke ................................................................................................................................... 7
Testing the battery voltage under load ................................................................................................................. 7
Testing the starter motor terminal voltage under load.......................................................................................... 8
Testing the voltage drop on the insulated line...................................................................................................... 8
Testing the voltage drop across the solenoid contacts ........................................................................................ 9
Testing the voltage drop in earth line .................................................................................................................10
Testing the no-load current and speed ..............................................................................................................10
Testing the continuity of contacts .......................................................................................................................11
Testing the voltage drop across the contacts .....................................................................................................11
Servicing the end cover and brush carrier .........................................................................................................12
Replacing the starter motor brushes ..................................................................................................................13
Replacing the bushes in the starter motor ..........................................................................................................13
Removing the starter motor solenoid .................................................................................................................14
Installing the starter motor solenoid ...................................................................................................................14
Inspecting and testing the starter motor .............................................................................................................14
Cre 7-21340GB
Issued 10-99
4004-3
Special tools
Specifications
0 - 20 V DC voltmeter
Pilot diameter
0 - 150 A ammeter
Light running speed
Mechanical tachometer 0 - 10,000 rev/min.
Light running current/voltage
Tightening Torques
Pinion end clearance

when engaged
0.13 - 1.14 mm (0.005-0.045 in)
Nm
lbf ft
6.0
4.5
Cable fixing nut M10 stud
12.0
9.0
Solenoid terminal M8 nut
6.0
4.5
Solenoid terminal M10 nut
12.0
9.0
Starter terminal 1/4 BSF nut
4.0
3.0
Solenoid end-cover screws
2.0
1.5
Solenoid unit screws
6.0
4.5
Brush-plate screws
7.0
5.0
Starter earth nuts
8.0
6.0
Pole shoes fixing screws
41.0
30
Through bolts
11.0
8.0
Eccentric pivot pin lock-nut
20.0
15.0
Solenoid main BAT terminal M8 stud
Cre 7-21340GB
12.71 mm (0.5 in)

5500 - 8000 rev/min.
115A at 11V
New brush length
28.51 mm (1.226 in)
Renew brushes at
8 mm (0.3 in)
Spring pressure in workint

position with new brushes
11.6 N (42 oz.)
Issued 10-99
4004-4
Removing and installing the starter motor

Removing the starter motor
5.
Remove the nut (11), the washer (10) and disconnect the four electrical cables (9) from the
starter motor (8).
6.
Remove the two nuts (15), the two washers (16)

and disconnect the three electrical cables (17)
from the solenoid (4).
Remove the starter motor as follows:

1.
Disconnect the battery see section 4003.
NOTE : Make sure the key is removed from the start

switch on the side console.
2.
Open the hood.
7.
Attach the electrical cables (9) and (17) to the

structure of the engine with temporary ties.
3.
Remove the protective cover (13), the nut (12)

and the cover (14) from the solenoid (4).
8.
4.
Note the installed positions of the electrical

cables (9) and (17).
Support the starter motor (8) and solenoid (4).

Remove the three nuts (7) and the P-clip
mounting bracket (6) from the studs (5).
9.
Slide the starter motor (8) together with the solenoid (4) from the studs (5) and remove from the
engine.
10. Put a warning sign in the cab to tell persons not

to start the engine.
Installing the starter motor

NOTE : The installation of the starter motor is the
reverse of the removal.
Install the starter motor in the reverse order of the
removal but note the following:
1.
Torque tighten the nuts (12): 12 Nm.
2.
Torque tighten the nut (11): 6 Nm.
3.
After installation do the following tests:
The battery voltage under load test, refer to

page 7.
The starter motor terminal voltage under load
test, refer to page 8.
The voltage drop on the insulated line test, refer
to page 8.
The voltage drop across solenoid contact refer to
page 9.
The voltage drop in earth line test, refer to
page 10.
Cre 7-21340GB
Issued 10-99
4004-5
789M048A
Cre 7-21340GB
Issued 10-99
4004-6
Disassembling the starter motor

Disassemble the starter motor as follows:
12. Pull the pinion and the roller clutch (7), off the
armature shaft.
1.
Remove the starter motor, refer to page 4.
13. Pull the intermediate plate (8) off the armature

shaft.
2.
Remove the solenoid assembly, refer to page

14.
14. Remove the four screws (11) and carefully pull

the field windings (12) from the motor body.
3.
Remove the end-cover, refer to page 12 (steps 3

through 6).
15. Inspect and test the starter motor, refer to page

14.
4.
Remove the field winding brushes (10) from

brush plate.
Assembling the starter motor
5.
Remove the rubber grommet (13).
NOTE : The assembly of the starter motor is the

reverse of the disassembly.
6.
Slacken the locknut and remove the pivot pin

(4). (The pivot is eccentric to the screw thread to
allow adjustment of the pinion gear end-clearance).
7.
Remove housing (2) and the pinion engagement

lever (1).
8.
Remove the armature and pinion assembly (9)

from the motor body.
9.
Use a suitable tube to punch the thrust-collar (6)

towards the pinion and expose the snap-ring (5).
Assemble the starter motor in the reverse order of the

disassembly but note the following:
1.
Apply Shell Retinax A grease or its equivalent

onto the drive shaft splines, the thrust-collar (6)
and the engagement lever (1).
10. Remove the snap-ring (5).

11. Remove the thrust-collar (6).
789M049A
Cre 7-21340GB
Issued 10-99
4004-7
Adjusting the pinion stroke
Testing the battery voltage under load
Adjust the pinion stroke as follows:
Test equipment
1.
0 to 20 V dc voltmeter
2.
Screw the pivot pin (B) fully into the casting and
then slacken off one full turn and position the
marks on the head as shown.
NOTE : This test can be made with the starter motor

still installed on the machine.
3.
Connect the solenoid to a 6V supply as shown,

which will operate the solenoid only.
4.
While the solenoid is energized push the pinion

lightly, back against the yoke, to eliminate any
free play and measure the gap between the pinion end face and the snap ring collar.
Do the battery voltage under load test as follows:

1.
Check condition of battery or batteries, refer to

page 9.
2.
Open the hood.
3.
Disconnect the wire from fuel injection pump to

prevent the engine from starting.
5.
If necessary, turn the pivot pin (8) to obtain a

clearance of 0.13 to 1.14 mm (0.005 to 0.045
in).
4.
Connect the voltmeter across the terminals as

shown and with the engine fuel supply cut off,
operate the starter.
6.
Tighten the locknut to 20 Nm (15 lbf ft).
5.
7.
Install the starter motor, refer to page 4.
The voltmeter should read approximately 9 V. A

low voltage reading indicates excessive current
flow in the circuit due to low resistance.
6.
Reconnect the wire to the fuel injection pump if

no further tests are required.
7.
Close the hood.
Key
A
B
STARTER SWITCH
PIVOT PIN
789M051A
789M052A
Cre 7-21340GB
Issued 10-99
4004-8
Testing the starter motor terminal voltage

under load
Testing the voltage drop on the insulated

line
Test equipment
Test equipment


Do the starter motor terminal voltage under load test

as follows:
Do the voltage drop on the insulated line as follows:
1.
Open the hood.
2.

and the cover (14), refer to page 4.
3.
Disconnect the wire from the fuel injection pump,

to prevent the engine from starting.
4.
Connect the voltmeter between the starter input

terminal and earth (end bracket). Crank the
engine with the fuel cut off. The voltmeter reading should not be more than 0.5 V lower than in
the battery voltage under load test, refer to page
7.
5.
A low reading (more than 0.5 V difference

between tests 1 and 2) indicates high resistance
in cables or contacts.
6.
High readings indicate high resistance in the

starter motor itself.
7.
Reconnect the wire to fuel injection pump if no

further tests are required.
8.
Install the cover (14), the nut (12) and the protective cover (13), refer to page 4.
9.
Close the hood.
1.
Open the hood.
2.
Connect the voltmeter between the starter terminal and the battery terminal.
3.
When the starter switch is open, the voltmeter

should register battery voltage. When the starter
switch is closed, the voltmeter should read practically zero.
4.
A high voltmeter reading indicates a high resistance in the starter circuit. Check all the insulated connections.
5.
Do the voltage drop across the solenoid contacts test, refer to page 9.
789M054A
789M053A
Cre 7-21340GB
Issued 10-99
4004-9
Testing the voltage drop across the solenoid contacts

Test equipment
Key
A
B
STARTER SWITCH
TACHOMETER POSITION
Do the voltage drop across the solenoid contacts test
as follows:
1.

2.
Connect the voltmeter across the two main solenoid terminals.
3.
When the starter switch is open, the voltmeter

should register battery voltage. When the starter
switch is closed the reading should be zero or
fractional value.
4.
A zero or fractional reading indicates that the

high resistance deduced in the voltage drop on
the insulated line test must be due either to high
resistance in the starter cables or soldered connections. A high reading (similar to the voltage
drop on the insulated line test) indicates a faulty
solenoid or connection, refer to page 8.
5.
Install the cover (14), the nut (12) and the protective cover (13), refer to page 4.
6.
Close the hood.
Cre 7-21340GB
789M055A
Issued 10-99
4004-10
Testing the voltage drop in earth line
Do the no-load current and speed test as follows:
Test equipment
1.
If necessary, remove the starter motor from the

machine, refer to page 4.
2.
Connect an ammeter in circuit between the

starter solenoid and battery.
3.
Hold the tachometer against the end of the pinion shaft and operate the starter switch.
Do the voltage drop in earth line test as follows:
1.
Open the hood.
4.
2.
Connect the voltmeter between the battery earth

terminal and the starter earth (commutator end
bracket).
Max. current: 115 A at 11 V.

Max. speed: 5500 to 8000 rpm.
Excess current indicates that starter is faulty.
5.
3.
When the starter switch is closed the voltmeter

should read practically zero.
If low current is registered, do the continuity of

contacts test, refer to page 11.
6.
4.
If reading is high, clean and tighten all earth connections and check bonding strap.
If starter fails to operate and there is no audible

operation of solenoid, then connect the ammeter
across the STA terminal and the battery.
5.
Close the hood.
Key
A
B
STARTER SWITCH
TACHOMETER POSITION
789M056A
Testing the no-load current and speed

789M057A
Test equipment
7.
Operate the starter switch, the starter motor

should run, indicating a faulty solenoid which
must be replaced.
8.
If the starter motor does not run, the motor itself

is faulty.
9.
If the starter motor fails to operate but the solenoid operation is audible, do the continuity of
contacts test, refer to page 11.
Test bench
Mechanical tachometer 0 to 10,000 rpm
Ammeter up to 150 A capacity
Cre 7-21340GB
Issued 10-99
4004-11
Testing the continuity of contacts

Test equipment
Testing the voltage drop across the contacts
Test equipment
Test the continuity of contacts as follows:
1.
Open the hood.
Test the voltage drop across the contacts as follows:
2.

1.
Connect the voltmeter across the solenoid terminals and operate starter switch.
3.
Connect the voltmeter between motor and solenoid negative terminals and operate starter
switch.
2.
Voltage across the terminals should be zero, if

more, the solenoid is faulty and must be
changed, refer to page 13.
4.
No voltage indicates a faulty solenoid. Replace

the solenoid, refer to page 14.
3.
If solenoid is satisfactory, service the starter

motor, refer to page 14.
789M058A
5.
12 V registered but motor fails to operate indicates faulty motor. Replace the starter motor,
refer to page 4.
6.
12 V registered and motor operates, test the

voltage drop across the contacts, refer to page
11.
Cre 7-21340GB
789M059A
Issued 10-99
4004-12
Servicing the end cover and brush carrier

Service the end cover and brush carrier as follows:
1.
Open the hood.
NOTE : If space within the engine compartment permits the removal of the motor body bolts (3), the end
cover can be serviced without removing the starter
motor from the engine, provided that the electrical
cables to the starter are disconnected.
2.
If the end cover cannot be removed in situ,

remove the starter motor, refer to page 4.
3.
Remove the end cover securing screws (2), and

both long bolts (3).
4.
Lift off the cover (4) complete with brake assembly.
5.
Remove the brake shoes (5) from the cover (4).
6.
Remove the steel washer (6) and fibre washer

(7).
7.
Lift the springs and disengage the field coil

brushes (8).
8.
Remove the brush carrier assembly (9).
9.
Polish the commutator with 600 to 1200 grade

abrasive cloth/paper.
789M061A
13. Lift the springs and engage the brushes (8).

14. Test the strength of each brush spring and
replace any which exert less than 11.6 N (42
oz.) with new brushes fitted.
15. Install the fibre washer (7), the steel washer (6)
and the brake shoes (5) in the cover (4).
10. Thoroughly clean all components with white

spirit and dry with compressed air.
11. Measure the length of the brushes (8). Replace
the brushes which are 8 mm (5/16 in) or less in
length, refer to page 13.
16. Turn the armature to position to drive-dogs (10)

to engage the brake shoes (5).
17. Install the cover (4), the long bolts (3) and the
screws (2).
18. Torque tighten the long bolts (3) to 11 Nm (8 lbf
ft).
19. Check the clearance between the armature
spindle and the brush (1). If the clearance is
noticeable, replace the brush (1), refer to page
13.
12. Install the brush carrier assembly (9).
20. If necessary, install the starter motor, refer to

page 4.
21. Close the hood.
789M060A
Cre 7-21340GB
Issued 10-99
4004-13
Replacing the starter motor brushes

Replace the brushes as follows:
Replacing the bushes in the starter

motor
1.
Replace the bushes in the starter motor as follows:
2.
3.
4.
Gain access to the brushes, refer to page 12

(steps 1 through 10).
On earth brushes, cut the flexible wires adjacent
to the old brushes (1) and solder new brushes
on to the flexible wires.
On insulated brushes, cut the flexible wires adjacent to the old brushes (1). Open the eyelet on
the new brush. Apply a thin coat of solder and
crimp the eyelet onto the flexible wire and solder
together.
1.
Gain access, as necessary to the bush (1), (3) or

(5) to be replaced, refer to page 6 or page 12.
2.
If the bush (5) in the end cover (6) is to be

replaced, remove the bush (5) using a 9/16 in,
Whitworth tap.
3.
If the bush (1) in the intermediate plate (4) is to

be replaced, remove the bush (1) using a drift
with a pilot diameter of 28.51 mm (1.226 in).
4.
If the bush (3) in the housing (2) is to be

replaced, remove the bush (3) using a drift having a pilot diameter of 17.03 mm (0.6705 in).
5.
Immerse the replacement bush (1), (3) or (5) in

clean engine oil for 24 hours.
Install the cover, refer to page 12 (steps 12

through 21).
NOTE : The oil absorption time can be reduced by

heating the oil to 100C (212F) for 2 hours and
allowing it to cool before removing the brush. A thermometer is essential to prevent overheating the oil.
789M062A
6.
Install the bush (5) into the end cover (6) using a
drift having a pilot diameter of 12.71 mm (0.5 in).
7.
Install the bush (1) into the intermediate plate (4)

using a drift having a pilot diameter of 28.51 mm
(1.226 in).
8.
Install the bush (3) into the housing (2) using a

drift having a pilot diameter of 17.03 mm
(0.6705 in).
9.
Assemble the starter motor as necessary, refer

to page 6 or 12.
789M353A
Cre 7-21340GB
Issued 10-99
4004-14
Removing the starter motor solenoid
Inspecting and testing the starter motor
Remove the starter motor solenoid as follows:
Test equipment
1.
110 volt insulation tester or ohmmeter
2.
Remove the two nuts (3) and the copper link (4).
Inspect and test the starter motor as follows:
3.
Remove the two nuts (1) which secure the solenoid (5) to the starter motor (2).
1.
4.
Remove the solenoid body (5).
Inspect the bush (7) in the alternator cap (8). If

the clearance between the bush (7) and the
shaft (6) is noticeable, replace the bush (7), refer
to page 13.
5.
Remove the solenoid plunger from the engagement lever.
2.
Partially disassemble the starter motor, refer to

page 6 (steps 1 through 6).
3.
Inspect the bush (3) in the drive housing (2). If

the clearance between the bush (3) and the
to page 13.
4.
Continue to disassemble the starter motor, refer

to page 6 (steps 7 through 12).
5.
Inspect the bush (1) in the intermediate plate (5).

If the clearance between the bush (1) and the
to page 13.
6.
Complete the disassembly of the starter motor,

refer to page 6 (steps 13 and 14).
7.
Use a 110 V insulation tester or ohmmeter, to

check the insulation of the electrical components
(steps 8 through 10).
789M064A
Installing the starter motor solenoid

NOTE : The installation of the starter motor solenoid
is the reverse of the removal.
Install the starter motor solenoid in the reverse order
of the removal but note the following:
1.
Torque tighten the nuts (1), refer to page 3.
2.
Torque tighten the nuts (3), refer to page 3.
WARNING : Only trained electrical personnel

must do these checks.
8.
Touch one test probe (9) onto an insulated

brush holder and the other (10) on an unpainted
part of the carrier plate, refer to page 15. The
ohmmeter must read infinity, as no current
should pass between the probes. If the meter
reads less than infinity, replace the brush holder.
9.
Touch one probe (11) on the field terminal, the

other (12) on a clean part of the motor body, but
ensure neither brush touches the body, refer to
page 15. The ohmmeter must read infinity, if the
meter indicates less than infinity the field coils
are shorting and must be replaced.
10. Touch one probe (14) onto the armature shaft,

the other probe (13) onto a commutator segment, refer to page 15. The ohmmeter must
read infinity. If the meter indicates less than
infinity, the armature must be replaced.
11. Assemble the starter motor, refer page 6.
Cre 7-21340GB
Issued 10-99
4004-15
789M065A
789M066A
789M068A
789M067A
Cre 7-21340GB
Issued 10-99
Section
4005
4005

OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
Case
Cre 7-21350GB

Printed in France
October 1999
4005-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR MAINTENANCE.................................................................................................... 4
Removing the front windscreen wiper motor ......................................................................................................... 4
Installing the front windscreen wiper motor ........................................................................................................... 4
Removing the rear windscreen wiper motor.......................................................................................................... 6
Installing the rear windscreen wiper motor............................................................................................................ 6
CABIN HEATER MAINTENANCE............................................................................................................................. 8
Removing the cabin heater ................................................................................................................................... 8
Installing the cabin heater ..................................................................................................................................... 8
Disassembling the cabin heater ............................................................................................................................ 9
Assembling the cabin heater ................................................................................................................................. 9
WORKLIGHT MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................10
Removing a front worklight..................................................................................................................................10
Installing a front worklight....................................................................................................................................10
Removing a rear worklight ..................................................................................................................................10
Installing a rear worklight ....................................................................................................................................10
Replacing a bulb in a front worklight (A) .............................................................................................................12
Replacing a bulb in a rear worklight (B) ..............................................................................................................12
FRONTLIGHT MAINTENANCE ..............................................................................................................................14
Removing a frontlight ..........................................................................................................................................14
Installing a frontlight ............................................................................................................................................14
Replacing a bulb in a frontlight............................................................................................................................15
REARLIGHT MAINTENANCE.................................................................................................................................16
Removing a rear light ..........................................................................................................................................16
Installing a rearlight .............................................................................................................................................16
Replacing a bulbs in a rearlight...........................................................................................................................16
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................18
Removing the stalk switch...................................................................................................................................18
Installing the stalk switch.....................................................................................................................................18
Removing the forward/reverse switch .................................................................................................................18
Installing the forward/reverse switch ...................................................................................................................18
Removing the steering mode switch ...................................................................................................................20
Installing the steering mode switch .....................................................................................................................20
WARNING : This symbol is used in this manual to indicate important safety messages. Whenever you see
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-3
This page is intentionally left blank
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-4
WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR MAINTENANCE

Removing the front windscreen
wiper motor
Installing the front windscreen

wiper motor
Remove the front windscreen wiper motor as follows :
NOTE : The installation of the front windscreen wiper

motor is the reverse of the removal.
1. On the front console, set the front windscreen

wiper switch to the off position (parked).
2. Pull back the spring-loaded cover (1) of the wiper
arm (2).
3. Remove the nut (3) and the lock washer (4).
4. Remove the wiper arm (2) and the wiper blade
(5).
5. Pull down the visor for access.
Install the front windscreen wiper motor in the reverse

order of the removal but note the following :
1. After installation, check the operation and range
of movement of the front windscreen wiper.
NOTE : To prevent damage to the wiper blade (5), do
not operate the windscreen wiper over a dry windscreen.
6. Remove the screws and the washers of the front

roof console. Move the front roof console to
access the wiper motor (9).
7. Disconnect the washer tube from the rear of the
washer jet. Blank off the washer tube.
8. Disconnect the electrical connector (6) from the
harness.
9. Remove the nuts (7) and (8).
10. Carefully pull the drive shaft of the wiper motor
through the grommet (10).
11. Note the position of the nut (11) on the drive shaft
of the wiper motor (9).
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-5
11
10
2
5
CS98J549
CI98J516
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-6
Removing the rear windscreen

wiper motor
Installing the rear windscreen

wiper motor
Remove the rear windscreen wiper motor as follows :
NOTE : The installation of the rear windscreen wiper

motor is the reverse of the removal.
1. On the side console, set the rear windscreen

wiper switch to the off position (parked).
2. Pull back the spring-loaded cover (7) of the wiper
arm (8).
3. Remove the nut (6) and the lock washer (5).
4. Remove the wiper arm (8) and the wiper blade
(9).
5. Remove the screws (15) and the cover (14).
Install the rear windscreen wiper motor in the reverse

1. After installation, check the operation and the
range of movement of the rear windscreen wiper.
NOTE : To prevent damage to the wiper blade (9), do
not operate the windscreen wiper over a dry windscreen.

harness.
7. Remove the cap nut (20), the washer (19) and
the plastic washer (18).
8. Remove the nuts (4) and (3), the washer (2) and
the plastic washer (1).
9. Remove the wiper motor (13) and the bracket
(12).
10. Remove and discard the gasket (10).
11. Remove the screws (11) and remove the bracket
(12) from the wiper motor (13).
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-7
13
CI98J516
11
16
12
18
19
20
4
10
1
13
15
14
CS98J550
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-8
CABIN HEATER MAINTENANCE

Removing the cabin heater
Remove the cabin heater as follows :
1. Remove the seat. (See Section 9009).

2. Remove the floor mats (1) and (2).
3. Remove the screws (3) and the floor plate (4).

6. Place a container below the heater.
7. Remove the hose clips and disconnect the
hoses.
8. On the heatern disconnect the two electrical connectors (9).
3
7
4
9. Remove the heater (10) from the machine.
8
6
10
CS98J552
Installing the cabin heater

NOTE : The installation of the cabin heater is the
Install the cabin heater in the reverse order of the
1. After installation, operate the cabin heater system. Make sure the hoses do not leak.
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-9
Disassembling the cabin heater
7. Disconnect the lead (4) from the resistor (1) and

the blower motor (14).
Disassemble the cabin heater as follows :
8. Disconnect the wires of the harness (5) from the

resistor (1) and the blower motor (14).
1. Remove the cabin heater from the machine.

2. Remove the screws (9), the washers (8) and the
retaining plate (7).
10. Remove the screw (3) and the washer (2).
3. Remove the filter (10) from the lip of the heater

box (11).
11. Carefully lift the blower motor (14) from the

heater box (11).
4. Carefully lift the radiator (13) from the heater box

(11) and remove the grommets (12).
Assembling the cabin heater
9. Release the clip (15) and remove the resistor (1).
5. Disconnect the harness (6) from the harness (5).
NOTE : The assembly of the cabin heater is the

6. Note the positions of the wires of the hatness (5)

and the lead (4).
14
6
7
9
10
13
12
11
CS98J553
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-10
WORKLIGHT MAINTENANCE
Removing a front worklight
Installing a rear worklight
NOTE : The information given is applicable to the

front left worklight. The procedure for the front right
worklight is identical to the front left worklight. Front
right worklight components are identified in parentheses after the front left worklight components.
NOTE : the installation of the rear worklight is the

Remove a front worklight as follows :

1. Remove the screw (1).
2. Release the worklight (2), (3) from the structure.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector (4).
4. Remove the worklight, from the machine.
Install a rear worklight in the reverse order of the

1. After installation on the side console, operate the
rear worklight switch. Make sure the rear worklights
operate correctly.
2. If necessary, loosen the nut and set the angle of
the worklight (6), (7), (8), (9) to the required position and tighten the nut.
Installing a front worklight

NOTE : The installation of a front worklight is the
Install a front worklight in the reverse order of the
removal but note the following.
1. After installation, on the side console, operate
the front worklight switch. Make sure the front
worklights (2) and (3) operate correctly.
2. To adjust the directional angle of the worklight,
looseur or tighten screws (5).
Removing a rear worklight

NOTE : The information given is applicable to the
rear left worklight. The procedure for the rear right
worklight is identical to the rear left worklight. Rear
right worklight components are identified in parentheses after the rear left worklight components.
Remove a rear worklight as follows :
1. Support the worklight (6), (7), (8), (9) and remove
the screws (10), the washer (11) and the nut
(12).
3. Remove the worklight (6), (7), (8), (9) from the
machine.
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-11
1
3
7
CI98J517
14
9
CI98J516
10
11
12
CI98J521
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-12
Replacing a bulb in a front

worklight (A)
Replacing a bulb in a rear worklight

(B)
Replace a bulb in a front worklight as follow :
Replace a bulb in a rear worklight as follow :
1. Make sure the applicable front worklight (A) is

set to off.
1. Make sure the applicable rear worklight (B) is set

to off.
2. Remove the screws (1).
2. Remove the screw (9) and the reflector (10).
3. Disconnect the electrocal connector (2).
3. Hold the replacement bulbs (11) in a clean cloth

or paper tissue, connect the electrical leads.
Install the bulb (11) in the reflector (10).
4. Disengage the rubber cover (3).

5. Remove the screw (4), separate the reflector (5)
and the cover (6).
6. Hold the replacement bulb (7) or (8) in a clean
cloth or paper tissue, connect the electrical
leads. Install the bulb (7) or (8) in the reflector
(5).
NOTE : You must not touch the quartz halogene
bulbs. Fingerprints will blacken the bulb and reduce
the light output.
7. Put the reflector (5) and the cover (6) in position
and install the screw (4).
NOTE : You must not touch the quartz halogen bulbs.

Fingerpoints will blacken the bulbs and reduce the
light out put.
4. Put the reflector (10) in position and install the
screws (9).
5. Set the applicable rear worklight switch to on.
Make sure the applicable rear worklight come on.
Set the applicable rear worklight switch to off.
Make sure the applicable rear worklight goes out.
8. Install the rubban cover (3).

9. Connect the electrical connector (2).
10. Install the front light (A) to the structure.
11. Set the applicable front worklight switch to on.
Make sure the applicable front worklight comes
on. Set the applicable front worklight switch to
off. Make sure the applicable front worklight goes
out.
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-13
2
3
4
5
7
6
8
1
A
A
CS98E520
14
B
CI98J516
11
10
12
CI98J521
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-14
FRONTLIGHT MAINTENANCE
Removing a frontlight
NOTE : The information given is applicable to the left
frontlight. The procedure for the right frontlight is
identical to the left frontlight components are identified in parentheses after the left frontlight components.
Remove a frontlight as follows :

1. Support the frontlight (1), (2) and remove the nut
(3) and the washer (4).
2. Disconnect the electrical connecteur (5).
3. Remove the frontlight (1), (2) from the machine.
CI98J516
Installing a frontlight
NOTE : The installation of a frontlight is the reverse
of the removal.
Install a frontlight in the reverse order the removal but

note the following.
1. After installation, operate the switch indicator.

Make sure the front light (1) and (2) operate correctly.
2. If necessary, looser the nut (3) and set the angle
of the frontlight (1), (2) to the required position
and tighten the nut (3).
5
CS98E522
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-15
Replacing a bulb in a frontlight

NOTE : This information is applicable to all frontlight.
Replace a bulbs in frontlight as follows :
1. Make sure the switch indicator is set to off.
2. Remove the screws (1), the bezel (2) and the

reflector (3).
3. Remove the screws (5) and the lens (4).
4. Hold the replacement bulb dip beam/main beam
(6) in a clean cloth or paper tissue, connect the
electrical lead. Install the bulb (6) in the reflector
(3).
5. Hold the replacement bulb light front (7) or the
bulb turn indicator (8) in a clean cloth or paper
tissue, install the bulb (7) in a reflector (3) and
the bulb (8) in a reflector (9).
NOTE : You must not touch the quartz halogene
bulbs. Fingerprints will blacken the bulb and reduce
the light output.
6. Put the lens (4) in position and install the screw
(5).
1
7
9
4
8
5
CS98E523
7. Put the reflector (3) and the bezel (2) and install
the screws (1).
8. Set the switch indicator to on. Make sure the dip
beam, main beam, light and turn indicator comes
on. Set the switch indicator to off. Make sure the
dip beam, main bam, light and turn indicator
goes out.
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-16
REARLIGHT MAINTENANCE
Removing a rear light
NOTE : The information given is applicable to the left
rearlight. The procedure for the right rearlight is identical to the left rearlight.
Remove a rearlight as follow :
1. Support the rearlight (1) and remove the nut (3)
and the washer (2).
3. Remove the rearlight (1) from the machine.
Installing a rearlight
NOTE : The installation of a rearlight is the reverse of
the removal.
1. After installation, operate the switch operator
(light and turn indicator) and the stop light switch
(stop light). Make sure the rearlight operate correctly.
Replacing a bulbs in a rearlight

Replace a bulbs in rearlight as follow :
1. Make sure the switch indicator and the stop light
are set to off.
2. Remove the screws (5) and the lens (6).
3. Hold the replacement stop and light bulb (8) and
turn indicator bulb (7) in a clean cloth or paper
tissue, install the bulb (7) and (8) in the reflector
(9).
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-17
6
7
5
8
1
4
CS98E524
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-18
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS MAINTENANCE

Removing the stalk switch
Remove the stalk switch as follows:
1. Remove the steering wheel.
Removing the forward/reverse

switch
Remove the forward/reverse switch as follows:
1. Remove the steering wheel.
3. Remove the panel (1) of the steering column (9)

to access the stalk switch (3).
4. Remove the screws (8) and the washers (7) and

move the stalk switch (3) away from the bracket
(6).
5. Note the positions and disconnect the electrical
connectors (4) and (5) from the stalk switch (3).
Attach the electrical connectors (4) and (5) to
the bracket (6) with temporary ties.
Installing the stalk switch

NOTE : The installation of the stalk switch is the
Install the stalk switch in the reverse order of the
removal but note the following:
1. After installation, do an operational check of the
functions of the stalk switch (3).
3. Remove the panel (1) of the steering column (9)

for access.
electrical connector (11). Attach the electrical
connector (10) to the structure with temporary
ties.
5. Remove the nuts (12) and the screws (13).
6. Remove the nuts (14) and the screws (15) and
the forward/reverse switch (16).
Installing the forward/reverse

switch
NOTE : The installation of the forward/reverse switch
Install the forward/reverse switch in the reverse order
1. After installation, do an operational test of the
function of the forward/reverse switch (16).
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-19
11
10
13
3
16
4
5
15
6
12
9
14
CI98K500
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
4005-20
Removing the steering mode

switch
Installing the steering mode switch

NOTE : The installation of the steering mode switch
is the reverse of the removal
NOTE : This information is applicable to FERMEC

960 and 965 Models only.
Install the steering mode switch in the reverse order

1. Remove the screws (9) from the side console

(4).
1. Remove the temporary ties and connect the

electrical wires (14) to the steering mode switch
(12) with the screws (13) in the position noted
during the removal procedure.
2. Pull the plate (10) outwards away from the side

console (4).
3. Note the position of the electrical wires (14).
2. Put the switch (12) in position on the plate (10),

install the knob (8) and tighten the screws (11).
4. Remove the screws (13) and disconnect the

electrical wires (14) from the steering mode
switch (12).Attach the electrical wires (14) to the
side console (4) with temporary ties.
3. Put the screws (7), the lever (6) and the spacer
(5) in the position in the plate (10).
5. Remove the nuts (1), the washers (2) and the

spring (3).
4. Install the washers (2), the spring (3) and the

nuts (1).
6. Remove the screw (7), the lever (6) and the

spacer (5).
5. Put the plate (10) in position on the front console

(4) and the install the screws (9).
7. Loosen the screws (11) and remove the knob (8)

from the switch (12).
6. After installation, do an operational test of the

switch function.
8. Remove the switch (12).
14
13
11
10
9
8
12
1
2
3
2
5
6
7
CI98K501
Cre 7-21350GB
Issued 10-99
Section
4007
4007
ALTERNATOR
Case
Cre 7-21360GB

Printed in France
October 1999
4007-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TOOLS ...................................................................................................................................................... 3
SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................................................................... 3
TIGHTENING TORQUES.......................................................................................................................................... 3
REMOVING THE ALTERNATOR.............................................................................................................................. 4
INSTALLING THE ALTERNATOR ............................................................................................................................ 4
DISASSEMBLING THE 55A OR THE 70A ATERNATOR ........................................................................................ 5
DISASSEMBLE THE 100A ALTERNATOR ..............................................................................................................6
ASSEMBLING THE 55A OR THE 70A ALTERNATOR ............................................................................................ 7
ASSEMBLING THE 100A ALTERNATOR ................................................................................................................ 7
PRELIMINARY TESTING OF THE CHARGING CIRCUIT ....................................................................................... 7
GENERAL DIAGNOSIS ............................................................................................................................................ 8
TESTING CABLE CONTINUITY ............................................................................................................................... 9
TESTING THE VOLTAGE REGULATOR ...............................................................................................................10
TESTING THE VOLTAGE DROP ...........................................................................................................................11
REMOVING THE SUPRESSION CAPACITOR ......................................................................................................12
INSTALLING THE SUPPRESSION CAPACITOR ..................................................................................................12
REMOVING THE REGULATOR AND BRUSH BOX...............................................................................................12
INSTALLING THE REGULATOR AND BRUSH BOX .............................................................................................13
TESTING THE ROTOR FIELD CIRCUIT ................................................................................................................13
TESTING THE ALTERNATOR OUTPUT................................................................................................................14
INSPECTING AND TESTING THE ALTERNATOR ................................................................................................15
Cre 7-21360GB
Issued 10-99
4007-3
Special tools
Specifications
Test bench with facility for driving an alternator. (The

alternator can also be tested while mounted on the
machine, but use slave leads to make up the necessary circuit for the tests).
Make
Magneti Marelli/Lucas
Type
A127, 12v negative earth
110 V alternating current supply
Maximum DC output at 6000 rev/min & stator winding

resistance.
WARNING : Ensure there is an earth leakage

trip with a sensitivity of 30 mA on the 110 V
supply.
Maximum operating speed
15000 rev/min.
55 A -
0.18 ohm/phase
Regulator controlled voltage
13.6 - 14.4 V
Photo-tachometer 0 - 6000 rev/min.
Rotor winding resistance
Moving coil amneter 0 - 100 A DC
New brush lenght (from mouldings)
Moving coil voltmeter 0 - 20 V DC
Renew regulator/brush
box assembly at
Test light 12 V x 2.2 Watt

Battery 12 V
Switches : 2 required
Variable resistor with 70 A capacity
Test leads : 3 pairs
Small bearing puller
Brush spring pressure

(press brush to moulding
3.2 ohms
17 mm (0.67)
5 mm (0.20)
1.3 - 2.7 N (4.7 - 9.8 oz.)
Shaft diameter and

details
17mm diameter
(Hex hole 8 mm A/F x 8.5 mm deep
in threaded end of shaft).
Tightening Torques
Compression spring balance
Nm
lbf ft
Through bolts
5.5
4.0
Shaft nuts
37.5
27.5
Rectifier fixing screws
3.5
2.5
2.5
2.0
Main output terminal (6 mm)
4.75
3.5
Phase terminal (5 mm)
4.00
3.0
Sundry screws :
Regulator and brush box
Assembly terminal nuts :
Cre 7-21360GB
Issued 10-99
4007-4
REMOVING AND INSTALLING THE ALTERNATOR

Removing the alternator
Installing the alternator
Remove the alternator as follows :
NOTE : The installation of the alternator is the

1. Disconnect the battery (see section 4003).

2. Open the hood.
3. Note the installed positions of the electrical
cables.
4. On the 55A and 70A alternators, release the
connector clip (25) and disconnect the electrical
connector (20) from the alternator (7).
5. On the 55A and 70A alternators remove the
protective cap (21), the nut (22) and the washer
(23). Disconnect the electrical cable (24) from
the alternator (7).
Install the alternator in the reverse order of the

1. After installation, adjust the belt tension.
2. After installation and electrical connection test
the alternator output. Refer to page 14.
A = 55A/70A Alternator
B = 100 A Alternator
6. On the 100A alternator, remove the nuts (16) and

the washers (15). Disconnect the electrical
cables (11) through (14) from the alternator (7).
7. Attach the disconnected electrical cables to the
structure of the engine with temporary ties.
8. Remove the bolt (5) and the washer (6) from the
lever (4) and the alternator (7).
9. Losen the bolts (9) and (17).
10. Turn the alternator (7) until you can slide the fan
belt (8) from the pulley of the alternator (7).
11. Support the alternator and remove the bolts (9)
and (17), the washers (10) and (18) and the
spacer (19).
12. Lift the alternator (7) from the machine. Put a
warning sign in the cab to tell persons not to start
the engine.
CS98J509
Cre 7-21360GB
Issued 10-99
4007-5
Disassembling the 55A or the 70A

Aternator
Disassemble the 55A or the 70A alternator as follows :
1. Remove the alternator (1) from the engine. Refer
to page 4.
2. If installed, remove the suppression capacitor.
Refer to page 12.
3. Remove the regulator and brush box. Refer to
page 12.
4. Remove the three tie bolts and the nuts (2).
5. Remove the rear cover (3) and the stator (4) as
an assembly by tapping the front cover lugs
whith a soft mallet.
CS98J511
6. Note the positions of and remove the nuts, the

washers and the insulators (5) from the stud
terminals.
7. Remove the retaining screws (6).
8. Remove the rectifier (7) and the stator (4) from
the rear cover (3).
9. Note the position of and remove the short
insulator (8).
10. Note the position of and remove the long
insulator (9).
11. Unsolder the stator leads (10) from the tags (11)
and separate the stator (4) and the rectifier (7).
12. Remove the nut and the spring washer (12).
CS98J512
13. Remove the pulley (13), and the fan (14) and the
spacer (15).
14. Using a press, push the rotor shaft (16) out of the
bearing in the front cover.
15. Remove the spacer (17).
16. Inspect and test the alternator. Refer to page 15.
CS98J513
CS98J510
Cre 7-21360GB
Issued 10-99
4007-6
Disassemble the 100A alternator

Disassemble the 100A as follows :
1. Remove the alternator from the engine. Refer to
page 4.
2. Remove the regulator and brush box. Refer to
page 12.
3. Unsolder the leads (7) of the stator (6) from the
rectifier (13).
6. Remove the nuts (9) the bolts (1) and the slipring end bracket (14).
7. Remove the nut (3) and the spring washer (2).
8. Remove the pulley (4) and the fan/rotor assembly
(8).
9. Remove the spacer (5) from the shaft of the fan/
rotor assembly (8).
10. Inspect and test the alternator. Refer to page15.
4. Remove the nuts (12) and the screws (11).

5. Separate the rectifier (13) from the slip-ring end
bracket (14) and remove the rectifier (13).
CS98J514
Cre 7-21360GB
Issued 10-99
4007-7
Assembling the 55A or the 70A

alternator
Preliminary testing of the charging

circuit
NOTE : The assembly of the 55A or the 70A

alternator is the reverse of the removal.
NOTE : Preliminary testing may rectify a fault in the

charging circuit and prevent the requirement to carry
out other tests contained in this section.
Assemble the 55A or the 70A alternator in the

reverse order of the removal but note the following :
1. Torque tighten the nut (12) to 50 to 70 Nm (37 to
52 lbf ft).
Assembling the 100A alternator
Test the charging circuit as follows :

1. Open the hood.
2. Examine the circuit cable connections. Make
sure the connections are clean and tight.
NOTE : The installation of the 100A alternator is the

3. Examine the components and wiring of the

circuit. Make sure there are no signs of damage
or overheating.
Assemble the 100A alternator in the reverse order of

the removal but note the following :
4. Examine the alternator drive belt. Make sure the

tension is correct.
1. Torque tighten the nut (3) to 70 to 80 Nm (52 to

59 lbf ft).
5. Examine the battery and the battery connections.

Make sure the battery and the battery
connections are in good condition. Refer to 4003.
6. If the above preliminary tests do not rectify the
fault, continue the fault diagnosis process. Refer
to page 8.
7. When the fault is rectified, close the hood.
Cre 7-21360GB
Issued 10-99
4007-8
General diagnosis
Battery indicator light stays out under all conditions
Flat battery
Test battery per section 4003.
Bad connection or broken cable
Continuity test.
Blown bulb or faulty switch
Continuity test.
Sticking alternator brushes
Service alternator.
Failed regulator
Max. output and voltage regulator test.

Replace regulator or change alternator if
readings are low.
Failed field windings
Max output and voltage regulator tests.

Replace alternator if readings are low.
Battery indicator light stays on under all conditions (dims at low revs)
Internal short circuit (probably surge diode)
To test diode, wire into a battery circuit (two

wires and a 5 watt bulb). When the terminal is
connected to positive and the body to
negative, the bulb should not light. If it does, fit
a new diode. The bulb should light when the
connectors are reversed.
Battery indicator light stays on (dims as engine speed increased, goes out at high engine speed)
Short circuit to earth
Continuity test. Voltage drop test.
Slack fan belt
Re-tighten or replace.
Battery not charching

Battery in poor condition
Test open circuit voltage. Charge/replace

battery as necessary.
Voltage control faulty
Voltage regulator test. Change regulator.
High resistance (bad connection)
Continuity test. Renew or clean connections.
Leak to earth
Battery overcharging (early bulb failure, high consumption of distilled water)
Voltage control
Voltage regulator test. Change regulator.
Battery indicator light on when engine stationary (dims at cut-in speed and remains dim at high speed)
Internal short circuit
Cre 7-21360GB
Max output test. Service or change the

alternator.
Issued 10-99
4007-9
Testing cable continuity
6. Set the start switch to off.
Test equipment
7. Remove the voltmeter.
Test the cable continuity as follows :
1. Open the hood.
2. If necessary, on the 55A or the 70A alternator,
remove the protective cap from the main stud
terminal (7).

install the protective cap on the main stud
terminal (7).
9. Close the hood.
A = 55A/70A Alternator
B = 100A Alternator
3. Set the start switch (2) to the run position and

check that the warning lght (1) illuminates.
4. Using a voltmeter, check for battery voltage at
the alternator main output lead (5) or the main
stud terminal (7). If the voltmeter shows a low or
zero voltage, inspect the electrical wiring for
damage, and the connections for security.
5. Using a voltmeter, check for battery voltage at
the indicator cable (6). If the voltmeter shows a
low or zero voltage, inspect the electrical wiring
for damage and the connections for security.
CS98J515
Cre 7-21360GB
Issued 10-99
4007-10
Testing the voltage regulator

Test equipment
0 to 20 V dc voltmeter, 0 to 50A dc ammeter
Test the voltage regulator as follows :
9. If necessary, locate and

resistance in the circuit.
rectify
the
high
10. Switch the engine off.

11. Remove the volmeter and ammeter from the
machine.
1. Make sure, before you test the voltage regulator,

that a well charged battery is intalled on the
machine. Refer to 4003.

terminal (6).
2. Open the hood.
13. Close the hood.

A = 55A/70A ALTERNATOR
B = 100A ALTERNATOR

remove the rotective cap from the main stud
terminal (6).
4. Disconnect the battery earth cable.
5. Connect an ammeter in series with the main
output lead (5) or the main stud terminal (6) from
the alternator. Connect a voltmeter across the
battery terminals.
6. Reconnect the battery earth cable.
7. Start and run the engine at maximum speed until
the ammeter reading is less than 10A.
8. Set the engine speed to 1000 rpm. Make sure
the voltmeter shows a reading between 14.0 to
14.4V. If thereading is higher, ther is a high
resistance in the circuit.
CS98J516
Cre 7-21360GB
Issued 10-99
4007-11
Testing the voltage drop
Test equipment
11. Remove the voltmeter from the machine.
0 to 20V dc voltmeter
Test the voltage drop as follows :
1. Open the hood.
remove the protective cap from the main stud
terminal (7).

terminal (6).
13. Close the hood.
B = 100A ALTERNATOR
3. Connect a voltmeter between the battery positive

terminal and the alternator main output lead (6)
or the main stud terminal (7).
4. Start and run the engine at maximum speed.
5. Switch on all vehicle electrical loads. Make sure
the voltmeter (A) reading is not more than 0.5V.
7. Disconnect the voltmeter.
8. Connect the voltmeter between the battery earth
terminal and the alternator body (5).
9. Start and run the engine at maximum speed.
Switch on all vehicle electrical loads. Make sure
the voltmeter (8) reading is not more than 0.25V.
CS98J517
Cre 7-21360GB
Issued 10-99
4007-12
Removing the supression

capacitor
8. Do the steps which follow on the 55A, 70A or

100A alternators.
Remove the suppression capacitor as follows :

1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the nut (1) from the tie-bolt.
3. Disconnect the spade convector (2).
4. Remove the capacitor (3).
CS98J518
Installing the suppression

capacitor
NOTE : The installation of the suppression capacitor
Install the suppression capacitor in the reverse order
of the removal.
Removing the regulator and brush

box
Special tools
Compression type spring balance.
Remove the regulator and brush box as follows :
1. Open the hood and disconnect the electrical
cables from the alternator. Refer to page 4.
2. Only do the step which follows on the 55A or the
70A alternator.
3. Remove the suppression capacitor, if installed.

Refer to page 12.
4. Remove the screws (1) and lift the regulator and
brush box (2) from the alternator.
5. Only do the stepswhich follow on the 100A
alternator.
CS98J519
9. Disconnect the spade connector (3).

10. Remove the regulator and brush box (2).
B = 100A ALTERNATOR
6. Remove the nuts (6) the washers (5) and the

rear cover (7).
7. Remove the screws (8) and the nuts (4).
Cre 7-21360GB
Issued 10-99
4007-13
11. Measure the lengths of the brushes (10). Make
sure new brushes are not less than 17 mm (0.67
in) in length (Dimension A). Make sure the
minimum length of the brushes is not less than 5
mm (0.2 in) (Dimension B).
12. Replace the brushes (10) not within the limits
given in step 11.
13. Measure the brush spring pressure by pushing
the brush (10) into the brush box moulding using
a compression type spring balance (9). Make
sure the minimum pressure is 1.3 N (4.7 oz).
Make sure the pressure is 2.7 N (9.8 oz.) when
new brushes (10) are installed.
Testing the rotor field circuit

Special equipment
Test bench
Test light 2.2W x 12V
Ammeter 0 to 100A
12V battery
Test the rotor field circuit as follows :
1. If necessary, remove the alternator from the
machine and mount it on the test bench. Refer to
page 4.
NOTE : This test can be done while the alternator is
still installed on the machine, but you must
disconnect all the vehicle wiring from the alternator
and use the slave leads, the battery and the bulb.
2. Connect the alternator into the circuit shown but
do not start the engine or run the alternator.
3. If the warning light (1) comes on, the rotor field
circuit is correct.
4. If the warning light (1) fails to come on, examine
and test the brushes, slip rings or rotor windings.
Refer to page 12 or 15.
CS98J520
Installing the regulator and brush

box
NOTE : The installation of the regulator and brush
box is the reverse of the removal.
5. Disconnect the alternator from the test circuit.

6. If necessary, connect the vehicle wiring and
install the alternator. Refer to page 4.
B = 100A ALTERNATOR
Install the regulator and brush box in the reverse

1. Torque tighten the screws to 2.5 Nm (2.0 lbf ft).
2. After installation, test the voltage regulator. Refer
to page 10.
CS98J521
Cre 7-21360GB
Issued 10-99
4007-14
Testing the alternator output

A
Special equipment
Test bench
Two 150A ammeters
0 to 20V voltmeter
Photo-tachometer
Variable resistor - 70A/20V capacity
Test the alternator output as follows :
1. If necessary, remove the alternator. Refer to
page 4.
NOTE : This test can be done while the alternator is
still installed on the machine, but you must
disconnect all the vehicle wiring from the alternator
and use the slave leads, the battery and the bulb.
2. Connect the alternator into the circuit shown , but
do not start the engine or run the alternator.
3. Adjust the variable resistance (1) until the

ammeter registers equal to or just above the
alternator maximum rated output (55A, 70A or
100 A).
4. If necessary, start the engine.
5. Slowly increase the speed of the alternator.
6. If necessary, use the photo-tachometer to set the
engine speed to 542 rpm or set the alternator
speed to 1500 rpm. Make sure the voltmeter
shows a reading of 13.5V and the warning light
(2) goes off.
speed to 6.000 rpm. Make sure the ammeter A1
shows a reading of :
Model A127-55 ..............................................55A
CS98J522
Model A127-70 ..............................................70A
Model A127-100 ..........................................100A
B = 100A ALTERNATOR
8. If the ammeter A1 readings are not corect, stop
the engine/alternator. If installed, remove the
suppression capacitor and do the steps 3
through 7 again. Refer to page 12.
9. If the ammeter A1 readings are still not correct,
examine and test the rectifier diodes, the rotor
resistance and the stator windings as necessary.
Refer to page 15.
Cre 7-21360GB
Issued 10-99
4007-15
4. Remove the ohmmeter.
10. If necessary, install the suppression capacitor.
Refer to page 12.
11. If necessary, start the engine.
speed to 6.000 rpm untill the ammeter A1 shows
a reading of less than 10A. Make sure the
voltmeter (V) shows a reading between 13.6 to
14.4 V.
WARNING : Only fully trained persons must

carry out insulation tests involving 110V
supply.
5. Touch the probes of the 110V supply onto the slip

ring (1) and the rotor frame (2) as shown to test
the insulation. Make sure no voltage indication is
shown (resistance infinity or very high).
13. If the voltmeter reading is not within the limits,

stop the engine/alternator and replace the
regulator and brush box assembly. Refer to page
12 or 13.
14. Disconnect the alternator from the test circuit.
15. If necessary connect the vehicle wiring or install
the alternator. Refer to page 4.
Inspecting and testing the

alternator
Special equipment
110V ac supply - preferably with earth leakage trip
(30 mA trip current).
110V insulation tester
CS98J523
0 to 150A ammeter
6. Remove the 110V supply.
0 to 20V voltmeter
7. Assemble the test circuit as shown.
Ohmmeter
Test light 12V x 1.5W
8. Touch one probe of the circuit to each diode in

turn and the other to the corresponding base
plate on the rectifier (3).
Inspect and test the alternator as follows :
9. Reverse the positions of the probes.
1. Disassemble the alternator. Refer to page 5 or 6.

2. Examine the slip rings (1). Make sure the slip
rings (1) are clean and smooth. If necessary, use
very fine (600 to 1200 grade) abrasive paper to
make the slip rings (1) clean and smooth.
3. Touch each slip ring (1) with the probe of the
ohmmeter to check the rotor field winding
resistance/continuity. Make sure the ohmmeter
reading shows 3.2 ohms.
Cre 7-21360GB
10. Make sure the test lamp (4) only illuminates

during steps 8 or 9. If the lamp (4) fails this test ;
the diode is faulty and the complete rectifier must
be replaced.
11. Remove the test circuit.
12. Connect the test leads of a 110V ac insulation
tester to the three wires (6) in turn.
Issued 10-99
4007-16
NOTE : Attach the test leads with insulated clips to
make the circuit before the tester is switched on.
13. If the tester shows a current flow the stator (5)
must be replaced.
14. Examine the rotor poles and the stator (5) for
signs of rubbing. If signs of rubbing are found,
check the bearings in the front and the rear
covers for excessive wear.
15. If the bearing in the rear cover is worn, remove
and replace the bearing using a bearing press.
CS98J525
16. If the bearing in the front cover is worm, replace

the front cover.
17. Assemble the alternator. Refer to page 7.
CS98J524
Cre 7-21360GB
Issued 10-99
Section
4008
4008
STEERING, LOADER AND BUCKET CALIBRATION
Case
Cre 7-26530GB

Printed in France
September 1999
4008-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TOOLS ...................................................................................................................................................... 2
CALIBRATION........................................................................................................................................................... 3
Mode type calibration ............................................................................................................................................ 3
Steering calibration ............................................................................................................................................... 4
Loader calibration.................................................................................................................................................. 5
Loader bucket calibration ...................................................................................................................................... 6
Setup backhoe (Fermec 965 or Case 595LSP only)............................................................................................. 8
DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................................................................... 9
FLOW CHART FOR TEST CALIBRATION OF ELECTRONIC MACHINES...........................................................13
SPECIAL TOOLS
CD99G084
Diagnostic terminal (Part N 3621167M2)

O
Key on the diagnostic tester will abort any monitor mode and proceed to the next step
Shift ?
Press Shift release and press ? if any of the following occur.

Once the diagnostic terminal is plugged into the 5 pin test point, in certain circumstances the display
screen may be blank. By pressing key Shift then ? it will initiate the terminal to the front screen which
displays the version of sofware present in the HMU and daughter board.
Whilst at any stage of monitor or calibration pressing Shift then ? on the keyboard of the diagnostic terminal will initiate the terminal to revert to the front screen.
Cre 7-26530GB
Issued 09-99
4008-3
CALIBRATION
Mode type calibration
10. The terminal display will show :

Machine Type is
Fermec 965
Y or N
1.
Park the machine on a level surface.
2.
Make sure that the area around and above the

machine is free from obstructions and personnel.
3.
With the engine running, press the red

emergency stop button to isolate the hydraulic
management unit.
NOTE : Three different model configurations are

available. Fermec 960, Case 595LSP or Case
595SLE models.
4.
Plug the diagnostic terminal into test socket on

the side instrument panel.
Press Y or N on the diagnostic terminal to choose

the correct machine.
5.
Twist the emergency stop button to reset the

system.
6.
The terminal display will show :

Waiting for HMU
7.

FERMEC P100
DBD V - X.X.X
HMU V - X.X.X
8.

ENGLISH
Y or N
NOTE : If N is selected, the calibration procedure can

be displayed in French, German, Spanish, Italian or
Danish.
Waiting for HMU

Checking HMU is
set to correct
machine
If the machine type is correct, the diagnostic terminal
will go to Calibrate steering, see page 4.
If the machine type is incorrect, the diagnostic
terminal will return to Calibrate, see step 9
NOTE : H.M.U. automatically retains the language
which was last used and also the machine type
(model).
Once the required language has been selected.

9.

Calibrate ?
Y or N
NOTE : If N is selected, the diagnostic terminal will go

to monitor steering, see page 9.
Press Y on the diagnostic terminal.
Cre 7-26530GB
Issued 09-99
4008-4
Steering calibration
1.
Carry out steps 1 to 12 on page 3.
2.
7.
Use RH joystick
& steer wheel to
set axles RIGHT
type Y or N
CAL.Steering
Y or N
NOTE : If N is selected, the diagnostic terminal will
go to Calibrate loader, see page 5.
3.

Make sure that
steer mode is
set to 2WS &
HYD Enable is ON
Place the steering mode selector in 2WS mode.

Use the right joystick to turn the rear wheels and
the steering wheel to turn the front wheels completely to the right. Hold the controls in this position. Press Y on the diagnostic terminal.
8.
Steering ERROR
? \
\ \

Use RH joystick
& Steer wheel to
set axles LEFT
type Y or N

the steering wheel to turn the front wheels completely to the left. Hold the controls in this position.
5.

Waiting for HMU
6.
NOTE : This display will only appear on the screen if

there is a problem in the steering circuit.
Steering ERROR
\ \
? ?
Carry out the steering test on page 9 and repair the
defective component. Then go back to step 1.
NOTE : This display will only appear on the screen if

there is a problem in the steering circuit.
Press the hydraulic enable switch.

4.
Carry out the steering test on page 9 and repair the

defective component. Then go back to step 1.
9.

Use RH joystick
& steer wheel to
align F/R wheels
type Y or N

the steering wheel to turn the front wheels. Align
the front wheels with the rear wheels. Press Y on
the diagnostic terminal.
Save steering ?
type
Y or N
Press Y on the diagnostic terminal
11. The terminal display will show
Parameters saved
in HMU
After 3 beeps, the steering calibration procedure is
completed.
Cre 7-26530GB
Issued 09-99
4008-5
Loader calibration
1.
2.
5.
CAL. Steering
Y or N
Set Loader to
max height
type Y or N
NOTE : If Y is selected, the diagnostic terminal will go

to Calibrate steering, see page 4.

go to Calibrate bucket, see page 6.
Press N on the diagnostic terminal.
Use the right joystick to raise the loader arm to

maximum raised position. Press Y on the diagnostic terminal.
3.

CAL. Loader
Y or N

to Calibrate bucket, see page 6.
4.

Right joystick
is neutral ?
type Y or N
6.

Set Loader to
max depth posn
type Y or N
NOTE : If Y or N are selected, the diagnostic terminal

will go to Calibrate bucket, see page 6.
Use the right joystick to lower the loader arm to
maximum lowered position. Press Y on the diagnostic terminal, the loader calibration is completed.

to Calibrate bucket.
Press the hydraulic enable switch and make sure
the joystick is in neutral position. Press Y on the
diagnostic terminal.
Cre 7-26530GB
Issued 09-99
4008-6
Loader bucket calibration

1.
2.
5.
Set Loader to
Midway position
type Y or N
CAL. Steering
Y or N
3.

CAL. Loader
Y or N

to Calibrate loader, see page 5.
NOTE : If N is selected and :

- the model is a Fermec 965 or Case 595LSP,
the terminal will go to Setup backhoe, see
page 8.
- The model is a Fermec 960 or 595SLE, the
terminal will return to Calibrate, see page 3.
Press the hydraulic enable switch and use the right
joystick to raise the loader arm to half-raised position. Press Y on the diagnostic terminal.
6.

4.

- If the bucket is not calibrated and if the
model is a Fermec 965 or Case 595LSP, the
diagnostic terminal will go to Setup backhoe,
see page 8.
- If the bucket is not calibrated and if the
model is a Fermec 960 or Case 595SLE, the
diagnostic terminal will return to Calibrate,
see page 3.
- If the bucket is already calibrated, the
diagnostic terminal will go to Save loader
calibration. See Step 10.

Set Bucket to
max Dump posn.
type Y or N

CAL. Bucket
Y or N

- The model is a Fermec 965 or Case
595LSP, the terminal will go to Setup
backhoe, see page 8.
Use the right joystick to tilt the loader bucket completely forwards. Press Y on the diagnostic terminal.
7.

Set Bucket to
max Crowd posn.
type Y or N

Use the right joystick to tilt the loader bucket completely backwards. Press Y on the diagnostic terminal.
Cre 7-26530GB
Issued 09-99
4008-7
8.

Set Bucket to
level position
Y or N

595SLE, the terminal will return to Calibrate,
see page 3.

Parameters saved
in HMU
After 3 beeps, the loader bucket calibration procedure is completed.
Use the right joystick to bring the loader bucket cutting edge parallel to the ground (with the two red
markers aligned). Press Y on the diagnostic terminal.
9.

MOVING
Front bucket
To start type Y
& WAIT !!

see page 3.
Press Y and wait for the HMU to calculate the optimum bucket position.
10. Afeter 3 beeps, the terminal display will show :
Save Loader Cal ?
type
Y or N
see page 3.
Cre 7-26530GB
Issued 09-99
4008-8
Setup backhoe (Fermec 965 or Case 595LSP only )

1.
2.
7.
CAL. Steering
Y or N
Left joystick
is neutral ?
type Y or N

With the left joystick in neutral position, press Y on


3.
8.
ISO Backhoe ?
type
Y or N

CAL. Loader
Y or N

to Calibrate loader, see page 5.
European community (EEC) configuration, Press Y

on the diagnostic terminal.
Non-European community (Non-EEC) configuration, Press N on the diagnostic terminal.
4.
9.

CAL. Bucket
Y or N

to Calibrate loader bucket, see page 6.
the terminal display will show :

Save Backhoe ?
type
Y or N

return to Calibrate, see page 3.
5.
If the loader bucket is calibrated, the terminal

display will show :
Save Loader Cal ?
type
Y or N
NOTE : If Y is selected, the diagnostic terminal will

save the parameters in the HMU, see page 7, Step
11.

Parameters saved
in HMU
After 3 beeps, the setup calibration procedure is
completed.

6.
The monitor display will show :

SETUP Backhoe ?
Y or N

return to Calibrate, see page 3.
Cre 7-26530GB
Issued 09-99
4008-9
DIAGNOSIS
1.
Monitor loader diagnosis
2.
5.
Calibrate ?
Y or N
to Calibrate, see page 3, Step 9.
Monitor steering diagnosis

3.

Monitor
STEERING
Y or N

to Monitor loader diagnosis, see Step 5.
Monitor
LOADER
Y or N
- the model is a Fermec 965 or Case 595LSP,
the terminal will go to Monitor left joystick
diagnosis, see Step 7.
595SLE, the terminal will go to Monitor right
joystick diagnosis, see Step 9.
Press the hydraulic enable switch and press Y on
6.

/ 620
413/
/
Press the hydraulic enable switch and press Y on

4.

2WS Steer mode
480 I I 480
480 I I 480
NOTE : Change these values, using the steering

wheel and the steering mode selector and check that
the date displayed corresponds to the values given in
note 1 on page 11.
If this is not the case:
- Calibrate the steering, if this has not already
been done, see page 4.
- If steering calibration has already been
carried out, repair or replace the defective
component(s) in the circuit concerned.
Calibrate once the circuit is operative.
Press button O to go to Monitor loader diagnosis.
NOTE : Change these values, using the right joystick

and check that the data displayed corresponds to the
values given in note 2 on page 12.
If this is not the case:
- Calibrate the loader arm, if this has not
already been done, see page 5.
- If loader arm calibration has already been
carried out, repair or replace the defective
component(s) in the circuit concerned.
Calibrate once the circuit is operative.
Key :
<
Bucket level
Bucket mode
Fork mode
Float
Press button O
If the model is a Fermec 960 or Case 595LE, the
diagnostic terminal will display Monitor left joystick, see step 7.
If the model is a Fermec 965 or Case 595LSP, the
diagnostic terminal will display Monitor right joystick, see step 9.
Cre 7-26530GB
Issued 09-99
4008-10
Monitor joystick diagnosis

7.
R-ST OOFE(*)
X 512#
Y 512
Z 512
Monitor
Left joystick
Y or N
go to Monitor right joystick diagnosis, see Step 9.
8.

L-ST 5OFE>L*
X 512
Y 512 #
Z 512
NOTE : Change these values, using the joystick and

check that the data displayed corresponds to the
If this not the case, repair or replace the defective component(s) in the circuit concerned.
NOTE : Change these values, using the right joystick

and check that the data displayed corresponds to the
If this is not the case, repair or replace the defective
comonent(s) in the circuit concerned.
Key :
(*)
T X Dump
Neutral switch
active
Press button O , to terminate the diagnosis.
Key :
>
Seat forwd
Seat up
Seat down
Override
<
Seat backwd
Neutral switch
active
Press button O to go to Monitor right joystick

diagnosis.
9.
The monitor display will show :

Monitor
Right joystick
Y or N

go to Calibrate, see page 3.
Cre 7-26530GB
Issued 09-99
4008-11
Note 1
Steering value range
Straight
Anti-clockwise (LH lock)
Clockwise (RH lock)
280 - 680
20 - 400
500 - 870
Allowable tolerance between left and right wheels

On front axle
90
On rear axle
90
Allowable tolerance between left and right wheels fully anti-clockwise (LH lock) and fully clockwise (RH lock)
Front wheels
200
Rear wheels
200
Front Axle
Rear Axle
Steering Straight-ahead
Steering Straight - ahead
CS99G515
CS99G515
Value
Value
Maximum
Difference between
left and right hand
potentiometers
Value
Value
Maximum
Difference between
left and right hand
potentiometers
280-680
280-680
90
280-680
280-680
90
Steering
Steering
Fully Anti-clockwise
CS99G517
CS99G517
Value
Value
Maximum
Difference between
left and right hand
potentiometers
Value
Value
Maximum
Difference between
left and right hand
potentiometers
20-400
20-400
200
20-400
20-400
200
Steering
Steering
CS99G516
CS99G516
Value
Value
Maximum
Difference between
left and right hand
potentiometers
Value
Value
Maximum
Difference between
left and right hand
potentiometers
500-870
500-870
200
500-870
500-870
200
Cre 7-26530GB
Issued 09-99
4008-12
Note 2
Loader beam potentiometer values
Maximum Depth
770 10% = 693 - 847
Maximum Height
20 50 dependent on linkage adjustment
Loader bucket potentiometer values
Maximum crowd
900 10% = 810 990
Maximum Dump
35
Bucket level position
620 (this value will represent the calibrated position)
Note 3
Joystick value chart
70
Y min
70
Y min
Y float
100
950
X max
X min
70
920
X rtd
X min
70
X max
950
Y max
950
Y max
950
CS99G518
LH JOYSTICK
X MIN = 70 Y MIN = 70
NEUTRAL = 72 NEUTRAL = 512 +/- 20
X MAX = 950 Y MAX = 950
CS99G519
RH JOYSTICK
X MIN = 70 Y MIN = 70
X RTD = 920 NEUTRAL = 512 +/- 20
NEUTRAL = 512 Y FLOAT = 100
X MAX = 950 Y MAX = 950
TOLERANCE - 20 VALUES UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
512
70
950
N
CS99G520
CLAM MIN = 70
CLAM MAX = 950
Cre 7-26530GB
Issued 09-99
Section
5000
Case
Cre 7-21370GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
5000

OF STEERING COMPONENTS
5000-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................3
Special torques .....................................................................................................................................................3
SPECIAL TOOL.........................................................................................................................................................3
STEERING SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION ....................................................................................................4
Filtration ................................................................................................................................................................4
Pressure testing ....................................................................................................................................................4
STEERING CONTROL VALVE .................................................................................................................................5
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................5
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................5
STEERING COLUMN AND FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL ....................................................................................6
Exploded view .......................................................................................................................................................6
Removal and installation .......................................................................................................................................7
FRONT AXLE, 2 WHEEL STEER/2 WHEEL DRIVE ................................................................................................8
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................8
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................9
FRONT AXLE , 2 WHEEL STEER/4 WHEEL DRIVE .............................................................................................10
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................10
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................11
FRONT AXLE, 4 WHEEL STEER/4 WHEEL DRIVE ..............................................................................................12
Introduction .........................................................................................................................................................12
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................12
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................13
STEERING CYLINDER ...........................................................................................................................................14
Removal and installation .....................................................................................................................................14
Cre 7-21370GB
Issued 06-99
5000-3
SPECIFICATIONS
Special torques
Steering wheel valve :
Nut................................................................................................................................................................ 58 Nm
Front axle, 2 wheel steer/4 wheel drive:
Screws (5) and the nuts (4) .......................................................................................................................... 48 Nm
Front axle, 4 wheel steer/4 wheel drive:
Screws (8) and the nuts (7) .......................................................................................................................... 48 Nm
Screws (12) .................................................................................................................................................. 30 Nm
Screws (14) ..................................................................................................................................... 425 to 475 Nm
Steering cylinder :
Nut (3) ............................................................................................................................................. 339 to 366 Nm
SPECIAL TOOL
CS98G526
MF 268A Steering wheel puller
Cre 7-21370GB
Issued 06-99
5000-4
STEERING SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION

Filtration
Following oil changes or repairs to the steering
hydraulic system, start the engine, run at low idle
speed and wait at least 20 seconds before turning the
steering wheel. This will flush any particles through
the hydraulic system back to the reservoir for filtering.
If the steering wheel is turned prematurely, particles
will be directed into the steering cylinders and take
many hours to be circulated back through the filter ;
during which time damage to the Orbitrol steering
valve may occur.
Pressure testing
Steering and hydraulic systems are integrated into
one hydraulic circuit, and therefore will interact with
each other. In addition to the removal and installation
described on the next page, reference should also be
made to the diagnostic processes.
Cre 7-21370GB
Issued 06-99
5000-5
STEERING CONTROL VALVE

Removal
Installation
STEP 1
NOTE : Install the unit in the reverse order from that

of removal but note the following :
Park the machine on flat, level ground.
1.
Install the rubber mountings (4) with the large

diameter upwards.
Dump the bucket, raise the loader beam and install

the safety strut.
2.
Release the bolt (5) on the steering unit coupling

(6) to slide the coupling up the shaft (7).
STEP 3
3.
Engage the coupling end spline in the steering

unit with 1 to 2 mm (0.04 to 0.08 in) of the spline
above the steering unit coupling.
4.
Start the engine and carry out steps 5 through

to 9.
5.
Release the loader beam safety strut.
6.
Lower the loader beam and backhoe stabilizers

and raise the machine clear of the ground.
7.
Operate the steering to check correct function

and check for leaks.
8.
Stop the engine.
9.
STEP 2
Lower the backhoe stabilizer legs to the ground. DO

NOT lift the machine.
STEP 4
Release pressure in the hydraulic system (see
section 8002).
STEP 5
Stop the engine and remove the ignition key from the
keyswitch.
STEP 6
Remove the cab front mat and the floor plate.
STEP 7
Identify each hose on the Orbitrol steering valve.
STEP 8
Disconnect the hoses.
STEP 9
Remove the plastic covers from the bulkhead.
STEP 10
Release the four mounting screws (1) the lock
washers (2), the washers (3) and the rubber
mountings (4) inside the cab/rops and lower the valve
away from the bulkhead.
77
66
11
22
3
4
CS98M528
Cre 7-21370GB
Issued 06-99
5000-6
STEERING COLUMN AND FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL

Exploded view
17
16
15
14
3
4
1
5
22
18
19
21
23
25
29
24
28
26
20
13
27
30
8
12 11 10
CI98M512
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Steering wheel
Cover
Nut
Washer
Steering columm
Screw
Plate
Screw
Washer
Screw
Cre 7-21370GB
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Washer
Spacer
Console
Screw
Cover sheet
Selector switch
Instrument panel
Clip
Pin
Spring
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Handle
Screw
Screw
Nut
Universal joint
Steering shaft
Screw
Nut
Drive dog
Ring, seal
Issued 06-99
5000-7
Removal and installation
STEP 8
STEP 1
Loosen and remove the two screws (14) from the

cover (15) and remove the cover (15).
Park the machine on a level surface and apply the

parking brake.
STEP 9
STEP 2
Loosen and remove the four screws of the front

console panel and remove the front console.
Lower the loader bucket and the backhoe stabilizers

sufficiently to raise all the wheels from the ground.
STEP 10
Loosen and remove the three screws of the front
console binacle and remove the front console
binacle.
STEP 3
2
STEP 11
Disconnect the connector from the transmission shift

lever.
STEP 12
1
4
Disconnect the
indicator switch.
connectors
from
the
direction
STEP 13
5
CI98M513
Remove the cover (2) from the centre of the steering

wheel (1).
STEP 4
Loosen and remove the nut (3) that holds the steering
wheel (1) in place and remove the washer (4).
NOTE : When installing, tighten the nut (3) to 58 Nm.
STEP 5
Use the puller MF268A, to remove the steering
wheel (1).
NOTE : When installing, put the steering wheel (1) on
the steering columm (5) so that the splines in the
steering wheel mesh correctly with those on the
steering column.
STEP 6
Loosen and remove the two screws (6) from the plate
(7) and remove the plate (7).
STEP 7
Raise the floor mat, then loosen and remove the
mounting screws (8) and washers (9) holding the
lower part of the console (13). Loosen and remove
the mounting screws (10), washers (11) and spacers
(13) holding the upper part of the console (13).
Remove the console.
Disconnect the connectors from the rocker switches

from the instrument panel.
STEP 14
Loosen and remove the three mounting screws from
the instrument panel (17).
STEP 15
Loosen and remove the three mounting screws
holding the forward/reverse control lever and
direction indicator assembly (16) to the steering
column (5). Remove the assembly (16) along with the
steering column (15).
STEP 16
Disconnect the contact switch from the brake pedal.
STEP 17
Remove the two clips (18) from the pin (19), remove
the spring (20), then remove the adjustment handle
assembly (21).
STEP 18
Loosen and remove the screw (27) and the nut (28)
from the drive dog (29).
STEP 19
Loosen and remove the two mainting screws (22)
from the steering column (5) and remove the steering
column (5) with the steering column shaft (26) from
the drive dog.
NOTE : When installing, follow the procedure in the
reverse order from that of removal.
Cre 7-21370GB
Issued 06-99
5000-8
FRONT AXLE, 2 WHEEL STEER/2 WHEEL DRIVE

Removal
STEP 10
STEP 1
Park the machine on firm level ground.
STEP 2
the safety strut.
STEP 3

NOT raise the machine.
STEP 4
CS98M529
Release the pressure from the hydraulic system. See

section 8002.
Release the steering hydraulic cylinder hoses (2) at

the connections (1). Install plugs in the connections.
STEP 5
STEP 11
Stop the engine.
STEP 6
Put suitable support stands under the chassis.
STEP 7
Remove the front axle wheels.
STEP 8
Using suitable trolley jacks support the axle beam at
each end. DO NOT lift the machine.
STEP 9
Put a drainage tray under the steering hydraulic
cylinder.
8
6
7
CS98M530
Remove the circlips (3) and the discs (9).
Cre 7-21370GB
Issued 06-99
5000-9
STEP 12
Remove the bolt (8).
STEP 13
Screw a slide hammer into pin (5) and pull out the
pin.
STEP 14
Lower the axle to ground and remove the bearings
(6).
Installation
NOTE : Install the front axle in the reverse order from
that of removal but note the following :
STEP 1
If the bearings (6) are damaged or worn they must be
replaced.
STEP 2
Use trolley jacks at each end of the axle beam to
raise the axle into the chassis.
STEP 3
Check for oil leaks.
STEP 4
STEP 5
Check the axle (5) and the hoses (2) for leaks.
STEP 6
Carry out a functional test of the steering system.
Cre 7-21370GB
Issued 06-99
5000-10

Removal
STEP 10
2
STEP 1
STEP 2

the safety strut.
STEP 3
NOT raise the machine.
5
4
STEP 4
3
CS98G527
Release the pressure from the hydraulic system. See

section 8002.

the connections (1). Install plugs in the connections.
STEP 5
STEP 11
Stop the engine.
Support the front propshaft (3) and remove the eight

screws (5) and the nuts (4).
STEP 6
NOTE : When assembling tighten the screws (5) and

the nuts (4) to 48 Nm.
STEP 7
STEP 12
86
STEP 8
Using suitable trolley jacks, support the axle beam at
each end. DO NOT lift the machine.
9
7
8
10
STEP 9
cylinder.
97
13
6
8
11
12
10
11
9
11
9
CS98M531
Remove the circlips (8) and the discs (9).
Cre 7-21370GB
Issued 06-99
5000-11
STEP 13
Remove the bolts (13).
STEP 14
Screw a slide hammer into pin (10) and pull out the
pin.
STEP 15
Lower the axle to ground and remove the bearings
(11).
Installation
STEP 1
If the bearings (11) are damaged or worn they must
be replaced.
STEP 2
Use trolley jacks at each end of the axle beam to
raise the axle into the chassis.
STEP 3
Check for oil leaks.
STEP 4
Torque tighten the bolts (5) and the nuts (4) to 48 Nm
(35 lbf ft).
STEP 5
STEP 6
Check the axle (10) and the hoses (2) for leaks.
STEP 7
Carry out a functional test of the steering system.
Cre 7-21370GB
Issued 06-99
5000-12

Introduction
STEP 10
The front axle assembly uses the same design

features as the rear axle. The maintenance methods
used for the axle are the same as for the rear axle,
except for those given in this section.
Removal
11 2
2
22
11
STEP 1
4
4
STEP 2
77
STEP 3
STEP 4
Release the pressure from the hydraulic system (see
section 8002).
STEP 5
55
44
88

the safety strut.
Lower the backhoe stabilizer legs to the ground. Do

not raise the machine.
55
66
CS98M532
Release the potentiometer harness connections (3)

from the main harness.
STEP 11
cylinder.
STEP 12
Stop the engine.

the connection (4). Install plugs in the connections.
STEP 6
STEP 13
Operate the brake pedal to release pressure from the

brake hydraulic system.
Clamp the brake hydraulic hoses (1) and release the

connectors (2).
STEP 7
STEP 14
Support the front propshaft (6) and remove the eight

screws (8) and the nuts (7).
STEP 8
STEP 9
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the screws (8) and

the nuts (7) to a torque of 48 Nm.
Using suitable trolley jacks support the axle beam at

each end. Do not lift the machine.
Cre 7-21370GB
Issued 06-99
5000-13
Installation
STEP 15

that removal but note the following :
STEP 1
Use trolley jacks at each end of the axle beam, to
raise the axle into the chassis bearings (17).
STEP 2
17
17
Make sure that the bearing bushes (9) are correctly

aligned for the roll pins (13) to enter and that the roll
pins (11) are installed in the bearing caps (16).
STEP 3
9
9
After installation purge the air from the brake system.
10
10
STEP 4
11
11
10
10
STEP 5
Carry out a functional test of the steering and braking
systems.
12
12
16
16
15
15
14
14
13
13
12
12
CS98M533
Remove the eight screws (12) from the bearing cover

plates (10) and remove the plates (10).
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the screw (12) to a
torque of 30 Nm.
STEP 16
Remove the screws (14) and the washers (15) from
the bearing caps (16).
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the screws (14) to
a torque to 425 to 475 Nm.
STEP 17
Lower the axle carefully.
Cre 7-21370GB
Issued 06-99
5000-14
STEERING CYLINDER
STEP 7
STEP 1
Loosen and remove the screw (9), the washer (10)

and the spacer (11).
12
STEP 8
Remove the split pin (12), the washer (13) and the pin
(14).
13
8
7
6
14
5
4
3
NOTE : When installing, proceed in the reverse order

from that of removal.
2
11
10
9
CS98F517
Clean the hose connections (1) at the steering

cylinder (2).
STEP 2
Put an identification tag on the hoses (1).
STEP 3
Disconnect the hoses (1) from the steering cylinder
(2).
STEP 4
Install a plug in each hose (1).
STEP 5
Loosen and remove the nut (3) and the washer (4).
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the nut (3) to a
torque between 339 and 366 Nm.
STEP 6
Loosen and remove the screw (8), the washer (7), the
cover (6) and drive out the pin (5).
Cre 7-21370GB
Issued 06-99
5001
Section
5001
STEERING SPECIFICATIONS PRESSURE CHECKS
AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Case
Cre 7-21900GB

Printed in France
Issued September 1999
5001-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................................................................... 2
SPECIAL TOOLS ...................................................................................................................................................... 2
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES .................................................................................................................... 3
CHECKING PISTON PACKING FOR THE STEERING CYLINDER......................................................................... 7
ORBITROL STEERING UNIT RELIEF VALVE TEST ............................................................................................... 7
Adjustment ............................................................................................................................................................ 7
SIGNAL PATH TEST................................................................................................................................................. 9
Special tools ..........................................................................................................................................................9
OUTPUT SIGNAL TEST .........................................................................................................................................10
SPECIFICATIONS
Orbitrol steering unit relief valve setting .......................................................... 170 to 175 bar (2466 to 2539 lbf/in2)
SPECIAL TOOLS
Pressure gauge 0 to 250 bar (0 to 3675 lbf/in2)
Slave joystick
Voltage monitor
Multimeter
Cre 7-21900GB
Issued 09-99
5001-3
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Check the machine for oil leaks and damaged or missing parts. Repair as required.
Is the oil in the hydraulic reservoir at the correct
level ?
NO
Fill the hydraulic reservoir with the oil specified

in Section 1002.
NO
Connect the hoses in accordance with the

hydraulic schematic.
NO
Troubleshooting procedure complete.
NO
Twist the emergency stop button to reset the

hydrauic system.
YES
Are the hydraulic hoses connected correctly ?

YES
With the oil at operating temperature and the engine

running at low idle, is the steering wheel difficult to
turn ?
YES
Has the emergency stop button been reset ?

YES
Has the hydraulics enable switch been set on ?
NO
Set the hydraulics enable switch to on.
YES
Did the green light in the hydrauics enable switch

come on ?
NO
Replace the bulb in the hydraulics enable

switch.
YES
Is the green light in the hydraulics enable switch

flashing twice per second ?
NO
Continue with the procedure.
YES
Is the driver sat in the seat ?
NO
The warning is given if the driver is not seated.
YES
Has the light stopped flashing ?
NO
Replace the seat pressure switch.
YES
Cre 7-21900GB
Issued 09-99
5001-4
Did the fault warning alarm give a single beep
NO
YES
The seat is not properly locked in an operating

position. Move the seat forwards until it locks. The
seat should not swivel. Has the single beep fault
warning alarm stopped ?
NO
Replace the seat position switches.
YES
Did the fault warning alarm give four beeps during

start-up ?
NO
YES
The steering wheel position does not agree with the

mode selected. Is the mode selector switch in the
correct position ?
NO
With the engine running, select any steering

mode. The wheels will align to the new mode
and the alarm will stop.
YES
Has the four beep fault warning alarm stopped ?
NO
Call your Service department immediately and

describe the symptoms that you have found.
The machine must not be operated until the
fault has been corrected.
YES
Did the fault warning alarm give four beeps whilst

the machine was working ?
NO
YES
If the fault is in the front axle, switch to two wheel

steer. Has the four beeps fault warning alarm
stopped ?
NO
Call your Service department immediately and

The machine must not be operated until the
YES
If the fault is in the rear axle, the rear steering will

Freeze. Has the rear steering frozen ?
NO
YES
Cre 7-21900GB
Issued 09-99
5001-5
Call your Service department immediately and descrive
the symptoms that you have found. The machine must not
be operated until the fault has been corrected. Has the
fault been corrected ?
NO
Do not operate the machine.
YES
Did the fault warning alarm give five beeps
NO
YES
There is a fault in the steering harness. Call your Service

Department immediately and describe the symptoms that
you have found. The machine must not be operated until the
fault has been corrected. Has the fault been corrected ?
NO
YES
Do the pump flow test for the inner section of the hydraulic
pump (80 litres/min) as detailed in Section 8002. Is the
hydraulic pump serviceable ?
NO
Replace or repair the hydraulic pump as

detailed in the Service Manual.
YES
Do the Orbitrol steering unit relief valve test as detailed in

this section. Is the Orbitrol steering unit serviceable ?
NO
Replace or repair the Orbitrol steering unit

as detailed in the Service Manual.
YES
Has the steering system stopped working ?
NO
YES
Stop the engine and use the manual operation lever to

move the steering spool of the loader valve. Does the
spool move freely without jamming ?
NO
Remove the loader valve assembly and

replace the steering spool.
NO
Operate the loader bucket at the same

time as the steering. Does the steering
work ?
YES
Start the engine and use the manual operation lever to

move the steering spool. Does the steering work using the
manual operation lever ?
YES
Cre 7-21900GB
NO
Issued 09-99
5001-6
Operate the loader bucket clam shell at
the same time as the steering. Does the
steering work ?
YES
NO
The servo gallery check valve is jammed

open. Replace the loader valve.
Fit the slave joystick and do the signal path test as detailed
in this section. Does the steering work using the slave
joystick ?
NO
the fault is hydraulic. Do the servo

pressure test as detailed in this section.
Does the steering work ?
NO
Service the servo valve as detailed in the

Service Manual.
YES
The fault is electrical. Do the output signal test as detailed

in this section. Is there a signal voltage ?
NO
Check the wiring and connectors to the

spool.
YES
The electronic spool controller has failed. Replace the

spool controller.
Cre 7-21900GB
Issued 09-99
5001-7
CHECKING PISTON PACKING FOR THE STEERING CYLINDER

1. Apply the parking brake and lower the loader
bucket to the floor.
2. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right
and stop the engine.

and continue to turn the steering wheel to the
right while another person checks for leakage at
the open fitting.
3. Depressurize the hydraulic system (See Section

8002).
8. If there is constant leakage, the piston packing is

damaged and must be repaired. See Section
5003 for repair instructions.
4. Disconnect the hose at the left side of the

steering cylinder.
NOTE: Carry out the same procedure for the rear

axle steering cylinder.
5. Install a plug in the hose. The thread size 3/4-16.

6. Start the engine and run the engine at full
throttle.
ORBITROL STEERING UNIT RELIEF VALVE TEST

1. Work the machine until the temperature of the
hydraulic oil is at least 60C (140F).
2. Park the machine on firm, flat ground.
3. Dump the bucket, raise the loader beam and
install the safety strut.
4. Stop the engine and release the pressure from
the hydraulic system.
5. Open the hood.
7. Start and run the engine at 1800 rpm.

8. Turn the steering to full lock and check the relief
valve pressure setting. This should be 170 to 175
bar.
9. Adjust the relief valve in the orbitrol steering unit
if the pressure is not correct.
Adjustment
NOTE: The relief valve will not normally require
adjustment unless the steering system pressure is
not correct on test. The valve can be adjusted on the
machine or on a test bench. This instruction
describes setting on the machine, but the method of
adjustment is the same when using a test bench.
6.
Adjust the relief valve as follows :

1. Park the machine on firm, level ground.
2. Fully crowd the bucket, raise the loader beam
and fit the safety strut.
3. Lower the backhoe stabilizers to the ground. Do
not raise the machine.
4. Stop the engine and depressurize the hydraulic
system.
5. Fit the test equipment.
CI98N501
Connect the pressure gauge (1) to test point (2)

on the outlet for the inner hydraulic pump.
Cre 7-21900GB
Issued 09-99
5001-8
6.
7. Install the plug (1) in the steering unit and carry

out the relief valve test.
8. Note the change in pressure and carry out
further adjustments to set the correct pressure.
9. After the final adjustment, fit a new O-ring seal
(2) on the plug (1) and install the plug (1).
10. Remove the test equipment.
CS98N505
Remove the plug (1) from the steering unit (4)

and turn the setting plug (3) in or out by one
turn.
NOTE: To increase system pressure, screw the setting plug (3) in. To reduce system pressure, screw the
setting plug (3) out.
Cre 7-21900GB
Issued 09-99
5001-9
SIGNAL PATH TEST

Special tools
6. Set the two position switch on the slave joystick

to FAST.
- Slave joystick
- Voltage monitor
Do the signal path test as follows :
1. Park the machine on a level surface and stop the
engine.
2. Using the voltage monitor, check that the battery
voltage is greater than 11.8V.
3. Lift the floor mat and remove the plate that gives
access to the loader valve or to the backhoe
valve.
4. Disconnect the Hirschmann plug from nonfunctioning spool of the valve assembly.
7. Start the engine and set the hydraulics enable

switch to on. Make sure that the green light in the
hydraulics enable switch is on.
8. Press and hold the yellow button on the slave
joystick.
9. Move the joystick to operate the service.
10. If the service operates correctly, there is a fault in
the electrical system.
11. If the service does not operate correctly, the fault
is in the hydraulic system. Do the servo pressure
test as detailed in this section.
5. The slave joystick has two leads. Connect the

lead with the Hirschmann plug to the steering
spool and plug the other lead into the cigar
lighter socket.
CS98N509
1. Backhoe (or loader) valve

2. Cigar lighter socket
3. Slave joystick
Cre 7-21900GB
Issued 09-99
5001-10
OUTPUT SIGNAL TEST

Special tools
- Multimeter
- Voltage monitor
The voltage monitor comprises :
An illuminated display which indicates voltages of

between 25 to 75% of battery voltage in relation to
joystick movement.
4. Connect the voltage monitor double sided plug to

the steering spool.
5. Connect the Hirschmann plug to the voltage
monitor double sided plug. The voltage monitor is
now connected into the sided plug. The voltage
monitor is now connected into the signal path
between the hydraulic management unit and the
steering spool.
Three colour coded sockets :

a.
black = 0V = earth
b.
red = V batt. = battery voltage
c.
white = signal = signal voltage
A lead fitted with a double sided Hirschmann plug.
Do the output signal test as follows :

1. Park the machine on a level surface and stop the
engine.
2. Lift the floor mat and remove the plate that gives
access to the loader valve or to the backhoe
valve.
3. Disconnect the Hirschmann plug from the
steering spool of the valve assembly.
CS98N510
Cre 7-21900GB
Issued 09-99
5001-11
6. Connect the multimeter leads to the voltage
monitor as shown, and set the selector switch to
the 20V dc range.
14. Make sure that the indicated voltages are

between 25 to 75% of the battery voltage in step
11.
7. Turn the ignition key switch to the positive (+)

position, but do not start the engine.
15. If the signal readings are erratic, check the

joystick and wiring for faults.
8. Set the hydraulics enable switch to on. Make

sure that the green light in the hydraulics enable
switch is on.
16. If there is no signal voltage, check the wiring and

connections.
9. Electronic backhoe version only. Make sure that

the seat is facing in the correct direction and that
the operator is sat on the seat.
10. Move the joystick from the neutral position.
11. Note the battery voltage indicated on the

multimeter. Make sure the battery voltage is a
minimum of 11.8V.
12. If there is no battery voltage indicated, check the
hydraulics enable switch, the emergency
override switch, the relays, the fuses or the wiring
for faults.
13. Move the joystick along each axis and record the
voltages indicated on the voltage monitor. Make
sure that the values increase and decrease
smoothly as the joystick is moved.
CS98N511
1. Backhoe (or loader) valve

2. Voltage monitor
3. Multimeter
Cre 7-21900GB
Issued 09-99
5001-12
Cre 7-21900GB
Issued 09-99
5001
Section
5001
STEERING SPECIFICATIONS PRESSURE CHECKS
AND TROUBLESHOOTING
(MODELS 750 - 760 - 860)
Case
Cre 7-21380GB

Printed France
October 1999
5001-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................................................................... 2
SPECIAL TOOLS ...................................................................................................................................................... 2
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES .................................................................................................................... 3
DEPRESSURIZING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM..................................................................................................... 4
Models 750, 760 and 860...................................................................................................................................... 4
CHECKING THE PRESSURE SETTING OF THE STEERING RELIEF VALVE ...................................................... 5
CHECKING PISTON PACKING FOR THE STEERING CYLINDER......................................................................... 6
Adjustment ............................................................................................................................................................ 7
SPECIFICATIONS
Location of steering relief valve ............................................................................................ in steering control valve
Orbitrol steering unit relief valve setting .......................................................... 170 to 175 bar (2466 to 2539 lbf/in2)
Solenoid valve :
Flow ............................................................................................................................................................... 20 l/min
Pressure .........................................................................................................................................................250 bar
SPECIAL TOOLS
Pressure gauge 0 to 250 bar (0 to 3675 lbf/in2)
Cre 7-21380GB
Issued 10-99
5001-3
Is the oil in the hydraulic reservoir at the correct
level ?
YES
NO
Fill the hydraulic reservoir with the oil specified in Section 1002.
NO
Connect the hoses in accordance with the

NO
Does the steering control valve return to

NEUTRAL when the steering wheel is not
being turned ?
YES
With the oil at operating temperature and the
engine running at low idle, is the steering wheel
difficult to turn ?
NO
YES
Replace or repair the steering control valve
according to instructions in Section 5002.
Check the setting of the steering relief valve

according to the instructions in this section. Is the
setting correct ?
NO
See section 5002 and repair or replace the

steering relief valve in the steering valve.
YES
Check to see that the spool for the flow control

valve in the inlet of the loader control valve moves
freely. See Section 8005 and repair as required. Is
there still a problem ?
Troubleshooting complete.
NO
YES
Check the piston packing for the steering cylinder
according to instructions in this section. Is the piston packing good.
YES
Do the flowmeter test for the hydraulic pump

according the instructions in Section 8002. Is the
hydraulic pump good ?
NO
NO
Repair as required according to instructions

in Section 5003.
Replace or repair the hydraulic pump

according to the instructions in Section
8004.
YES
Replace or repair the steering control valve according to the instructions in Section 5002.
Cre 7-21380GB
Issued 10-99
5001-4
DEPRESSURIZING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Models 750, 760 and 860
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the loader and the backhoe to the ground
and raise the stabilizers off the ground.
3. Switch off the engine.
4.
CD98G001
Remove the hydraulic reservoir cap (1).

5. Move all the backhoe and the loader control
levers in all directions several times until the
loader and the backhoe are fully settled on the
ground.
6. Refit the hydraulic reservoir cap.
Cre 7-21380GB
Issued 10-99
5001-5
CHECKING THE PRESSURE SETTING OF THE STEERING RELIEF VALVE

1. Park the machine on a level surface. Put the backhoe in the transport position and lower the loader bucket to the floor.
2. The oil must be at operating temperature. To heat
the oil, do the following steps :
A.
With the engine running at full throttle, hold

the loader control lever in the ROLLBACK
position for 15 seconds.
B. Put the loader control lever in the NEUTRAL

C. Repeat steps A and B until the temperature
of the oil is 125F (51C) or the side of the
reservoir is very warm.
3. See the illustration below. Use a pressure gauge

with a capacity of at least 276 bar. Connect the
pressure gauge to the quick disconnect fitting at
Test Port 1. The quick disconnect fitting is
located inside the LH frame rail to the left of the
engine.
4. With the engine running at full throttle, turn and
hold the steering wheel all the way to the right or
to the left and read the gauge. Make a record of
the reading.
5. Decrease the engine speed to low idle for two
minutes and stop the engine.
6. Compare the reading with the specification on
page 2. If the reading is not correct, see
Adjustment, consult Section 5002 and repair or
replace the steering control valve.
3
1
2
CS99E519
1. Test port 1
2. Hydraulic pump
3. To inlet of steering priority valve
4. From reservoir
Cre 7-21380GB
Issued 10-99
5001-6
CHECKING PISTON PACKING FOR

THE STEERING CYLINDER
1. Apply the parking and lower the loader bucket to
the floor.
3. Disconnect the hose at the left side of the
steering cylinder.
4. Install a plug in the hose.
Cre 7-21380GB
5. Start the engine and run the engine at full

throttle.
and continue to turn the steering wheel to the
right while another person checks for leakage at
the open fitting.
7. If there is constant leakage, the piston packing is
damaged and must be repaired. See Section
5003 for repair instructions.
Issued 10-99
5001-7
Adjustment
NOTE : The relief valve will not normally require
adjustment unless the steering system pressure is not
correct on test. The valve can be adjusted on the
machine or on a test bench. This instruction describes
setting on the machine, but the method of adjustment is
the same when using a test bench.
Adjust the relief valve as follows :
1. Park the machine on firm, level ground.
2. Fully crowd the bucket, raise the loader beam and
fit the safety strut.
3. Lower the backhoe stabilizers to the ground. Do not
raise the machine.
4. Stop the engine and depressurize the hydraulic
system (see page 4).
5. Fit the test equipment.
6.
NOTE : To increase system pressure, screw the

setting plug (3) in. To reduce system pressure, screw
the setting plug (3) out.
7. Install the plug (1) in the steering unit and carry
out the relief valve test.
8. Note the change in pressure and carry out
further adjustments to set the correct pressure.
9. After the final adjustment, fit a new O-ring seal
(2) on the plug (1) and install the plug (1).
10. Remove the test equipment.
1
2
3
CS9E520
Remove the plug (1) from the steering unit (4) and
turn the setting plug (3) in or out by one turn.
Cre 7-21900GB
Issued 10-99
5002
Section
5002
Case
Cre 7-21390GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
5002-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TORQUES.................................................................................................................................................2
SPECIALS TOOLS....................................................................................................................................................2
STEERING CONTROL VALVE .................................................................................................................................3
SPECIAL TORQUES
Screw (6) and (7)............................................................................................................................................. 33 Nm
SPECIALS TOOLS
Slip seal installation tool ................................................................................................................................ MS 62A
Drive shaft assembly tool ............................................................................................................................... FS8 #1
Cre 7-21390GB
Issued 06-99
5002-3

Perspective view
33
1
9
34 35 36
6
5
13
7
14 15
16
17 20 18
10 11 12
40
41 42
24
21
19
22 23
27
38
37
25
25
30
32
39
31
26 27 28 29
CI98G503
1.
Valve control
10. Limiter
21. Drive shaft
32. screw
2.
Kit, parts
11. Ball
22. O-ring
33. Valve relief
3.
Seat
12. Seat
23. Spacer plate
34. Ball
4.
Valve, press, relief
13. O-ring
24. Gear, set
35. Spring
5.
Ring, seal
14. Ring, seal
25. O-ring
36. Pin
6.
Spring
15. Bearing, needle
26. End plate
37. Package, seals
7.
Seat
16. Seal
27. Washer
38. Rotor
8.
Dust seal
17. Spool
28. Pin, split
39. Stator
9.
Body
18. Sleeve, coupling
29. Screw
40. Thrust washer
19. Centering springs
30. Screw
41. Thrust bearing
20. Pin, split
31. Plate
42. Thrust washer
Cre 7-21390GB
Issued 06-99
5002-4
Disassembly
STEP 11
9
STEP 1
Put the steering control valve (9) in the vise so that
the end plate is up.
Remove the six screws (30), the one special screw
(29) and the washers (27).
NOTE : Make a mark on the main body, to indicate
the position of the special bolt.
STEP 2
Remove the end plate (26).
18
STEP 3
Remove the rotor (38) and the stator (39).
STEP 4
CS98G530
Remove the valve spool assembly (18) from the steering unit body (9).
STEP 12
Remove and discard both O-ring seal (25) from the

stator (39).
STEP 5
Remove the drive shaft (21).
18
STEP 6
Remove the spacer plate (23).
STEP 7
Remove and discard the O-ring (22) from the body
(9).
STEP 8
Remove the two screws (32), the plate (31) of the end
plate (26).
STEP 9
Shake out the pin (36), the spring (35) and the steel
ball (34).
STEP 10
29
17
20
CS98G531
With the cross pin (20) in the housing (18) horizontally, and the spool drive end (17) supported, use the
special bolt (29) from the end plate (26) to remove
the cross pin (20).
STEP 13
Press the spool from the drive end (17) and the
sleeve, ring, bearing races and needle bearing will be
pushed out of the housing as an assembly.
Unscrew the threaded bush (12) from the check valve

and remove the steel ball (1).
Cre 7-21390GB
Issued 06-99
5002-5
STEP 14
STEP 18
40 42
8
16
17
20
18
14
41
19
10
13
CS98G534
CS98G533
Slide the seal (16), the thrust washer (40) and (42)
and the thrust bearing (41) from the spool (17). The
outer thrust washer may stick in the housing, make
sure it has come out.
STEP 15
Use the special bolt (29) from the end-plate (26) to
press out the cross pin (20).
Remove the dust seal (8), the slip ring (14) and the
O-ring (13). Discard the O-ring (13) from the steering
unit body (9).
STEP 19
Unscrew the limiter (10) from the inlet port and discard the O-ring.
STEP 20
Remove the kit, parts (2) and the seat (3).
STEP 16
STEP 21
Carefully press the spool (17) out of the sleeve (18).
Remove the valve, press, relief (4) and the seat (7).
STEP 17
Press the centering springs (19) out of the slots in the
spool (17).
Cre 7-21390GB
Issued 06-99
5002-6
Inspection
STEP 7
Use cleaning solvent to clean all parts. Put the parts

on paper towels until the parts are dry. Do not use
cloths to wipe the parts dry.
During installation of the drive shaft (21), note the

position of the slot A in the shaft end. Use the special
tool FS8#1 to keep the shaft (21) at the correct
height.
The leaf spring pack (19) has two flat and four curved
leaves wich are all grey in colour.
STEP 8
If any mating surfaces in the sleeve, spool or valve

body is marked, replace the complete valve spool
assembly.
Rotate the shaft to engage the cross pin in the drive

shaft slot, and rotate the sleeve assembly until the
cross pin and the slot are parallel with face B.
Assembly
STEP 9
NOTE : Assemble the steering unit in the reverse

order of the disassembly but note the following :
Take care when assembling the rotor (38) on the

drive shaft (21). The rotor will only fit on the drive
shaft spline in one position.
STEP 1
Lubricate all parts with clean hydraulic oil.
STEP 2
Assemble the leaf springs (19) by placing the two flat
leaf springs into the slot in the spool (17) and insert
the ends of the curved leaf springs between them.
Press the complete spring pack (19) into place.
STEP 3
STEP 10
Install new washers (27) on the bolts (30) and (29).
STEP 11
Install the special bolt (29) in the hole marked during
disassembly.
NOTE : Torque tighten the bolts (27) and (29) to 33
Nm (24 lbf ft).
When guiding the ring (16) over the sleeve, make

sure it can rotate without contacting the springs (19).
STEP 4
When assembling the bearing races (40) and (42)
and the needle bearing (41), make sure that the inner
bearing race (16) is fitted with the internal chamfer
against the shoulder on the spool (18).
STEP 5
Install a new dust seal (8) in the body (9) with the
open side facing outwards.
STEP 6
Install new O-ring seals (25), (22) and (13).
Cre 7-21390GB
Issued 06-99
Section
5003
5003
STEERING CYLINDERS
Case
Cre 7-21400GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
5003-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................2
SPECIAL TORQUE ...................................................................................................................................................2
SPECIAL TOOLS ......................................................................................................................................................2
STEERING CYLINDER .............................................................................................................................................3
Perspective view ...................................................................................................................................................3
CROSS - SECTIONAL VIEW ....................................................................................................................................4
Disassembly and assembly...................................................................................................................................5
Inspection..............................................................................................................................................................6
LOCK WIRE LUG, FAILURE.....................................................................................................................................7
Extraction ..............................................................................................................................................................7
SPECIFICATIONS
Working pressure ................................................................................................................................... 180 bar max
Oil Temperature Range ...................................................................................................................... -30C - + 80C
SPECIAL TORQUE
Piston nut....................................................................................................................................................... 220 Nm
SPECIAL TOOLS
1
2
3
4
5
Bench mounted, cylinder jig

Peg wrench
Silicone rubber sealant
Loctite 242
Anti-seize/Anti-corrosion compound
Cre 7-21400GB
Issued 06-99
5003-3
STEERING CYLINDER
Perspective view
19
18
20
17
1
220 Nm
3
6
7
8
4
5
10
11
12
14
16
15
13
CI98J515
1. Retaining ring
8. O-Ring
15. Ring, snap
2. Rod, piston
9. O-Ring
16. Fitting, grease
3. Nut
10. O-Ring
17. Ring, snap
4. Piston, cylinder
11. Seal
18. Bushing
5. Gland, cylinder
12. Wiper ring,
19. Fitting, grease
6. Piston guide ring
13. Ring, snap
20. Tube cylinder
7. Ring, seal
14. Bushing
Cre 7-21400GB
Issued 06-99
5003-4
CROSS - SECTIONAL VIEW
12
13
1
11
10
5
17
2
4
9
14
3 220 Nm
16
15
CS98J558
1.
Retaining ring
7.
O-Ring
13. Fitting, grease
2.
Rod piston
8.
Piston seal
14. Ring, snap
3.
Nut
9.
O-Ring
15. Bushing
4.
Piston cylinder
10. O-Ring
16. Fitting, grease
5.
Gland cylinder
11. Seal
17. Tube, cylinder
6.
Piston guide ring
12. Wiper ring
Cre 7-21400GB
Issued 06-99
5003-5
Disassembly and assembly
STEP 5
STEP 1
Reverse the rotation of the rod bearing when the end

of the lock-wire is visible. The lock-wire will normally
feed out through the slot without aid. If the wire does
not enter the slot, insert a small screwdriver to act as
a guide.
Remove the cylinder from the machine (see section

5000).
STEP 2
Mount cylinder into the jig, to prevent it turning.
NOTE : For assembly, fit a new lock-wire and wind it

in, by rotation the bearing anti-clockwise (as viewed
from the rod end of the cylinder). Fill the slot with
putty or silicone rubber sealant to prevent water
ingress.
STEP 4
STEP 6
Drain the cylinder.
STEP 3
If the lug on the lock-wire is broken off (see page 7).
STEP 7
Pull the ram rod and bearing from the cylinder, if this
proves difficult (see page 7).
NOTE : For assembly, coat the outside of the gland

with a good quality anti-seizure rust product.
STEP 8
Mount the rod eye into the cylinder jig and release the
nut which retains the piston.
NOTE : When assembly the piston nut, use Loctite
242 and tighten to a torque of 220 mN.
STEP 9
Remove the piston and seals.
NOTE : The piston seal may need a tapered guide to
assist fitment. Uneven and prolonged stretching may
cause permanent distortion. Wrap the bearing strip
into the groove on the piston.
CS98J555
Use the peg wrench to rotate the rod bearing (1)

clockwise, (as viewed from the rod-end of the
cylinder), until the bevelled end of the lock-wire (2) is
visible through the slot in the side of the cylinder.
STEP 10
Remove the rod bearing.
WARNING : Do not rotate the rod bearing in

the opposite direction, as the bevelled end of
the lock-wire may jam in the groove and break
off the drive lug.
Cre 7-21400GB
Issued 06-99
5003-6
STEP 11
1
CS98J559
Prise the snap ring (1) from its groove and push out
the spherical bearing (2) (head and rod end).
Inspection
If either the cylinder bore or rod are marked, the
component must be replaced.
NOTE : For assembly, follow the same procedure in
reverse order.
Cre 7-21400GB
Issued 06-99
5003-7
LOCK WIRE LUG, FAILURE

Extraction
STEP 3
Failure of the lock-wire lug will prevent the bearing

from being removed from the cylinder. However the
old lock-wire can be removed by using the following
process :
Cut off a section of Lock-wire or piano wire of

diameter (A), to the length (C) and insert it into the
blind hole. This will now take the place of the lug and
drive the broken lock-ring out in the normal way.
STEP 1
STEP 4
Through the insertion hole, centre punch the lockwire as near to the centre of the wire as possible.
After complete withdrawal of the lock-wire pull the

piston rod sharply out until it contacts the end cap
bearing, this will normally remove it.
STEP 2
NOTE : In the event of failure to remove the bearing

in this way, due to burrs around the lock-wire grooves,
it is suggested that either a hydraulic press or a hand
operated pump is used to remove the bearing.
!
CS98J556
WARNING : If a hydraulic pump is used to

dismantle the bearing from the cylinder,
extreme care must be taken to purge all air
from the cylinder before pressurisation.
COMPRESSED AIR INSIDE THE CYLINDER
AT THIS STAGE IS EXTREMELY DANGEROUS.
Robust restraints should be attached to both
rod-eye and the cylinder mounting, as a further precaution.
CS98J557
Use a drill of the size (B), and drill through the lockwire and into the bearing to the depth (C).
WARNING : The drilled hole must not be

drilled deeper than shown, or the drill may
break through the bearing, in which case the
bearing must be scrapped.
Cre 7-21400GB
Issued 06-99
Section
5005
TWO WHEEL DRIVE MACHINES/

TWO WHEEL STEER MACHINES 750
Case
Cre 7-21880GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
5005
FRONT AXLE
5005-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................2
SPECIAL TOOLS ......................................................................................................................................................2
SPECIAL TORQUES.................................................................................................................................................3
WHEEL HUB .............................................................................................................................................................4
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................4
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................5
Cross-sectional drawing........................................................................................................................................6
WHEEL HUB SERVICE ............................................................................................................................................7
Disassembly..........................................................................................................................................................7
Assembly...............................................................................................................................................................7
SPECIFICATIONS
Toe-in...................................................................................................................................0 to 3 mm (0.9 - 13 inch)
SPECIAL TOOLS
- Ball joint separator
- Hub lifting bracket
- Polymer 400 special lubricant for the kingpins
- Sealastic 732 liquid gasket
- Loctite 542
- Loctite 270
Cre 7-21880GB
Issued 06-99
5005-3
SPECIAL TORQUES
Drain plugs/refill plugs (M22 x 1.5) .................................................................................................... 40 Nm (29 lbf ft)
Screws - Kingpin cover .................................................................................................................. 190 Nm (140 lbf ft)
Nuts - track rod ball joint ................................................................................................................ 135 Nm (100 lbf ft)
Cre 7-21880GB
Issued 06-99
5005-4
WHEEL HUB
Removal
STEP 8
WARNING : The kingpins are sealed for life.

Maintain
absolute
cleanliness
during
assembly.
WARNING : Polymer 400 lubricant must be

used to avoid premature wear and /or seizure
of the kingpin bearings.
TOP KINGPIN
5 6
STEP 1
Raise the machine on the loader bucket and backhoe
stabilizers.
STEP 2
2
CS98K513
Stop the engine.
BOTTOM KINGPIN
STEP 3
Remove the front wheels.
STEP 4
Drain the oil from the hub.
STEP 5
11
7
4
5
6
CS98K514
Release the three bolts (5) and the spring washers

(6) from the top and the bottom kingpin caps (7) and
(4).
NOTE : When assembling tighten the nuts (5) to
190 Nm.
STEP 9
10
Prise out the top kingpin and the disc springs (3).
CS98K512
Remove the nuts (9) from the track rod ball joint (8).
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the nuts (9) to
135 Nm.
STEP 10
Prise out the bottom kingpin and disc springs (3)
carefully move the hub (10) away from the axle.
STEP 6
Use a ball joint separator to remove the track rod (4)
from the steering knuckle.
STEP 7
Attach a lifting bracket (11) to the wheel mounting
flange on the hub (10) and use a hoist to take the
weight of the complete hub assembly.
Cre 7-21880GB
Issued 06-99
5005-5
Installation
NOTE : Install the wheel hub in the reverse order
from that of removal but note the following.
STEP 1
TOP KINGPIN
6 5
7
2
CS98K513
BOTTOM KINGPIN
2
3
5 6
4
CS98K514
If the bearings (1) and (2) are worn, they must be

replaced.
NOTE : The inner spherical race is a press fit onto
the bottom, kingpin. The outer spherical race and the
top, parallel bush (2) must be chilled before pressing
into the housing.
STEP 2
Pack the top and bottom kingpin bearings with
Polymer 400 grease.
STEP 3
Install the disc springs (3). Top concave face down,
bottom-concave face up.
STEP 4
Fill the hub with oil.
Cre 7-21880GB
Issued 06-99
5005-6
Cross-sectional drawing
10
2
11
12
3
4
8
13
14
CS98K515
1.
Hub
6.
Tapered roller bearing
11.
Belleville washer
2.
Wheel flange
7.
Oil seal
12.
Top king pin bush
3.
Oil fill/level/drain plug
8.
Plug
13.
4.
Whell stud and nut
9.
Steering knuckle
Bottom king pin bearing

(spherical)
5.
Clamping plate
14.
Plug
Cre 7-21880GB
10.
King pin
Issued 06-99
5005-7
WHEEL HUB SERVICE

Disassembly
STEP 1
10
11
12
8
7
6
CS98K516
Remove both socket head screws (1) from the wheel

flange (6).
STEP 2
Remove both flanged wheel nuts (2), washers (3) and
studs (4).
STEP 3
Remove the pins (5).
STEP 4
Use a soft faced mallet to separate the wheel flange
from the hub. There are two dowel pins and silicone
rubber gasket material which will grip the
components.
STEP 7
Remove both external bearing races from the hub.
STEP 8
Remove the inner race of the inner bearing (11) from
the steering knuckle.
STEP 9
Remove the oil seal (12).
Assembly
NOTE : Assemble the whell hub in the reverse order
of the disassembling but note the following.
1.
There is no adjustment of the hub bearings preload which is determined by the machining of the
hub and steering knuckle.
2.
Thoroughly clean and de-grease the mating

surfaces of the wheel flange and hub then
assemble using sealastic 732 liquid gasket.
STEP 5
Remove the eight bolts (7) and clamping plate (8).
STEP 6
Pull the wheel hub (10) from steering knuckle. This
will be tight, as the inner race of the outer taper roller
bearing (9) will be removed along with the hub.
Cre 7-21880GB
Issued 06-99
Section
5006
FRONT AXLE
5006
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE MACHINES /

TWO WHEEL STEER MACHINES
750/760/860
Case
Cre 7-21410GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
5006-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................3
SPECIAL TORQUES.................................................................................................................................................3
SPECIAL TOOLS ......................................................................................................................................................4
FINAL DRIVE HUB....................................................................................................................................................5
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................5
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................6
Exploded view .......................................................................................................................................................7
Cross - Sectional drawing .....................................................................................................................................8
Disassembly..........................................................................................................................................................9
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................10
DRIVE SHAFT.........................................................................................................................................................11
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................11
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................12
DIFFERENTIAL .......................................................................................................................................................13
General description .............................................................................................................................................13
Cross-selectional drawing ...................................................................................................................................13
Exploded view .....................................................................................................................................................14
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................15
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................16
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................16
Assembling the differential ..................................................................................................................................18
FRONT AXLE MAINTENANCE...............................................................................................................................21
Checking the steering lock adjustment ...............................................................................................................21
Toe-in adjustment ...............................................................................................................................................21
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-3
SPECIFICATIONS
The front axle assembly is a double reduction steer drive type. The axle comprises a conventional four pinion
differential without a locking mechanism. Drive is transmitted to the hub via drive shafts having double universal
joints at the steering articulation points. The final drive hubs have three planetary gears.
Marque ......................................................................................................................................................CARRARO
Planetary gear oil capacity ..................................................................................................................................1.1 L
Oil type ............................................................................................................................................ SAE-EP 85W140
Drive axle oil capacity.............................................................................................................................................8 L
Toe-in...........................................................................................................................................................0 to 3 mm
Clearances
Crown wheel/pinion shaft backlash .....................................................................................................0.18 - 0.24 mm
Pre-load of taper roller bearings
Differential and bevel pinion rolling torques are measured by means of a spring balance and cord wound around
the groove in the bevel pinion shaft.
Cord pull for the bevel pinion bearings alone ......................................................92 to 137 Newtons or 9 to 13.43 kg
Additional cord pull for the differential...............................................................28.7 to 42.8 Newtons or 2.8 to 4.2 kg
SPECIAL TORQUES
Hub - cover screws ........................................................................................................................................... 80 Nm
Drain plugs/refill plugs (M22 x 1.5) ................................................................................................................... 40 Nm
Screws - steering lock adjust .......................................................................................................................... 120 Nm
Bolts - ring gear carrier to steering knuckle .................................................................................................... 235 Nm
Screws - kingpin cover.................................................................................................................................... 190 Nm
Bolts - differential bearing caps ...................................................................................................................... 266 Nm
Screws - differential ring nut, lock plate ............................................................................................................ 10 Nm
Bolts - differential to axle case........................................................................................................................ 169 Nm
Bolts - bevel gear to differential case, fit with Loctite 270 ................................................................................. 78 Nm
Screws - pinion shaft cover............................................................................................................................... 12 Nm
Nuts - track rod ball joint ................................................................................................................................. 135 Nm
Nuts - track rod clamps..................................................................................................................................... 70 Nm
Nuts - wheel disc to hub ................................................................................................................................. 300 Nm
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-4
SPECIAL TOOLS
- Dial gauge with magnetic stand
- Spring balance and cord
CS98M502
FS17 2 Wrench for input shaft ring nut
FS17 5 Wrench for differential ring nuts
CS98M503
FS17 1 Measuring bar-see drawing
CS98M504
Special grease
POLYMER 400 for sealed king pin bearings
Sealants
Sealastic 732 liquid gasket
Loctite 270
Loctite 542
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-5
FINAL DRIVE HUB

Removal
STEP 9

Maintain
absolute
cleanliness
during
assembly.

used to avoid premature wear and/or seizure
STEP 1
Use a ball joint separator to remove the track rod (4)

from the steering knuckle.
STEP 10
Attach a lifting bracket (11) to the wheel mounting
flange on the hub (10) and use a hoist to take the
weight of the complete hub assembly.
STEP 11
TOP KINGPIN
5 6

stabilizers.
STEP 2
Stop the engine.
STEP 3
section 8002).
STEP 4
Remove the steering cylinder (see section 5000).
2
CS98K513
BOTTOM KINGPIN
STEP 5
Remove the front axle (see section 5000).
STEP 6
2
STEP 7
STEP 8
11
6
CS98K514
Release the three bolts (5) and the spring washers

(6) from the top and the bottom kingpin caps (7) and
(4).
NOTE : When assembling tighten the nuts (5) to
190 Nm.
STEP 12
Prise out the top kingpin and the spring washer (3).
10
STEP 13
4
CS98K512
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the nuts (9) to
135 Nm.
Cre 7-21410GB
Prise out the bottom kingpin and spring washer (3)

carefully move the hub (10) away from the axle
guiding the drive shaft through the outer bearing and
the seals to prevent damage to these components.
Issued 06-99
5006-6
Installation
NOTE : Install the final drive hub in the reverse order
STEP 1
6 5
TOP KINGPIN
2
CS98K513
BOTTOM KINGPIN
2
3
5 6
4
CS98K514
If the bearings (1) and (2) are worn, they must be

replaced.
NOTE : The inner spherical race is a press fit onto
the bottom kingpin. The outer spherical race and the
top parallel bush (2) must be chilled before pressing
into the housing.
STEP 2
Pack the top and bottom kingpin bearings with
Polymer 400 grease.
STEP 3
Install the spring washers (3). Top-concave face
down, bottom - concave face up.
STEP 4
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-7
Exploded view
1
2
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
12
14
15
16
21
22
17
23
10
11
13
18
20
19
CS98M505
1.
Seal
Spacer ring
17.
Plug
2.
Bearing
10.
Sun gear
18.
Flanged wheel
3.
Hub
11.
Circlip
19.
Wheel stud
4.
Snap-ring
12.
Circlip
20.
Screw
5.
Ring gear carrier
13.
Retainer
21.
Pin
6.
Tube dowel
14.
Planetary gear
22.
Gear pin
7.
Bolt
15.
Needle roller bearing
23.
Screw
8.
Ring carrier
16.
Thrust washer
Cre 7-21410GB
9.
Issued 06-99
5006-8
Cross - Sectional drawing

The illustration applies to both left and right final drive hubs.
21
3 4
17
22
25 18 19
20
13
12
10
7
9
23
24
8
17
2
14
15
16
22
CS98M506
1.
Wheel mounting flange and planetary carrier
14.
Ring gear
2.
Wheel stud
15.
Ring gear carrier
3.
Dust seal
16.
King pin
4.
Oil seal
17.
Bottom king pin bearing (spherical)
5.
Steering knuckle
18.
Dust seal
6.
Hub
19.
Oil seal
7.
Thrust plug
20.
Drive shaft bush
8.
Oil fill/level/drain plug
21.
Drive shaft bush
9.
Sun gear
22.
Disc spring
10.
Spacer
23.
Tube dowels
11.
Thrust ring
24.
Double universal joint
12.
Planetary gear pin
25.
Top king pin bearing (plain)
13.
Planetary gear
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-9
Disassembly
STEP 8
STEP 1
16
15
STEP 2
8
4
5
12
17
10
14
13
11
CS98M509
Remove the circlip (10) from the drive shaft.
STEP 9
Pull off the sun gear (11) and spacer ring (12).
STEP 10
CS98M507
Remove both socket head screws (1) from the wheel

flange (2).
Remove all four bolts (13) retaining the ring gear

carrier (14) to the steering knuckle.
STEP 3
STEP 11
Remove both flanged wheel studs (3).
Fit the bolts removed by instruction (10) into the

threaded holes in the ring gear carrier and proceed to
jack the carrier and tube dowels (15) off the steering
knuckle.
STEP 4
Use a soft-faced mallet to separate the planetary
carrier from the hub. There are two dowel pins and
silicone rubber gasket material which will grip the
components.
STEP 12
Remove the ring carrier (14) from the ring gear (16).
STEP 5
STEP 13
Place the wheel flange face down on a bench then

remove the circlip (4) from each planetary gear pin.
Remove the snap-ring (17).
STEP 14
STEP 6
Lift off the retainer (5), planetary gear (6), uncaged
needle roller bearing (7) and thrust washer (8) from
each planetary gear pin (9).
STEP 7
Do not remove the planetary gear pins as they are
not available as a seviceable part.
18
19
20
21
CS98M508
Pull the wheel hub (18) off the steering knuckle, this
will be tight, as the inner race of the outer taper roller
bearing (19) will be removed along with the hub.
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-10
STEP 15
Remove both external bearing races from hub.
STEP 16
Remove the inner race of the inner bearing (20) from
steering knuckle.
STEP 17
Remove the oil seal (21) and dust seal.
Assembly
NOTE : Assemble the final drive hub in the reverse
order from that of removal but note the following.
1.
Use petroleum jelly to asist assembly of the

needle rollers (7) into each planetary gear (6).
2.
Insert the planetary pinions shafts (9) from the

cover side.
3.
There is no adjustment of the hub bearing preload which is determined by the machining of the
hub and the knuckle.
4.
22
13
CS98M510
5.
The ring gear carrier retaining bolts (13) must be

tightened to 235 Nm (173 lbf ft).
6.
Drive shaft end-float is non-adjustable, but if the

thrust plug (22) is worn it must be replaced.
7.
Thoroughly clean and de-grease the mating

surfaces of both the planetary carrier and hub
then assemble using Sealastic 732 Liquid
Gasket.
8.
Tighten both countersunk socket head screws

(1) to 80 Nm (60 lbf ft).
9.
Apply Loctite 542 to the threads of flanged wheel

studs and tighten to 70 Nm (52 lbf ft).
10.
If the plain wheel studs have been removed

apply Loctite 270 and tighten to 70 Nm (52 lbf ft).
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-11
DRIVE SHAFT
Disassembly
STEP 1
Disassemble the final drive hub (see page 9).
STEP 2
3
CS98M510
5
CI98M503
Remove the oil seals (1) and (3) from the axle
housing and hub.
STEP 3
Use a general purpose puller to extract the bushes
(2) and (4).
STEP 4
Remove the circlip (5) from each of the four bearings
on one spider.
STEP 6
Remove the remaining two cups (7) and disengage
the spider from the link (8).
STEP 7
Remove the lubricator (9) from the cup (7).
STEP 8
Repeat the steeps 4, 5 and 6 on the other spider.
STEP 5
Remove two bearing cups (6) and disengage the
spider from the drive shaft.
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-12
Assembly
NOTE : Assemble the drive shaft in the reverse order
1.
Fit new bushes, and oil seals into the axle and
hub.
2.
Assemble both spiders, with bearing cups and

circlips, to the centre link first, then fit each drive
shaft to the spiders.
NOTE : Take particular care not to damage the

bushes or seals when refitting the drive shaft. If these
components are worn, they must be replaced.
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-13
DIFFERENTIAL
General description
This axle is a double reduction steer-drive type. The
axle comprises a conventional two pinion / two side
gear differential without a locking mechanism. Drive
is transmitted to the hub via drive shafts having
double universal joints at the steering articulation
points.
Final drive hubs have three planetary gears.
Cross-selectional drawing
8
17
11
12
10
14
18
16
6
13
3
7
15
1
5
2
CS98M512
1.
Ring nut
10.
Crownwheel
2.
Oil seal
11.
Differential case
3.
Shim
12.
Differential case
4.
Collapsible spacer and special washers
13.
Side gear
5.
Cover
14.
Thrust ring
6.
Bevel pinion
15.
Differential pinion shaft
7.
Differential carrier
16.
Differential pinion
8.
Differential carrier cap
17.
Spherical thrust washer
9.
Ring nut
18.
Differential carrier bearings
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-14
Exploded view
15
16
17
14
18
24
20
21
28
26
23
28
27
16
21
22
19
20
12
7
10
11
13
28
25
1
3
2
CI98M504
1.
Bolt
11.
Ring nut
21.
Spherical thrust washer
2.
Screw
12.
Bolt
22.
Pinion
3.
Cover
13.
Bearing race
23.
Thrust ring
4.
Oil seal
14.
Bolt
24.
Pinion shaft
5.
Ring nut
15.
Crown wheel
25.
Bearing
6.
Tab washer
16.
Differential case
26.
Bearing
7.
Bearing cap
17.
Thrust ring
27.
Collapsible spacer
8.
Carrier
18.
Side gear
28.
Washer
9.
Bolt
19.
Pinion shaft
Lock plate
20.
Pinion
10.
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-15
Disassembly
STEP 8
STEP 1
Remove the bolt (9) and lock-plate (10) from each

bearing cap.
Remove the final drive hubs and the final drive shaft
(see page 5).
STEP 9
STEP 2
Unscrew the ring nuts (11) from either side of the

carrier.
12
STEP 10
Remove bolts (12) and both bearing caps. Use a soft
mallet to disengage the caps from the dowels (13).
10
STEP 11
Lift the differential and the crown wheel unit out of the
carrier (8).
STEP 12
11 13
5
4
3
2
CI98M505
Remove the ten bolts (1) from the differential carrier

(8).
STEP 3
Install two screws in the threaded holes in the
differential carrier (8) and jack the carrier from the
dowels (13).
24
22
21
17
19 18
16
15
25 30
28
14
22
A
21
23 20
27
29
26
NOTE : The combination of the dowels and the

silicone rubber sealant makes removal of the
differential carrier from the axle difficult unless this
jacking procedure is used.
Pull the bearings races (14) off the differential case.
STEP 4
STEP 13
Remove the screws (2) from the pinion shaft endcover (3).
Mark both halves of the differential case to ensure

correct assembly.
STEP 5
STEP 14
Use a soft-faced mallet to separate the cover,

complete with oil seal (4), from the carrier housing.
Remove the bolts (15) which fasten the crownwheel

and differential case halves together.
NOTE : The seal is held in place with a silicone

rubber gasket material.
STEP 15
STEP 6
Prise open the staked lip on the ring nut (5) and
unscrew it with wrench FS17 2. The ring nut is tight,
so a soft metal wedge must be used to prevent the
pinion shaft turning. Remove the tab washer (6).
STEP 7
Mark the bearing caps (7) and carrier (8), for correct
assembly.
Cre 7-21410GB
CI98M506
Stand the differential case on the bearing spigot A

with the crown wheel side uppermost (shown
horizontal for clarity).
STEP 16
Lift off the crown wheel (16) and the top half of the
differential case (17).
STEP 17
Remove the thrust ring (18) and side gear (19).
Issued 06-99
5006-16
STEP 18
Set the pinion bevel mesh as follows :
Lift out the pinion shafts (20) complete with pinions

(21) and spherical thrust washers (22).
STEP 1
STEP 19
Remove the remaining side gear (23) and thrust ring
(24).
Fit both pinion bearing outer races into the differential

carrier.
STEP 2
7
33
STEP 20
Push the pinion shaft (25) through the bearings and
remove bearings (26) and (27), collapsible spacer
(28), washers (29) and shims (30).
32
STEP 21
Pull the bearing outer races from the differential
carrier.
Inspection
1.
Inspect all bearings for spalling or other wear, if

any is found the bearing must be replaced.
2.
Check the tooth contact areas from both the

crown wheel and pinion, which should have a
smooth polished appearance. If the surfaces are
pitted or scuffed, check the quality and grade of
oil used.
27
26
31
Assembly
NOTE : The assembly of the differential unit
comprises the following sub-tasks :
Setting the pinion bevel mesh.

Setting the bevel pinion bearing pre-load.
Assembling the differential unit.
Setting the crown wheel and pinion backlash.
Setting the differential carrier bearing pre-load.
Installing the differential unit.
CS98M516
Fit both differential bearing caps (7) and torque

tighten the bolts to 266 Nm (196 lbf ft).
STEP 3
Fit the pinion bearing inner races (26) and (27).
STEP 4
Fit a bolt and nut (31) with large washers through the
pinion bearings and tighten until the bearing cones
are hard to turn by hand. Do not over tighten or the
bearings will be damaged.
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-17
STEP 5
STEP 11
Measure the diameter of the bore A and note the

size.
30
27
STEP 6
Measure the diameter of the measuring of the
measuring bar (32) tool n FS17 1, then lay it across
the differential carrier bearing bores and insert the
depth gauge (33) through the hole in the shaft.
25
STEP 7
Measure the distance between the top of the shaft
and the face of the pinion bearing inner race (27)
(Dimension B).
STEP 8
To find distance C calculate the measurements as
follows (in mm) C = B minus diameter of bar FS17 1
plus A - 2.
CS98M517
Fit the correct shim ring (30) on the pinion shaft (25)
but ensure the largest internal chamfer is towards the
pinion gear.
STEP 12
Press the inner bearing race (27) onto the pinion
shaft (25).
STEP 9
Set the bevel pinion bearing pre-load as follows :
To find the amount of shims (2) required ; the number

D (in mm) etched on the pinions must be subtracted
from dimension C.
STEP 1
Shim thickness required = C minus D.
28
D = bevel pinion protrusion dimension
26
E = pinion mating number
Shim rings are available in the thickness shown in the

table.
mm
in.
mm
in.
2.50
0.0984
3.00
0.1181
2.60
0.1024
3.10
0.1221
2.70
0.1063
3.20
0.1260
2.80
0.1102
3.30
0.1300
2.90
0.1142
3.40
0.1340
STEP 10
Remove the clamp bolt and washers.
29
29
6
CS98M518
Insert the pinion shaft into the differential carrier and

fit a new collapsible spacer (28), with a new washer
(29) each side of it.
STEP 2
Push on the second bearing inner race (26).
STEP 3
Fit the tab (6) washer and a new ring-nut (5).
STEP 4
Secure the carrier in a vice and wind a thin cord
around the groove in the pinion shaft. Attach a spring
balance to the cord.
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-18
STEP 5
STEP 4
Thoroughly de-grease the threads of the bolts (15)
and those in the differential case. Fit the crown wheel
(16). Apply Loctite 270 on bolt threads before
installing. Then tighten to 78 Nm (58 lbf ft).
STEP 5
Fit the carrier bearings (14) onto the differential case
spigots.
STEP 6
92-137N
Remove the bearing caps from differential carrier.

CS98M519
Tighten the pinion ring-nut gradually, until the spring

balance shows that a sustained pull of between 92 to
137 Newtons (19.8 to 29.6 lbf) is required to keep the
pinion shaft turning.
STEP 7
Fit the outer races onto the carrier bearings and
lower the differential assembly into the carrier.
STEP 8
16
STEP 6
Stake the ring nut into the groove on the pinion shaft.
11
Assembling the differential

STEP 1
24
22 21 18
14
15
14
19 17
16
23 20 21 22
CS98M521
CS98M520
Stand the differential case (17) (crown wheel side) on

its carrier bearing spigot, and install the thrust ring
(18) and side gear (19).
Fit the bearing caps (7), bolts (12, not shown) and
ring nuts (11) which should be adjusted to ensure
that there is sufficient backlash between the crown
wheel (16) and pinion, before tightening the (12) bolts
to 266 Nm (195 lbf ft).
STEP 2
Assemble the pinions (21) and thrust washers (22) to
their shaft (20) and fit them into the differential case
make sure that the pin in the shaft is in position.
STEP 3
Turn the other half of the differential case onto its
bearing spigot and install the thrust ring (24) and side
gear (23). While holding the ends of the pinion shaft,
turn differential case (17) over and lay it onto the
bottom half aligning the marks on both cases.
Cre 7-21410GB
WARNING : If there is no backlash between

crown wheel and pinion, damage will occur
when the bolts are tightened.
NOTE : Do not assemble the ring nut lock plates and

the bolts until the differential backlash settings are
completed.
Issued 06-99
5006-19
Setting the crown wheel and pinion backlash
STEP 1
The correct backlash between crown wheel and
pinion is 0.18 to 0.24 mm (0.007 to 0.009 in).
Adjustment is made by turning the ring nuts (11) to
move the differential assembly into or out of mesh
with the pinion. The ring nuts can be difficult to turn.
To release the nuts, slacken the bolts and the bearing
cap a small amount. Do not slacken them more than
necessary.
STEP 2
Use wrench FS17 5 to turn the ring (11) on the
crown wheel side in a clockwise direction until the
crown wheel and pinion are in close mesh. Tap the
bearing cap with a soft face hammer to aid movement
of the ring nut (11) and bearing alignment.
Set the differential carrier bearing pre-load as

follows :
When the backlash is adjusted it is necessary to preload the bearings.
NOTE : It is essential not to disturb other
adjustments, so pre-load is achieved by moving both
ring nuts (11) a specific amount.
16
10
11
11
STEP 3
Use wrench FS17 5 to turn the other ring nut (11) in
a clockwise direction until all clearance has been
removed. This position is obvious as the ring nut (11)
will become very difficult to move.
STEP 4
Position a dial gauge in contact with and at 90 to, a
tooth on the crown wheel.
STEP 5
Push the crown wheel into and out of mesh with the
pinion to check the amount of backlash. Rotate the
crown wheel and note the readings obtained at
different positions. If the backlash is different, position
the dial gauge on the tooth which has the smallest
reading to make the final adjustment.
25
STEP 6
To make the final adjustment move the crown wheel
into or out of mesh with the pinion by turning each
ring-nut (11) an equal amount. Continue until the dial
gauge shows a backlash of 0.18 to 0.24 mm (0.007 to
0.009 in).
CS98M522
STEP 1
Wrap a cord around the groove in the spiral bevel
pinion shaft and attach a spring balance to the cord.
Measure the pull required to keep the pinion shaft
and differential turning. Note the measurement.
STEP 2
Tighten each ring nut (11) by an equal amount
starting with 1/2 turn.
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-20
STEP 3
STEP 2
Measure the line pull again.
Remove the grease from the mating surfaces of the

differential carrier (5) and cover (3). Apply Sealastic
732 liquid gasket and fit the cover. Torque tighten
bolts (2) to 12 Nm (9 lbf ft).
STEP 4
Continue to adjust the ring nuts (11) until a line pull
between 121 and 180 Newtons (27.2 and 40.5 lbf) is
required to turn the pinion continuously.
STEP 3
Clean the mating surfaces on axle housing and the
differential carrier (5).
STEP 5
Fit the lock plates (10) and the bolts (9) to prevent the
ring nuts (11) moving. Torque tighten the bolts (9) to
10 Nm (7 lbf ft).
STEP 6
Torque tighten the carrier bearing cap bolts to
266 Nm (196 lbf ft).
STEP 4
Apply Sealastic 732 liquid gasket to one surface and
install the differential assembly into the axle housing.
STEP 5
Tighten the 10 bolts (1) to 169 Nm (125 lbf ft).
STEP 7
STEP 6
Check the crown wheel backlash again.
Install the final drive hubs and the drive shafts (see
page 5).
Install the differential unit as follows :
STEP 1
5
2
3
4
CS98M523
Install a new seal (4) in the pinion shaft cover (3).
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
5006-21
FRONT AXLE MAINTENANCE

Checking the steering lock
adjustment
STEP 5
NOTE : The steering lock should never exceed the

angle given below or the drive shaft universal joints
will wear excessively.
STEP 1
Measure the angle A at which both straight edges

intersect. Subtract angle A from 90 to give the
steering lock, for example :
Angle A = 40
Steering angle 90 - 40 = 50
STEP 6
Adjust the left-hand stop (5) for maximum left

steering lock and right-hand stop for maximum right
steering lock.
NOTE : The steering angle must not exceed 52.
STEP 7
Re-connect the track rod end (4) and remove the
straight edges (2) and (3).
Toe-in adjustment
4
CS98K517
Disconnect the track rod (4) at one end.
STEP 2
Adjustment
1.
Toe-in can be measured with the wheels still

mounted. If they are removed, straight edges can
be attached to each hub and in this case the toein must be measured at a similar radius to the
wheel rim. Measurements be taken while the
straight edges are horizontal and pointing
forwards.
2.
Measure the distance between wheel rims in

front of the axle, mark position on wheel rim.
3.
To average out any wheel distortion, turn the

wheels 180, until the marks made on wheel rim
are directly behind the axle. Again, measure the
distance between the front of the rims.
4.
Toe-in should be 0 - 2 mm (0 - 0.08 inch).
5.
Slacken the clamp at each end of the track rod

tube and rotate the tube to adjust the toe-in.
6.
Tighten the clamp nuts to 70 Nm (52 lbf ft).
Turn the left hand hub (6) to maximum left-hand

steering angle.
STEP 3
3
CS98K518
Place a long straight edge (3) against the axle input

flange or against the machine hardnose. Make sure
the straight edge is parallel with the axle centre-line.
STEP 4
Place a second straight edge (2) against the wheel
hub flange (1).
Cre 7-21410GB
Issued 06-99
Section
5007
FRONT AXLE
5007
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE MACHINES/

FOUR WHEEL STEER MACHINES
Case
Cre 7-21890GB

Printed in France
Issued October 1999
5007-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................................................................... 3
SPECIAL TORQUES................................................................................................................................................. 3
SPECIAL TOOLS ...................................................................................................................................................... 4
POTENTIOMETER....................................................................................................................................................5
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................ 5
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................. 5
FINAL DRIVE HUB....................................................................................................................................................6
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................ 6
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................. 7
Disassembly ..........................................................................................................................................................8
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................10
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................10
DRIVE SHAFT.........................................................................................................................................................11
Disassembly ........................................................................................................................................................11
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................11
DIFFERENTIAL .......................................................................................................................................................12
General description .............................................................................................................................................12
Cross-sectional drawing ......................................................................................................................................12
Exploded view .....................................................................................................................................................13
Disassembly ........................................................................................................................................................14
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................15
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................15
Assembling the differential ..................................................................................................................................17
FRONT AXLE MAINTENANCE...............................................................................................................................20
Checking the steering lock adjustment ...............................................................................................................20
Toe-in adjustment ...............................................................................................................................................20
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-3
SPECIFICATIONS
Make ................................................................................................................................................................Carraro
Type ............................................................................................................................................................... 2625 FR
Planetary gear oil capacity ...................................................................................................................................4,5L
Oil type ........................................................................................................................................... See Section 1002
Drive axle oil capacity...........................................................................................................................................15 L
Brake
Brake Disk Thickness, New .............................................................................................................9.90 to 10.10 mm
Service Limit .......................................................................................................................................................8 mm
SPECIAL TORQUES
Stud-planetary gear carrier............................................................................................................................... 70 Nm
Hub-countersunk screws .................................................................................................................................. 80 Nm
Drain plugs/refill plugs (M22 x 1,5) ................................................................................................................... 40 Nm
Drain plugs-refill plugs (M30)............................................................................................................................ 80 Nm
Screws-steering lock adjust ............................................................................................................................ 120 Nm
Bolts-ring gear carrier to steering knuckle ...................................................................................................... 235 Nm
Bolts-kingpin caps .......................................................................................................................................... 300 Nm
Bolts-differential bearings caps ...................................................................................................................... 266 Nm
Screws-differential ring-nut, lock plate.............................................................................................................. 13 Nm
Bolts-differential to axle case.......................................................................................................................... 169 Nm
Bolts-bevel gear to differential case, fit with loctite 270 .................................................................................... 78 Nm
Bolts-pinion shaft cover .................................................................................................................................... 12 Nm
Nuts-track rod ball joint ................................................................................................................................... 135 Nm
Nuts-track rod clamps....................................................................................................................................... 70 Nm
Nuts-wheel disc to hub ................................................................................................................................... 300 Nm
Front axle pivot to chassis bolts........................................................................................................... 425 to 475 Nm
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-4
SPECIAL TOOLS
- Dial gauge with magnetic stand
- Spring balance and cord
CS98M502
FS17 2 Wrench for input shaft ring nut.
FS17 1 Measuring bar-see drawing.
CS98M504
CS98M513
FS17 4 Mandrel for drive shaft bush-hub side.

Special grease
POLYMER 400 for sealed king pin bearings
CS98M511
FS17 3 Mandrel for drive shaft bush-axle housing

side.
Cre 7-21890GB
Sealants
Sealastic 732 liquid gasket
CS98M503
Issued 10-99
5007-5
POTENTIOMETER
Removal
STEP 3
NOTE : This information is applicable to

potentiometers installed on the front and rear axles.
Place a suitable container below the axle.
STEP 1
STEP 4
Remove the nut (3) and the flexible brake hose (2).
Put caps on the flexible brake hose (2) and open
ends of the adaptor (11) and the tube (4).
Remove the wheel from the applicable axle.
STEP 2
STEP 5
A
Remove the bolts (5), the washers (6) and the base
(16).
STEP 6
A
Remove the cap screws (7) and the cover (15).

A
STEP 7
Disconnect the electrical connector (14) from the
potentiometer (9). Attach the harness (8) to the
structure with temporary ties.
STEP 8
Remove the bolts (13), the washers (12).
STEP 9
5
Remove the potentiometer (9) from the housing (10).
18
6
Installation
17
16
NOTE : Install a steering angle potentiometer in the

reverse order from that of removal but note the
following :
15
STEP 1
14
After installation, bleed the brake system. (See

section 7000).
STEP 2
13
12
After installation, calibrate the steering system (See

Section 4008).
9
10
11
CS98K527
Remove the bolts (18), the washers (17) and the

cover (1).
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-6
FINAL DRIVE HUB

Removal
WARNING : If the right rear hub is removed it

is essential to engage the differential lock and
wedge the pedal down to maintain
engagement. Failure to do this will allow the
differential lock components to fall into the
axle housing and will require that the opposite
hub and differential assembly be removed to
retrieve and assemble the components.
STEP 7
Drain the oil from the hub and the brake system.
STEP 8
Remove the steering potentiometer (see page 5).
STEP 9
Tie the wiring harness back to the axle housing to
prevent damage.
STEP 10

Maintain
absolute
cleanliness
during
assembly.

STEP 1
stabilizers.
STEP 2
Stop the engine.
1
CS98K528
Remove the nut (3) from the track rod ball joint (2).
STEP 3
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the track rod nut

(3) to 135 Nm.

section 8002).
STEP 11
STEP 4
Use a ball-joint separator to remove the track rod

from the steering knuckle (1).
Remove the front axle (see section 5000).
STEP 12
STEP 5
Attach a lifting bracket to the wheel mounting flange

on the hub and use a hoist to take the weight of the
complete hub assembly.
Remove the steering cylinder (see section 5000).
STEP 6
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the wheel nuts to
300 Nm.
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-7
Installation
STEP 13
4
5
6
NOTE : Install a final drive hub in the reverse order

STEP 1
Chill the upper kingpin bush (8) and inner spherical

race (13) if new bearings are fitted to axle housing.
The inner spherical bearing (13) is a press fit on the
kingpin.
STEP 2
10
Fill the top and bottom kingpin bearings with Polymer

400 grease.
STEP 3
11
Take care not to damage the outer bearing (10) and

the seals (11) when installing the hub/drive shaft.
12
STEP 4
13
Install the disc spring (7). Top-concave face down,

bottom-concave face up.
STEP 5
14
Install a new O-ring on the potentiometer drive shaft

(4).
15
STEP 6
CS98K529
Release the four bolts (5) and (15) from the top and
the bottom kingpins (6) and (14).
STEP 7
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the lower kingpin

(14) and the bolts (15) to 300 Nm and the upper
kingpin bolts (5) to 300 Nm.
Install the steering potentiometer (see page 5).
STEP 14
STEP 8
Purge the air from the brake system (See section
7000).
Prise out the top kingpin (6) and remove it along with
the potentiometer drive shaft (4).
STEP 15
Remove the disc springs (7).
STEP 16
Prise out the bottom kingpin (14) and carefully move
the hub away from the axle, guiding the drive shaft
through the outer bearing and the seals (10) and (11)
to prevent damage to these components.
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-8
Disassembly
STEP 3
STEP 1
Remove the planetary pinion (5) and thrust washers

(3). The pinions contain 28 uncaged needle roller
bearings (4).
Remove the final drive hub (see page 6).
STEP 2
1
NOTE : The shaft (2) is a press fit in the carrier (1)

and should not move when the gear is removed.
CS98K536
Remove the screws (9) which hold the planetary

pinion shaft thrust washers (6) and (8) and remove
the washers and the pin (7).
18
19
20
21
17
13
11
14
15
16
14
15
22
12
22
10
18
24
28 27 26
19
23
25
CS98K537
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-9
STEP 4
STEP 13
Remove the large circlip (10) from within the ring gear
(25).
Remove the large circlip (13) from the ring gear (25)
and slide out the piston hub assembly (17).
STEP 5
STEP 14
Remove the outer reaction plate (11).
STEP 6
Remove the bronze friction disc (12).
STEP 7
Remove the small circlip (28) and the spacer (27).
STEP 8
Remove the thrust washer (26).
STEP 9
CS98K533
Remove all eight bolts (23).

NOTE : When assembly, tighten, the bolts (23) to
235 Nm.
STEP 10
Make two M4 studs and small bridge pieces as show,

to remove the piston from the hub. Great care will be
needed during this operation as the annular piston
will tend to jam, if it is pulled unevenly.
STEP 15
Note the relative positions of the seals (15) the

backup rings (14) and piston (16) in both the outer
and inner tracks before removing the assembly.
STEP 16
Pull the wheel hub (20) off the steering knuckle. This
will be tight as the inner race of the outer taper roller
bearing will be removed along with the hub.
STEP 17
Remove the seal (21).

CS98K538
Install two M10 screws (A) in the tapped holes and

carefully jack off the ring gear (25) and the inner
reaction plate assembly (24). The inner reaction plate
is held by the eight tube dowels, and the jacking
process must be done evenly.
STEP 18
STEP 11
Remove both external bearing races (22) from the

hub (20).
Remove the ring gear (25) and inner reaction plate

assembly (24).
Remove the inner race of the bearing from the

steering knuckle.
STEP 19
STEP 12
Remove the six bolts (19) and the washers (18) from
the piston hub assembly (17) and lift off the inner
reaction plate (24).
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-10
Inspection
3. Install new O-ring seals throughout

4. Tighten the wheel nut studs to 70 Nm.
Inspect the final drive hub as follows :

1. The brake friction discs have a new thickness of
9.90 to 10.10 mm (0.390 to 0.398 in) and must
be replaced when worn to 8 mm (0.315 in)
thickness.
5. Tighten the countersunk screws to 80 Nm.

6. Tighten the wheel nuts to 300 Nm.
7. Purge air from the brake system (See section
7000).
Assembly
NOTE : Assemble a final drive hub in the reverse
order from that of disassembly but note the following :
1.
CS98K534
The special arrangement of taper bearings do not

require a specific pre-load setting due to the
machining tolerances. However it is advisable to
check that the dimensions shown are correct before
starting assembly of the hub.
2.
19
18
CS98K535
NOTE : The bolts (18) have washers, bushes and

springs assembled in specific order and in specific
positions in the hub as illustrated.
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-11
DRIVE SHAFT
Disassembly
Assembly
STEP 1
NOTE : Assemble the drive shaft in the reverse order

from that of disassembly but note the following :
Disassemble the final drive hub (see page 6).
STEP 1
STEP 2
6
Remove all the bearing caps (4) from a spider (2). Fill
the caps with grease to retain the needle roller
bearings.
STEP 2
1
Use the drifts FS17 3 and FS17 4 to assemble the

dust seals (6) and the bushes in the axle and hub.
NOTE : Take particular care not to damage the
bushes or seals when refitting the drive shaft. If these
components are worn they must be replaced.
5
CS98K543
Remove the dust seal and oil seal (6) from both the
axle housing and hub.
STEP 3
Use a general purpose puller to extract the bushes (7)
from the axle and hub.
STEP 4
on the spider (2).
STEP 5
Remove two bearing caps (4) and disengage the
spider from the drive shaft (1).
STEP 6
Remove the remaining two caps (4) and disengage
the spider (2) from the link (3).
STEP 7
Carry out steps 4, 5 and 6 to disassemble the other
spider.
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-12
DIFFERENTIAL
General description
This axle is a double reduction steer-drive type. The
axle comprises a conventional two pinion / two side
gear differential without a locking mechanism. Drive
is transmitted to the hub via drive shafts having
double universal joints at the steering articulation
points.
Final drive hubs have three planetary gears.
Cross-sectional drawing
8
10
11
12
17
14
18
16
13
15
CS98M514
1. Ring nut
10. Crownwheel
2. Oil seal
11. Differential case
3. Shim
4. Collapsible spacer and special washers
13. Side gear
5. Cover
14. Thrust ring
6. Bevel pinion
15. Differential pinion shaft
7. Differential carrier
16. Differential pinion
8. Differential carrier cap
17. Spherical thrust washer
9. Ring nut
18. Differential carrier bearings
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-13
Exploded view
17
21
20
23
16
16
22
15
19
28
26
28
12
27
14
24
9
13
28
25
10
11
4
3
2
CI98M508
1. Bolt
11. Ring nut
21. Spherical thrust washer
2. Screw
12. Bolt
22. Pinion
3. Cover
13. Bearing race
23. Thrust ring
4. Oil seal
14. Bolt
24. Pinion shaft
5. Ring nut
15. Crown wheel
25. Bearing
6. Tab washer
26. Bearing
7. Bearing cap
17. Thrust ring
27. Collapsible spacer
8. Carrier
18. Side gear
28. Washer
9. Bolt
19. Pinion shaft
10. Lock plate

Cre 7-21890GB
20. Pinion
Issued 10-99
5007-14
Disassembly
STEP 8
STEP 1
Remove the bolt (9) and lock-plate (10) from each

bearing cap.
(see page 5).
STEP 9
STEP 2

carrier.
12
STEP 10
Remove bolts (12) and both bearing caps. Use a soft

mallet to disengage the caps from the dowels (13).
10
STEP 11
Lift the differential and the crown wheel unit out of the
carrier (8).
STEP 12
6
11
5
4
1
13
17
CI98M509
Remove the ten bolts (1) from the differential carrier

(8).
18
22
21
23
14
16
STEP 3
24
Install two screws in the threaded holes in the

differential carrier (8) and jack the carrier from the
dowels (13).
NOTE : The combination of the dowels and the
silicone rubber sealant makes removal of the
differential carrier from the axle difficult unless this
jacking procedure is used.
20
19
15
STEP 4
29
25
30
27
28
26
Remove the screws (2) from the pinion shaft endcover (3).
Pull the bearings races (14) off the differential case.
STEP 5
STEP 13
Use a soft-faced mallet to separate the cover,

complete with oil seal (4), from the carrier housing.

correct assembly.
NOTE : The seal is held in place with a silicone

rubber gasket material.
STEP 14
STEP 6
Prise open the staked lip on the ring nut (5) and
unscrew it with wrench FS17 2. The ring nut is tight,
so a soft metal wedge must be used to prevent the
pinion shaft turning. Remove the tab washer (6).
CI98M510

and differential case halves together.
STEP 15
Stand the differential case on the bearing spigot A
with the crown wheel side uppermost (shown
horizontal for clarity).
STEP 7
Mark the bearing caps (7) and carrier (8), for correct
assembly.
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-15
STEP 16
Lift off the crown wheel (16) and the top half of the
STEP 1
STEP 17
Fit both pinion bearing outer races into the differential

carrier
Remove the thrust ring (18) and side gear (19).
STEP 2
STEP 18
7
33
Lift out the pinion shafts (20) complete with pinions

(21) and spherical thrust washers (22).
32
STEP 19
Remove the remaining side gear (23) and thrust ring
(24).
STEP 20
Push the pinion shaft (25) through the bearings and
remove bearings (26) and (27), collapsible spacer
(28), washers (29) and shims (30).
STEP 21
Pull the bearing outer races from the differential
carrier.
27
26
Inspection
31
1. Inspect all bearings for spalling or other wear, if

2. Check the tooth contact areas from both the
crown wheel and pinion, which should have a
oil used.
CS98M516
Assembly

tighten the bolts to 266 Nm (196 lbf ft).

STEP 3
Fit the pinion bearing inner races (26) and (27).

Setting the bevel pinion bearing pre-load.
Setting the crown wheel and pinion backlash.
Setting the differential carrier bearing pre-load.
STEP 4
Fit a bolt and nut (31) with large washers through the
pinion bearings and tighten until the bearing cones
are hard to turn by hand. Do not over tighten or the
bearings will be damaged.
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-16
STEP 5
STEP 11

size.
30
STEP 6
Measure the diameter of the measuring of the
measuring bar (32) tool n FS17 1, then lay it across
the differential carrier bearing bores and insert the
depth gauge (33) through the hole in the shaft.
27
25
STEP 7
Measure the distance between the top of the shaft
and the face of the pinion bearing inner race (27)
(Dimension B).
STEP 8
follows (in mm) C = B minus diameter of bar FS17 1
plus A - 2.
CS98M517
pinion gear.
STEP 12
shaft (25).
STEP 9
To find the amount of shims (2) required ; the number

D (in mm) etched on the pinions must be subtracted
from dimension C.
STEP 1
28
26
5

table.
mm
in.
mm
in.
2.50
0.0984
3.00
0.1181
2.60
0.1024
3.10
0.1221
2.70
0.1063
3.20
0.1260
2.80
0.1102
3.30
0.1300
2.90
0.1142
3.40
0.1340
STEP 10
29
29
6
CS98M518
Insert the pinion shaft into the differential carrier and

fit a new collapsible spacer (28), with a new washer
(29) each side of it.
STEP 2
Push on the second bearing inner race (26).
STEP 3
Fit the tab (6) washer and a new ring-nut (5).
STEP 4
Secure the carrier in a vice and wind a thin cord
around the groove in the pinion shaft. Attach a spring
balance to the cord.
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-17
STEP 5
STEP 4
Thoroughly de-grease the threads of the bolts (15)
and those in the differential case. Fit the crown wheel
(16). Apply Loctite 270 on bolt threads before
installing. Then tighten to 78 Nm (58 lbf ft).
STEP 5
Fit the carrier bearings (14) onto the differential case
spigots.
STEP 6
Remove the bearing caps from differential carrier.
92 - 137N
CS98M519
Tighten the pinion ring-nut gradually, until the spring

balance shows that a sustained pull of between 92 to
137 Newtons (19.8 to 29.6 lbf) is required to keep the
pinion shaft turning.
STEP 7
Fit the outer races onto the carrier bearings and lower
the differential assembly into the carrier.
STEP 8
16
STEP 6
Stake the ring nut into the groove on the pinion shaft.
11
Assembling the differential

STEP 1
18
22
23
21
16
14
24
20
19
17
15
14
CS98M515
CI98M511
Stand the differential case (17) (crown wheel side) on

(18) and side gear (19).
Fit the bearing caps (7), bolts (12, not shown) and
ring nuts (11) which should be adjusted to ensure
that there is sufficient backlash between the crown
wheel (16) and pinion, before tightening the (12) bolts
to 266 Nm (195 lbf ft).
STEP 2
Assemble the pinions (21) and thrust washers (22) to
their shaft (20) and fit them into the differential case
make sure that the pin in the shaft is in position.
STEP 3
Turn the other half of the differential case onto its
bearing spigot and install the thrust ring (24) and side
gear (23). While holding the ends of the pinion shaft,
turn differential case (17) over and lay it onto the
bottom half aligning the marks on both cases.
Cre 7-21890GB
WARNING : If there is no backlash between

crown wheel and pinion, damage will occur
when the bolts are tightened.
NOTE : Do not assemble the ring nut lock plates and

the bolts until the differential backlash settings are
completed.
Issued 10-99
5007-18
Setting the crown wheel and pinion backlash
STEP 1
The correct backlash between crown wheel and
with the pinion. The ring nuts can be difficult to turn.
To release the nuts, slacken the bolts and the bearing
cap a small amount. Do not slacken them more than
necessary.
Set the differential carrier bearing pre-load as

follows :
NOTE : It is essential not to disturb other
adjustments, so pre-load is achieved by moving both
ring nuts (11) a specific amount.
16
STEP 2
Use wrench FS17 5 to turn the ring (11) on the
crown wheel side in a clockwise direction until the
crown wheel and pinion are in close mesh. Tap the
bearing cap with a soft face hammer to aid movement
of the ring nut (11) and bearing alignment.
11
10
11
STEP 3
a clockwise direction until all clearance has been
removed. This position is obvious as the ring nut (11)
will become very difficult to move.
STEP 4
Position a dial gauge in contact with and at 90 to, a
tooth on the crown wheel.
STEP 5
Push the crown wheel into and out of mesh with the
pinion to check the amount of backlash. Rotate the
crown wheel and note the readings obtained at
different positions. If the backlash is different, position
the dial gauge on the tooth which has the smallest
reading to make the final adjustment.
25
STEP 6
To make the final adjustment move the crown wheel
into or out of mesh with the pinion by turning each
ring-nut (11) an equal amount. Continue until the dial
gauge shows a backlash of 0.18 to 0.24 mm (0.007 to
0.009 in).
CS98M520
STEP 1
pinion shaft and attach a spring balance to the cord.
STEP 2
Tighten each ring nut (11) by an equal amount
starting with 1/2 turn.
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-19
STEP 3
STEP 1
STEP 4
between 121 and 180 Newtons (27.2 and 40.5 lbf) is
required to turn the pinion continuously.
STEP 5
Fit the lock plates (10) and the bolts (9) to prevent the
ring nuts (11) moving. Torque tighten the bolts (9) to
10 Nm (7 lbf ft).
STEP 6
Torque tighten the carrier bearing cap bolts to
266 Nm (196 lbf ft).
STEP 7
5
2
Check the crown wheel backlash again.
3
4
CS98M527
Install a new seal (4) in the pinion shaft cover (3).
STEP 2
732 liquid gasket and fit the cover. torque tighten
STEP 3
Clean the mating surfaces on axle housing and the
STEP 4
install the differential assembly into the axle housing.
STEP 5
Tighten the 10 bolts (1) to 169 Nm (125 lbf ft).
STEP 6
Install the final drive hubs and the drive shafts (see
page 5).
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
5007-20
FRONT AXLE MAINTENANCE

Checking the steering lock
adjustment
STEP 5
NOTE : The steering lock should never exceed the

angle given below or the drive shaft universal joints
will wear excessively.
STEP 1
Measure the angle A at which both straight edges

intersect. Subtract angle A from 90 to give the
steering lock, for example :
Angle A = 40
Steering angle 90 - 40 = 50
STEP 6
Adjust the left-hand stop (5) for maximum left

steering lock and right-hand stop for maximum right
steering lock.
NOTE : The steering angle must not exceed 52.
STEP 7
Re-connect the track rod end (4) and remove the
straight edges (2) and (3).
Toe-in adjustment
4
CS98K517
Disconnect the track rod (4) at one end.
STEP 2
Turn the left hand hub (6) to maximum left-hand
steering angle.
STEP 3
Adjustment
1. Toe-in can be measured with the wheels still
mounted. If they are removed, straight edges can
be attached to each hub and in this case the toein must be measured at a similar radius to the
wheel rim. Measurements be taken while the
straight edges are horizontal and pointing
forwards.
2. Measure the distance between wheel rims in
front of the axle, mark position on wheel rim.
3. To average out any wheel distortion, turn the

wheels 180, until the marks made on wheel rim
are directly behind the axle. Again, measure the
distance between the front of the rims.
4. Toe-in should be 0 - 2 mm (0 - 0.08 inch).
5. Slacken the clamp at each end of the track rod
tube and rotate the tube to adjust the toe-in.
6. Tighten the clamp nuts to 70 Nm (52 lbf ft).

CS98K518
Place a long straight edge (3) against the axle input

flange or against the machine hardnose. Make sure
the straight edge is parallel with the axle centre-line.
STEP 4
Place a second straight edge (2) against the wheel
hub flange (1).
Cre 7-21890GB
Issued 10-99
Section
6000
Case
Cre 7-21420GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
6000

OF POWER TRAIN COMPONENTS
6000-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................2
SPECIAL TORQUES.................................................................................................................................................2
GEAR BOX REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ..........................................................................................................3
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................3
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................6
REAR AXLE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION (2 Wheel steer machines)...............................................................7
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................7
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................7
REAR AXLE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION (4 Wheel steer machines)...............................................................8
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................8
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................9
SPECIFICATIONS
Gear box
Make............................................................................................................................................................ TURNER
Type ..................................................................................................................................................... Compact plus
Gear box oil .......................................................................................................................API CD/SE Grade 10W30
Oil capacity
Total circuit ................................................................................................................................................ 19 litres
Filling capacity with or without filter change .............................................................................................. 15 litres
Rear Axle (2-Whell steer machines)
Type of oil ..........................................................................................................................API CD/SE Grade 20W30
Oil capacity ................................................................................................................................................. 22.5 litres
Rear Axle (4-Whell steer machines)
Make...............................................................................................................................................................Carraro
Type .................................................................................................................................................................... 2625
Type of oil ............................................................................................................................................ Hiload gear oil
Oil capacity ................................................................................................................................................. 12.5 litres
SPECIAL TORQUES
Mounting bolts for the gear box .................................................................................................................... 395 Nm
Bolts for mounting the gear box to the engine flywell housing...................................................................... 140 Nm
Bols for mounting the torque converter to the flywell...................................................................................... 41 Nm
Mounting bolts for the rear axle ......................................................................................................... 250 to 270 Nm
Bolts for the front drive shaft.................................................................................................................. 34 to 41 Nm
Bolts for rear drive shaft to the gearbox (2- Whell steer machines)....................................................... 61 to 81 Nm
Bolts for mounting the rear shaft to the gearbox (4-Whell steer machines)................................................... 105 Nm
Bolts for mounting the rear drive shaft to the rear axle (4-Whell steer machines)........................................... 48 Nm
Cre 7-21420GB
Issued 06-99
6000-3
GEAR BOX REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Removal
STEP 8
11
STEP 1
7
STEP 2
Position 150 mm blocks under each stabilizer foot and
fully lower stabilizers. There must be at least 915 mm
clearance between the ground and the lower rail of
the backframe. Fit struts to the stabilizers to prevent
leak down or block the backframe.
10
5
6
STEP 3
Fit the bucket tooth guard, then raise the loader and
fit the safety struts. Dump the bucket. Stop the engine
and release pressure from the hydraulic system.
STEP 4
Disconnect the cables of the battery.
NOTE : Disconnect always the negative (-) cable in
the terminal position.
CI98G501
Remove the screws (11) and holder (7) from the shift
lever gaiter (10) and slide the gaiter up the lever (4).
Disconnect the clutch switch wiring connection (6)
and remove the spring (9) from the shift lever (4).
Remove the bolt (5) and the nut (8) from the shift
lever (4) and remove the lever from the transmission.
STEP 9
STEP 5
12
13
Remove one rear wheel.
STEP 6
1
789M426A
Remove the front floor mat (1) and the four bolts (3)
from the centre floor plate (2). Remove the plate (2).
Disconnect the transmission oil cooler pipes (12) and

(13).
Release the oil cooler pipe support on the left hand
side of the bell housing and tie back the pipe.
STEP 7
STEP 10
Disconnect the wiring harness from the solenoid

valves and temperature sender.
Disconnect the transmission oil filler pipe coupling,

and the solenoid valve and oil temperature sensor
connections.
789M424A
Cre 7-21420GB
Issued 06-99
6000-4
STEP 11
STEP 14
Drain the transmission oil (see Operators Manual).
STEP 12
18, 19
14
789M427A
Disconnect the transmission oil dipstick coupling

(14).
STEP 13
15
20
789M429A
Remove the eight flywheel to torque converter bolts

(18) and the washers (19) from the torque convertor
flexible plate assembly (20) through the inspection
hole (17).
STEP 15
Remove the oil filter canister (see Operators
Manual). Remove the two bolts from the filter head
and remove the filter head.
STEP 16
Install the transmission drain plug.
17
16
789M428A
Remove the four bolts (16) and the inspection plate

(17) from the bottom of the bell housing (15).
Cre 7-21420GB
Issued 06-99
6000-5
STEP 17
STEP 19
Put a trolley jack under the transmission and raise the
jack to support the transmission. DO NOT lift the
transmission.
25
28
STEP 20
27
26
24
36
32 31 30
29
35
789M431A
Remove the four bolts (31) and the two bearings caps
(30) from the front propshaft coupling (32). Lower the
propshaft and make sure the needle roller bearing
cups (29) are taped to the joint.
Remove the eight bolts (27) and the nuts (28) from
the rear drive axle flange (25) and the four bolts (26)
and the two bearing caps (24) on the rear driveshaft
coupling. Remove the propshaft. Make sure the needle roller bearing cups (29) on the front coupling are
taped to the joint.
NOTE : Only step 18 on 4 wheel steer machines.
STEP 18
33
34
789M432A
Remove the centre bolts (36), the nuts (34) and the
washers (33) and (35) from each transmission
mounting.
STEP 21
21
Put a trolley jack under the engine sump. raise the

jack and support the engine with blocks. DO NOT lift
the engine.
STEP 22
22
Remove the trolley jack from under the engine and

put it in position under the transmission.
23
789M430A
Disconnect the parking brake cable (21) at the lever

(23) and the bracket (22).
Cre 7-21420GB
Issued 06-99
6000-6
STEP 23
3.
When assembling the engine and transmission,

make sure that the torque converter drive spigots
are in mesh with the spigots on the transmission
oil pump. To check, rotate the torque converter
whilst bolting the gearbox to the bell housing.
37
39
38
4.
Install the bolts (37) and the nuts (38) in the bell
housing (39) in the positions noted during the
removal procedure. Tighten the bolts (37) and
the nuts (38) by hand. do not torque tighten until
the transmission is installed in its mountings.
5.
Torque tighten the bell housing bolts (37) and

nuts (38) to 140 Nm.
Torque tighten the transmission mounting centre
bolts (36) and nut (34) to 395 Nm.
6.
Before installation, fit a new gasket on the oil

filter head.
7.
Before installation lubricate the seal face and the

new filter canister with clean transmission oil.
8.
Install the new filter. Turn the filter until the seal
is in contact with the filter head and tighten the
filter a further half turn by hand.
9.
Torque tighten the bolts (18) to 41 Nm (30 lbf ft).
789M433A
Note the positions of the bolts (37) and the nuts (38).
Remove the bolts (37) and the nuts (38) from the bell
housing (39).
STEP 24
Raise the transmission on the trolley jack and pull the
transmission to the rear to disengage the torque
converter spigot from the flywheel.
WARNING : Make sure that the transmission

does not slip on the jack when moving. This
may cause damage to the torque converter
and flywheel.
STEP 25
Lower the transmission and remove from the chassis.
Installation
Install the gear box in the reverse order of the
WARNING : If you are unable to rotate the

torque converter, you must stop tightening the
gearbox to the bell housing or you will
damage the oil pump drive. Remove the gearbox and re-align the torque converter drive
spigot with the spigots of the transmission oil
pump.
10. Install the eight bolts and nuts (1 and 3) in

coupling flange (2). Torque tighten the bolts (27)
and the nuts (28) to 48 Nm.
11. Connect the cables of the battery.
NOTE : Connect always the positive (+) cable in the
first position.
12. After installation, fill the transmission with oil (see
Operators Manual).
13. After transmission oil replenishment, start the
engine and check all transmission oil pipe
couplings for leaks.
14. For a few minutes drive the machine in first and
second gear, then stop the machine.
1.
Using a trolley jack move the transmission under

the chassis.
15. Raise the backhoe stabilizers and remove the

packing pieces.
2.
Make sure that the torque converter is fitted

correctly on the transmission input shaft.
16. Carry out a functional test of the transmission.
Cre 7-21420GB
17. Check for oil leaks and rectify any faults if found.
Issued 06-99
6000-7
REAR AXLE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION (2 Wheel steer machines)

Removal
STEP 1
STEP 2
Lift the machine with the stabilizer legs and support
the machine on suitable heavy duty stands under the
backframe.
STEP 3
Slacken the locknuts on each outer cable and

disconnect the inner cable ends of both handbrake
cables. Secure the handbrake cables clear of the rear
axle (9) with temporary ties.
Remove the socket head bolt (8) and P clip (6)
which support the metal brake pipes (7) on the brake
actuators. Remove the brake line from the slave cylinder.
STEP 7
Remove all four bolts and self-locking nuts which
secure the propshaft to the axle pinion flange.
Remove the rear wheels.
STEP 8
STEP 4
Clamp the flexible hose between the brake fluid
reservoir and the inlet pipe assembly. Disconnect the
flexible hose from the inlet pipe assembly. (See
section 7000).
Secure the propshaft with temporary ties to prevent

disengagement of the sliding joint.
STEP 9
Support the axle on a suitable trolley jack.
STEP 10
STEP 5
Remove the four bolts which retain the loader cable
support brackets each side of the axle centre
housing.
STEP 11
Make sure the trolley jack fully supports the weight of
the rear axle (9) and then carefully remove the two
outer bolts each side.
STEP 6
1
11
Remove the two inner bolts each side, which secure

the axle to the chassis.
STEP 12
Carefully lower the axle. Make sure no cables are

trapped and that the differential lock actuator does
not foul the chassis.
10
9
STEP 13
Remove the rear axle (9) sideways from the machine.
Installation
Install the rear axle in the reverse order of the

reversal but not the following :
7
789M453A
Lever the differential lock actuator (10) in.

Remove the split pin (11) and the clevis pin (1).
Disconnect the clevis (2) from the differential lock
actuator (10). Discard the split pin (11).
Release the locknuts (5) from the differential cable (3)
at the bracket (4).
Cre 7-21420GB
1.
During installation, make sure the differential lock

actuator does foul under the chassis when
raising the rear axle (9).
2.
During installation, make sure the bracket for the

loader control cables slide neatly each side of
the centre housing when raising the rear axle (9)
into position.
3.
Torque tighten the axle mounting bolts and nuts

to 250 to 270 Nm).
4.
Install a new split pin (11). After installation,

purge air from the brake system (see section
7000).
5.
After installation, adjust the brakes (see section

7000).
Issued 06-99
6000-8
REAR AXLE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION (4 Wheel steer machines)

Removal
STEP 5
STEP 1
STEP 2
Lift the machine with the stabilizer legs and support
the machine on suitable heavy duty stands under the
backframe.
STEP 3
Depressurize the hydraulic system (see section

8002)
5
STEP 4
7
6
789M455A
Remove the hydraulic hoses (3), (4) and (5). Disconnect the wiring harness (8) at the hydraulic oil pressure switch (2) and differentiel lock solenoid (7).
Disconnect the wiring harness (8) at the steering
potentiometer connection (1).
Cre 7-21420GB
Issued 06-99
6000-9
STEP 6
STEP 9
9
10
Lower the axle and remove from under the machine.
15
Installation
14
Install the rear axle in the reverse order of the

1.
Torque tighten the axle mounting bolts (18) and

nuts (22) to 250 to 270 Nm.
2.
Torque tighten the bolts (9) and the nuts (10) to

48 Nm.
3.
Torque tighten the bolts (12) to 105 Nm.
4.
After installation start the engine to pressurize

the hydraulic and the brake systems and do
steps 5 through 7.
5.
Stop the engine and check the hydraulic oil level

and brake system levels.
STEP 7
6.
Put a trolley jack under the centre of the axle. Raise

the jack to support the axle. DO NOT lift the machine.
Purge air from the brake system (see section

7000).
7.
Lower the backhoe stabilizer legs and remove

the stands.
STEP 8
8.
Lower the machine and carry out a functional

test of all hydraulic, driving, steering and brake
functions.
11
12
13
CI98J501
Remove the eight bolts (9) and the nuts (10) from the
propshaft flange (11), remove the four bolts (12) and
washers (13) from the coupling half (14) and remove
the propshaft (15) from the machine.
18
19
20
21
25
24
19
22
23
789M457A
Disconnect the hoses (20) and (21) at the steering

cylinder (24).
Remove the eight locknuts (23), the nuts (22) and the
washers (19) from the axle bolts (18). Remove the
axle bolts (18) and washers (19).
Cre 7-21420GB
Issued 06-99
6002
Section
6002
TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONS,
PRESSURE CHECKS
AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Case
Cre 7-21430GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
6002-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................2
SPECIAL TOOLS ......................................................................................................................................................2
LOCATION OF TEST POINTS ON THE TRANSMISSION.......................................................................................3
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC........................................................................................................................................4
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES ....................................................................................................................5
Transmission fails to drive in forward or reverse...................................................................................................5
Transmission drives in one direction only .............................................................................................................6
Loss of power or slow take-up drive......................................................................................................................6
Transmission overheating .....................................................................................................................................7
High stall speed.....................................................................................................................................................8
Low stall speed .....................................................................................................................................................8
Machine hesitates when changing between forward and reverse ........................................................................9
Four whell drive does not work .............................................................................................................................9
OIL PUMP PRESSURE TEST ................................................................................................................................10
REVERSE CLUTCH PRESSURE TEST.................................................................................................................10
FORWARD CLUTCH PRESSURE TEST ...............................................................................................................11
TORQUE CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE PRESSURE TEST ................................................................................11
LUBRIFICATION CIRCUIT PRESSURE TEST.......................................................................................................12
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE CLUTCH PRESSURE TEST ..............................................................................................12
SPECIFICATIONS
Engine at 2000 rpm
Test point
Oil pump outlet pressure .............................................................
14 to 15 bar
M5
Reverse clutch pressure ..............................................................
13.5 to 14.5 bar
M2
Forward clutch pressure ..............................................................
13.5 to 14.5 bar
M1
Torque converter relief valve pressure.........................................
6.5 to 7.5 bar
M3
Lubrification pressure ..................................................................
1.5 to 3 bar
M4
Four whell drive clutch pressure..................................................
14 to 15 bar
M6
Normal Transmission oil operating oil................................................................................................................80C
SPECIAL TOOLS
Hydraulic test kit
9/16 UNF adaptor
Cre 7-21430GB
Issued 06-99
6002-3
LOCATION OF TEST POINTS ON THE TRANSMISSION

M4
M3
M1
M2
M5
CI98G502
M6
CK98G001
M1 Forward clutch test point
M4 Lubrication pressure test point
M2 Reverse clutch test point
M5 Oil pump test point
M3 Torque converter test point
M6 Four wheel drive test point
Cre 7-21430GB
Issued 06-99
6002-4
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC
MM1
M1
P
10
1
29
M2
P
10
4
3
9
18
11
11
18
12
19
12
19
178
M
M
13
20
16
20
67
5
5
15
19
M6
P
M3
P
M5
P
18
14
3
10
6
7
14
11
2
15
8
13
4
12
1
9
17
16
M4
P
789M419A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Forward clutch piston

Forward modulation valve
Reverse modulation valve
Reverse clutch piston
Clutch pressure regulating valve
Torque converter safety valve
Torque converter
Oil cooler
Sump
Pressure filter
Oil pump
Suction strainer
Cold start relief valve
Cre 7-21430GB
14. Bypass valve

15. Four whell drive selector valve
16. Four wheel drive clutch piston
17. Forward and reverse selector valve
18. Modulation spring
19. Modulation piston
20. Modulation valve spool
T. Temperature sensor
M1. Forward clutch pressure test connection
M2. Reverse clutch pressure test connection
M3. Torque converter pressure test connection
M4. Lubrication pressure test connection
M5. Oil pump pressure test connection
M6. Four wheel drive pressure test connection
Issued 06-99
6002-5
Transmission fails to drive in forward or reverse
IIs the oil in the sump at the correct level ?
YES
Do the oil pump pressure test as detailed in this
section.
Is the oil pump serviceable ?
NO
Fill the sump with the oil specified in Section

1002.
NO
Replace or repair the oil pump as detailed in

Section 6007.
NO
Replace or repair the cold start relief valve

as detailed in Section 6007
NO
Replace or repair the clutch as detailed in

Section 6007.
YES
Is the cold start relief valve operating correctly ?
YES
Do the relevant clutch pressure test as detailed in
this section. Is the clutch serviceable ?
YES
Are the clutch shaft sealing rings serviceable ?
NO
Replace the clutch shaft sealing rings as

detailed in Section 6007.
YES
Do the torque converter relief valve test as
detailed in this section. Is the torque converter
relief valve serviceable ?
NO
Replace or repair the torque converter relief

valve as detailed in Section 6007.
NO
Replace or repair the torque converter or the

oil cooler as detailed in Section 6007.
NO
Replace or repair the transmission as

detailed in section 6007.
YES
Do the circuit pressure test as detailed in this section. Is the circuit pressure correct ?
YES
Is the transmission serviceable ?

YES
Troubleshooting procedure complete
Cre 7-21430GB
Issued 06-99
6002-6
Transmission drives in one direction only

Do the relevant clutch pressure test as detailed
in this section. Is the clutch serviceable ?
NO

Section 6007.
YES
Is the relevant clutch pack serviceable ?
NO

Section 6007.
NO
Replace or repair the piston/shaft seals as

detailed in Section 6007
NO
Replace or repair the transmission as

NO

1002.
YES
Are the piston/shaft seals serviceable ?
YES
Is the transmission serviceable ?
YES
Loss of power or slow take-up drive

Is the oil in the sump at the correct level ?
YES
Gap wheels rotate freely ?
Raise the rear wheels and check for binding.

NO
YES
Is the engine performance satisfactory ?
NO
Replace or repair the engine as detailed in

the engine service manual.
YES
Do the torque converter relief valve pressure test
as detailed in this section. Is the torque converter
relief valve serviceable ?
NO

NO
Repair or replace the clutch as detailed in

Section 6007
YES
Do the relevant clutch pressure test as detailed
in this section. Is the clutch serviceable ?
YES
Are both clutches operating correctly ?
YES
NO
Repair or replace the clutch as detailed in

Section 6007

Cre 7-21430GB
Issued 06-99
6002-7
Transmission overheating
NO

1002 or remove excess oil from the sump.
YES
Is the oil cooler operating correctly ?
NO
Remove and flush the oil cooler.
YES
section. Is the oil pump serviceable ?
NO

Section 6007.
NO

NO
Replace or repair the torque converter as

YES
Do the torque converter relief valve pressure test
as detailed in this section. I s the torque converter relief valve serviceable ?
YES
Do the circuit pressure test as detailed in this
section I. Is the circuit pressure correct ?
YES
Train the operator.
Is the machine being operated correctly ?

NO
YES
Cre 7-21430GB
Issued 06-99
6002-8
High stall speed

YES
Is the system free from air ?
NO

1002 .
Replace the line seals.

NO
YES
Are the forward and reverse clutches serviceable ?
NO

Section 6007.
NO
Replace or repair the torque converter as

NO
Replace or repair the engine as detailed in

the engine Service Manual.
NO
Replace or repair the torque converter clutch

as detailed in Section 6007.
YES
Is the torque converter serviceable ?
YES
Low stall speed

Is the engine performance satisfactory.
YES
Is the torque converter clutch serviceable ?
YES
Cre 7-21430GB
Issued 06-99
6002-9
Machine hesitates when changing between forward and reverse

YES
section. Is the oil pump serviceable ?
NO
NO

1002 .

Section 6007.
YES
Do the forward and reverse clutch pressure tests
as detailed in this section. Are the clutches serviceable ?
NO
Replace or repair the clutches as detailed in

Section 6007.
YES
Four wheel drive does not work

Are the universal joints and the drive shaft serviceable ?
NO
Replace or repair the universal joint or drive

shaft as detailed in Section 5006 or 6000.
YES
Check the fuse and the connections.
Is there a power supply at the four wheel drive
selector valve solenoid ?
NO
YES
Is the four wheel drive selector valve solenoid
operating correctly ?
NO
Replace or repair the four wheel drive selector valve solenoid as detailed in Section
4001.
YES
Do the four wheel drive clutch pressure test as
detailed in this section. Is the four wheel drive
clutch serviceable ?
NO
Replace or repair the four wheel drive clutch

as detailed in Section 6007.
YES
Cre 7-21430GB
Issued 06-99
6002-10
OIL PUMP PRESSURE TEST

Special tools
Pressure gauge 0 to 50 bar with adaptor.
Test procedure
1.
2.
Work the machine until the transmission reaches

its working temperature of 80C.
3.
Stop the engine and set the parking brake to on.
4.
Remove the test point M5 plug and connect the

pressure gauge to the test point.
5.
Start the engine and set the engine speed at

2200 rpm. The pressure gauge reading must be
14 to 15 bar.
6.
M5
CI98G502
M5. Oil pump pressure test connection
Stop the engine, remove the pressure gauge and

adaptor and install plug.
REVERSE CLUTCH PRESSURE TEST

Special tool :
test procedure
1.
2.
Works the machine until the transmission

reaches its working temperature of 80C.
3.
4.

5.
6.
Start the engine, select reverse travel direction

and set the engine speed at 2200 rpm. The
pressure gauge reading must be 13.5 to 14.5
bar.
M2
CI98G502
M2. Reverse clutch test point
Stop the engine, remove the pressure gauge

and adaptor and install plug.
Cre 7-21430GB
Issued 06-99
6002-11
FORWARD CLUTCH PRESSURE TEST

Special tools
Test procedure
1.
2.

its working temperature at 80C.
3.
4.

5.
Start the engine, select forward travel direction

and set the engine speed at 2200 rpm. The
pressure gauge reading must be 13.5 to 14.5
bar.
6.
M1
CI98G502
M1. Forward clutch test point

TORQUE CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE PRESSURE TEST

Special tools
Test procedure
1.
2.
Work the machine until the transmission

3.
4.
Remove the test point M3 plug and connect to

the pressure gauge to the test point.
5.

6.5 to 7.5 bar.
6.
M3
CI98G502
M3. Torque converter test point

Cre 7-21430GB
Issued 06-99
6002-12
LUBRIFICATION CIRCUIT PRESSURE TEST

Special tools
M4
Test procedure
1.
2.

its working temperature of 80C.
3.
4.

5.

1.5 to 3 bar.
6.
CI98G502
M4. Lubrification pressure test point.

FOUR WHEEL DRIVE CLUTCH PRESSURE TEST

Special tools
Test procedure
1.
2.
Work the machine until the transmission

3.
4.

5.

14 to 15 bar.
6.
M6
CK98G001
M6. Four wheel drive test point.

Cre 7-21430GB
Issued 06-99
Section
6003
6003
WHEELS AND TYRES
Case
Cre 7-21440GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
6003-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TORQUES.................................................................................................................................................3
SPECIAL TOOLS ......................................................................................................................................................3
TYRE PRESSURE ....................................................................................................................................................4
Model 750 .............................................................................................................................................................4
Model 760 .............................................................................................................................................................5
Model 860 .............................................................................................................................................................5
Models 960 and 965..............................................................................................................................................6
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS..........................................................................................................................................7
PREPARATION.........................................................................................................................................................8
Wheel Nuts............................................................................................................................................................8
INNER TUBE.............................................................................................................................................................9
Special tools..........................................................................................................................................................9
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................9
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................10
TYRE .......................................................................................................................................................................11
Special tools........................................................................................................................................................11
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................11
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................11
Cre 7-21440GB
Issued 06-99
6003-3
SPECIAL TORQUES
Front wheel mounting nut tightness (Models 750, 760 and 860).................................................................... 300 Nm
Rear wheel mounting nut tightness (Models 750, 760 and 860) .................................................................... 300 Nm
Front wheel mounting nut tightness (Models 960 and 965)............................................................................ 300 Nm
Rear wheel mounting nut tightness (Models 960 and 965) ............................................................................ 300 Nm
SPECIAL TOOLS
Bead unseating tool
Mallet (for unseating beads)
Tyre lever 1000 mm, long (x2)
Tyre lever 500 mm, long (x2)
Wire brush
Approved tyre mounting lubricant
Remote control inflation line with clip-on-chuck
Air/water inflation gauge
Cre 7-21440GB
Issued 06-99
6003-4
TYRE PRESSURE
Model 750
Dimensions and tyres
Inflation pressure
Front
W8Lx16, 9x16 10P F2
4.9 bar
71 psi
Rear
W15x28, 16.9x28 10P R4 SGI
2.5 bar
36 psi
Front
9x18, 10.5/80x18 10P SGL
5.1 bar
74 psi
Rear
DW15L30, 16.9x30 10P R4
2.2 bar
32 psi
Front
W8Lx16, 9x16 10P F2
4.9 bar
71 psi
Rear
DW16x26, 18.4 12P GRIPSTER
1.8 bar
26 psi
Front
9x18, 10.5/80x18 10P SGL
5.1 bar
74 psi
Rear
W15x28, 16.9x28 10P R4 SGI
2.5 bar
36 psi
Front
W8Lx16, 11Lx16 12P
4.4 bar
64 psi
Rear
W15x28, 16.9x28 10P R4 SGI
2.5 bar
36 psi
Front
W8Lx16, 11Lx16 12P
4.4 bar
64 psi
Rear
W15Lx24, 19.5L IT525 R4
1.9 bar
28 psi
Front
W8Lx16, 11Lx16 12P
4.4 bar
64 psi
Rear
W15Lx24, 16.9x24 10P R4
3.0 bar
44 psi
Front
9x18, 10.5/80 10P 13 GDYR
5.1 bar
74 psi
Rear
W15Lx24, 19.5L IT525 R4
1.9 bar
28 psi
Front
18x11, 12.5x18 10P R4 FSTNE
3.0 bar
44 psi
Rear
W15x28, 16.9x28 10P R4 SGI
2.5 bar
36 psi
Front
18x11, 12.5x18 10P R4 FSTNE
3.0 bar
44 psi
Rear
DW15L30, 16.9x30 10P R4
2.2 bar
32 psi
Front
18x11, 12.5x18 10P R4 FSTNE
3.0 bar
44 psi
Rear
DW15L30, 16.9x30 14P R4
2.8 bar
41 psi
Front
18x11, 12.5/80x18 10P SGI
3.3 bar
45 psi
Rear
1.8 bar
26 psi
Cre 7-21440GB
Issued 06-99
6003-5
Model 760
Inflation pressure
Front
12.5/80x18 10P LUG
4.4 bar
64 psi
Rear
W15Lx24, 19.5L IT525 R4
1.9 bar
28 psi
Front
18x11,12.5x18 10P R4 FSTNE
3.0 bar
44 psi
Rear
W15x28, 16.9x28 10P R4 SGI
2.5 bar
36 psi
Front
18x11,12.5x18 10P R4 FSTNE
3.0 bar
44 psi
Rear
DW15x30, 16.9x30 10P R4
2.2 bar
32 psi
Front
18x11,12.5x18 10P R4 FSTNE
3.0 bar
44 psi
Rear
DW15 15L30, 16.9x30 14P R4
2.8 bar
41 psi
Front
18x11,12.5x18 10P R4 SGI
3.1 bar
45 psi
Rear
1.8 bar
26 psi
Model 860
Inflation pressure
Front
12.5/80x18 10P LUG
2.5 bar
36 psi
Rear
DW15x30, 16.9x30 10P R4
2.2 bar
32 psi
Front
13x20, 16/70x20 10P SGL
2.5 bar
36 psi
Rear
DW15 15L30, 16.9x30 14P R4
2.8 bar
41 psi
Front
13x20, 16/70x20 10P SGL
2.5 bar
36 psi
Rear
1.8 bar
26 psi
Front
12.5/80x18 10P LUG
4.4 bar
64 psi
Rear
W15Lx24, 19.5L IT525 R4
1.9 bar
28 psi
Cre 7-21440GB
Issued 06-99
6003-6
Models 960 and 965

Inflation pressure
Front
W15Lx24, 16.9x24 12P R4 SG
1.8 bar
26 psi
Rear
W15Lx24, 16.9x24 12P R4 SG
2.6 bar
36 psi
Front
W15Lx24, 17.5L R24 IT500
3.0 bar
44 psi
Rear
W15Lx24, 17.5L R24 IT500
3.0 bar
44 psi
Front
W15Lx24, 16.9 145P NOKIA
1.8 bar
26 psi
Rear
W15Lx24, 16.9 145P NOKIA
2.6 bar
36 psi
Front
W15Lx24, 16.9RxM27
2.5 bar
36 psi
Rear
W15Lx24, 16.9RxM27
2.5 bar
36 psi
Front
W15Lx24, 17.5LRxM27
2.5 bar
36 psi
Rear
W15Lx24, 17.5LRxM27
2.5 bar
36 psi
Cre 7-21440GB
Issued 06-99
6003-7
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
NEVER re-inflate a tyre that has been run flat or seriously underinflated without removing and checking
for tyre, tube or rim damage.
ALWAYS use specialized tools as recommended by
tyre suppliers for mounting and demounting of tyres.
ALWAYS inspect inside of tyre for loose cords, cuts,
penetrating objects, or other carcass damage.
Repairable damage should be repaired before installing tube. Tyres with irreparable damage should be
discarded.
ALWAYS inspect inside of tyre for loose cords, cuts,
penetrating objects, or other carcass damage.
Repairable damage should be repaired before installing tube. Tyres with irreparable damage should be
discarded.
ALWAYS clean and inspect rim.
NEVER rework, weld, heat or braze rims.

ALWAYS check rim diameter to be sure it exactly
matches rim diameter moulded on tyre.
ALWAYS inspect the inside of tyre for dirt, liquids, or
foreign material and remove before installing the
tube.
Cre 7-21440GB
NEVER install tubes that have buckled or creased.

ALWAYS use new tubes in new tyres.
NEVER use a tube in a casing larger or smaller than
that for which the tube was designed by the manufacturer.
ALWAYS check to be sure tube is clean before
installing in the tyre.
ALWAYS lubricate with approved tyre mounting lubricant. Never use anti-freeze, silicones or petroleumbase lubricants.
NEVER hit tyre or rim with hammer.
ALWAYS use extension hose with a gauge and a
clip-on chuck so that operator may stand aside during inflation.
ALWAYS inspect valve cores and sealing cap for
proper air retention. Replace damaged or leaky
cores or caps.
ALWAYS inflate tyre to the tyre manufacturers recommended cold operating pressure.
Issued 06-99
6003-8
PREPARATION
Before mounting a tyre on a used rim, be sure the
flange area (particularly the bead seat area) is clean
and smooth. Remove any build-up of rust, corrosion
or old rubber with a chisel or wire brush. Never mount
a tyre on a rim where any parts show cracks,
damage, or have been repaired by welding or
brazing.
Thoroughly inspect inside of casing for damage or
foreign material. Make sure that both tyre and tube
are completely dry, as moisture deteriorates the cord
fabric of the tyre and may result in eventual failure of
the tyre.
Lubricate both beads with a thin solution of vegetable
oil soap in water, or equivalent rubber lubricant
recommended for this requirement (never use
petroleum-based solutions or silicones).
Cre 7-21440GB
Wheel Nuts
If a wheel is removed and replaced for puncture
repair or any other reason the wheel nuts must be
tightened to the torques given in the specifications
section of this manual and checked daily until
stabilized.
WARNING : Many machines use special

wheel nuts and washers, which must never be
substituted by a standard wheel nut. When
fitted, always use the special washers under
the rear wheel nuts. If either the nut or
washers are lost they must only be replaced
with genuine Aftercare parts.
Issued 06-99
6003-9
INNER TUBE
Special tools
- Bead unseating tool
- Mallet
- Tyre levers
Removal
11
1. Lay the wheel on the ground with the valve

uppermost.
2. Deflate tyre by removing the valve core.
3. Remove the valve retaining nut.
4. Drive the bead unseating tool (1) between the
tyre and the rim, taking care not to damage rim or
tyre.
5. After bead has been released from the rim, invert
the wheel and repeat step 4.
6. Lubricate the rim (2), tyre and base of the tube
with a solution of soap and water or an approved
lubricant.
22
7. Starting at the valve location, pry the tyre (3) off

the rim, taking small bites with tyre levers, and
ensuring that the bead on the opposite side is
fully located in rim well.
8. With the wheel in a vertical position, pull tyre
forwards and remove tube (4).
33
9. Examine the bead seating area of the rim.

Remove any build-up of rust, corrosion or old
rubber. Inspect inside tyre casing for debris or
damage.
44
789M523A
Cre 7-21440GB
Issued 06-99
6003-10
Installation
Install the inner tube in the reverse order from that of
55
1. Install the inner tube untill it is rounded out. Place

the tube in the tyre with the valve (5) located
through valve hole in the rim. Refit the valve
retaining nut, finger tight.
2. Install the tyre, starting opposite the valve
location taking small bites with long tyre levers
(6) and keeping the fixed part of the bead fully
located in the well.
NOTE : A solution of soap and water, or similar
rubber lubricant, brushed on to the rim and bead will
help fitment.
66
WARNING : Care must be taken not to pinch

the tube when fitting.
3. Centre the tyre on the rim and inflate (see

page 3).
WARNING : Never stand over the assembly

when inflating, remote control inflation
equipment should be used.
77
4. Remove the valve core and completely deflate

the tyre.
5. Refit the valve core and inflate to recommended
pressure.
WARNING : If beads fail to seat at the

recommended pressure the tube may be
pinched, do not increase the pressure but
remove the valve core and release tyre from
rim. Lubricate tyre, bead and rim then reinflate at the recommended pressure. Repeat
process until both beads are properly seated.
When seating beads, inflation beyond the
recommended pressure may break the bead
or rim with explosive force, sufficient to cause
serious physical injury or death. Inspect both
sides of tyre to ensure both beads are evenly
seated, if not then completely deflate tyre and
repeat the complete remounting procedure.
Cre 7-21440GB
789M524A
Issued 06-99
6003-11
TYRE
Special tools
- Bead unseating tool
- Mallet
- Tyre levers
1
1
Removal
1. Remove inner tube as stated in operation (see
page 6).
2. With the wheel in a vertical position pry off the
tyre taking small bites with the tyre levers (1). The
use of rubber lubricant will help removal.
Installation
Install the tyre in the reverse order from that of
3. Place the rim on the ground, lubricate the bead
and rim and place the tyre on rim (2).
22
4. Refit tyre to rim, using long tyre levers (3).

5. Refit inner tube (see page 7).
3
3
789M525A
Cre 7-21440GB
Issued 06-99
Section
REAR AXLE 2 - WHEEL STEER

Series 750 - 760 - 860
Case
Cre 7-21450GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
6004
6004
6004-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS .................................................................................................................................................... 3
SPECIAL TORQUES................................................................................................................................................ 3
Pre-load of taper roller bearings........................................................................................................................... 3
Clearances ........................................................................................................................................................... 3
SPECIAL TOOLS ..................................................................................................................................................... 4
SPECIAL SEALANTS............................................................................................................................................... 5
FINAL DRIVE HUB................................................................................................................................................... 6
Removal ............................................................................................................................................................... 6
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................ 6
Disassembling ...................................................................................................................................................... 6
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................. 8
Assembling........................................................................................................................................................... 9
TRUMPET HOUSING............................................................................................................................................. 11
Removal ............................................................................................................................................................. 11
Installation .......................................................................................................................................................... 11
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK ........................................................................................................................................... 12
Removal ............................................................................................................................................................. 12
Inspection........................................................................................................................................................... 13
Installation .......................................................................................................................................................... 13
DIFFERENTIAL UNIT............................................................................................................................................. 14
Disassembly ....................................................................................................................................................... 14
Inspection........................................................................................................................................................... 15
Assembly............................................................................................................................................................ 15
CROWNWHEEL AND PINION ............................................................................................................................... 16
Disassembly ....................................................................................................................................................... 16
Inspection........................................................................................................................................................... 17
Assembly............................................................................................................................................................ 17
SETTING THE DIFFERENTIAL BEARING PRE-LOAD......................................................................................... 21
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-3
SPECIFICATIONS
Cast iron beam with centre differential
Differential.......................................................................... Spiral Bevel Crownwheel and pinion with differential lock
Hubs ......................................................................................................... Planetary reduction type with disc brakes.
Gear lubricant ................................................................................................................................ 10 W 30 Universal
Capacities
Center bowl ............................................................................................................................................. 22.5 litres
SPECIAL TORQUES
Stud wheel nut................................................................................................................................... 70 Nm (52 lbf ft)
Hub-nuts/bolts ................................................................................................................................... 75 Nm (55 lbf ft)
Drain plugs-refill plugs (M22 x 1.5) .................................................................................................... 40 Nm (30 lbf ft)
Drain plugs-refill plugs (M30)............................................................................................................. 80 Nm (60 lbf ft)
Nuts/bolts-axle mounting ............................................................................................................... 230 Nm (170 lbf ft)
Bolts-crownwheel housing ............................................................................................................... 108 Nm (80 lbf ft)
Bolts-differential lock cap................................................................................................................. 108 Nm (80 lbf ft)
Bolts-bevel crownwheel to case, fit with Loctite 270...................................................................... 160 Nm (120 lbf ft)
Bolts-pinion shaft, fit with Loctite 515 ............................................................................................ 203 Nm (120 lbf ft)
Nuts-differential bearing clamp bar.................................................................................................... 27 Nm (20 lbf ft)
Nuts/bolts - transport housing.......................................................................................................... 130 Nm (96 lbf ft)
Nuts-wheel disc to hub .................................................................................................................. 300 Nm (220 lbf ft)
Pre-load of taper roller bearings

Bevel pinion rolling torques are measured by means of a spring balance and cord wound around the groove in the
bevel pinion shaft.
Cord pull for the bevel pinion bearings 92 to 110 Newtons (21 to 25 lbf).
Clearances
Tooth clearance of bevel gear/pinion 0.18 to 0.24 mm (0.007 to 0.009 in).
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-4
SPECIAL TOOLS
CS98G501
MF 267A Final drive bearing pre-load gauge.
CS98G507
MF 245D-1 Straight edge.
CS98G503
FT 4062A Differential bearing pre-load gauge.
CS99F500
MS 1713.
CS98G505
MF 467 Seal protector.
Cre 7-21450GB
CS98G504
550 Universal handle.
Issued 06-99
6004-5
CS98G506
555 Universal puller.
CS98G509
- MF 265A Extractor.
- MF 267-1 Adaptor for tool.
- MF 535D-1.
- Hydraulic press.
- 3/8 in. UNF bolt.
CS98G508
555-2B RH differential bearing puller.
SPECIAL SEALANTS
Loctite grade 270
Loctite grade 515
Casco Metalock ML 15
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-6
FINAL DRIVE HUB

Installation
Removal
NOTE : Install the final drive hub in the reverse order

to that of the removal but note the following :
Remove the final drive hub as follows :
STEP 1
Remove the applicable rear wheel.
WARNING : Water ballasted wheels are

extremely heavy and should only be removed
using a crane or similar lifting device.
STEP 2
Remove the drain plug (5). Drain the oil from the final
drive hub and partially drain the rear axle centre
housing (see section 6000).
STEP 3
Scribe a double mark (12) across the ring gear (11)
and the trumpet housing (1) and a single mark (10)
across the ring gear (11) and the outer housing (9).
1.
Install new gaskets (3) and (4).
2.
Make sure that the scribe marks (10) and (12)

are correctly aligned to ensure the teeth of the
ring gear (11) are in full engagement, OTHERWISE SEVERE DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
3.
Torque tighten the nuts (7) and bolts (2) to 75

Nm (55 lbf ft).
4.
Clean the wheel stud threads (8).
5.
Lightly oil the wheel stud threads (8) and install

the applicable rear wheel. Progressively torque
tighten the wheel nuts to 300 Nm (220 lbf ft).
NOTE : It will be necessary to check the torque of the

wheel nuts daily until the torque figures hold.
6.
Check the rear axle oil level (see section 6002).
Disassembling
STEP 4
Remove the nuts (7), the spring washers (6) and the
bolts (2).
Disassemble a final drive hub as follows :
STEP 1
STEP 5
Remove the final drive hub.
Remove the outer housing (9) and the ring gear (11).
STEP 2
NOTE : Do not withdraw the axle shaft.
Remove and discard the roll pin (6) which anchors

the planetary pinion shaft (2).
STEP 6
STEP 3
Remove and discard the gaskets (3) and (4).
Install all the 3/8 in. UNF bolt (1) in the planetary
pinion shaft (2).
STEP 7
Clean the recesses in which the ring gear spigots
locate and ensure there is no burr or deformity which
could cause leakage.
10
10
12
12
11
11
STEP 4
Carefully remove the planetary pinion shaft (2).
NOTE : Try not to dislodge the needle roller bearings
(4) from the planetary pinion (3).
1
1
STEP 5
Remove the 3/8 in UNF bolt (1).
STEP 6
Remove the planetary pinion (3) and the two thrust
washers.
33
22
44
88
55
789M458A
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-7
STEP 7
STEP 14
Repeat Steps 2 through 6 on the other two planetary

pinions.
STEP 8
Remove the sun gear (5).
STEP 9
Using a suitable puller, remove the bearing cone from
the carrier (7).
CS98G510
Fit the collar of the special tool MS 1713 (8) through

the slot in the carrier (7) and assemble both parts of
the tool together. Remove the carrier (7) from the
wheel axle.
11
7
7
22
STEP 15
11
55
9
CS98G511
44
Remove the snap ring (9).

33
STEP 16
789M514A
STEP 10
10
Using a soft metal drift, drive the bronze bush into the
carrier (7).
STEP 11
Remove the bronze bush and the adaptor through the
slot in the converter (7).
STEP 12
Lay the dismounted rear wheel on the workshop floor,
with the convex side of wheel centre upwards.
STEP 13
Fit the final drive hub assembly to the wheel and
secure it with two wheel nuts.
Cre 7-21450GB
CS98G512
Press the wheel axle (10) out of the housing.
Issued 06-99
6004-8
STEP 17
Inspection
Lift out the bearing cone.
STEP 1
STEP 18
Clean all parts in cleaning solvent.
STEP 2
12
11
Discard all seals and O-rings.
STEP 3
Inspect the bearing cups and the rollers in the wheel
bearings for flat areas, pitting, scoring, and other
damage. Also check the inner race for damage. If you
find any of these defects, you must install a new
wheel bearing and bearing cup.
STEP 4
CS98G513
Remove and discard the outer seal (11).
Inspect the pinion shafts for wear and damage. Use

new parts as required.
STEP 5
STEP 19
Inspect the teeth on the pinion gears, the drive shaft,

and the ring gear for wear, pitting, scoring, and other
damage. Use new parts as required.
Remove the bearing cup (12).
STEP 20
STEP 6
Remove the axle shaft.
Inspect the needle bearings for the pinion gears for

flat areas, pitting, scoring, and other damage. If you
find any of these defects, also inspect the bores of
the pinion gears and use new parts as required.
STEP 21
13
CS98G514
Use two pry bars to remove the inner bearing cup

and shims (13).
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-9
Assembling
STEP 9
NOTE : Assemble a final drive hub in the reverse

order to that of the removal but note the following.
Ensure that the holes in the casting (7) and shaft (2)
are aligned.
STEP 1
STEP 10
Refit the bearing cup (12) and ensure it is fully

seated.
Install a new roll pin (6)
STEP 2
Smear a new outer seal (11) lightly with Hylomar,
then drive it into the housing. The metal face must be
on the outside and the 2 mm (0.080 in.) proud of the
housing. Fill the seal cavity with petroleum jelly.
11
11
2mm (.08in)
STEP 11
Use a hydraulic press to push the epicyclic hub onto
the wheel axle (10).
STEP 12
Bolt the ring gear to the outer housing with four bolts
from the epicyclic unit and four wheel nuts as
spacers. These bolts should be equally spaced
around the ring gear.
NOTE : Ensure that the ring gear is correctly fitted
i.e., with the teeth in full engagement.
12
12
789M516A
STEP 3
Carefully, insert the wheel axle (10) through the outer
seal (11).
STEP 4
789M517A
Drive the bearing cone fully onto the wheel axle, and
seat the rollers in the cup.
STEP 13
STEP 5
Place the bearing cup on the spigot in the centre of

the special tool MF 267A, but do not fit the shims.
Fit the snap ring (9) and ensure it seats fully in the
groove. Use a suitable puller to draw the outer
housing assembly firmly against the snap ring (9).
STEP 14
STEP 6
Place the epicyclic unit on the special tool MF 267A

and use two feeler gauges to measure the gap at
points A. Both measurements must be equal.
Press the bearing cone onto the spigot of the

epicyclic hub.
STEP 15
STEP 7
Select a shim or shims form the table shown, where
Assemble the planetary pinions and the sun gear in

the hub.
A=
The gap measurement with the feeler

gauges
STEP 8
B=
The shim thickness required
C=
The shim thickness available
D=
Shim part numbers
If the needle rollers (4) were dislodged, refit them

using petroleum jelly, not grease, there are 58 needle
rollers per planet gear (two rows of 29, plus spacer
washer).
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-10
STEP 16
Install the shims on the trumpet housing.
STEP 17
Install the inner bearing cup, and ensure it is fully
seated.
STEP 18
Install the axle shaft.
STEP 19
Remove the four bolts and spacers from the ring gear
and outer housing.
STEP 20
Use new cork gaskets and refit the ring gear and
outer housing.
A
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
0.025 - 0.13
0.001 to 0.005
0.76
0.030
0.13
0.005
894 757 MI
0.15 - 0.25
0.006 to 0.010
0.64
0.025
0.25
0.0001
894758 MI
0.28 - 0.38
0.011 to 0.015
0.51
0.020
0.38
0.015
894 759 MI
0.41 - 0.51
0.016 to 0.020
0.38
0.015
0.53 - 0.64
0.021 to 0.025
0.25
0.010
0.66 - 0.76
0.026 to 0.030
0.13
0.005
0.79 - 0.89
0.031 to 0.035
0.0
0.0
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-11
TRUMPET HOUSING
Removal
Installation
NOTE : This description is for trumpet housings

without a differential lock mechanism, but the
procedure is similar for either housing.
NOTE : Install the trumpet housing in the reverse

order to that of the removal but note the following :
Remove the trumpet housing as follows :
STEP 1
Remove the applicable rear wheel.
STEP 2
Only carry out Step 3 if you remove a right trumpet
housing.
STEP 3
Apply the differential lock.
STEP 4
STEP 1
Install a new O-ring seal (4) into the trumpet housing
(1) NOT on the carrier plate spigot. Smear some
petroleum jelly onto the O-ring seal (4) to hold it in
place.
STEP 2
Lock the screws (5) with a centre punch mark on the
perimeter of the heads.
STEP 3
Install the trumpet housing (1) and torque tighten the
nuts and the bolts (2) to 130 Nm (95 lbf ft).
Screw the brake adjusters in.

NOTE : This prevents the interior components from
accidental disassembly and possible damage.
66
11
STEP 5
Remove the 12 nuts and bolts (2), but note carefully
the position and orientation of the brackets.
STEP 6
22
Carefully pull the trumpet housing (1) away from the

centre housing.
WARNING : The trumpet housing (1) is very

heavy and must be properly supported to prevent damage to the differential or bearings.
STEP 7
Stand the trumpet housing (1) on the wheel studs (6),
on a block of wood, to prevent damage.
5
5
4
4
NOTE : A wheel laid flat on the ground with the

convex face of the wheel centre uppermost provides
an ideal jig to hold the trumpet housing for service.
Secure the trumpet housing to the wheel with 2 nuts.
STEP 8
Remove the two countersunk screws (5).
STEP 9
Lift the carrier plate (3) off the trumpet housing (1).
STEP 10
789M518A
Remove and discard the large O-ring seal (4).
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-12
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
Removal
STEP 5
Remove the differential lock as follows :
Remove the actuator complete (1) with the rubber

seal (2) and the locknut (3).
STEP 1
Remove the
assembly.
differential
lock
operating
lever
Drive out the pin (14) and remove the fork (13) and
the coupler (12).
STEP 2
Remove the right trumpet housing from the machine
(see page 9).
STEP 6
WARNING : The trumpet housing is very

heavy and must be properly supported to prevent damage to the differential unit or the bearings.
STEP 7
Remove the screws (10), the carrier plates (9) and
the O-ring seals (11). Discard the O-ring seals (11).
STEP 8
Remove the shaft (8) a complete with the spring (7),
the collar (6) the circlip (5) and the O-ring seal (4).
Discard the O-ring seal (4).
STEP 3
STEP 9
Stand the trumpet housing on the wheel studs on a

block of wood to prevent damage.
Use the puller MS 555 and MF 555-2B to remove the

differential bearing cone (15).
STEP 10
Remove the eight bolts (17).
11
88
22
10
10
99
STEP 11
Remove the differential lock cap (16).
33
44
55
6
6
7
7
11
11
11
11
14
14
13
13
WARNING : Do not dislodge the case or the

differential gears will fall out.
MS555
MS555-2A
99
12
12
15
15
16
16
17
17
11
11
789M463A
STEP 4
Lift the rubber seal (2) and release the locknut (3).
789M471A
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-13
Inspection
Inspect the differential lock as follows :
STEP 1
Examine the coupler (12) and the fork (13) for wear or
damage.
STEP 2
Examine the differential lock cap (16) and the shaft
(8) for wear or damage.
Installation
NOTE : Install the differential lock in the reverse order
to that of the disassembly but note the following :
STEP 1
Torque tighten the bolts (17) progressively and evenly
to 108 Nm (80 lbf ft).
STEP 2
Install a new 0-ring seal (4) on the shaft (8).
STEP 3
If a new shaft (8) is assembled, install a new collar (6)
and a new circlip (5).
STEP 4
Install new O-ring seals (11) on the carrier plates (9).
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-14
DIFFERENTIAL UNIT
Disassembly
Disassemble the differential unit as follows :
STEP 1
Remove the rear axle from the machine (see Section
6000).
11
WARNING : The trumpet housing is very

heavy and must be properly supported to prevent damage to the differential or bearings.
44
22 33
STEP 2
Remove the left trumpet housing (see page 9).
STEP 3
88
44
3
3
77
Stand the trumpet housing on the wheel studs, on a

block of wood, to prevent damage.
55
NOTE : A wheel laid flat on the ground with its convex

face upwards provides a good jig to hold the trumpet
housing for service. Secure the trumpet housing with
two nuts on the wheel mounting studs.
22
66
WARNING : The differential unit is heavy and

awkward to handle. Take care when removing
and refitting it.
99
STEP 4
Manoeuvre the differential assembly out of the centre
housing.
STEP 5
Place the differential unit on a stand or in a vice.
STEP 6
Use the pullers MS 555 and MF 555-2B to remove
the bearing (1) from the right side of the differential
unit.
789M462
STEP 7
Mark the two halves of the differential case, to ensure
correct assembly.
STEP 8
Remove the eight bolts (6).
STEP 9
Remove the coupler cap (7) and the right half of the
STEP 10
Remove the cross and pinion assembly (5) complete
with the thrust washers (2).
STEP 11
Remove the side gears (3) and their thrust washers
(4).
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-15
Inspection
Inspect the differential unit as follows :
1.
Examine all of the differential components and

replace any that are worn or damaged.
NOTE : If any of the differential gears are worn, a full

set of four new gears must be fitted. If these are
required, the side gears should also be replaced.
Assembly
NOTE : Assemble the differential unit in the reverse
order to that of the disassembly but note the
following :
STEP 1
Make sure the alignment markings on the differential
case are correct.
STEP 2
Torque tighten bolts (6) to 108 Nm (80 lbf ft).
STEP 3
Make sure the differential unit engages with the
splines on the axle shaft.
STEP 4
If the differential bearings or the case have been
replaced, the pre-load of the bearings must be
checked.
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-16
CROWNWHEEL AND PINION

Disassembly
STEP 9
3
Disassemble the crownwheel and pinion as follows :
STEP 1
4
5
Remove the axle from the machine (see Section

6000).
STEP 2
CS98G554
Remove the lip seal (6).
STEP 10
Remove the six bolts (5).
STEP 11
2
CS98G553
Remove the bolt (1) and the coupler (2).
STEP 3
Remove the differential unit (see page 12).
STEP 4
Place the differential unit on a bench with the teeth
facing downwards.
Screw two of the bolts (5) into the tapped holes in the
flange and proceed to jack the pinion assembly (4)
out of the centre housing (3).
STEP 12
Place the pinion (4) in a vice fitted with soft jaws, and
grip the ring-nut (8) across the flats under which the
pins are fitted.
STEP 5
Centre punch each of the rivet heads (10) in the
middle.
STEP 6
Use a 13 mm (0.5 in) drill, to drill out each of the rivet
heads (10) until they become detached from their
shanks.
STEP 7
Drive out the rivets (10).
STEP 8
Drive off the crownwheel.
NOTE : Crownwheels and pinions are supplied as
matched sets, therefore when fitting a new
crownwheel, the pinion must also be replaced.
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-17
STEP 17
STEP 13
Use a light duty press to remove the two taper roller

bearings (11).
STEP 18
Remove and discard the snap ring which secures the
pilot bearing (9) and the pinion.
STEP 19
Use a press to remove the pilot bearing (9).
Inspection
8
CS98G555
Use a cold chisel to cut 1/2 to 2/3 through the ring nut
(8) at points B and C.
STEP 14
Reposition the pinion (4) in the vice and chisel down
the splines into the cuts already made. A few heavy
blows will fracture the ring nut (8) and allow it to be
removed.
NOTE : Great care should be taken to avoid
damaging the thread of the pinion, if it is to be used
again.
STEP 15
Inspect the crownwheel and pinion as follows :

1.
Examine all components for signs of wear, scoring or pitting. Any faulty or worn parts must be
replaces.
NOTE : If the pinion is damaged, the crownwheel

must also be replaced as these are only supplied in
matched sets. The taper roller bearings are serviced
as a pair, assembled with the housing. New snap
rings should always be fitted.
Assembly
NOTE : Assemble the crownwheel and pinion in the
reverse order to that of the disassembling but note
the following :
STEP 1
STEP 16
Press the pilot bearing (9) onto the pinion.
STEP 2
Secure the pilot bearing (9) with a new snap ring.
STEP 3
Press the taper roller bearing (11) onto the pinion.
STEP 4
10
Locate the pinion in its housing (4) and fit the outer
bearing cone.
STEP 5
11
CS98G556
Remove the housing, complete with the front bearing

cone.
Fit the thrust washer (7) and a new ring nut (8), and
tighten by hand.
STEP 6
Hold the flange in a vice, fitted with soft jaws.
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-18
STEP 7
STEP 18
Fit the pre-load gauge, (special tool FT 4062A) to the

pinion and tighten the ring-nut (8) to give a pre-load
reading of 21-25 kgf cm (18-22 lbf in).
Ensure that the mating faces of the differential case

(16) and the new crownwheel (14) are perfectly flat.
NOTE : If a pre-load gauge is not available, wrap

some string around the pinion shaft and attach the
end to a spring balance. A pull of 10-11 kg (21-25 lbf)
should be necessary to keep the shaft rotating.
STEP 8
Remove the gauge, tap the pinion firmly, with a softfaced mallet, to centralize the bearings, then check
the pre-load again.
STEP 9
Secure the ring-nut by driving a hardened pin (13)
down either side of one of the pinion splines directly
under one of the flats on the ring nut (8).
NOTE : The pins must be driven flush with the ring
nut.
STEP 19
Install the left hand differential case with the mating
face upwards, in the MF 10 bench stand, or a vice.
STEP 20
Thoroughly degrease the crownwheel (14),
differential case flange (16) the bolts (17) and the
nuts (15).
STEP 21
Collect together all items necessary for rapid
assembly. These items are : Torque wrench, 3/4 A/F
socket Loctite 270.
STEP 22
Open the epoxy resin kit 1852 913 M91. It contains :
STEP 10
- One jar containing 10 ml of resin. (This jar is

also used as a mixing vessel).
Freely lubricate the pinion assembly with clean oil, of

the correct grade.
- One jar containing 5 ml of hardener.

- One glass stirring rod.
STEP 11
- One brush.
Fit a new oil seal in the pinion housing.
STEP 12
Install a new O-ring under the flange of the pinion
housing.
WARNING : Avoid excessive, or repeated

skin contact. Observe the directions on the
container.
STEP 13
STEP 23
Ensure the locating pin is aligned, before the housing

is pressed into place.
Pour the hardener into the resin jar and mix

thouroughly using the glass rod.
STEP 14
STEP 24
Tighten the six bolts (5) to 108 Nm (80 lbf ft).
Apply an even coating of adhesive to both mating

surfaces.
STEP 15
When the thrust washer (7) shows signs of wear it
must be renewed.
STEP 16
Install a new circlip.
STEP 17
STEP 25
Press the differential case (16) on to the crownwheel
(14).
NOTE : These two components are an interference fit
and must, therefore, have their bolt holes aligned
accurately before being fitted together.
Apply Loctite 515 to the end face of the pinion shaft,

then fit the coupler (2) and torque tighten the bolt (1)
to 203 Nm (150 lbf ft).
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-19
STEP 26
13
13
Install the twelve bolts (17) with their heads adjacent

to the crownwheel teeth.
STEP 27
Apply two drops of Loctite 270 to the first thread of
each bolt.
STEP 28
Fit the nuts (15) and tighten them progressively and
evenly to 160 Nm (120 lbf ft).
17
17
14
14
9
9
16
16
15
15
11
11
789M521A
44
FT4062A
789M520A
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-20
STEP 29
Refit the differential components (see page 14).
NOTE : Steps 23 through 28 must be completed
within 30 minutes of mixing the resin and hardener.
STEP 30
Cure the resin bonding by subjecting the differential
assembly to uniform heating as follows :
120C (248) for at least 1 hour.
or 40 C (105F) for at least 12 hours, or 30 C
(86 F) for at least 16 hours, or 20C (68F) for a least
24 hours).
WARNING : Do not exceed 120C (248 F).
STEP 31
Press the bearing cone onto the right side of the
differential.
STEP 32
Press in the left differential bearing cup.
STEP 33
Before installing the trumpet housings, set the
differential bearing pre-load.
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-21
SETTING THE DIFFERENTIAL BEARING PRE-LOAD

NOTE : This check must be carried out whenever the
differential unit is stripped or if the bearings have
been replace.
Set the pre-load as follows :
STEP 1
All pre-load checks are made on the right side
(differential lock side).
STEP 8
Tighten the clamp bar nut (1) to 27 Nm (20 lbf ft)
whilst using a lever to turn the differential unit. This
will ensure correct seating and location of the
bearings.
STEP 9
STEP 2
Assemble the left-hand side, complete with the carrier
plate.
STEP 3
The right carrier plate must not have the bearing cup
or the chip shield fitted.
STEP 4
CS98G551
Place the straight edge (special tool MFS35D-1) in

position and use feeler gauges to measure the gap
A.
STEP 10
2
3
4
CS98G550
Screw a setting gauge (special tool MF 245D) onto

two diametrically opposite studs. Remove one stud
from an adjacent location to fit the upper gauge.
STEP 5
Remove another stud from the centre housing and fit
it in the tapped hole as illustrated.
CS98G552
To determine the correct chip shield (5), use the

chart, where :
STEP 6
Place the bearing cup (4) on the bearing cone and fit
the centralizer.
STEP 7
A=
the gap measured with the feeler gauges
B=
the identity stamped on the chip shield
C=
the part number of each thickness of chip

shield.
Position the clamp bar (2) and secure it with the two
tube nuts (3).
Cre 7-21450GB
Issued 06-99
6004-22
STEP 11
Remove the special tools MF245D, and refit the studs
to the holes from which they were removed.
STEP 12
Place the new chip shield (5) in the carrier plate, with
the concave face towards the differential.
STEP 13
Refit the bearing cup (4) and ensure it is fully seated.
STEP 14
Refit the carrier plate and the trumpet housing (see
page 11).
A
mm
B
inch
0,45-0,53 0.019-0.021
0,61-0,66 0.024-0.026
0,74-0,79 0.029-0.031
0,86-0,91 0.034-0.036
0,99-1,04 0.039-0.041
1,22-1,17 0.044-0.046
1,25-1,30 0.049-0.051
1,37-1,42 0.054-0.056
Cre 7-21450GB
168 054 M1
521 401 M1
187 689 M1
892 173 M1
892 172 M1
892 171 M1
892 170 M1
191 124 M1
Issued 06-99
Section
6007
6007
GEAR BOX
Case
Cre 7-21460GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
6007-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................3
SPECIAL TORQUES.................................................................................................................................................3
SPECIAL TOOLS AND SEALANTS..........................................................................................................................4
Special tools..........................................................................................................................................................4
Sealants ................................................................................................................................................................5
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF THE GEAR BOX HOUSING ........................................................................6
Disassembly..........................................................................................................................................................6
Assembly...............................................................................................................................................................9
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF THE INPUT SHAFT ...................................................................................12
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................12
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................16
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF THE REVERSE IDLER SHAFT .................................................................17
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................17
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................17
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................18
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF THE MAIN SHAFT .....................................................................................19
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................19
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................19
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................20
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF THE OUTPUT SHAFT ...............................................................................21
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................21
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................22
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................23
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF THE 4-WHEEL DRIVE SHAFT ..................................................................24
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................24
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................25
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................27
OIL PUMP ...............................................................................................................................................................27
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-3
SPECIFICATIONS
Manufacturer..................................................................................................................................................... Turner
Type .......................................................................................................................................... PowerPower shuttle 2
Capacities
Total system ............................................................................................................................................... 19 litres
Refill capacity with or without filter change................................................................................................. 15 litres
Type of transmission oil ......................................................................................................API CD/SE Grade 10W30
Clutch construction, Forward /Reverse...................................................................................................6 steel plates
6 organic friction material plates
4 WD.......................................................................................................................................................9 steel plates
8 organic friction material plates
Organic material ............................................................................................................................. Raymark 57901-2
Clearance and settings
Shaft end float (all shafts) .........................................................................................................0.025 to 0.076 mm
Gear end floats imput shaft primary gears Forward and reverse ..................................................0.41 to 0.61 mm
Output shaft assembly (rear) 4 th gear..........................................................................................0.20 to 0.56 mm
3 rd gear ........................................................................................................................................0.38 to 0.84 mm
2 nd gear .......................................................................................................................................0.36 to 0.56 mm
1 st gear ........................................................................................................................................0.33 to 0.51 mm
4 wd output gear ...........................................................................................................................0.18 to 0.28 mm
SPECIAL TORQUES
Strainer bolts .................................................................................................................................................... 24 Nm
Pump mounting ................................................................................................................................................ 24 Nm
Output yoke bolts.............................................................................................................................................. 79 Nm
Pressure test plugs........................................................................................................................................... 47 Nm
Transmission Case bolts................................................................................................................................... 54 Nm
Shift detent plug................................................................................................................................................ 47 Nm
Shift fork screw ................................................................................................................................................. 22 Nm
Shift lever screw ............................................................................................................................................... 22 Nm
Drain plugs ....................................................................................................................................................... 45 Nm
Torque converter relief valve............................................................................................................................. 27 Nm
Pressure regulator valve................................................................................................................................... 53 Nm
Cold start valve................................................................................................................................................. 53 Nm
4 WD solenoid valve ......................................................................................................................................... 38 Nm
Direction control valve (replace plastic plugs after tightening)......................................................................... 7.7 Nm
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-4
SPECIAL TOOLS AND SEALANTS

Special tools
CS98G516
CS98G515
F5 4/1 # 1 Tube for the replacement of the

countershaft bearings, output shaft front/rear bearing
and 4 WD.
F5 4/1 # 2 Tube - for the replacement of the reverse

idler shaft bearings and input shaft bearings.
CS98G518
F5 4/1 # 4 Slave shift rail.

CS98G517
F5 4/1 # 3 Tube - for the replacement of the 1st gear,

bearing bush, on the output shaft.
CS98G520
KML 3003 Bearing puller, use with collets.

KM 3516 Collet - 4 WD shaft bearing.
CS98G519

KM 3509 collet input and reverse idler shaft bearings.
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-5
CS98G521
KML3003 Bearing puller, use with collets.

KM 3517 Collet - Output shaft front bearing.
CS98G522

KM 3518 Collet - Output shaft rear bearing and
countershaft rear bearing.
CS98G523
KM3520 Spring compressor - Forward and reverse

clutch.
CS98G525
KM 3521 Spring compressor - 4 WD clutch.
Sealants
Omnicote FD 10.
Loctite 5203.
Loctite 638 Spline Lock - 4 WD output gear.
CS98G524
KM 3510 Sizing ring - 4 WD clutch piston seal.
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-6
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF THE GEAR BOX HOUSING

Disassembly
NOTE : Only do step 2 on 4 whell steer machines

with transmission brake.
STEP 1
STEP 2
21
23
1
10
11
12
19
13
18
17
16
15
14
789M328A
Release the two bolts (18) and the washers (19) in

the brake cable bracket (17) and remove the bracket.
Release the two bolts (16) in the parking brake
calliper (15) and remove the calliper.
Release the four bolts (13) in the coupling half (14)
and remove the coupling.
Release the bolt (12) and the special washer (11)
from the brake disc (10) and remove the brake disc.
789M293A
Remove the torque converter from the transmission.

Stand the transmission on the bench or in a
transmission stand with the bell housing down.
Remove the three bolts (4) and withdraw the gearshift
stub shaft assembly (1).
Remove the four capscrews (2) and the solenoid
valve unit (3).
Remove the pressure regulator valve (8).
Remove the torque converter relief valve (9).
Remove the cold start valve by unscrewing the plug
(7) and removing the spring (6) and the ball (5).
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-7
NOTE : Only do step 3 on 2 wheel steer machines.
STEP 5
STEP 3
27
28
29
26
30
20
21
22
34
33
32
23
24
31
789M294A
Remove the 4WD shaft (26).

Tilt the countershaft (28) and lift out the input shaft
(29).
Remove the reverse idler shaft (30).
Remove the countershaft (28).
Remove the plug (32) and withdraw the detent spring
(33) and the ball (34).
Remove the screw from the 1st/2nd speed shift fork
(31).
Turn the shift rail (27) through 90 and remove it from
the transmission.
Use a magnetic probe to remove the interlock ball
from the same bore as detent plug (32).
25
789M327A
Remove the bolt (24), the washer (23) and the O-ring
seal (22), then pull the coupling (21) and spacer (20)
off the 4WD output shaft.
STEP 4
Remove all seventeen screws and use a suitable
hoist to lift off the rear case (25). Some bearing races
and their shims may fall from the rear case as it is
lifted. Make a careful note of their relative positions to
help assembly.
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-8
STEP 6
STEP 7
48,49
35
36
37
51
50
38
789M330A
Remove and discard the oil filter.

Lift the transmission and turn it to stand on the rear
end face. Remove the four screws (48) and the
copper washers (49). Remove the pump (51) and the
seal ring (50). Discard the seal ring (50).
42
41
STEP 8
47
46
45
39
40
44
43
52
789M329A
WARNING : Refit the plug in the detent bore

to prevent the ball and spring ejecting as the
3rd/4th shift rail is removed.
Remove the screw from the 3rd/4th speed shift fork

(37).
Turn the 3rd/4th speed shift rail (36) through 90 and
withdraw it from the housing.
Remove both of the shift forks.
Remove the plug (40), the second detent spring (42)
and the ball (41).
Remove the output shaft assembly (35).
If fitted, remove the 4th gear lockout switch assembly
(39).
Remove the two screws (43) and lift off the cover
(44), the O-ring seal (45), the spacer (46) and the
strainer (47).
Remove and discard the expansion plug (38).
Cre 7-21460GB
789M331A
Remove the 4WD shaft seal (52) from the front case.
Issued 06-99
6007-9
STEP 9
STEP 11
53
55
56
789M334A
If necessary remove the bearings (55) and the shim

packs (56) from the rear case.
789M332A
Remove the bearing outer races (53) from the front

housing, but make a careful note of their relative
positions for assembly.
STEP 10
Assembly
Assemble the transmission in the reverse order of the
disassembly but note the following :
1.
On 4-WD drive machines, install a new 4WD

shaft seal (52) in the front case.
2.
Install a new ring seal (50).
3.
4.
Invert the front case to install the bearing outer

races (53).
5.
Use a suitable drift to install the output shaft seal

(54).
6.
Before assembly clean the mating faces of the

front and rear cases.
54
789M333A
Remove the output shaft seal (54) from the rear case.
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-10
7.
9.
M12
BOLT
M12
BOLT
789M337A
789M335A
Remove the closure plug and screw an M12 bolt into

the end of the reverse idler shaft, put a dial indicator
on the shaft end as shown. Use a pry bar to lift the
shaft and note the end-float, which should be 0.025
to 0.076 mm.
On 4-WD machines, remove the closure plug and

screw an M12 bolt into the end of the 4WD output
shaft. Put a dial indicator on the shaft end as shown.
Use a pry bar to lift the shaft and note the end-float
which should be 0.025 to 0.076 mm. If the end-float is
incorrect remove the rear case and adjust the shim
panels (55) until the correct end-float is achieved.
10.
8.
M12
BOLT
FS 4/1
789M336A
789M512A
Remove the closure plug and screw an M12 bolt into

the end of the countershaft shaft. Put a dial indicator
on the shaft end as shown. Use a pry bar to lift the
shaft and note the end-float, which should be 0.025
to 0.076 mm.
Use a suitable tool to hold the inner detent spring and

the ball into the case and insert the special tool FS 4/
1#4 (slave shift rail) to hold them in place.
11. Torque tighten the shift fork bolt (37) to 22 Nm.
12. Carefully engage the 1st/2nd speed shift fork in
the grooves of the synchromesh.
13. Install the output shaft/shift rail assembly
carefully to engage the shift rail (27) in the bore
and smoothly displace the special tool FS 4/1 #4
(slave shift rail).
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-11
14.
16. Torque tighten the special bolt to the 1st/2nd

gear fork to 22 Nm. Check the interlock ball is
correctly positioned and functions properly.
17. Torque tighten the detent plug (32) to 47 Nm.
18. Install three new O-ring seals in the front case.
M12
BOLT
19. Before assembly coat the rear case mating face

with Omnicote on the transmission case. Install
all seventeen bolts and tighten to 54 Nm.
20. Install a new expansion plug (38).
21. Torque tighten the three shaft plugs in the rear
case to 47 Nm.
22. Torque tighten the bolts (12) and (24) to 79 Nm.
23. Torque tighten the bolts (13) to 105 Nm.
24. Torque tighten the bolts (16) to 105 Nm.
25. Torque tighten the plug (7) to 54 Nm.
789M338A
After installation of the rear case, screw an M12 bolt

into the end of the output shaft and position a dial
gauge on the end of the shaft, as shown. Use a
suitable pry bar under the head of the bolt to raise the
shaft and measure the end float, which should be
0.025 to 0.076 mm.
15.
26. Torque tighten the torque converter relief valve

(9) to 27 Nm.
27. Torque tighten the pressure regulator valve (8) to
53 Nm.
28. Install new O-ring seals in the control valve (3),
then attach the valve to the transmission with
four capscrews.
29. Torque tighten the capscrews (2) to 7.7 Nm.
30. Install a cleaned stainer (47) and torque tighten
the screws (43) to 24 Nm.
31. Before assembly, coat the mating faces of the
lever assembly (1) with Omnicote. Torque
tighten the bolts (4) to 20 Nm.
789M339A
Put the dial gauge on the end of the input shaft and
use a pry bar to raise the shaft and measure the end
float, which should be 0.025 to 0.076 mm.
If necessary, remove the rear case and adjust the
shim packs for the input and output shaft bearings.
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-12
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF THE INPUT SHAFT

Disassembly
STEP 2
5
STEP 1
8
9
8
10
789M343A
Remove the thrust washer (5) and needle roller

bearing (6).
Remove the reverse gear/clutch hub (7).
Remove both needle roller bearings (8) and the
spacer (9) between them.
789M342A
Clamp the shaft in a vice fitted with soft jaws and

remove the three seal rings (1).
Use special tools KML 3003 (3) and KM 3509 (4) to
remove the rear bearing (2).
NOTE : When assembling, use the tube, F5 4/1#2 to
replace the bearing (2). Install three new sealing
rings (1) to the shaft.
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-13
STEP 3
STEP 5
16
11
17
18
12
789M344A
789M346A
Use special tool KM 3520 (11) to compress the clutch

spring, then remove the snap-ring (12) and gradually
release the spring compression.
Remove the large internal snap-ring (16).

Remove the clutch cover plate (17).
Remove all the clutch plates (18).
NOTE : When assembling, use the special tool 3520

(11) to compress the clutch spring, then fit the snapring (12) in its groove. Make sure the snap-ring (12) in
its groove. Make sure the snap-ring is fully closed
before releasing the spring compressor.
NOTE : If you will be using new friction discs, soak

the friction discs in clean transmission oil for at least
an hour before assembly. If you are using the old
friction discs, make sure that the friction surfaces are
coated with transmission oil before assembly.
STEP 4
STEP 6
13
14
15
789M345A
Remove the circlip (13), the retainer (14) and the

spring (15).
Cre 7-21460GB
789M347A
Use two pairs of pliers to pull the piston (21) evenly

out of the clutch drum.
Invert the clutch shaft and remove the sealing ring
(22).
Issued 06-99
6007-14
STEP 7
Disassemble the forward clutch (refer to steps 1
through 6 of this procedure).
STEP 8
19
20
21
22
23
789M348A
Remove both the internal and external composite

seals (19), (20) and (23) from both pistons (21).
NOTE : When assembling, install new piston seal
rings (19), (20), (22), and (23).
NOTE : The assembly of the input shaft is the reverse
of the disassembly.
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-15
17
14
15
12 13
11
7
10
18
19
16
21
20
9
7
9
8
10
11
13 12
15
16
14
18
19
17
CS98G545
1.
Bearing
8.
Snap-ring
15. Ring
2.
Trust washer
9.
Retainer
16. O-ring
3.
Needle bearing
10. Spring
17. Piston
4.
Needle bearing
11. Snap-ring
18. 0-ring
5.
Spacer
12. Cover plate
19. Ring
6.
Forward gear
13. Friction disc
20. Ring
7.
Trust washer
14. Clutch plate
21. Reverse gear
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-16
Inspection
STEP 5
STEP 1
1
CI98G523
BP95F128
Check for wear and damage on the sealing rings

(large and small) and in the grooves for the sealing
rings. It is probable that you will have sealing rings
that look like the sealing ring shown above. The
plating is worn off in some spots, leaving dark areas
on the contact surface. This condition is normal. The
plating is a break-in lubrication plating, not a
protective plating. It is normal for the plating to wear
in this way. This is a good sealing ring which can be
used again.
STEP 2
Check the teeth on the gears for wear and damage. If
a tooth is badly damaged, be sure to inspect the gear
or spline that is in mesh with the damaged gear.
STEP 3
Check the splines on the output shaft for wear and
damage. Check the passages in the output shaft to
be sure that the passages are open and free of
foreign material.
STEP 4
Check the ball bearings and the needle bearings for
flat areas, pitting and other damage. Replace as
necessary.
Cre 7-21460GB
BP95F131
Use a straight edge to check each steel disc (1) and

each friction disc (2) to be sure each part is flat. If a
steel disc (1) or a friction disc (2) is not flat, a new
part must be installed during assembly. If the friction
discs (2) are smooth or almost smooth, use new
parts during assembly. Inspect the steel discs (1) for
pitting, scoring, or other damage. If there is any
damage, use new parts during assembly. Also, check
the splines for wear. Inspect the bore and the shaft in
the clutch housing for damage that will cause leakage
when the clutch is assembled. Use new parts as
required during assembly. If you will be using new
friction discs, soak the friction discs in clean
transmission oil for at least an hour before assembly.
If you are using the old friction discs, make sure that
the friction surfaces are coated with transmission oil
before assembly.
Issued 06-99
6007-17
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF THE REVERSE IDLER SHAFT

Disassembly
Assembly
STEP 1
STEP 1
Use special tool KML 3003 (1) and KM 3509 (2) to

remove the front bearing (4).
Use tube F5 4/1#2 (3) to fit the bearings (4) onto the
shaft.
STEP 2
Use the same tools to remove the rear bearing.
4
2
789M349A
789M434A
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-18
Inspection
STEP 3
STEP 1
Checks the splines on the reverse idler shaft for wear

and damage.
Check the teeth (1) on the gears for wear and

damage. If a tooth is badly damaged, be sure to
inspect the gear or spline that is in mesh with the
damaged gear.
STEP 2
Check the bearing (2) for flat areas, pitting, and other
damage. Replace as necessary.
1
CS98G546
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-19
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF THE MAIN SHAFT

Disassembly
Assembly
STEP 1
STEP 1
1
789M341A
Use tube FS4/1 #1 (1) to refit the front and rear

bearings.
789M340A
Use special tools KML 3003 (1) and KM 3518 (2) to

pull off the rear bearing.
STEP 2
Use special tools KML 3003 and KM 3519 to pull off
the front bearing.
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-20
Inspection
STEP 3
STEP 1
Check the splines on the main shaft for wear and

damage.
Check the teeth (1) on the gears for wear and

damage.If a tooth is badly damaged, be sure to
inspect the gear or spline that is in mesh with the
damaged gear.
STEP 2
Check the bearings (2) for flat areas, pitting, and
other damage. Replace as necessary.
2
1
1
1
2
CI98G512
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-21
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF THE OUTPUT SHAFT

STEP 2
Disassembly
STEP 1
9
1
10
11
12
3
789M436A
Turn the shaft over and use special tools KML 3003
(9) and KM 3518 (10) to remove the rear bearing.
Remove the 4-wheel drive gear (11).
Remove the 1st gear (12).
6
7
8
789M435A
Clamp the shaft in a vice fitted with soft jaws.

Use the special tools KML 3003 (1) and KM 3517 (2)
to pull the front bearing off the shaft.
Remove the 4 th gear (4).
Remove the 3rd/4th synchromesh unit (5).
Remove the circlip (6).
Remove the synchromesh hub (7).
Remove the 3rd gear (8).
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-22
Assembly
STEP 3
13
Assemble the output shaft in the reverse order of the

disassembly but note the following.
1.
14
13
FS4/1# 3
15
16
16
17
18
789M438A
Use the tube FS4/1 #3 to drive the bearing sleeve

(16) onto the shaft.
2.
19
Before assembly, coat the 4-wheel drive gear

(11) with Loctite 638 spline lock the direct
equivalent.
3.
789M437A
FS4/1#1

spacer (14) which separates them.
Remove the 1st/2nd gear synchromesh unit (15).
Use a three legged puller (19) to remove the bearing
sleeve (16), the synchromesh hub (17) and the 2nd
gear (18).
789M439A
Use the tube FS4/1 #1 to install the rear bearing.

Use the tube FS4/1 #1 to install the front bearing.
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-23
Inspection
STEP 3
STEP 1
Check the bearings for flat areas, pitting, and other

damage. Replace as necessary.

STEP 4
Check the teeth in the synchronizer assemblies for
wear and damage. Replace as necessary.
STEP 2
foreign material.
8
6
5
4
1
12
9
13
15
11
10
14
16
17
CI98G511
1.
Front bearing
10. 4 WD gear
2.
Thrust washer
11. Bearing sleeve
3.
4th gear
12. Needle bearing
4.
Snap ring
13. Spacer
5.
Synchromesh hub
14. 1st gear
6.
3 rd/4th Synchromesh unit
15. 1st/2nd synchromesh unit
7.
3rd gear
16. Synchromesh hub
8.
Shaft
17. 2nd gear
9.
Rear bearing
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-24
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF THE 4-WHEEL DRIVE SHAFT

Disassembly
STEP 3
STEP 1
13
(KM 3521)
14
7
15
16
17
789M440A
Clamp the splined end of the shaft in a vice fitted with

soft jaws.
Remove the seal.
Use special tools KML 3003 and KM 3516 to remove
the rear bearing.
Remove the thrust washer (3) and the bearing (4).
Remove the gear/clutch hub (5).
spacer (7) which separates them.
Remove the second thrust bearing (8) and the
washer (9).
STEP 2
10
11
12
18
789M442A
789M441A
Remove the internal snap-ring (10)

Remove the clutch cover plate (11).
Remove all the clutch plates (12).
Cre 7-21460GB
Use special tool KM 3521 (13) to compress the clutch

spring (17), then release the circlip (15). Slowly
relieve the spring compression.
Remove the circlip (15), the retainer (16) and the
spring (17).
Use two pairs of pliers to lift the piston (18) evenly,
out of the drum.
Issued 06-99
6007-25
STEP 4
3.
18
KM3510
19
(KML3003)
20
(KM3516)
789M445A
Push the piston assembly (18) into tool KM 3510 to

compress the outer seal. Leave the piston in the
special tool for approximately 30 minutes. Remove
the piston and immediately fit it into the clutch drum.
4.
Use special tool KM 3521 (13) to compress the

spring. Do not release the spring compressor
until the circlip is completely closed in the
groove.
5.
The clutch has nine steel plates and eight bronze

plates. Assemble them into the drum with a steel
plate first, followed by a bronze plate and then
another steel plate until all the clutch plates are
fitted. The last plate should be steel.
6.
Install the clutch cover plate and retain it with the

large internal snap ring.
7.
After installation, press the thrust washer (3)

against the shoulder and measure the end-float,
which must be between 0.05 to 0.28 mm.
789M443A
Invert the shaft and use special tools KML 3003 (19)
and KM 3516 (20) to remove the front bearing.
Remove the inner and outer piston seals.
Assembly
Assemble the 4-wheel drive shaft in the reverse order
of the disassembly but note the following :
1.
8.
FS4/1#1
21
789M444A
Use tube FS4/1 #1 to fit the front and the rear

bearings.
2.
789M446A
Install a new seal ring (21) on the shaft.
Install new piston seals, the outer seal can be

soaked in warm water to assist assembly.
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
6007-26
19
20
21
11
13
10
12
14
17
16
15
18
CS98G544
1.
Rear bearing
9.
2.
Thrust washer
10. Retainer
17. Seal ring
3.
Bearing
11. Spring
18. O-ring
4.
Needle bearing
12. Snap-ring
19. Ring
5.
Spacer
13. Cover plate
20. Shaft
6.
Gear/clutch hub
14. Plate
21. Front bearing
7.
Trust bearing
15. Friction disc
8.
Washer
Cre 7-21460GB
Snap-ring
16. Piston
Issued 06-99
6007-27
Inspection
STEP 5
STEP 1
1
CI98G523
BP95F128
Check for wear and damage on the sealing rings

(large and small) and in the grooves for the sealing
rings. It is probable that you will have sealing rings
that look like the sealing ring shown above. The
plating is worn off in some spots, leaving dark areas
on the contact surface. This condition is normal. The
plating is a break-in lubrication plating, not a
protective plating. It is normal for the plating to wear
in this way. this is a good sealing ring which can be
used again.
STEP 2
BP95F131

STEP 3
foreign material.
STEP 4
Check the ball bearings and the needle bearings for
flat areas, pitting, and other damage. Replace as
necessary.
Use a straight edge to check each steel disc (1) and

each friction disc (2) to be sure each part is flat. If a
steel disc (1) or a friction disc (2) is not flat, a new
part must be installed during assembly. If the fricion
discs (2) are smooth or almost smooth, use new
parts during assembly. Inspect the steel discs (1) for
pitting, scoring, or other damage. If there is any
damage, use new parts during assembly. Also, check
the splines for wear. Inspect the bore and the shaft in
the clutch housing for damage that will cause leakage
when the clutch is assembled. Use new parts as
required during assembly. If you will be using new
friction discs, soak the friction discs in clean
transmission oil for at least an hour before assembly.
If you are using the old friction discs, make sure that
the friction surfaces are coated with transmission oil
before assembly.
OIL PUMP
The oil pump has no service parts and should not be disassembled for repair. The front seal can be removed and
installed using suitable tools with the pump assembled on the transmission.
Cre 7-21460GB
Issued 06-99
Section
6008
6008
REAR AXLE 4 - WHEEL STEER
Case
Cre 7-21600GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
6008-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................3
SPECIAL TORQUES.................................................................................................................................................3
SPECIAL TOOLS ......................................................................................................................................................4
Introduction ...........................................................................................................................................................5
FINAL DRIVE HUB....................................................................................................................................................6
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................6
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................8
Disassembling.......................................................................................................................................................8
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................10
Assembling..........................................................................................................................................................10
DRIVE SHAFT.........................................................................................................................................................12
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................12
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................12
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................12
Disassembling.....................................................................................................................................................13
Assembling..........................................................................................................................................................13
DIFFERENTIAL UNIT..............................................................................................................................................14
Disassembling.....................................................................................................................................................14
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................15
Assembling..........................................................................................................................................................15
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK ............................................................................................................................................19
Disassembling.....................................................................................................................................................19
Assembling..........................................................................................................................................................19
MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................................................................................20
Checking the rear axle centre housing oil level...................................................................................................20
Replacing the rear axle centre housing oil ..........................................................................................................20
Checking the rear axle hub oil level ....................................................................................................................20
Replacing the rear axle hub oil............................................................................................................................20
Checking and adjusting the rear axle toe-in........................................................................................................21
Checking and adjusting the steering lock............................................................................................................21
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-3
SPECIFICATIONS
Marque ............................................................................................................................................................Carraro
Type ............................................................................................................................................................... 26.25FR
Cast iron beam with centre differential and steering hubs
Differential.................................................................................................Crownwheel oil pinion with differential lock
Hubs .................................................................................................... Planetary reduction type with net disc brakes
Drive shafts ...........................................................Dull floating with double universal joint at the steering pivot point
Toe - in..................................................................................................................................0 to 3 mm (0 to 0.118 in)
Pre - load of taper roller bearings ............................... Differential and bevel pinion rolling torques are measured by
means of a spring balance and cord wound around the groove
in the bevel pinion shaft. Cord pull for the bevel pinion bearings
alone = 92 to 137 Newtons (21 to 30 lbf). Additional cord
pull for the differential = 28.7 to 42.8 Newtons (6 to 10 lbf)
Clearances ............................................................................. Tooth clearance of bevel gear/pinion 0.18 to 0.24 mm
(0.007 to 0.009 in)
Special grease.............................................................................................Polymer 400 for sealed kingpin bearings
SPECIAL TORQUES
Stud - planetary gear carrier.............................................................................................................. 70 Nm (52 lbf ft)
Hub - countersunk screws ................................................................................................................. 80 Nm (60 lbf ft)
Drain plugs - refill plugs (M22 x 1.5) .................................................................................................. 40 Nm (30 lbf ft)
Drain plugs - refill plugs (M30)........................................................................................................... 80 Nm (60 lbf ft)
Screws - steering lock adjust ........................................................................................................... 120 Nm (88 lbf ft)
Bolts - ring gear carrier to steering knuckle ................................................................................... 235 Nm (173 lbf ft)
Bolts - Kingpin caps....................................................................................................................... 300 Nm (220 lbf ft)
Bolts - differential bearing caps ..................................................................................................... 226 Nm (167 lbf ft)
Screws - differential ring-nut, lock plate ............................................................................................. 13 Nm (10 lbf ft)
Bolts - differential to axle case....................................................................................................... 169 Nm (125 lbf ft)
Bolts - bevel gear to differential case, fit with Loctite 270 .................................................................. 78 Nm (58 lbf ft)
Bolts - pinion shaft cover ..................................................................................................................... 12 Nm (9 lbf ft)
Nuts - track rod ball joint ................................................................................................................ 135 Nm (100 lbf ft)
Nuts - track rod clamps...................................................................................................................... 70 Nm (52 lbf ft)
Nuts - wheel disc to hub ................................................................................................................ 300 Nm (220 lbf ft)
Bolts - piston (M6) ............................................................................................................................ 10 Nm (7.5 lbf ft)
Bleed screw ...................................................................................................................................... 10 Nm (7.5 lbf ft)
Stud - wheel nut................................................................................................................................. 70 Nm (52 lbf ft)
Bolts - piston hub........................................................................................................................... 235 Nm (173 lbf ft)
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-4
SPECIAL TOOLS
FS17 1 Measuring bar
CS98G566
CS98G568
FS17 4 Mandrel for drive shaft bush - hub side
CS98G567
FS17 3 Mandrel for drive shaft bush - axle housing

side
Cre 7-21600GB
CS98G569
Issued 06-99
6008-5
CS98G570
- FS17 2 Wrench for imput shaft ring nut.

- 2 Straight edges.
- Ball joint separator.
- Hub lifting bracket.
- Dial gauge with magnetic stand.
- Spring balance and cord.
- Protractor.
- Sealactic 732 liquid gasket.
Introduction
On 4-wheel steer machines, the axle has a cast steel
centre beam with a four pinion differential and
steering stub axles mounted on pivot bearings. The
differential has a hydraulically operated lock. Power is
transmitted to the hub reduction units by drive shafts
which have double universal joints at the steering
pivot point. A wet disc brake is fitted in each hub as
part of the hub reduction drive unit.
A double acting hydraulic steering cylinder is
mounted on the right of the axle to control rear wheel
steering, with a tie rod tranferring movement between
the hubs.
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-6
FINAL DRIVE HUB

Removal
11
33
2
2
44
55
22
22
66
7
7
88
9
9
10
10
21
21
20
20
11
11
19
19
12
12
18
18
13
13
7
7
14
14
17
17
16
16
15
15
789M459A
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-7
STEP 9
WARNING : If the right rear hub is removed it

is essential to engage the differential lock and
wedge the pedal down to maintain engagement. Failure to do this will allow the differential lock components to fall into the axle
housing and will require that the opposite hub
and differential assembly be removed to
retrieve and assemble the components.
Remove the two flanged wheel studs (22).

NOTE : Install two wheel nuts on each stud and then
turn the inner nuts to remove the studs.
STEP 10
Remove the two screws (16) from the wheel
mounting flange (17) and the planetary carrier.
STEP 11

Maintain absolute cleanliness during assembly.

Prise off the wheel mounting flange (17).
STEP 12
Position the filler plug (18) at top dead centre and
remove the filler plug.
STEP 13
Remove a final drive hub as follows :
Remove the bleed nipple from the inner reaction

plate.
STEP 1
STEP 14

stabilizers. Support the machine under the backframe
with suitable heavy duty stands.
Remove the circlip (21) from the sun gear (20).
STEP 2
Remove the sun gear (20) and the thrust washer

(19).
Stop the engine.
STEP 15
STEP 3
NOTE : This prevents removal of the drive shaft when

the hub is removed.
STEP 16
STEP 4
STEP 5
Attach a lifting bracket to the wheel mounting flange

on the hub. Attach a suitable lifting sling to the hub
and use a hoist to take the weight of the complete
hub assembly.
Remove the steering potentiometer.
STEP 17
STEP 6
Release the four bolts (5) and (15) from the top and
the bottom kingpin (6) and (14).
Tie the cap and the wiring back to the axle housing to
prevent damage.
STEP 18
STEP 7
Prise out the top kingpin (6) and remove it along with
the potentiometer drive shaft (4).
Drain the oil from the hub and the brake system.
STEP 8
Use a ball-joint separator to remove the track rod
from the steering knuckle (1).
STEP 19
Remove the disc springs (7).
STEP 20
Prise out the bottom kingpin (14) and carefully move
the hub away from the axle, guiding the drive shaft
through the outer bearing and the seal (10) and (11)
to prevent damage to these components.
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-8
Installation
Disassembling
NOTE : Install a final drive hub in the reverse order of

Disassemble the hub as follows :
STEP 1
Chill the upper kingpin bush (8) and inner spherical
race (13) if new bearings are fitted to axle housing.
The inner spherical bearing (13) is a press fit on the
kingpin.
STEP 2
STEP 1
Only do step 2 if the hub bush or seal are to be
replaced.
STEP 2
Remove the hub (see page 7).
STEP 3
Fill the top and bottom kingpin bearings with Polymer

400 grease.
4
3 4
11 22 3
NOTE : Torque tighten the lower kingpin (14) and the

55
66
9
77 88 9
STEP 3
Install a new O-ring on the potentiometer drive shaft
(4).
NOTE : Torque tighten the bolts (5) to 300 Nm (221
lbf ft).
NOTE : Torque tighten the screws (16) to 80 Nm (60
lbf ft).
789M402A
NOTE : Torque tighten the flanged wheel studs to 70

Nm (50 lbf ft).
STEP 4
Fill the hub with oil (see page 19).
STEP 5
Purge the air from the brake system.
Remove the screws (9) which hold the planetary

pinion shaft thrust washers (6) and (8) and remove
the washers and the pin (7).
STEP 4
Remove the planetary pinions (2) and thrust washers
(3). The pinions contain 28 uncaged needle roller
bearings (4).
NOTE : The shaft (2) is a press fit in the carrier (1)
and should not move when the gear is removed.
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-9
STEP 5
18
21
20
19
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
15
14
17
22
23
18
24
26
25
27
30
29
28
CS98G571
Remove the large circlip (10) from within the ring gear
(27).
STEP 12
A
A
STEP 6
STEP 7
Only do steps 8 if step 2 was not carried out.
STEP 8
Remove the bronze friction disc (12).
STEP 9
Remove the small circlip (30) and the short, splined
shaft (29).
789M404A
STEP 11
Install two M10 screws (A) in the tapped holes in the

ring gear and carefully jack off the ring gear and inner
reaction plate assembly. The inner reaction plate is
held by the eight tube dowels, and the jacking
process must be done evenly.
Remove all eight bolts (25).
STEP 13
STEP 10
Remove the ring gear (27) and inner reaction plate

assembly (26).
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-10
STEP 14
Inspection
Only do step 15 if step 2 was not carried out.
Inspect the final drive hub as follows :
STEP 15
The brake friction discs have a new thickness of 9.90

to 10.10 mm (0.390 to 0.398 in) and must be
replaced when worn to 8 mm (0.315 in) thickness.
Remove the tube/bleed screw (19) and drain plug

(24).
STEP 16
Assembling
Remove the six bolts (18) from the piston hub

assembly (17) and lift off the inner reaction plate (26).
Assemble a final drive hub in the reverse order of the

STEP 17
STEP 1
Remove the large circlip (13) from the ring gear (27)
and slide out the piston hub assembly (17).
The special arrangement of taper bearings do not

require a specific pre-load setting due to the
machining tolerances. However it is advisable to
check that the dimensions shown are correct before
starting assembly of the hub.
STEP 18
M4
A 17.95 to 18.00 mm
(0.70 to 0.71 in)
B 64.257 to 64.325 mm
(2.52 to 2.53 in)
C 23.070 to 23.172 mm
(0.90 to 0.91 in)
A
C
789M405A
Make two M4 studs and small bridge pieces as

shown, to remove the piston from the hub. Great care
will be needed during this operation as the annular
piston will tend to jam, if it is pulled unevenly.
STEP 19
789M406A
STEP 2
19
19
18
18
Note the relative positions of the seals (14) the

backup rings (15) and piston (16) in both the outer
and inner tracks before removing the assembly.
STEP 20
Pull the wheel hub (20) off the steering knuckle. This
will be tight as the inner race of the outer taper roller
bearing will be removed along with the hub.
STEP 21
STEP 22
Remove the inner race of the bearing from the
steering knuckle.
789M407A
Torque tighten the bolts (18) to 10 Nm (7.4 lbf ft).

NOTE : The bolts (18) have washers, bushes and
springs assembled in specific order and in specific
positions in the hub as illustrated.
STEP 23
Remove both external bearing races (22) and (23)
from the hub (20).
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-11
STEP 3
Torque tighten the bolts (25) to 235 Nm (173 lbf ft).
STEP 4
Install new O-ring seals throughout.
STEP 5
Torque tighten the drain plug (24) and the bleed
screw (19) to 10 Nm (7.4 lbf ft).
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-12
DRIVE SHAFT
Removal
STEP 8
STEP 1
Remove the hub assembly (see page 7).
STEP 9
STEP 2
Remove the brake disc (4).
STEP 10
13
13
Pull the drive shaft (11) from the hub.
1
1/2 2
1212
Inspection
STEP 1
Inspect the seal (1) and the bush (2) for wear. If there
are signs of wear or damage always replace these
items.
1111
STEP 2
1010
Inspect the thrust pad (10) and the washer (8) for
wear and replace if necessary.
99
88
STEP 3
Check the condition of the brake disc (4) which must
be replaced when worn to 8 mm (0.3 in) thick.
Installation
66
77
55
4
4
Install the drive shaft in the reverse order of the

33
STEP 1
Remove both countersunk screws (7).
Make sure the mating faces of the hub and the

planetary carrier (13) are thoroughly clean.
STEP 3
STEP 2
Remove both flanged wheel studs (12).
STEP 4
Before installation coat the planetary carrier (13)

mating face with Sealastic 732 liquid gasket.
Remove the carrier (13).
STEP 3
STEP 5
Torque tighten the countersunk screws (7) to 80 Nm

(60 lbf ft).
789M408A
Remove the circlip (9).
STEP 6
Remove the sun gear (8) and the thrust washer (3).
STEP 7
Remove the large circlip (6).
Cre 7-21600GB
NOTE : Torque tighten the countersunk screws (7)

before the studs (12) or they may not align with the
planetary carrier (13).
STEP 4
Torque tighten the studs (12) to 70 Nm (50 lbf ft).
Issued 06-99
6008-13
Disassembling
Assembling
STEP 1
Assemble the drive shaft in the reverse order of the

Remove the drive shaft (see page 12).
STEP 1
STEP 2
Remove all the bearing caps (4) from a spider (2). Fill
the caps with grease to retain the needle roller
bearings.
STEP 2
11
Use the drifts FS17 3 and FS17 4 to assemble the

dust seals (6) and the bushes in the axle and hub.
66
44
789M409A
Remove the dust seal and oil seal (6) from both the
axle housing and hub.
STEP 3
Use a general purpose puller to extract the bushes
(7) from the axle and hub.
STEP 4
on one spider (2).
STEP 5
Remove two bearing caps (4) and disengage the
spider from the drive shaft (1).
STEP 6
Remove the remaining two caps (4) and disengage
the spider (2) from the link (3).
STEP 7
Carry out steps 4, through 6 to disassemble the other
spider.
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-14
DIFFERENTIAL UNIT
Disassembling
STEP 6
STEP 1
Remove the screws (13) from the pinion shaft end

cover (15).
(see page 7 and page 12).
STEP 7
Remove the end cover (15).
STEP 8
Release the staked lip on the ring-nut (14) and
remove it from the pinion shaft. Use a soft metal
wedge to lock the crownwheel and pinion.
22
55
STEP 9
Mark the differential bearing caps (8) and carrier (9)
to aid assembly.
44
STEP 10
33
789M410A
STEP 2
23
23
2424
25
25
21
Disconnect the pipe (4) at the unions on the

differential carrier (5) and differential valve (6).
19
19
20
20
22
2122
18
18
STEP 3
Remove the three capscrews (1) and seven bolts (2)
and (3) from the differential carrier (5).
16
16
17
17
26
26
STEP 4
Remove the differential carrier (5).
7
20
20
27
27
28
28
9
29
29
15
15
12
12
33
33
32
32
31
30
31
30
789M412A
14
14
13
13
Remove the bolts (33) and the lock-plate (32) from

each bearing cap (28).
10
10
11
11
STEP 11
789M411A
STEP 5

carrier (5).
Remove the nut (11) and the bolt (12) in the drive
coupling (10), and remove the coupling (10).
STEP 12
Remove the four bolts (29) and both bearing caps
(28).
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-15
STEP 13
STEP 23
7
7
Lift the differential and the crownwheel unit out of the

carrier (5).
34
34
35
35
STEP 14
36
36
Pull the bearings (30) out of the differential case.
STEP 15
correct assembly.
37
37
STEP 16
(9) and differential case halves (18) and (22)
together.
STEP 17
Stand the differential case on a bearing spigot with
the crownwheel side uppermost.
38
38 37
37
789M413A
Push the pinion shaft (19) through the bearing (35)

and remove the bearing (35), the collapsible spacer
(38) and the shims (34) and (37).
STEP 24
STEP 18
Pull the bearing outer races (36) from the differential

carrier (5).
Remove the top half of the differential case.
Inspection
STEP 19
1.
Inspect all bearings for spalling or other wear, if

2.
Check the tooth contact areas on both the

crownwheel and pinion, which should have a
oil used.
Remove the side gear (20) and thrust washer (21).
STEP 20
Lift out both pinion shafts (19) complete with pinions
(27) and the spherical thrust washers (26).
STEP 21
Remove the remaining side gear (20) and thrust
washer (21).
STEP 22
Remove the differential lock sleeve (16) and pins (17)
from the differential case half (18).
Cre 7-21600GB
Assembling
Setting the differential carrier bearing

pre-load.
Setting the pinion bevel pre-load.

Setting the crownwheel and pinion backlash.
Issued 06-99
6008-16
STEP 7
STEP 1
Measure distance between the top of the shaft and

the face of the pinion bearing inner race (35)
(Dimension B).
28
29
29 28
STEP 8
follows (in mm) :
C = B minus diameter of bar FS17 1 plus A/2.
STEP 9
C
B
36
36
To find the amount of shims (34) required ; the

number D (in mm) etched on the pinions must be
subtracted from dimension C.
35
35
5
5

table.
107,00
00
mm
in
mm
in
2.50
(0.0984)
3.00
(0.1181)
2.60
(0.1024)
3.10
(0.1221)
2.70
(0.1063)
3.20
(0.1260)
789M414
2.80
(0.1102)
3.30
(0.1300)
Fit both pinion bearing outer races (36) into the

2.90
(0.1142)
3.40
(0.1340)
STEP 2
STEP 10

tighten the bolts (29) to 266 Nm (196 lbf ft).
STEP 3
pinion gear.
Fit the pinion bearing inner races (35).
STEP 4
STEP 11
STEP 12
Fit a bolt and nut, with large washers (4) through the
pinion bearings (35) and (36) and tighten until the
bearing cones are hard to turn by hand. Do not over
tighten or the bearings will be damaged.

shaft (7).
STEP 5
STEP 1

size.
Insert the bevel pinion (7) into the differential carrier

(5) and fit a new collapsible spacer (38) with a new
ring (37) each side of it.
STEP 6
Measure the diameter of the measuring bar tool no.
FS17 1, then lay it across the differential carrier
bearing bores and insert the depth gauge through the
hole in the shaft.
Cre 7-21600GB
STEP 2
Fit the second bearing inner race (36).
Issued 06-99
6008-17
STEP 3
STEP 4
Fit the tab washer and a new ring-nut (14).
Remove the grease from the threads of the bolts (25)

and those in the differential case (18). Install the
crownwheel (24). Apply Loctite 270 on the bolt
threads. Insert the bolts (25) and torque tighten to 78
Nm (57 lbf ft).
STEP 4
STEP 5
Fit the carrier bearings (30) onto differential case
spigots.
STEP 6
Remove the bearing caps (28) from the differential
carrier (5).
STEP 7
789M415A
Secure the carrier (5) in a vice and wind a thin cord

around the groove in the pinion shaft (7). Attach a
spring balance to the cord.
STEP 5
Tighten the pinion ring-nut (14) gradually, until the
spring balance shows that a sustained pull of
between 92 to 137 Newtons (21 to 30 lbf) is required
to turn the pinion shaft continuously.
STEP 6
Stake the flange of the ring-nut (14) into the groove
on the pinion shaft (7).
Assemble the differential as follows :
STEP 1
Put the outer races onto the carrier bearings and

lower the differential assembly into the carrier (5).
STEP 8
Install bearing caps (28) and the bolts (29). Install the
ring nuts (31) and adjust them to make sure that
there is clearance between the crownwheel (24) and
the pinion. Torque tighten the bearing cap bolts (29)
to 266 Nm (196 lbf ft).
WARNING : If there is no clearance between

crownwheel and pinion, damage will occur
when the bearing cap bolts are tightened.
NOTE : Do not assemble the ring nut lock plates (32)

and the bolts (33) until the differential clearance settings are completed.
Stand the differential case (22) (crownwheel side) on

(21) and the side gear (20).
STEP 2
Assemble the four pinions (27) and thrust washers
(26) to their shafts (19) and put them into the
STEP 3
Turn the differential case (22) onto its bearing spigot
and install the thrust washer (21) and side gear (20).
While holding the ends of the appropriate pinion
shaft, turn differential case (18) over and lay it onto
case (22) aligning the marks on both cases.
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-18
Set the crownwheel and pinion backlash as follows :
STEP 2
STEP 1
Tighten each ring nut (31) by an equal amount start

with 1/2 turn.
The correct backlash between crownwheel (24) and

with the pinion. the ring nuts (31) can be difficult to
turn. To release the nuts, slacken the bearing cap
bolts (29) a small amount. Do not slacken them more
than necessary.
STEP 2
STEP 3
STEP 4
121 to 180 Newtons (27 to 40 lbf) turns the pinion
continuously.
Use wrench FS17 5 to turn the ring nut (31) on the

crownwheel side in a clockwise direction until the
crownwheel (24) and pinion are in close mesh. Tap
the bearing cap (28) with a soft face hammer to aid
movement of the ring nut (31) and bearing alignment.
STEP 5
STEP 3
STEP 6

a clockwise direction until all bearing clearance has
been removed. This position is obvious as the ring
nut (31) will become very difficult to move.
Torque tighten the carrier bearing cap bolts (29) to

266 Nm (196 lbf ft).
STEP 4
Check the crownwheel backlash again.
Position a dial gauge (2) in contact with and at 90 to,

a tooth on the crownwheel (24).
Fit lock plates (32) and bolts (33) to prevent the ring
nuts (31) moving. Torque tighten the bolts (33) to 10
Nm (7 lbf ft).
STEP 7
STEP 1
STEP 5
Install a new seal in the pinion shaft cover (15).
Push the crownwheel (24) into and out of mesh with

the pinion to check the amount of backlash. Rotate
the crownwheel (24), and note the readings obtained
at different positions. If the backlash is different,
position the dial gauge on the tooth which has the
smallest reading to make the final adjustment.
STEP 2
STEP 6
STEP 3
To make the final adjustment move the crownwheel

(24) into or out of mesh with the pinion by turning
each ring nut (31) an equal amount. Continue until
the dial gauge shows a backlash of 0.18 to 0.24 mm
(0.007 to 0.009 in).
Clean mating surfaces

Set the differential carrier bearing pre-load as follows :

NOTE : It is essential not to disturb other adjustments, so pre-load is achieved by moving both ring
nuts (31) a specific amount.
STEP 1
pinion shaft, attach a spring balance to the cord.
Cre 7-21600GB

732 liquid gasket and fit the cover. Torque tighten
on
axle
housing
and
STEP 4
install the differential assembly into axle housing.
STEP 5
Tighten the seven bolts (2) and the three capscrews
(1) to 169 Nm (125 lbf ft).
STEP 6
Connect the hydraulic pipe (4) at the unions on the
differential lock valve (6) and differential carrier (5).
STEP 7
Install the final drive hub and drive shafts (see page 7
and 12).
Issued 06-99
6008-19
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
Disassembling
STEP 7
STEP 1
Rotate the fork (16) around the differential lock sleeve

and remove.
STEP 8
11
Remove the piston (9) from the cylinder (11).

17
17
STEP 9
Remove and discard the O-ring seal (8) from the
piston (9).
22
16
16
15
15
33
Assembling
Assemble the differential lock in the reverse order of
the assembly but note the following :
STEP 1
Install a new O-ring seal (8) on piston (9).
13
13
44
14
14
Lubricate the piston (9) with hydraulic oil before

installation in the cylinder (11).
55
7
87
66
STEP 3
9
12
12
10
11
11 10
STEP 2
Install a new O-ring seal (10) in the hydraulic cylinder

(11).
8
789M472A
Remove the differential unit (see page 14).
STEP 4
STEP 2
Clean the mating faces for the differential carrier (17)

and the flange (2) and apply a coat of Sealastic 732
liquid gasket to the flange (2).
Remove the two screws (12) and the hydraulic

cylinder (11).
STEP 3
Remove and discard the O-ring seal (10).
STEP 4
Remove the two screws (1) and the flange (2).
STEP 5
Push the shaft (4) towards the cylinder end and
remove the circlip (7), the ring (6) and the spring (5).
NOTE : Shaft movement will be limited by the stroke
of the fork (16) in the differential lock sleeve on the
differential.
STEP 6
Push the shaft (4) away from the cylinder end and
remove the bush (3) and the spring (13). The ring (14)
will be held on the shaft (4) by the pin (15). Withdraw
the shaft (4) completely from the fork (16).
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-20
MAINTENANCE
Checking the rear axle centre
housing oil level
Checking the rear axle hub oil level

STEP 1
STEP 1
11
22
1
1
789M449A
22
Park the machine on level ground and remove the

level/filler plug (2). Oil should be up to the level of the
hole.
STEP 2
If required, add oil of the correct grade, then install
the level/filler plug (2).
Replacing the rear axle centre

housing oil
789M450A
Rotate the wheel until plug (1) is level with the

centreline of the axle.
STEP 2
If required, add oil of the correct grade until it begins
to flow out through the plug hole.
STEP 1
STEP 3
Remove the drain plug (1) and drain out all oil into a
suitable container.
Install the plug (1).
STEP 2
Replacing the rear axle hub oil
Install the drain plug.
STEP 1
STEP 3
Rotate the wheel until the plug (1) is at the bottom.
Remove the level plug (2) and add oil until it emerges
from the hole.
STEP 2
STEP 4
Remove the plug (1) and drain out all oil into a
suitable container.
Install the level plug (2).
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-21
STEP 3
STEP 7
Rotate the wheel until the plug (1) is level with the
centreline of the axle.
STEP 4
Fill with correct grade oil until oil begins to leak from
the hole.
STEP 5
11
Install the plug (1).
22
Checking and adjusting the rear

axle toe-in
11
789M451A
STEP 1
Drive the machine in a straight line with 4-wheel steer
engaged. Select 2-wheel steer and stop the machine
without rotating the steering wheel.
STEP 2
stabilizers.
STEP 3
Stop the engine.
STEP 4
Mark each wheel rim at a point in front of and behind
the axle at axle centre height.
STEP 5
To adjust the toe-in release the locknuts (1) at each

end of the tie rod (2) and rotate the tie rod to open or
close the toe-in.
STEP 8
When the toe-in is correct, tighten the locknuts (1) to
70 Nm (52 lbf ft).
Checking and adjusting the

steering lock
STEP 1
Raise the machine on the loader bucket and the
backhoe stabilizers.
STEP 2
Stop the engine.
Measure the distance between the rims at each

mark.
STEP 3
STEP 6
Remove the wheels.
The distance between the marks must be 3 mm

(0.118 in) greater at the rear marks.
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
6008-22
STEP 8
STEP 4
CS98G573
2
CS98G572
Remove the nut (2) and release the ball joint with the
ball joint separator.
STEP 5
Turn the left hand hub to the maximum left hand
steering angle.
STEP 6
Place a long straight edge against the axle input
flange and ensure the straight edge is parallel with
axle centreline.
Measure angle A at which both straight edges

intersect. Subtract angle A from 90 to give steering
lock, for example :
Angle A = 57
Steering angle 90 minus 57 = 33
STEP 9
Using the adjusting bolt (1) adjust the left hand stop
for maximum left steering lock and right hand stop for
maximum right steering lock. The steering angle
must not exceed 33.
STEP 10
Install the wheels.
STEP 7
Place second straight edge against the wheel hub
flange.
Cre 7-21600GB
Issued 06-99
Section
7000
Case
Cre 7-21470GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
7000

OF BRAKE COMPONENTS
7000-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MASTER CYLINDER (2-wheel steer machines) .......................................................................................................3
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................3
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................3
CHECKING THE BRAKE SYSTEM FLUID LEVEL (2-wheel steer machines) .........................................................4
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE BRAKES (2-wheel steer machines) ................................................................4
PURGE AIR FROM THE BRAKE SYSTEM (2-wheel steer machines).....................................................................5
Manual venting......................................................................................................................................................5
Venting with pressure kit .......................................................................................................................................6
MASTER CYLINDER (4-wheel steer machines) .......................................................................................................7
BOOSTER UNIT (4-wheel steer machines) ..............................................................................................................8
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................8
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................8
BRAKE SYSTEM PUMP (4-wheel steer machines)................................................................................................10
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................10
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................10
PRESSURE MAINTAINING VALVE (4-wheel steer machines) ..............................................................................11
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................11
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................11
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID VALVE (4-wheel steer machines)...................................................................12
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................12
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................12
LOW - PRESSURE WARNING SWITCH (4-wheel steer machines) ......................................................................13
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................13
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................13
BRAKE SYSTEM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE (4-wheel steer machines) ............................................................14
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................14
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................14
CHECKING THE BRAKE SYSTEM FLUID (4-wheel steer machines)....................................................................15
PURGE AIR FROM THE BRAKE SYSTEM (4-wheel steer machines)...................................................................16
BRAKE SYSTEM PUMP PERFORMANCE CHECK (4-wheel steer machines) .....................................................17
PRESSURE CHECK OF PRESSURE MAINTAINING VALVE (4-wheel steer machines)......................................18
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-3
Removal
MASTER CYLINDER (2-wheel steer machines)

Installation
NOTE : There are two master cylinders, connected by

a balance tube and compensator valves. Removal of
one master cylinder is described here.
1.
Park the machine on a level surface. Raise the

loader and lock the support strut to hold the
loader. Place blocks under the rear wells and
stop the engine.
2.
Open the hood.
3.
Inside the cab, remove the trim panels from around

the brake pedals to access the brake master
cylinders (1).
4.
Remove the clevis pin (9) that fastens the clevis

(10) on to the master cylinder (1) to the brake
pedal.
5.
Clamp the flexible hose (2) between the brake

reservoir and the inlet pipe assembly (3).
6.
Release the hose clip (4) and pull the flexible

hose (2) from the inlet pipe assembly (3).
7.
Disconnect the inlet unions (5) from BOTH

master cylinders (1).
8.
Remove the inlet pipe assembly (3).
9.
Disconnect the pipe (6) from the pressure port of

the master cylinder (1) to be removed.
NOTE : The installation of the master cylinder is the

1.
Set the clearance of the master cylinder push

rod, so that when the brake pedal is against its
return. Stop the push rod does not pre-load the
brake master cylinder.
2.
Replenish the brake reservoir with the correct

grade of fluid (see section 1002).
3.
Adjust the brakes (see page 4).
4.
Purge air from the brake system (see page 5).
10. Disconnect the balance pipe (7) from BOTH

master cylinders (1).
11. Remove the 2 nyloc nuts (8) and the master
cylinder (1).
7
9
10
6
2
3
4
1
8
CS98F513
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-4
CHECKING THE BRAKE SYSTEM FLUID LEVEL (2-wheel steer machines)

1.
2.
Raise the loader beam to maximum height and fit

the safety support.
3.
Stop the engine.
4.
Open the hood.
5.
Check that the fluid level is midway between the

marks (2) and (3) moulded on the reservoir.
6.
If required, clean the area around the cap (4) and

remove the cap.
7.
Fill the reservoir to midway between the marks

(2) and (3) with suitable brake fluid (see section
1002). Make sure you do not overfill the reservoir
(1).
DETAIL
DETAIL AA
789M295A
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE BRAKES (2-wheel steer machines)

1.
2.
Lower the bucket until flat on the ground and

loader position the shift gear lever to N (neutral)
position.
3.
Chock both front wheels, and release the

parking brake.
4.
Use the stabilizers to lift both rear wheels of the

ground. Lower machine on to stands or blocks
with rear wheels off clear of the ground.
5.
Stop the engine.
6.
Unlatch both brake pedals (1) and press firmly

on each pedal in turm.
13. Use the stabilizers to lower the machine to the

ground.
14. Return the stabilizer legs to the fully retracted
position.
15. Do a functional test of the brakes before taking
the machine on to a public highway.
NOTE : Do steps 7 through 9 if :

- The stroke of either pedal exeeds 90 mm,
mesured from the centre of one pedal to
the centre of the other.
- Either pedal touches the trim parel.
7.
Starting on one side, tighten the adjusting nut (2)

by hand until the brake just locks the well.
8.
Loosen the adjusting nut 1.5 turns. Make sure

the well turns freely. Turn the nut clockwise to
reduce brake travel and anti-clockwise to
increase brake travel.
9.
Repeat the procedure on the other wheel.
10. Re-latch the brake pedals.

11. Engage the handbrake.
12. Start the engine, use the stabilizers to lift the
machine and remove the stands or blocks.
Cre 7-21470GB
789M325A
Issued 06-99
7000-5
PURGE AIR FROM THE BRAKE SYSTEM (2-wheel steer machines)

NOTE : This machine is equipped with hydraulic brakes which must be purged if any part of the brake system has
been disconnected. It is important that this procedure is used to make sure of satisfactory brake operation. The
brakes may be purged either manually or by using a pressurized venting kit. the procedure can only be completed
by two people.
Manual venting
12. Close the right vent screw (1) and open the left
vent screw (1).
1.
Park the machine on flat level ground.
2.
Fully dump the loader bucket and lower it to the

ground.
3.
Lower the backhoe stabilizers and raise the rear

wheels clear of the ground.
4.
Stop the engine.
14. Press and release the right brake pedal five

times or until an air-free flow of brake fluid is
obtained from the left vent screw (1). Close the
left vent screw (1).
5.
Ensure the brakes are adjusted correctly (see

page 4).
15. Operate the left and the right brake pedals. Make
sure the operation is firm and not s spongy.
6.
Check the brake system fluid level (see page 4).
7.
Fit clear plastic tubes (2) to the vent screws (1).

Position the other ends of the tubes (2) to drain
into suitable containers.
16. Only do steps 17 through 21 if the operation of

the pedals is not yet firm.
13. Depress the left brake pedal 12 to 15 mm and

hold it in this position.
17. Press the left brake pedal.
8.
Open the left and the right vent screws (1).
18. Open the left vent screw (1) until the flow of
brake fluid stops.
9.
Allow the brake fluid to drain into the containers

until an air-free flow of brake fluid is obtained.
19. Close the left vent screw (1) and release the left
brake pedal.
NOTE : This operation may be aided by pumping the

brake fluid by pressing and releasing the brake
pedals. Make sure the brake pedals remain latched
together and that the brake fluid in the reservoir
remains above the danger mark at all times.
20. Do steps 17 through 19 until the left brake pedal

is firm.
10. Unlatch the brake pedals and close the left vent
screw (1).
23. Remove the plastic tubes (2) and the containers.
11. Press and release the right brake pedal five

times.
21. Repeat steps 17 through 20 on the right vent

screw (1) and the right brake pedal.
22. Latch the left and the right brake pedals together.
24. Check the brake system fluid level (see page 4).
1
789M297A
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-6
Venting with pressure kit
10. Depress the left brake pedal 12 to 15 mm.

11. Open the left vent screw (1).
1.
2.

ground.
3.
Lower the backhoe stabilizers and raise the rear

wheels clear of the ground.
4.
Stop the engine.
5.
Ensure the brakes are adjusted correctly (see

page 4).
6.
Check the brake system fluid level (see page 4).
15. Repeat steps 8 through 14 until the operation of

the brake pedals is firm.
7.
Fit the pressure purging kit.
16. Latch the left and the right brake pedals together.
8.
Make sure the left vent screw (1) is closed and

open the right vent screw (1). Do not operate the
brake pedals.
17. Remove the plastic tubes (2) and the containers.
9.
12. Close the left vent screw (1) when the fluid
exhausting vent screw is clear and free of
entrapped air.
13. Operate the left and the right brake pedals. Make
sure the operation is firm and not spongy.
14. Only do step 12 if the operation of the brake
pedals is not yet firm.
18. Check the brake system fluid level (see page 4).
Close the right vent screw (1) when the fluid

exhausting vent screw is clear and free of
entrapped air. Make sure the brake fluid in the
reservoir remains above the danger mark at all
times.
789M297A
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-7
MASTER CYLINDER (4-wheel steer machines)

NOTE : The installation of the master cylinder is the
1.

loader. Stop the engine.
NOTE : After installation, purge the air from the brake

system (see page 16).
2.
Open the hood.
3.
Clamp the feed hoses (7) between the reservoir

(10) and the master cylinder (2).
NOTE : After installation, check the brake system oil

level (see page 15).
4.
Loosen the worm drive clips (5) and disconnect

the hoses (7) at the master cylinder (2).
5.
Disconnect the steel brake pipes (6) at the

unions (8) on the bracket (9).
6.
Remove the locknuts on the flexible brake pipes

(1) and release the pipes from the bracket (9).
7.
Remove the three bolts (4) from the master

cylinder (2) and remove the cylinder from the
booster unit (3).
10
5
8
6
789M326A
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-8
BOOSTER UNIT (4-wheel steer machines)

Removal
Installation
1.
Install the brake booster unit in the reverse order of


loader. Place blocks under the rear wells and
stop the engine.
1.
When the clevis pin (3) is installed, there must be

free movement of 2 to 3 mm between connecting
rod (11) and the booster unit piston. If there is no
movement or excess movement, release the
locknut (9) and adjust the clevis (10). Tighten the
locknut (9) and install the clevis pin (3).
2.
Safety the clevis pin (3) with a new split pin.
3.
Clamp the two hoses (1) from the brake booster

(7).
After installation, start the engine, check for

leakage at the booster unit connections and do
steps 4 through 7.
4.
Remove the clevis pin (3) and disconnect the

pivot (4) from the brake booster (7).
Make sure that the brake hydraulic system low

oil pressure lamp goes off.
5.
Remove the four bolts (5) and the brake booster

(7) from the mounting bracket (2).
Operate the brake pedal to pressurize the brake

system.
6.
Carry out a functional test of the brake system.
7.
2.
Open the hood.
3.
Release the hydraulic system pressure :
4.
Operate the brake pedal to release the brake

system hydraulic pressure.
5.
Remove the three bolts and washers (6) and

disconnect the master cylinder (8) from the brake
booster (7).
6.
7.
8.
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-9
2
3
4
A
10
11
DETAIL
DETAILAA
789M306A
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-10
BRAKE SYSTEM PUMP (4-wheel steer machines)

Removal
Installation
1.
2.
Crowd the loader bucket fully and raise the loader

beam. Install the safety support.
Install the brake system pump is the reverse of the

1.
Install a new gasket (4).
3.
Lower the backhoe stabilizers, DO NOT raise the

machine.
2.
Torque tighten the cap screws (3) and (5) to 40

Nm.
4.
Stop the engine.
3.
5.
Operate the brake pedal to release brake system

hydraulic pressure.
Torque tighten the bolts (11) and the nuts (9) to

280 Nm.
4.
Torque tighten the nuts (7) to 48 Nm.
6.
Open the hood.
5.
7.
Put a jack under the engine oil sump and raise it

to support the engine, DO NOT lift the engine.
After installation, start the engine check the

pump connections for leaks and do steps 6
through 9.
6.
Make sure that the brake system low oil pressure

warning lamp goes off.
7.
Operate the brake pedal to pressurize the brake

system.
8.
9.
8.
7
12
9
11
7
10
789M313A
Remove the two nuts (7) and the washers (8) on the
right hand engine mounting (10). Remove the two
engine mounting plate bolts (11) and the nuts (9).
9.
1
6
4
3
789M312A
Disconnect the pump hydraulic suction line (2) and

the discharge line (1). Move the engine plate to allow
access to the lower pump case capscrews (3).
Remove the two pump case capscrews (3) and (5).
Remove the pump (6) and gasket (4).
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-11
PRESSURE MAINTAINING VALVE (4-wheel steer machines)

Installation
Removal
1.
Install the pressure maintening valve in the reverse

2.
Lower the loader bucket to the ground.
3.
Lower the backhoe stabilizers, DO NOT lift the

machine.
1.
Install a new O-ring seal (2) on the valve body

(3).
4.
Stop the engine.
2.
Torque tighten the valve (3) to 30 Nm.
5.
Operate the brake pedal to release pressure

from the brake hydraulic system.
3.
After installation, start the engine, check the

valve joint for leakage and do steps 4 through 7.
6.
Remove the valve (3) from the manifold (1) and

discard the O-ring seal (2).
4.
Make sure that the brake hydraulic system low oil

pressure warning lamp switches off.
5.
Stop the engine.
6.
7.
5
4
3
2
1
789M316A
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-12
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID VALVE (4-wheel steer machines)

Removal
Installation
1.
2.
Install the differential lock solenoid valve in the

reverse order the removal but note the following :
3.
Lower the backhoe stabilizers, DO NOT lift the

machine.
1.
Install the new O-ring seals (4) on the valve body

(5).
4.
Stop the engine.
2.
5.


3.
Disconnect the electrical connections (6) at the

solenoid (2).

oil pressure warning lamp switches off.
4.
Stop the engine.
5.
6.
Carry out a funtional test of the brake system.
6.
7.
Remove the screw (1) and the solenoid (2) from

the valve (5).
8.
Unscrew the valve (5) from the manifold (3) and

discard the O-ring seals (4).
2
1
4
5
6
789M318A
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-13
LOW - PRESSURE WARNING SWITCH (4-wheel steer machines)

Removal
Installation
1.
2.
Install the low pressure warning switch in the reverse

3.
Lower the stabilizers. DO NOT lift the machine.
1.
Install a new O-ring (2) on the switch (3).
4.
Stop the engine.
2.
Torque tighten the switch (3) to 30 Nm.
5.

3.

switch joint for leakage and do steps 4 through 7.
6.
Disconnect the electrical connections (4).
4.
7.
Remove the switch (3) from the manifold (1) and

discard the O - ring seal (2).
Make sure that the brake hydraulic system low oil

pressure warning lamp switches off.
5.
Stop the engine.
6.
7.
789M319A
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-14
BRAKE SYSTEM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE (4-wheel steer machines)

Removal
Installation
1.
2.
Install the pressure maintaining valve in the reverse

3.
Lower the backhoe stabilizers. DO NOT lift the

machine.
1.
Install a new O-ring (2) on the valve (3).
2.
Torque tighten the valve (3) to 30 Nm.
4.
Stop the engine.
3.
5.
Operate the brake pedal to release pressure in

the brake hydraulic system.

4.
6.
Remove the valve (3) from the manifold (1) and

discard the O - ring seal (2).

oil pressure warning lamp switches off.
5.
Stop the engine.
6.
7.
1
2
3
789M320A
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-15
CHECKING THE BRAKE SYSTEM FLUID (4-wheel steer machines)

1.
6.
2.
Raise the loader beam to maximum height and fit

the safety support.
If required, clean the area around the cap (1) and

the remove the cap.
7.
Fill the reservoir to the line (3) witch suitable

brake fluid (see section 1002). Make sure you do
not overfill the reservoir (2).
8.
Install the cap (1) on the reservoir (2).
3.
Stop the engine.
4.
Open the hood.
5.
Check that the fluid is level with the moulded line

(3) on the reservoir (2).
2
789M324A
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-16
PURGE AIR FROM THE BRAKE SYSTEM (4-wheel steer machines)

1.
7.
Tighten the vent screw (1).
2.

ground.
8.
Tell the assistant to release the brake pedal.
9.
3.
Stop the engine.
Repeat steps 6, 7 and 8 until brake fluid free of

air is released from the vent screw (1).
4.
Check the brake system fluid level (see page

15).
5.
Attach a length of plastic tube (2) to the vent

screw (1) on the left rear axle.
6.
Loosen the vent screw (1) a 1/2 turn while an

assistant presses and holds down the brake
pedal. Make sure the brake fluid in the reservoir
does not fall below its minimum level.
10. Remove the plastic tube (2).

11. Check the oil level in the brake reservoir (see
page 15).
12. Repeat step 5 through 11 on the right rear, the
left front and the right front brakes in that order.
POST-SERIAL No.6000
MACHINE SHOWN
PRE-SERIAL No.6000
MACHINE SIMILAR
789M298A
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-17
BRAKE SYSTEM PUMP PERFORMANCE CHECK (4-wheel steer machines)

NOTE : If the fluid flow is not within the limits, a
replacement pump must be installed.
1.
2.
3.

machine.
15. Stop the engine.
4.
Stop the machine.
5.
Release the hydraulic system pressure.
17. Operate the brake pedal to release the brake

6.

18. Remove the flowmeter (1) from the T-piece

adaptor (3).
7.
Open the hood.
8.
Disconnect the pressure pipe (8) from the pump

(4) at the right side of the rear engine timing
cover.
19. Disconnect the pressure pipe (2) from the Tpiece adaptor (3).
9.
Connect a T-piece adaptor (3) to the pressure

pipe outlet on the pump (4).
16. Release the hydraulic system pressure.
20. Remove the T-pece adaptor (3) from the pump

(4) and reconnect the pressure pipe (2) to the
pump (4).
21. Purge air from the brake system (see page 16).
22. Do an operational test of the brake system. Make
sure there are no leaks from the connections that
have been disturbed.
10. Re-connect the pressure pipe (2) to the T-piece

adaptor (3).
11. Install a O to 15 litres flowmeter (1) to the T-piece
adaptor (3).
23. Close the hood.
12. Start the engine and allow the brake system fluid
to stabilize at its normal working temperature.
13. Set the engine speed to 2200 rpm.
14. Check the reading of the flowmeter is between
11.7 to 13 litres.
2
3
4
789M315A
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
7000-18
PRESSURE CHECK OF PRESSURE MAINTAINING VALVE

(4-wheel steer machines)
1.
2.
15. Release the hydraulic system pressure.
3.

machine.
16. Operate the brake pedal to release the brake

4.
Stop the engine.
5.
Release the hydraulic system pressure :
17. Remove the pressure gauge (5) from the T-piece

adaptor (4).
6.

18. Disconnect the hose (3) from the valve (2).
7.
Disconnect the hose (3) from the valve (2).
19. Remove the T-piece adaptor (4) from the valve

(2).
8.
Connect a T-piece adaptor (4) to the valve (2).
20. Reconnect the hose (3) to the valve (2).
9.
Re-connect the hose (3) to the T-piece adaptor

(4).
21. Purge air from the brake system (see page 16).
22. Do an operational test of the brake system. Make
sure there are no leaks from the connections that
have been disturbed.
10. Install a 0 to 40 bar pressure gauge (5) on the Tpiece adaptor (4).
11. Start the engine and allow the brake system fluid
to stabilize at its normal working temperature.
12. Set the engine speed to 2200 rpm.
13. Check the reading of the pressure gauge (5) is
25 bar. If necessary turn the adjuster (1) until the
correct pressure shows on the pressure gauge
(3).
3
4
5
789M317A
Cre 7-21470GB
Issued 06-99
Section
7003
7003
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
OF BRAKE COMPONENTS
Case
Cre 7-21480GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
7003-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TOOLS ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
MASTER CYLINDER (2 Wheel steer machines) .................................................................................................... 4
Disassembly ........................................................................................................................................................ 4
Inspection ............................................................................................................................................................ 4
Assembly............................................................................................................................................................. 6
MASTER CYLINDER (4 Wheel steer machines) .................................................................................................... 8
Disassembly ........................................................................................................................................................ 8
Inspection ............................................................................................................................................................ 8
Assembly............................................................................................................................................................. 8
BOOSTER UNIT (4 Wheel steer machines).......................................................................................................... 10
Disassembly ...................................................................................................................................................... 10
Inspection .......................................................................................................................................................... 11
Assembly ........................................................................................................................................................... 11
BRAKE SYSTEM PUMP (4 Wheel steer machines) ............................................................................................. 12
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................................... 12
Inspection .......................................................................................................................................................... 12
Assembly ........................................................................................................................................................... 12
SPECIAL TOOLS
Universal gear puller
Cre 7-21480GB
Issued 06-99
7003-3
Cre 7-21480GB
Issued 06-99
7003-4
MASTER CYLINDER (2 Wheel steer machines)

Disassembly
Inspection
1.
Clean the outside of the master cylinder.
1.
2.
Fasten the body (6) of the master cylinder in the

vise.
3.
Remove the flow valve adapter (1) from the

master cylinder.
Inspect the bores in the body (6) for scoring,

pitting or other damage. If the bores in the body
(6) are damaged a new master cylinder must be
used.
2.
Check the tab in the spring seat (12). Push the

tab down a small amount so that the tab will
engage the end of the piston (8). To hold the
check valve assembly in place. If the tab is
broken, use a new master cylinder.
3.
Inspect the flow valve (3), ball (5), check valve

piston (8), and the push rod (15) for scoring,
pitting or other damage. If the flow valve (3), ball
(5), check valve piston (8), piston (13) or the
push rod (15) are damage a new master cylinder
must be used.
4.
Remove the flow valve (3) from the master

cylinder.
5.
Remove the ball (5) from the master cylinder.
6.
Remove the gasket (2) from the flow valve

adapter (1).
7.
Remove the flow valve seal (4) from the flow

valve (3).
8.
Loosen the lock nut. Remove the clevis and lock

nut from the push rod (15).
9.
Remove the boot (18) from the body (6).
10. Remove the snap ring (17) from the body (6).
11. Remove the push rod (15) and washer (16) from
the body (6).
12. Hit the open end of the master cylinder against a
piece of wood to move the piston assembly to
the end of the master cylinder.
13. Pull the piston assembly from the master
cylinder.
14. There is a small tab in the spring seat (12) that
holds the spring seat (12) on the piston (13). Use
a screwdriver to left up the tab.
15. Remove the check valve assembly from the
piston (13).
16. Remove the seal (14) from the piston (13).
17. Disconnect the check valve seat (10) from the
spring seat (12).
18. Remove the spring (11) from the spring seat
(12).
19. Remove the check valve seat (10) from the
check valve piston (8).
20. Remove the wave spring (9) from the check
valve piston (8).
21. Remove the check valve seal (7) from the check
valve piston (8).
Cre 7-21480GB
Issued 06-99
7003-5
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
10
11
12
17
13
14
15
16
18
B9502283T
1.
Flow valve adapter
8.
Check valve piston
15. Push rod
2.
Gasket
9.
Wave spring
16. Washer
3.
Flow valve
10. Check valve seat
17. Snap ring
4.
Flow valve seal
11. Spring
18. Boot
5.
Ball
12. Spring seat
6.
Body
13. Piston
7.
Check valve seal
14. Seal
Cre 7-21480GB
Issued 06-99
7003-6
Assembly
1.
Install the check valve seal (7) on the check valve

piston (8).
2.
Install the spring (11) on the spring seat (10).
3.
Install the check valve assembly in the spring

(11). Engage the stem of the check valve piston
(8) in the spring seat (12).
4.
Install the check valve assembly on the piston

(13). Push the check valve assembly onto the
piston (13) until the tab in the spring seat (12)
engages the end of the piston (13).
5.
Install the seal (14) on the piston (13).
6.
Lubricate the bore of the body (6) with clean

hydraulic fluid.
7.
Install the piston assembly into the bore of the

body (6).
8.
Push the piston assembly into the bore until the

push rod (15) and washer (16) can be installed.
9.
Install the push rod (15) and washer (16).
10. Install the snap ring (17).
16. Carefully start the flow valve adapter (1) into the
bore in the master cylinder by hand. If the flow
valve adapter (1) cannot be turned into the
master cylinder completed by hand remove the
flow valve adapter (1) from the master cylinder
and make sure that the flow valve (3) is in the
center of the bore in the master cylinder.
17. Repeat step 16 until the flow valve adapter (1)
can be turned completely into the master
cylinder by hand.
18. Tighten the flow adapter (1) to 30 to 40 poundfeet (41 to 47 Nm).
19. See section 7000 and install the master cylinder
on the machine.
20. Depress the brake pedal and allow the piston to
return. Adjust the push rod to piston clearance to
0.025 to 0.050 inch (0.6 to 1.3 mm). Turn the
clevis clockwise to shorten or counter clockwise
to lengthen. Tighten the lock nut against the
clevis, see the illustration below.
0.6 to 1.3 mm
11. Install the boot (18).

12. Install the lock nut and the clevis on the push rod
(15). Do not tighten the lock nut on the push rod
at this time.
13. Install the ball (5) in the body (6).
14. Lubricate the flow valve seal (4) and the flow
valve (3) with clean hydraulic oil. Install the flow
valve (3) in the bore in the master cylinder. The
flow valve (3) must be centred in the bore of the
master cylinder.
B870123R
15. Install a new gasket (2) on the flow valve adapter

(1).
Cre 7-21480GB
Issued 06-99
7003-7
Cre 7-21480GB
Issued 06-99
7003-8
MASTER CYLINDER (4 Wheel steer machines)

Disassembly
Inspection
1.
Clean the outside of the master cylinder.
1.
2.
Remove the snap-ring (1) and withdraw the rear

piston assembly.
Renew the complete master cylinder assembly if

the bore is scored or has a discernible wear step.
2.
Thoroughly clean and dry all metal components.
Grip the centre land A of the rear piston

assembly and remove the bolt (2), the spring cap
(3), the spring (4), the spring seat (5), the spacer
(6) and the seal retainer (7).
3.
Renew all rubber seals and lubricate them during

assembly, with the correct grade of brake fluid.
4.
Remove the single lip seal (8) and the shim (9).
5.
Remove the rear single lip seal (10).
The assembly of the brake master cylinder is the

6.
Remove the hexagonal plug (11), the spring cap

(12) and the spring (13).
NOTE : The bolt (2) has a patch of thread locking

compound. If this has deteriorated install a new bolt.
7.
Remove the O-ring seal (14) from the hexagonal

plug (11).
NOTE : Install a new O-ring seal on the hexagonal

plug (11).
8.
Remove the spring seat (15) and the seal (16).
9.
Remove the front piston assembly through the

front of the master cylinder.
3.
Assembly
10. Remove the seal (17) and the shim ring (18) from
the spigot end of the front piston.
11. Remove the double lip seal (19) from the front
piston.
12. Prise the plastic inlet pipe (20) from the port
adjacent to the hexagonal plug (11).
13. Remove the seal (21) from the plastic inlet pipe
(20).
14. Remove the pin (22) in the inlet port.
Cre 7-21480GB
Issued 06-99
7003-9
11
12
14
13
15
16
17
18
23
19
4
5
24
10
20
21
22
1
25
CI98H518
1.
Snap-ring
10. Single lip seal
19. Double lip seal
2.
Bolt
11. Hexagonal plug
20. Plastic inlet pipe
3.
Spring cap
12. Spring cap
21. Seal
4.
Spring
13. Spring
22. Pin
5.
Spring seat
14. O-ring seal
23. Front piston
6.
Spacer
15. Spring seat
24. Rear piston
7.
Seal retainer
16. Seal
25. Body
8.
Single lip seal
17. Seal
9.
Shim
18. Shim ring
Cre 7-21480GB
Issued 06-99
7003-10
BOOSTER UNIT (4- Wheel steer machines)

Disassembly
3.
1.
17
18
19
20
21
22
789M309A
5
789M307A
Remove gaiter (1) from the brake booster (2). Clamp

the booster unit in a vice with flange (A) upwards.
Press the end cover (4) into the cylinder bore and
remove the snap-ring (3).
NOTE : The actuator rod (5) will remain in the gaiter
(1) as it is removed.
Clamp the centre of the piston (21) in a vice at B.

Using a peg wrench remove the cup (18) from the
piston.
Remove the disc (17) from the cup (18). Discard the
disc (17).
Remove the inner piston return spring (19) and the
O-ring seal (22) from the inner piston (20). Discard
the O-ring seal (22).
4.
2.
23
6
10
11
24
12
28
27
26
25
789M310A
13
14
15
16
789M308A
Remove the rear cover assembly (6) with the actuator

sleeve (8) and the spring (7). Push the sleeve (8) out
of the rear cover assembly.
Remove the spring (7) and separate the rear cover
discs (13) and (16) to release the seal (15) and the
inner chevron seal (14).
Remove the piston assembly (9) from the body (12).
Remove spring (10) and pull the piston rod (11) out of
the piston assembly (9).
Cre 7-21480GB
Remove the snap-ring (23) from flange (24) of the

booster unit.
Remove the front cover assembly (28).
Remove the seal retainer (25), the chevron seal (26)
and the O-ring seal (27). Discard the O-ring seal (27).
Issued 06-99
7003-11
Inspection
1.
Examine the booster cylinder bore. If there is any

wear, replace the unit.
2.
Check all components for scratching or marks

which indicate temporary seizure.
3.
Make sure that the snap-ring (23) on the actuator

sleeve (24) is in good condition.
10.
Assembly
Assemble the brake booster unit in the reverse order
of the disassembly but note the following :
1.
Install a new chevron seal (26) in the end cover

(28).
2.
Install a new O-ring seal (27) on the cover (28).
3.
Before assembly, lubricate the cover assembly

with clean hydraulic oil.
4.
Install a new O-ring seal (22) on inner piston

(20).
5.
Before assembly, lubricate the inner piston

assembly with clean hydraulic oil.
6.
Install a new disc (17) in the cup (18).
7.
Before assembly, lubricate the piston rod (11)

and the piston assembly (9) with clean hydraulic
oil.
8.
Install a new chevron seal (14) and a new O-ring

seal (15).
9.
Before assembly, lubricate the actuator sleeve

(8) and the front cover assembly with clean
hydraulic oil.
Cre 7-21480GB
789M311A
When the brake booster is fully assembled, measure

the distance A between the flange and the end of the
dome nut.
On the master cylinder, measure the depth B from
the flange to the point where the dome nut touches.
NOTE : Dimension A should be less than dimension
B but without excessive clearance.
Issued 06-99
7003-12
BRAKE SYSTEM PUMP (4 Wheel steer machines)

Disassembly
Inspection
1.
Open the tags on the lock washer (13).
1.
2.
Remove the shaft nut (12).
3.
Use the gear puller to remove the gear (14) from

the drive shaft (10).
Check that the bores of the pump body are free

from scratches and cuts. If the damage is severe
install a new pump.
2.
Check the gear teeth for chips and wear.
4.
Remove the key (11) from the drive shaft (10).
3.
5.
Remove the four bolts (1) and the washers (2)

from the pump body (8).
Check the drive shaft seal diameter for marks or

grooving. If the gears are severely damaged,
install a new pump.
6.
Remove the end plate (3) from the pump body

(8) and discard the O-ring seal (4).
4.
Check the bearing assembly faces and bores for

scoring or wear. If the bearings are severely
damaged install a new pump.
7.
Remove the two rings (5) and (6) and the bearing
assembly (7) from the pump body (8).
Assembly
8.
Remove the two gear shafts (9) and (10) from

the pump body (8).
Assemble the pump in the reverse order of the

9.
Remove the flange (18) and O-ring seal (19)

from the pump body (8). Discard the O-ring seal
(19).
1.
Install a new seals (15) and (17).
2.
10. Remove the outer seal (15), the snap-ring (16)

and the inner seal (17) from the flange (18).
Install a new backup ring (20) and a new ring

(21) in the bearing (22).
3.
11. Remove the two rings (20) and (21) and bearing
assembly (22) from the pump body (8).
Install a new O-ring seal (14) in the pump body

(8).
4.
Before assembly, lubricate the gears (9) and (10)

and the pump body with clean hydraulic oil.
5.
Install a new backup ring (5) and a new ring (7).
6.
Install a new O-ring seal (4) on the pump body

(8).
Cre 7-21480GB
Issued 06-99
7003-13
7
8
9
22
21
10
11
20
19
18 17
16 15
14 13
12
789M314A
1.
Bolt
12. Shaft nut
2.
Washer
13. Lock washer
3.
End plate
14. Gear
4.
O-ring seal
15. Outer seal
5.
Backup ring
16. Snap-ring
6.
Ring
17. Inner seal
7.
Bearing assembly
18. Flange
8.
Body
19. O-ring seal
9.
Gear shaft
20. Backup ring
10. Drive shaft
21. Ring
11. Key
22. Bearing assembly
Cre 7-21480GB
Issued 06-99
8001
Section
8001
OF HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
Case
Cre 7-21500GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
8001-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE OIL COOLER.........................................................................................4
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE HYDRAULIC PUMP ..............................................................................6
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE UNLOADER VALVE ..............................................................................8
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE EXTENDING DIPPERSTICK CONTROL VALVE .................................9
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE (Models 750, 760, 860 and 960)........10
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE (Model 965)........................................12
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE LOADER CONTROL VALVE (Models 750, 760 and 860)...................14
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE LOADER CONTROL VALVE (Models 960 and 965)...........................15
Cre 7-21500GB
Issued 06-99
8001-3
Cre 7-21500GB
Issued 06-99
8001-4
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE OIL COOLER

STEP 1
STEP 9
Repeat step 8 for the remaining hydraulic hoses (7),

(15) and (16).
STEP 2
Raise the loader beam, fully dump the loader bucket
and install the safety strut. Stop the engine and open
the engine cover.
STEP 3
Depressurize the hydraulique system (see section
8002).
STEP 4
Thoroughly clean the oil cooler, the hoses and the
work area before starting work.
STEP 5
Disconnect the hose (11) from the radiator (8).
STEP 6
Remove the nut (1), the clip (2) and the stay (3) from
the oil cooler (12).
STEP 7
Fit identifying tags to each of the hydraulic hoses as
an aid to installation.
STEP 10
Release the hose clip (13) and disconnect the return
hose (14) from the oil cooler (12).
NOTE : Fit blanks to the hose and to the oil cooler
connection.
STEP 11
Support the oil cooler (12) and remove the bolts (5)
and (10) and the washers (4) and (9) attaching it to
the radiator (8).
STEP 12
Remove the oil cooler (12) from the machine and
drain it into a suitable container.
NOTE : The installation of the oil cooler is the reverse
of the removal.
NOTE : After installation, operate all backhoe
services until they function smoothly and without
hesitation. Stop the engine and check the oil level in
the hydraulic reservoir, top up if necessary.
STEP 8
Position a suitable drainage container beneath the
hydraulic hose (6) and disconnect the hose from the
oil cooler (12).
NOTE : Fit blanks to the hose and the oil cooler
connection.
Cre 7-21500GB
Issued 06-99
8001-5
CI98G521
Cre 7-21500GB
Issued 06-99
8001-6
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE HYDRAULIC PUMP

STEP 1
STEP 7
STEP 2
3
Fully raise the loader beam, dump the loader bucket

the engine cover.
STEP 3
8002).
STEP 4
Thoroughly clean the hydraulic pump and the hoses

before starting work.
STEP 5
CK98G026
Disconnect the hoses (1) to (4) from the pump

assembly (5). Fit blanks to all connections.
NOTE : For installation, mount new O-ring seals into
the hoses (3) and (4).
STEP 8
1
CI98G525
Disconnect the electrical connector from the unloader

valve solenoid (1).
STEP 6
CK98G026
Support the engine mounted drive shaft (1).
Fit identifying tags to each of the hydraulic hoses

from the hydraulic pump.
Cre 7-21500GB
Issued 06-99
8001-7
NOTE : The installation of the hydraulic pump is the
STEP 9
1
2
3

CI98G525
Remove the nuts (1), the bolts (3) and the washers
(2) that attach the pump assembly (4) to the chassis.
NOTE : For installation, tighten the nuts (1) a torque
of 84 Nm.
STEP 10
1
CI98G525
Carefully with draw the pump drive shaft (1) from the
engine mounted drive shaft and remove the pump
assembly (2) from the chassis.
NOTE : For installation, splined pump drive shaft to
be coated with grease to assembly with drive shaft.
Cre 7-21500GB
Issued 06-99
8001-8
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE UNLOADER VALVE

STEP 1
STEP 6
Disconnect the electrical connector from the unloader

valve solenoid (2).
STEP 2
STEP 7
Fully raise the loader beam, dump the loader bucket

the engine cover.
Remove the bolts (4) and the lockwashers (3)

attaching the unloader valve (5) to the hydraulic
pump (1).
STEP 3
NOTE : For installation, mount new lockwashers (3)

and tighten the bolts (4) a torque of 50 Nm.

8002).
STEP 8
STEP 4
Remove the unloader valve (5) from the hydraulic

pump (1) and fit blanks to open ports on the hydraulic
pump (1) and the unloader valve (5).
Thoroughly clean the unloader valve and the hoses

STEP 5
NOTE : The installation of the unloader valve is the


5
CK98G026
Disconnect the hoses (6) and (7) from the unloader

valve (5) and fit blanks to all connections.
2
4
789M091A
Cre 7-21500GB
Issued 06-99
8001-9
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE EXTENDING

DIPPERSTICK CONTROL VALVE
STEP 1
STEP 6
Park the machine on a level surface. Lower the loader

bucket to the floor and stop the engine.
Remove the pin (8) and disconnect the control rod (9)
from the spool of the extending dipperstick control
valve (7).
STEP 2
8002).
STEP 3
Thorougly clean the extending dipperstick control
valve, the hoses and the work area before starting
work.
STEP 7
Remove the nuts (11), the washers (10) and the bolts
(6) attaching the extending dipperstick control valve
(7) to the mounting bracket (12).
NOTE : For installation, tighten the nuts (11) a torque
of 105 Nm.
STEP 8
STEP 4
Fit identifying tags to each of the hydraulic parts as an
aid to installation.
Remove the extending dipperstick control valve (7)

from the machine.
NOTE : The installation of the extending dipperstick
control valve is the reverse of the removal.
STEP 5
Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (1) through (5) from
the extending dipperstick control valve and fit blanks
to all hose and valve connections.
NOTE : For installation, tighten each hydraulic hose
connection a torque of 70 Nm.
NOTE : After installation, operate the extending

dipperstick and make sure that the extending
dipperstick operates correctly. Stop the engine and
check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir, to up if
necessary.
12
11
2
3
4
10
8
9
5
789M106
Cre 7-21500GB
Issued 06-99
8001-10
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE

(Models 750, 760, 860 and 960)
STEP 1
STEP 10

Remove the fitting (2) and (3).
STEP 2
If the backhoe is equipped with an extandahoe, install
the extendahoe lock pin.
Lower the stabilizers until the stabilizer pads just
touch the floor.
Extend the backhoe straight behind the machine with
the backhoe bucket resting on the floor and stop the
engine.
STEP 11
Support the backoe valve assembly (1) using packing
and a jack.
STEP 12
Remove the bolts (4) and the washers (5) attaching
the backhoe valve assembly (1) to the bracket (6).
NOTE : For installation, tighten the bolts (4) a torque
of 105 Nm.
STEP 3
8002).
STEP 4
Lift the floor mat and remove the plate that gives
access to the backhoe valve assembly (1).
STEP 5
Thoroughly clean the backhoe valve (1), the hoses
and the work area before starting work.
STEP 6
Fit identifying tags to each controls rod as an aid to
installation.
STEP 7
Disconnect the control rods from the spool valves.
STEP 8
Fit identifying tags to each of the hydraulic hoses and
pipes, as an aid to installation.
STEP 9
WARNING : Do not attempt to lift the backhoe valve assembly (1) on your own.
STEP 13
Move the backhoe valve assembly (1) rear wards a
short distance to clear the bracket (6).
STEP 14
Steady the backhoe valve assembly (1) and slowly
lower the jack until the assembly can be removed
from the machine.
STEP 15
Move the backhoe valve assembly (1) clear of the
machine.
NOTE : The installation of the backhoe valve
assembly (1) is the reverse of the removal.
NOTE : After installation, operate the backhoe
services and make sure all the services operate
correctly. Stop the engine and check the oil level in
Disconnect the hydraulics hoses and pipes from the

backhoe valve assembly (1) and fit blanks to all hose
and pipe connections.
Cre 7-21500GB
Issued 06-99
8001-11
5
4
5
4
6
CI98G522
Cre 7-21500GB
Issued 06-99
8001-12
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE

(Model 965)
STEP 1
STEP 13

Remove the fitting (2) and (3).
STEP 2
If the backhoe is equiped with an extandahoe, install
the extandahoe lock pin.
Extend the backhoe straight behind the machine with
the backhoe bucket resting on the floor and stop the
engine.
STEP 3
8002).
STEP 4
STEP 14
Support the backhoe valve assembly (1) using
packing and a jack.
STEP 15
the backhoe valve assembly (1) to the bracket (6).
of 105 Nm.
WARNING : Do not attempt to lift the backhoe valve assembly (1) on your own.
Disconnect the battery leads.
STEP 5
STEP 16
access to the backhoe valve assembly (1).
Steady the backhoe valve assembly (1) and slowly

lower the jack until the assembly can be removed
from the machine.
STEP 6
STEP 17
Thoroughly clean the backhoe valve (1) the hoses

and the work area before starting work.
Move the backhoe valve assembly (1) clear of the

machine.
STEP 7
NOTE : The installation of the backhoe valve

assembly (1) is the reverse of the removal.

installation.
STEP 8
Disconnect the control rods from the spool valves.
STEP 9
NOTE : After installation, operate the backhoe

services and make sure all the services operate
correctly.
Stop the engine and check the oil level in the
hydraulic reservoir, top up if necessary.
Fit identifying tags to each Hirschmann plug as an aid

to installation.
STEP 10
Remove the Hirschmann plug from each spool valve.
STEP 11
STEP 12
Disconnect the hydraulics hoses and pipes from the
backhoe valve assembly (1) and fit blanks to all hose
and pipe connections.
Cre 7-21500GB
Issued 06-99
8001-13
111
11
2
3
5
4
11
4
4
CS98G601
Cre 7-21500GB
Issued 06-99
8001-14
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE LOADER CONTROL VALVE

(Models 750, 760 and 860)
STEP 1
STEP 11
1

STEP 2
8002).
STEP 3
Remove the gaiter to access the loader controls and
the loader valve assembly.
STEP 4
Thoroughly clean the loader valve, the hoses and the
STEP 5
Disconnect the wiring for the magnetic detent located
on the bucket section of the loader control valve.
STEP 6
installation.
STEP 7
Disconnect the control rods from the loader valve
assembly.
STEP 8
4
3
789M374A

the mounting plate (1) to the chassis. Steady the
loader valve assembly (2) and slowly lever the jack
until the valve can be removed from the machine.
of 105 Nm.
STEP 12
Move the loader valve assembly clear of the machine.
NOTE : The installation of the loader valve assembly
NOTE : After installation, operate the loader services
and make sure all the services operate correctly. Stop
the engine and check the oil level in the hydraulic
reservoir, top up if necessary.
STEP 9
Disconnect the hydraulic hoses and pipes from the
loader valve assembly and fit blanks to all hose and
pipe connections.
STEP 10
Support the loader valve assembly using packing and
a jack.
Cre 7-21500GB
Issued 06-99
8001-15
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE LOADER CONTROL VALVE

(Models 960 and 965)
STEP 1
STEP 11

1
STEP 2
8002).
STEP 3
Disconnect the battery leads.
STEP 4
access to the loader valve assembly.
STEP 5
Thoroughly clean the loader valve, the hoses and the
STEP 6
Fit identifying tags to each Hirschmann plug as an aid
to installation.
STEP 7
Remove the Hirschmann plug from each spool valve.
STEP 8
Fit the identifying tags to each of the hydraulic hoses
and pipes, as an aid to installation.
STEP 9
4
3
789M103A

the mounting plate (1) to the chassis. Steady the
loader valve assembly (2) and slowly lever the jack
until the valve can be removed from the machine.
of 105 Nm.
STEP 12
Move the loader valve assembly clear of the machine.
NOTE : The installation of the loader valve assembly
NOTE : After installation, operate the loader services
and make sure all the loader services operate
correctly. Stop the engine and check the oil level in
Disconnect the hydraulic hoses and pipes from the

loader valve assembly and fit blanks to all hose and
pipe connections.
STEP 10
Support the loader valve assembly using packing and
a jack.
Cre 7-21500GB
Issued 06-99
8002
Section
8002
HYDRAULIC SPECIFICATIONS,
TROUBLESHOOTING AND PRESSURE CHECKS
Case
Cre 7-21510GB

Printed in France
August 1999
8002-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS .................................................................................................................................................... 3
SPECIAL TOOLS...................................................................................................................................................... 3
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES ................................................................................................................... 4
General ................................................................................................................................................................. 4
Fault warning alarms ............................................................................................................................................ 6
Loader or backhoe service does not work ............................................................................................................ 8
Controls operate slowly ...................................................................................................................................... 10
Loader bucket self-level malfunction .................................................................................................................. 11
DECOMPRESSING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM .................................................................................................. 12
DECOMPRESSING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM .................................................................................................. 13
960 B type .......................................................................................................................................................... 13
965 B type .......................................................................................................................................................... 13
RELIEF VALVE TESTS .......................................................................................................................................... 15
PUMP TEST ........................................................................................................................................................... 18
BACK PRESSURE VALVE PRESSURE TEST ...................................................................................................... 19
CHECKING THE SYSTEM FOR OPTIONAL RIDE CONTROL ............................................................................. 20
HYDRAULIC PUMP................................................................................................................................................ 22
STEERING CONTROL VALVE .............................................................................................................................. 23
LOADER CONTROL VALVE .................................................................................................................................. 24
750B-760B-860B series...................................................................................................................................... 24
960B-965B series ............................................................................................................................................... 24
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE ............................................................................................................................... 25
750B-760B-860B-960 ......................................................................................................................................... 25
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE ............................................................................................................................... 26
Serie 965 ............................................................................................................................................................ 26
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION .................................................................................................................. 28
750-760-860 BACKHOE LOADER HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC ............................................................................. 29
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION .................................................................................................................. 30
960-965 BACKHOE LOADER HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC .................................................................................... 31
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-3
SPECIFICATIONS
All machines
Hydraulic oil specification ...........................................................................................................................DIN 51524
Hydraulic oil viscosity
- below 30C (86C )...................................................................................................................... System ISO VG46
- above 30C (86C) .........................................................................................................................................ISO 68
Hydraulic reservoir capacity ........................................................................................................................... 45 litres
750B - 760B
Hydraulic pump outlet pressure
- outer section (62 l/mn) ..................................................................................................................................207 bar
- inner section (80 l/mn) ..................................................................................................................................225 bar
860B - 960B - 965B

Hydraulic pump outlet pressure
- outer section ( 80 l/mn)..................................................................................................................................190 bar
- inner section (80 l /mn)..................................................................................................................................225 bar
Brake booster pump
- Engine idling....................................................................................................................................................12 bar
- Engine at 2200 rpm .........................................................................................................................................16 bar
All machines
Unloader valve operating pressure.......................................................................................................207 to 214 bar
Back pressure valve pressure
- engine idling ...........................................................................................................................................34 to 35 bar
- engine at 2200 rpm ................................................................................................................................49 to 50 bar
Electrica calibration of the machine (see section 4008)
Brake booster pump (see section 7000)
SPECIAL TOOLS
All machines
Pressure gauge 0 to 50 bar.
Pressure gauge 0 to 100 bar.
Pressure gauge 0 to 300 bar .
Adaptator to replace a circuit relief valve
Flow meter
Gate valve and hose
960B - 965B
Slave joystick
Elektron diagnostic terminal
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-4
General
(965B and 960B)
With all controls in neutral, does the engine seem
slightly loaded ?
NO
YES
With a fully charged battery and single pump
operation selected does the starter motor lack
power ?

NO
YES
With the machine idling, is the hydraulic oil hotter
than expected ?

NO
YES
Is the oil cooler free from external obstructions ?
Remove the obstructions.

NO
YES
With all the controls in neutral, can the main relief
valve be heard operating ?

NO
YES
With the bucket empty, raise the loader. Does the
relief valve stop operating until maximum height
is reached ?

NO
YES
The load sensing valve is stuck in the closed
position and dead heads the pump whenever
the spools are in neutral. Replace the load
sensing valve. Is the oil in the hydraulic reservoir
at the correct level ?
NO
Fill the hydraulic reservoir with the oil

specified in section 1002.
YES
NO
Connect hoses in accordance with the

YES
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-5
Has the emergency stop button been reset ?

NO
Twist the emergency stop button to

reset the hydraulic system.
YES
Set the hydraulics enable switch to on.
Has the hydraulics enable switch been set to on ?

NO
YES
Did the green light in the hydraulics enable switch
come on ?
NO
Replace the bulb in the hydraulics

enable switch.
YES
(965B only)
Is the green light in the hydraulics enable switch
flashing twice per second ?

NO
YES
Is the driver sat in the seat ?
NO
The warning is given if the driver is

not seated.
YES
Replace the seat pressure switch.
Has the light stopped flashing ?

NO
YES
(960B and 965B)
Do the pump flow test for both the inner (80 litres/
min) section and the outer (80 litres/min) section
of the hydraulic pump, as detailed in this section.
Is the hydraulic pump serviceable ?
NO
Replace or repair the hydraulic pump

NO
Do the calibration
detailed in this section
YES
Do the input signal test as detailed in this section.

Are the input signals correct ?
procedures
YES
Troubleshooting procedure complete
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-6
Fault warning alarms

Did the fault warning alarm give a single
beep ?

NO
YES
The seat is not properly locked in an operating
position. Move the seat forward until it locks.
The seat shoult not swivel. Has the single
beep fault warning alarm stopped ?
Replace the seat position switches.

NO
YES
(965B and 960B)
Did the fault warning alarm give two beeps ?

NO
YES
There is a fault in the loader bucket levelling
system. Check the wiring, the connectors and
the potentiometers on the bucket linkage and
the beam pivot, for damage. Are any of the
components damaged ?
NO
Call
your
Service
department
immediately and describe the symptoms
that you have found. The machine must
not be operated until the fault has been
corrected.
YES
Replace or repair the damaged components.
Has the two beep fault warning alarm
stopped ?
NO
Call
your
Service
department
immediately
and
describe
the
symptoms that you have found. The
machine must not be operated until the
YES
Did the fault warning alarm give three beep ?

NO
YES
(960B only)
There is faulty joystick signal. It is dangerous to
operate the machine with this fault. Call your
Service department immediately and describe
the symptoms that you have found. The
machine must not be operated until the fault
has been corrected. Has the fault been
corrected ?

NO
YES
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-7
(965B only)
There is a faulty joystick signal. It is
dangerous to operate the machine with
this fault. Put the seat in forward facing
position (loader operation). Do the beeps
stop ?
NO
The fault is in the right joystick. Call

your Service department immediately
and describe the symptoms that you
have found. the machine must not be
operated until the fault has been
corrected.
YES
The fault is in the left joystick. Call your
Service department immediately and
The machine must be operated until the fault
has been corrected. Has the fault been
corrected ?
Do not operate the machine

NO
YES
(965B and 960B)
Did the fault warning alarm give four beeps ?

NO
YES
There is a steering error. Refer to the
troubleshooting procedures contained in
Section 5001 of this manual. Has the four
beep fault warning alarm stopped ?
NO
Call
your
Service
department
immediately
and
describe
the
YES
Did the fault warning alarm give five beeps ?

NO
YES
There is a fault in the steering harness. Refer to
the troubleshooting procedures contained in
Section 5001 of this manuel. Has the five beep
fault warning alarm stopped ?
NO
Call
your
Service
department
immediately
and
describe
the
YES
Did the blue warning light on the side console
come on ?

NO
YES
The loader bucket is in float mode. De-select float
mode, has the blue warning light gone out ?
NO
Remove the loader valve assembly

and replace the bucket spool.
YES
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-8
(965B only)
Did the fault warning alarm give a continuous
beep ?
Continue with the procedure

NO
YES
The manual override switch is selected.
Release the manual override switch. Has the
continuous beep stopped ?
NO
Replace or repair the manuel override

switch
YES
Loader or backhoe service does not work

Stop the engine and use the manual operation
lever to move the spool of the non-functioning
service. Does the spool move freely without
jamming.
NO
Remove the loader valve assembly or

the backhoe valve assembly and
replace the non-functioning spool.
NO
Operate the loader bucket at the

same time as the non-functioning
service. Does the service work ?
YES
Start the engine and use the manual operation
lever to move the spool of the non-functioning
service. Does the service work using the manual
operation lever ?
NO
YES
Operate the loader bucket clam shell

at the same time as the non-fuctioning
service. Does the service work ?
NO
The servo gallery check valve is
jammed open. Replace the loader
valve assembly or the backhoe valve
assembly.
Fit the slave joystick to the spool of the nonfunctioning service and do the signal path test as
detailed in this section. Does the service work using
the slave joystick ?
NO
The fault is hydraulic. Do the servo

pressure test as detailed in this
section. Does the service work ?
NO
YES
Cre 7-21510GB
Service the servo valve as detailed in

the Service Manual.
Issued 08-99
8002-9
The fault is electrical. Do the output signal test
as detailed in this section. is there a signal
voltage ?
NO
Check the wiring and the connectors to

the spool of the non-functioning service.
NO
Do the calibration procedures as detailed

in Section 4008.
YES
Do the input signal test as detailed in this

section. Are the input signals correct ?
YES
If the steering service has stopped working, refer

to the troubleshooting procedures contained in
Section 5001 of this manual.
Loader or backhoe service operates slowly

Does the loader or backhoe service operate at
the correct speed when unloaded, but slowly
when a load is applied ?
NO
YES
Do the unloader valve pressure test as detailed in
this section. Is the unloader valve serviceable ?
NO
Replace the unloader valve as

detailed in the Service Manual.
YES
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-10
Controls operate slowly

With the bucket in the air, operate the dipperstick.
Does the dipperstick start slowly, but eventually
move at the normal speed ?

NO
YES
Operate the dipperstick, the bucket and the
boom together. Is the delay longer ?
NO
YES
The accumulator check valve is partially closed.

Do the servo pressure test as detailed in this
section. Does the service operate correctly ?
NO
Service the servo valve as detailed

in the Service Manual.
YES
Accumulator loses pressure rapidly when the engine is switched off

Start the engine and run it for 20 seconds.
Switch off the engine and set the ignition key
switch to the + position.
NO
The accumulator check valve is stuck

open. Remove the backhoe valve
assembly and replace the return-side
module.
Set the hydraulics enable switch to on. Make

sure that the green light in the switch is on .
Can the controls be used to fully depressurise the

loader and the backhoe ?
YES
Return to dig function does not work

Do the input signal test as detailed in this
section. Do the signals need calibrating ?
NO
YES
Do the calibration procedures as detailed in this
section. Does the return to dig function work
better at maximum engine speed than at 1000
rpm ?

NO
YES
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-11
Do the back pressure valve pressure test as
detailed in this section. Is the back pressure
valve serviceable ?
NO
Replace or repair the back pressure valve

YES
Does the return to dig function work correctly ?
NO
YES
Call
your
Service
department
immediately and describe the symptoms
that you have found. The machine must
not be operated untill the fault has been
corrected.
Loader bucket self-level malfunction

Does the material spill forwards out of the bucket
as it is raised ?

NO
YES
Does self-levelling begin when the loader bucket
is higher than 1,2 m from the ground ?

NO
YES
Recalibrate or replace the potentiometer. Is the
self-level function operating correctly ?
NO
YES
Call your Service department immediatly

and describe the symptoms that you have
found. The machine must not be operated
until the fault has been corrected.
Does the material spill backwards out of the

bucket as it is raised ?
NO
YES
Does the self-levelling begin when the loader

bucket is lower than 1.2 m from the ground ?
NO
YES
Recalibrate or replace the potentiometer. Is the

self-level funtion operating correctly ?
YES
NO
Call your Service department immediately

and describe the symptoms that you have
found. The machine must not be operated
until the fault has been corrected.

Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-12
DECOMPRESSING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Decompress the hydraulic system as follows :
Models 750B, 760B and 860B

1.
2.
Lower the loader and the backhoe to the ground,

3.
Switch off the engine.
4.
5.
Move all the backhoe and the loader control

levers in all directions several times until the
loader and the backhoe are fully settled on the
ground.
6.
Refit the hydraulic reservoir cap.
CD98G001
Models 960B and 965B

1.
2.
Lower the loader and the backhoe to the ground,

3.
4.
5.
Place the special wrench (2) on the nut (3) of

each of the loader and backhoe control valve
sections.
6.
Turn the wrench (2) as for as it will go from top to

bottom.
7.
Repeat this operation on each (loader and

backhoe) control valve section.
8.
Refit the hydraulic reservoir cap (1).
3
CI98J518
2
CS98J538
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-13
DECOMPRESSING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Prior to carrying out any service operation on the hydraulic system, it is first necessary to release the pressure in all
the circuits.
Before doing this, make sure that the ride control function (optional) is not operating.
960 B type
965 B type
STEP 1
STEP 1
Lower the loader attachment and the backhoe

attachment until they are resting on the ground.
Lower the loader attachment and the backhoe

attachment until they are resting on the ground.
STEP 2
STEP 2
Stop the engine, engage parking brake.
Stop the engine, engage parking brake.
STEP 3
STEP 3
CD99E021
Turn the starter switch key to "On" position and press

the hydraulic enable switch to enable the system.
Place the loader control lever in float position, then
operate the lever from left to right several times to
release the hydraulic pressure.
CP99D009
Turn the starter switch key to "On" position and press

the hydraulic enable switch.
STEP 4
STEP 4
CK99E013
CP98F024
Operate the backhoe attachment controls in all directions.
Cre 7-21510GB
Press the loader or backhoe attachment selector

button to obtain control of the attachment behind the
operators seat.
NOTE : Depending on the position of the seat, this
will either be the loader attachment or the backhoe.
Issued 08-99
8002-14
STEP 5
With backhoe attachment
CK99E010
Place the loader control lever in float position, then

operate the lever from left to right several times.
With backhoe attachment
CP99E004
Non -EC configuration

Push the left-hand control lever forwards and hold it
in that position. Pull the right hand control lever
rearwards and hold it in that position, at the same
time moving the lever from left to right.
EC configuration
Pull the left-hand control lever rearwards and hold it
in that position.
Push the right-hand control lever forwards and hold it
in that position, at the same time moving the lever
fromleft to right.
NOTE : If, for some reason, there is no electrical
current, operate the attachments manually (See
"Manual operation of the loader arms" and "Manual
operation of the backhoe attachment" in the
"Operating instructions" Section.
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-15
RELIEF VALVE TESTS

Main relief valve pressure test
Pressure check for 750B, 760B and 860B
1.
Park the machine on a level surface. Put the

backhoe in the transport position and lower the
loader bucket to the floor.
2.
Work the machine until the temperature of the

hydraulic oil is 50C .
3.
Raise the loader beam and install the safety

strut.
4.
Stop the engine and depressurize the hydraulic

system.
5.
Open the cover.
6.
Remove the plug (1) and connect the 0 to 300

bar pressure gauge to the test point (1) M10x100
in the pump outlet piping.
7.
For sideshift machine, do steps 8 and 9.
8.
Remove the hydraulic line between the digger

valve and the clamp valve.
9.
Remove the adaptor from the digger valve and

connect an M10x100 adaptor and a 0 to 400 bar
pressure gauge in its place.
10. For centermount machine, do steps 11 and 12.

11. Remove the hydraulic line between the digger
valve and the quick-attach valve.
12. Remove the adaptor from the digger valve and
connect an M10x100 adaptor and 0 to 400 bar
pressure gauge in its place.
CI98J519
13. Clear all personnel away from the machine.

14. Start the engine and run it at 2200 rpm.
15. Fully dump the bucket to operate the main relief
valve. Make sure the pressure gauge reads 225
bar.
NOTE : If the pressure is below this specification
adjust the pilot for the main relief valve.
16. Remove the hydraulic test kit from the test point
(1) and install the plug.
17. For the sideshift machine, refit the hydraulic line
between the digger valve and the clamp valve.
18. For the centermount machine, refit the hydraulic
line between the digger valve and the quickattach valve.
19. Close the cover.
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-16
Pressure check for 960B and 965B
4.
The main relief valve is housed in the backhoe control

valve inlet module.
Attach the hydraulic test hose and 0-400 bar

pressure gauge to the adaptor.
5.
Start the engine and set the RPM to 1800 on the

hand throttle.
6.
Select slow mode (single pump flow) on the

side console switch.
1.
Sideshift machines only. With the engine

stopped, remove the feed pipe (1), union (2) and
seal (3) to the backhoe clamp valve.
NOTE : By selecting slow mode (single pump), the

hydraulic system is not influenced by the 62 litre outer
pump or the unloader valve.
7.
Fully retract a stabiliser leg.
8.
With the leg fully retracted, the main relief valve

housed in the inlet module of the inlet module of
the backhoe valve block will operate. The main
relief valve pressure is set at 225 7
0 bar.
Should the pressure recorded on the gauge be
less than 225 bar, the main relief valve pilot valve
(4) should be adjusted.
CS98J539
2.
Centermount machines only. Remove pressure

gallery plug.
3.
Insert adaptor from the pressure test kit into the

backhoe control valve where the union/plug was
removed from.
CS98J540
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-17
To adjust the pilot valve, remove the black plastic cap,
and using a 6 mm Allen key, adjust the pressure. to
increase the pressure turn the Allen key clockwise, to
reduce the pressure, turn the Allen key anticlockwise.
NOTE : If the pressure cannot be adjusted to 225 bar
it indicates that the inlet compensator housed in the
inlet module is not allowing full pressure to build up in
the cylinder. Any such cases should be notified to the
Service Department. Having carried out steps 2 to 7
the inner pump, the inlet compensator and the main
relief valve for the hydraulic system have been
checked.
9.
Stop the engine, relieve hydraulic pressure,

remove the pressure checking gauge, hose and
adaptor and refit the seal, union and feed pipe for
the backhoe clamp, (Sideshift machines) and the
plug (Centermount machines).
17. Partially select the boom lever to raise the boom

to maximum height. It will be found that the
pressure registered on the gauge will gradually
increase until a point is reached where the gauge
needle drops to zero. This point is where the
unloader valve operates.
18. The correct operating pressure of the unloader
valve is 207 7 bar.
0
19. If the unloader valve operates outside the above

limits, the unloader relief valve capsule must be
replaced.
20. Having checked the unloader valve, the engine
must be stopped, the gauge, hose and adaptor
removed and the blanking plug fitted.
21. Refit the pump guard, start the engine and lift the
loader to maximum height and remove the safety
support strut.
10. Start the engine, raise the loader to maximum

height and fit the safety support strut.
11. Remove the pump guard.
12. With the engine stopped, fit adaptor from the
pressure test kit into the unloader valve pressure
checking point closest to the pump body.
13. Attach the hydraulic test hose and 0-400 bar
pressure gauge to the adaptor.
14. Start the engine and set the RPM at 1800 on the
hand throttle.
15. Select fast mode (dual pump flow) on the side
console switch.
16. Raise the backhoe boom to within 15 cm of
cylinder rod, from its maximum height.
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-18
PUMP TEST
1.
2.
Work the machine until the temperature of the

hydraulic oil is 50C.
3.
Raise the loader beam and install the safety strut

4.
Depressurize the hydraulic system.
5.
Remove the pump guard.
6.
Connect the flow meter to the outlet port (1) of

the inner (80 l/mn) section of the hydraulic pump.
7.
Connect the pressure gauge to the test point

M10x100 (3) in the pump outlet piping.
8.
Start the engine and run it at 2200 rpm.
9.
Check that the pump outlet pressure and flow

are correct. Refer to page 3.
14. Connect the pressure gauge to the test port (5)

M10x100 on the underside of the unloader valve
(6) fitted on the pump (2).
15. Start the engine and run it at 2200 rpm.
16. Check that the pump outlet pressure and flow
are correct. Refer to page 3.
17. If the pump flow rate is less than the minimum
flow rate specified, replace the pump.
18. Slowly raise the loader beam against the cylinder
internal cushioning. This will raise the system
pressure until the unloader valve operates.
19. Record the unloader valve operating pressure.
20. When the unloader valve operates, check that
the pump outlet pressure is O to 5 bar and that
the outlet flow is 0 litre/min.
10. If the pump flow rate is lees than the minimum

flow rate specified, replace the pump.
21. Check that the unloader valve

pressure is correct. Refer to page 3.
11. Stop the engine and depressurize the system.
22. If the unloader valve operating pressure is

outside the specified limits, replace the unloader
valve.
12. Remove the pressure gauge and the flow meter

from the inner section of the pump.
13. Connect the flow meter to the outlet port (4) of
the outer (60 or 80 l/mn) section of the hydraulic
pump.
operating
23. Slowly increase the pressure to 175 bar and

check that the minimum flow rate for the outer
(62 litre/min) section of the pump has been
restored. Refer to page 3.
24. Install the pump guard.
3
2
6
4
1
2
6
CI98J522
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-19
BACK PRESSURE VALVE PRESSURE TEST

Special tools
- Pressure gauge 0 to 100 bar.
6.
With the engine idling, note the pressure

indicated on the pressure gauge.
7.
Increase the engine speed to 2200 rpm and note

the pressure indicated on the pressure gauge.
Test procedure
1.
8.
2.
Stop the engine and depressurize the hydraulic

system as detailed in this section.
Check the pressures noted in steps 6 and 7

against the specifications on page 3.
9.
If the back pressure valve operating pressure is

outside the limits given in the specifications,
replace the backhoe valve.
3.
access to the backhoe valve.
4.
Install the tee fitting (3) on port T2 of the control

valve and connect the 0 to 100 bar pressure to
the tee fitting (3)..
5.
Start the engine.
10. Fully crowd the backhoe bucket and hold it

stalled. Check that the pressure indicated on the
pressure gauge is between 52 and 53 bar.
2
1
CI98G504
1.
2.
3.
Backhoe valve
Pressure gauge
Tee
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-20
CHECKING THE SYSTEM FOR OPTIONAL RIDE CONTROL

Right solenoid valve for ride control
(Accumulator)
1.
7.
Make sure that the oil side of the accumulator is

completely discharged by doing the following :
NOTE : Use a hose and fittings from the fitting kit or

the flowmeter fitting kit to make the following
connections.
- Put the ride control switch in the ON position.

- Lower the loader to the floor. Put the loader
control lever in the float position.
- Stop the engine. Put the key switch in the ON
position.
- Depressurize the hydraulic circuit.
- Find the right and left solenoid valves for the
ride control system. Depress the pin in the
solenoid valves to release any pressure in the
loader lift circuit.
2.
Install an adjustable Tee fitting in the right

solenoid valve (1).
9.
Start and run the engine at low idle. Move the

loader control lever to the RAISE position while
you read the pressure gauge. The pressure
gauge should read approximately 0 bar. If the
pressure gauge indicates more than 17 bar and
repair or replace the right solenoid valve (section
8009).
12. Move the loader control lever to the RAISE

position while you read the pressure gauge. The
pressure gauge should indicate approximately
344 bar. If the pressure gauge does not indicate
approximately 344 bar repair or replace the right
solenoid valve (1) for ride control (section 4001
and 8009).
4. Disconnect the tube (4) between the right

solenoid valve and the accumulator at the right
solenoid valve (1).
6.
Connect a hose and the pressure gauge with a

capacity of at least 400 bar to the adjustable tee
(5) fitting in the right solenoid valve (1).
11. Put the ride control switch in the ON position.
3. Put the loader control lever in the neutral position.
Remove the elbow fitting from the right solenoid

valve (1).
8.
10. Lower the loader bucket to the floor.
Put the ride control switch and key switch in the

OFF position.
5.
Connect the tube (4) from the accumulator to the

adjustable Tee (5) fitting in the right solenoid
valve (1).
1
2
4
5
3
CI99G505
1.
Right solenoid valve for ride control (accumulator).
2.
Left solenoid valve for ride control (tank)
3.
Accumulator
4.
Tube from right solenoid valve to accumulator.
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-21
Left Solenoid Valve for Ride control

(Tank)
NOTE : See page 16 for location of parts
1.
Put the ride control switch in he ON position.
2.
Move the loader control lever to the LOWER

position until the loader bucket is on the floor,
continue to lower the loader bucket to raise the
machine off the floor. The loader must not be
able to lift and hold the machine off the floor. If
the loader can lift and hold the machine, repair or
replace the left solenoid valve (section 4001 and
8009).
3.
If required, lower the machine to the floor.
4.
Put the ride control switch in the OFF position.
5.
Move the loader control lever to the LOWER

position until the loader bucket is on the floor,
continue to lower the loader bucket to raise the
machine off the floor. The loader must be able to
lift and hold the machine off the floor. If the
loader cannot lift and hold the machine off the
floor, repair or replace the left solenoid valve
(section 4001 and 8009).
6.
If required, lower the machine to the floor.
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-22
HYDRAULIC PUMP
3
1.
Rear section
2.
Front section
3.
Outlet
4.
Inlet
5.
Drive shaft
6.
Coupling
5
1
4
CS98J543
Generates oil flow for the complete hydraulic system,

except brake booster
4
2
3
2
1
9
2
8
2
7
6
5
CI99G503
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Front plate
Gaskets
Front section gears
Front section
Coupling
Cre 7-21510GB
6.
7.
8.
9.
O-ring
Rear section
Rear section gears
Rear plate
Issued 08-99
8002-23

P. From pump to control valve
EF. To loader control valve or to extandahoe control
valve
T. To hydraulic reservoir
R. Right
L. Left
LS
1
EF
CF
LS
1.
Steering priority valve
2.
Steering control valve
3.
Cylinder
CM99G007
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-24
LOADER CONTROL VALVE

750B-760B-860B series
T2
345b
240b
345b
240b
240b
T1
L.S.
P
1
CM99G003
960B-965B series
240b
T2
PP
T1
L.S.
P
345b
240b
345b
240b
240b
240b
1
5
CM99G004
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Inlet
Outlet
To backhoe control valve
To backhoe control valve inlet section
Check valve
Main relief valve
Load sensing
Cre 7-21510GB
A-B. To bucket cylinder

C-D. To loader beam cylinder
E-F. To auxiliary cylinder
G-H.To steering cylinder (4 WS)
Issued 08-99
8002-25
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE

750B-760B-860B-960
Extendable dipper valve

2
L.S.
P2
155b
190b
240b
190b
280b
CM99G008
1.
Inlet
2.
Anticavitation valve
3.
Circuit relief valve
4.
Regeneration valve
310b
5.
Full flow relief valve
240b
6.
Relief valve pilote valve
280b
7.
Compensation valve
265b
280b
A-B. To slew cylinders
240b
C-D. To boom cylinder
240b
E-F. To dipper cylinder

G-H.To bucket cylinder
PP
J-K. To stabilizer cylinder

L-M. To stabilizer cylinder
N-P. To hammer or auxilliary cylinder
1
T2
16b
225b
50b
4
CM99G005
Cre 7-21510GB
* Remove the forced feed valve when using the

hydraulic hammer option.
NOTE : For correct identification and in the interests
of safety the corresponding pressure setting is
engraved on the side of each valve.
Issued 08-99
8002-26

Serie 965
Extendable dipper valve

2
L.S.
P2
155b
240b
190b
190b
280b
1. Inlet
280b
CM99G008
2. Anticavitation valve
3. Circuit relief valve
280b
4. Regeneration valve
265b
5. Full flow relief valve

6. Relief valve pilote valve
240b
7. Compensation valve
310b
8. Pilot pressure valve

A-B. To slew cylinders
240b
C-D. To boom cylinder

E-F. To dipper cylinder
240b
G-H.To bucket cylinder

PP
J-K. To stabilizer cylinder

L-M. To stabilizer cylinder
N-P. To hammer or auxilliary cylinder
T2
12b
16b
225b
* Remove the forced feed valve when using the

hydraulic hammer option.
1
50b
NOTE : For correct identification and in the interests

of safety the corresponding pressure setting is
engraved on the side of each valve.
CM99G006
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-27
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
8002-28
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

1.
Hydraulic reservoir
23. Left stabilizer control valve
2.
Hydraulic pump
24. Backhoe bucket control valve
3.
Loader control valve
25. Backhoe dipper control valve
4.
Backhoe control valve
26. Backhoe boom control valve
5.
Hydraulic oil cooler
27. Backhoe slew control valve
6.
Slew cylinder
28. Loader bucket control valve
7.
Slew cylinder
29. Loader beam control valve
8.
Steering cylinder
30. Loader auxiliary control valve
9.
Right stabilizer cylinder
31. Extendable dipper valve
10. Left stabilizer cylinder
32. Accumulator
11. Return hydraulic oil filter
33. Unloader valve
12. Loader bucket cylinder
34. Feed hydraulic oil filter
13. Loader beam cylinder
35. Steering control valve
14. 7 in 1 bucket cylinder
36. Steering priority valve
15. Extandable cylinder
37. Orbitrol
16. Backhoe bucket cylinder
38. Hammer
17. Backhoe dipper cylinder
39. Inlet compensator
18. Backhoe boom cylinder
40. Adjustable pilot for MRV
19. Backhoe auxiliary hydraulic control valve
41. MRV
20. Quick attach valve
42. Back pressure valve
21. Clamp valve
43. Right stabilizer load holding
22. Right stabilizer control valve
44. Left stabilizer load holding

45. Boom load holding.
46. Clamp cylinders
Legend
Centermont boom only
Sideshift boom only

Pilot pressure (electronic machine only)
Pressure
Return - Suction (low pressure)
Return (high pressure)
Load sensing
Cre 7-21510GB
Issued 08-99
Section
8003
8003
CLEANING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Case
Cre 7-21520GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
8003-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TOOLS ......................................................................................................................................................3
GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................................................................4
TYPES OF CONTAMINATION..................................................................................................................................4
CLEANING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ..................................................................................................................5
Cre 7-21520GB
Issued 06-99
8003-3
SPECIAL TOOLS
806128
The part number for the Fitting Kit is CAS-10508.

806127
The part number for the Portable Filter is CAS10162A.
Cre 7-84870GB
Issued 06-99
8003-4
GENERAL INFORMATION
Contamination in the hydraulic system is a major cause of the
malfunction of hydraulic components. Contamination is any
foreign material in the hydraulic oil. Contamination can enter
the hydraulic system in several ways.
1.
When you drain the oil or disconnect any line.
2.
When you disassemble a component.
3.
From normal wear of the hydraulic components.
4.
From damaged or worn seals.
5.
From a damaged component in the hydraulic

system.
All hydraulic systems operate with some

contamination. The design of the components in this
hydraulic system permits efficient operation with a
small amount of contamination. An increase in this
amount of contamination can cause problems in the
hydraulic system. The following list includes some of
these problems.
1.
Cylinder rod seals leak.
2.
Control valve spools do not return to neutral.
3.
Movement of control valve spools is difficult.
4.
Hydraulic oil becomes too hot.
5.
Pump gears, housing, and other parts wear

rapidly.
6.
Relief valves or check valves held open by dirt.
7.
Quick failure of components that have been

repaired.
8.
Cycle times are slow; machine does not have

enough power.
If your machine has any of these problems, check the

hydraulic oil for contamination. See Types of
Contamination below. If you find contamination, use
the Portable Filter to clean the hydraulic system.
TYPES OF CONTAMINATION
There are two types of contamination, microscopic
and visible.
1.
Microscopic contamination occurs when very

fine particles of foreign material are in
suspension in the hydraulic oil.
2.
These particles are too small to see or feel.

Microscopic contamination can be found by
identification of the following problems or by
testing in a laboratory. Examples of the
problems:
3.
Visible contamination is foreign material that

can be found by sight, touch, or odor. Visible
contamination can cause a sudden failure of
components. Examples of visible contamination:
a. Particles of metal or dirt in the oil.
b. Air in the oil.
c. The oil is dark and thick.
d. The oil has the odor of burned oil.
a. Cylinder rod seal leak.

e. Water in the oil. See page 7.
b. Control valve spools do not return to NEUTRAL.
c. The hydraulic system has a high operating
temperature.
Cre 7-84870GB
Issued 06-99
8003-5
CLEANING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

1.
Prepare the portable filter on page 3 by doing the

following steps:
8.
See the fitting kit shown on page 3. Install the

valve in the hole for the drain plug. Make sure
that the valve is closed.
a. Remove all the hydraulic oil from the inlet and outlet
hoses for the portable filter.
9.
Stop the vacuum pump.
b. Remove the filter element from the portable filter.
2.
3.
c. Remove all hydraulic oil from the portable filter.
11. Disconnect the vacuum pump from the filler cap

opening on the hydraulic reservoir.
d. Clean the inside of the housing for the filter element.
12. Install the outlet hose for the portable filter in the
hydraulic reservoir.
You must know whether the contamination is

microscopic or visible. See Types of
Contamination on page 4.
If the contamination is microscopic:
a. Check the maintenance schedule for the machine to
learn if the hydraulic oil must be changed. If needed,
change the hydraulic oil. See Section 1002 for
specifications. Change the hydraulic filter.
b. Do steps 6 through 35.
4.
5.
If the contamination is visible:
14. Move the switch for the portable filter to the ON

position. Start and run the engine at 1500 rpm (r/
min).
15. Run the portable filter for 10 minutes.
16. Continue to run the portable filter. Increase the
engine speed to full throttle. Heat the oil to
operating temperature by doing the following
steps:
a. Hold the bucket control lever in the ROLLBACK
b. Do steps 5 through 35.
b. Return the bucket control lever to NEUTRAL for 30

seconds.
Check the amount of contamination in the

hydraulic system by doing the following steps:
b. If, in your judgment, the damage to the cylinders was

caused by severe contamination and is not the result
of normal wear, it is necessary to remove, clean and
repair valves, pump, lines, cylinders, hydraulic
reservoir, etc. in the hydraulic system.
7.
13. Open the valve that is installed in the hole for the
drain plug.
a. Change the hydraulic oil and hydraulic filter. See

Section 1002 for oil specifications.
a. Disassemble one cylinder in two different circuits.

Check for damage to seals, scoring of the cylinder
wall, etc. Repair the cylinders as necessary.
6.
10. Connect the inlet hose for the portable filter to

the valve that is installed in the hole for the drain
plug.
Connect a vacuum pump to the fitting used for

the hydraulic return circuit (optional) start the
vacuum pump.
Loosen and remove the drain plug from the
reservoir.
Cre 7-84870GB
c. Repeat steps 16a through 16b until the oil in the

hydraulic system is at operating temperature.
17. Continue to run the engine at full throttle.
Continue to run the portable filter.
18. Operate each hydraulic circuit to completely
extend and retract the cylinders. Continue to
operate each hydraulic circuit two times, one
after the other, for 45 minutes.
19. Decrease the engine speed to low idle.
20. Continue to run the portable filter for 10 minutes.
21. Stop the portable filter.
23. Remove the hose from the hydraulic reservoir.
Issued 06-99
8003-6
24. Close the valve that is installed in the hole for the
drain plug.
30. Stop the vacuum pump. Disconnect the vacuum

pump from the hydraulic reservoir.
25. Disconnect the inlet hose for the portable filter

from the valve.
31. Remove the hydraulic filter element from the

machine.
26. Connect a vacuum pump to the breather hose of

the hydraulic reservoir.
32. Install a new hydraulic filter element on the

machine.
27. Start the vacuum pump.
33. Check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir. Add

oil as required. See Section 1002 for
specifications.
28. Remove the valve from the hole for the drain
plug.
29. Install the drain plug.
34. Start the engine. Check for oil leakage around

the new hydraulic filter.
Cre 7-84870GB
Issued 06-99
8003-7
FLUSHING WATER FROM THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

1.
Start and run the engine at 1500 rpm (r/min).
2.
Completely retract the cylinders of all attachments on the machine.
WARNING : If retracting the cylinder rods

causes the attachment to be raised, block
the attachment in place before proceeding
to the next step!
NOTE : Any attachment or part of an attachment that

is raised must be supported with acceptable equipment to prevent the attachment from falling.
3.
4.
Loosen and remove the filler cap from the

reservoir.
Drain the hydraulic oil from the reservoir.
a. The reservoir holds approximately 45 litres of
hydraulic oil.
b. Have available acceptable equipment to drain
the hydraulic oil.
c. Remove the drain plug from the bottom of the
reservoir.
10. Disconnect the line from the rod end and closed
end of each cylinder.
11. Be sure all control levers are in the NEUTRAL
position.
12. Start the engine and run the engine at low idle.
IMPORTANT : Check the oil level in the hydraulic
reservoir frequently while doing step 13. Have another person hold a container under the hydraulic lines
while you do step 13.
13. Slowly move each control lever in both directions
until oil begins to flow from the open line. Hold
the control lever in place until clean oil flows from
the open line.
NOTE : Any attachment or part of an attachment that
is raised must be supported with acceptable equipment to prevent the attachment from falling.
15. Connect the line to the CLOSED end of each
cylinder.
16. Start the engine and run the engine at low idle.
17. Slowly and completely extend all cylinders. As
the piston rod comes out of the cylinder, oil will
be pushed out of the rod end of the cylinder.
5.
Remove the hydraulic oil filter from the machine.
6.
Install a new hydraulic oil filter on the machine.
7.
Install the drain plug in the bottom of the

reservoir.
8.
Fill the hydraulic reservoir with 43 litres of Case

Fluid. See Section 1002 for specifications.
9.
Move each control lever in both directions to

release pressure in the hydraulic circuits.
21. Check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir. Add

oil as required. See Section 1002 for
specifications.
Cre 7-84870GB
18. Support the loader frame so that the loader

frame will stay in the RAISED position.
20. Connect the lines to the rod end of the cylinders.
22. Install the filler cap for the reservoir.
Issued 06-99
Section
HYDRAULIC PUMP AND UNLOADER VALVE
Case
Cre 7-21530GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
8004
8004
8004-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................2
SPECIAL TORQUE ...................................................................................................................................................2
HYDRAULIC PUMP ..................................................................................................................................................3
UNLOADER VALVE ..................................................................................................................................................8
SPECIFICATIONS
Manufacturer................................................................................................................................................... ULTRA
Pump Type (Front pump) ............................................................................................................................... 2PR037
Pump Type (Rear pump) series 750/760....................................................................................................... 2PR029
Pump type (Rear pump) series 860/960/965................................................................................................. 2PR037
Theoretical displacement (Front pump) ....................................................................................................... 37 cc/rev
Theoretical displacement (Rear pump) series 750/760............................................................................ 29.0 cc/rev
Theoretical displacement (Rear pump) series 860/960/965........................................................................ 37 cc/rev
Maximum continuous pressure P1 (Front pump)...........................................................................................230 bar
Maximum continuous pressure P1 (Rear pump) ............................................................................................220 bar
Maximum speed at pressure P1............................................................................................................ 2200 rev/min
Minimum speed at pressure P1............................................................................................................... 500 rev/min
Rotation when viewed on end of driveshaft ......................................................................................... Anti-clockwise
Operation temperature range ............................ continuous 0C to 80C, Cold start - 20C, Max intermittent 100C
Shaft seal type........................................................................................................................................Single Nitrile
Centre Seal Type ...................................................................................................................................Single Nitrile
Weight ................................................................................................................................................... 25 Kg (55 lb)
SPECIAL TORQUE
Spring seat ...................................................................................................................................................... 45 Nm
Unloader valve screws..................................................................................................................................... 50 Nm
Cre 7-21530GB
Issued 06-99
8004-3
HYDRAULIC PUMP
Perspective view
1
12
9
6
11 10
2
6
8
19
16
5
6
17
20
21
18
22
15
14
13
CI99E512
1.Pump
10. Drive gear
17. Driven gear
2. Shaft seal
11. Driven gear
18. Drive gear
3. Snap ring
12. Pump body
19. End cover
4. Flange
13. Coupling
20. Screw
5. O-ring seal
14. O-ring seals
21. Washer
6. Ring
15. Pump body
22. Kit, seals
7. Back-up ring
16. Gears
8. Bearing plate
9. Gears
Cre 7-21530GB
Issued 06-98
8004-4
Disassembly
STEP 12
STEP 1
Remove and discard the O-ring seals (14) from the

outer pump body (15).
Thoroughly clean the outside of the pump and the

STEP 13
STEP 2
Remove the screws that attach the unloader valve to
the pump, and remove the unloader valve.
STEP 3
Mark the end cover (19), the outer pump body (15),
the inner pump body (12) and mounting flange (4) as
an aid to assembling.
STEP 4
Remove the screw (20) and the washers (21).
STEP 5
Remove the end cover (19) from the outer pump body
(15). It may be necessary to use a soft faced mallet to
separate the components.
Remove the mounting flange (4) from the inner pump

body (12). It may be necessary to use a soft faced
mallet to separate the components.
STEP 14
mounting flange (4).
STEP 15
Remove the snap ring (3) and the shaft seal (2) from
the mounting flange (4). Discard the shaft seal (2).
STEP 16
Note the position of the gears (11) and (10) and the
bearing plates (8) as an aid to assembling.
STEP 17
STEP 6
Remove the ring (6), the back-up ring (7) and the
bearing plate (8) from the inner pump body (12).
Remove and discard the O-ring seal (5) from the end
cover (19).
STEP 18
STEP 7
Remove the driven gear (11) and the drive gear (10)
from the inner pump body (12).
Note the position of the gears (17) and (18) and the
bearing plates (7) and (8) as an aid to assembling.
STEP 19
STEP 8
Remove the bearing plate (8), the back-up ring (7)

and the ring (6) from the inner pump body (12).
Remove the ring (6), the back-up ring (7) and the
bearing plate (8) from the outer pump body (15).
STEP 20
STEP 9
Remove the drive gear (18) and the driven gear (17)
from the outer pump body (15).
Remove all sealant from the inner pump body (12),

the mounting flange (4), the outer pump body (15)
and the end cover (19).
STEP 10
Remove the bearing plate (8), the back-up ring (7)
and the ring (6) from the outer pump body (15).
Remove the outer pump body (15) from the inner
pump body (12). It may be necessary to use a soft
faced mallet to separate the components.
STEP 11
Remove the spindle coupling (13) from the outer
pump body (15).
Cre 7-21530GB
Issued 06-98
8004-5
Inspection
STEP 8
NOTE : If the hydraulic pump fails any of the following

inspections, it must be replaced.
Inspect the drive gears (10) and (18) for wear on the
bearing surfaces.
STEP 1
STEP 9
Inspect the mounting flange (4) and the end cover,

(19) for damage to the grooves for the O-ring seals
(5).
Inspect the spines on the drive gears (10) and (18)

and the coupling (13) for wear or damage.
STEP 2
Inspect the mounting flange (4) for damage to the
seal (2) groove.
STEP 3
Inspect the outer pump body (15) for damage to the
grooves for the O-ring seal (14).
STEP 10
Inspect the bearing surfaces of the bearing plates (8)
for wear or damage.
STEP 11
Inspect the bolt (20) for damage, distortion and security of attachment.
STEP 4
Inspect the faces of the inner pump body (12) and the
outer pump body (15) which contact the O-rings (5)
for damage.
STEP 5
Inspect the low pressure side of the inner pump body
(12) for a gear cut-in that is deeper than 0.15 mm
(0.006 in) or if the body has a scored or matt appearance.
STEP 6
Inspect the side faces of the driven gears (11) an (17)
and the drive gears (10) and (18) for scoring and
wear.
STEP 7
Inspect the contact faces of the bearing plates (8) for
wear.
Cre 7-21530GB
Issued 06-98
8004-6
Assembly
STEP 13
STEP 1
Fit a new O-ring (5) into the groove in the mounting

flange (4).
Thoroughly clean all components and the work area

STEP 14
STEP 2
Apply a small amount of sealant to the joint face of

the mounting flange (4).
Inspect the hydraulic pump (see page 5).
STEP 3
Before assembling, lubricate each component with
the specified hydraulic oil (see section 8002).
STEP 4
STEP 15
Install the mounting flange (4) onto the inner pump
body (12) in the position marked during dismantling.
STEP 16
Fit the ring (6) and the back-up ring (7) into the bearing plate (8).
Make sure that the drain hole in the rear face of the
mounting flange (4) is adjacent to the low pressure
side of the inner pump body (12).
STEP 5
STEP 17
Install the bearing plate (8) into the inner pump body
(12) in the position noted during dismantling.
Fit new O-rings (14) into the outer pump body (15).
STEP 6
Make sure that the two small holes in the bearing
plate (8) are adjacent to the low pressure side C of
the inner pump body (12) and that the gaps in the
ring (6) and the back-up ring (7) are adjacent to the
inlet port.
STEP 18
Fit the spindle coupling (13) into the outer pump body
(15).
STEP 19
Install the outer pump body (15) onto the inner pump
body (12) in the position marked during dismantling.
STEP 7
STEP 20
Install the driven gear (11) and the drive gear (10) in
the positions noted during dismantling.
Fit the ring (6) and the back-up ring (7) into the bearing plate (8).
STEP 8
STEP 21
Install the bearing plate (8) into the inner pump body
Install the bearing plate (8) into the outer pump body
STEP 9
STEP 22

plate (8) are adjacent to the low pressure side of the
inner pump body (12).

STEP 10
NOTE : The low pressure side of the outer pump

body (15) is the side without a port.
Fit the back-up ring (7) and the ring (6) into the bearing plate (8).
STEP 11
Fit a new shaft seal (2) into the mounting flange (4)
with the integral spring facing inwards.
STEP 23
Install the driven gear (17) and the drive gear (18) in
the positions noted during dismantling.
STEP 12
Secure the shaft seal (2) in the mounting flange (4)
using the snap ring (3).
Cre 7-21530GB
Issued 06-98
8004-7
STEP 24
Make sure that the drive gear (18) is correctly
engaged with the spindle coupling (13).
STEP 25
Install the bearing plate (8) into the outer pump body
STEP 26
STEP 27
Fit the back-up ring (7) and the ring (6) into the bearing plate (8).
STEP 28
Fit a new O-ring into the groove in the end cover (19).
STEP 29
Apply a small amount of sealant to the joint face of
the end cover (19).
STEP 30
Install the end cover (19) onto the outer pump body
(15) in the position marked during dismantling.
STEP 31
Mount the screws (20) and the washers (21) in the
pump assembly.
STEP 32
Pour a small amount of the specified hydraulic oil into
the ports, and make sure that the drive shaft rotates
easily and freely.
STEP 33
Attach the unloader valve to the pump using the
screws.
STEP 34
Using the torque wrench, torque tighten the unloader
valve securing screws to 50 Nm (37 lbf ft).
Cre 7-21530GB
Issued 06-98
8004-8
UNLOADER VALVE
Perspective view
4
5
7
9 10
18 14 15 16 17
13
20
19
12
26
11
22
24
21
23
25
CI98F040
1. Unloader valve
10. O-ring seal
19. Screw
2. Valve body
11. Plug
20. Washer
3. Spring seat
12. Washer
21. Solenoid valve
4. O-ring seal
13. Relief valve
22. Kit, sealsl
5. Spring
14. Back up ring
23. Coil
6. Check valve
15. O-ring
24. Spool
7. Snap ring
16. Back up ring
25. Nut
8. Spool
17. O-ring seal
26. Plug
9. Spring
18. O-ring
Cre 7-21530GB
Issued 06-98
8004-9
Disassembly
Inspection
STEP 1
If any components fail the following inspections, they

must be replaced.
Remove the spring seat (3), the spring (5) and the
check valve (6) from the valve body (2).
STEP 1
STEP 2
Inspect the spring seat (3) for damaged threads.

spring seat (3).
STEP 2
STEP 3
Using a C spanner, remove the relief valve (13) from
the valve body (2).
STEP 4
Remove the O-ring seals (18), (15) and (17) and the
back-up rings (14) and (16) from the relief valve (13).
STEP 5
Discard the O-ring seals (18), (15) and (17).
STEP 6
Remove the nut (23) and the coil (22) from the spool
(24).
STEP 7
Remove the spool (24) from the valve body (2).
STEP 8
Remove the O-ring seals and the back-up ring (25)
from the spool (24).
STEP 9
Discard the O-ring seals.
STEP 10
Inspect the check valve spring (5) for damage.
STEP 3
Inspect the check valve (6) for wear or damage to the
valve seat.
STEP 4
Inspect the relief valve (13) for wear or damage, particularly to the threads.
STEP 5
Inspect the spool (24) for wear or damage, particularly to the threads.
STEP 6
Inspect the valve body (2) for damage to the valve
bores and metering edges and particularly for damage to the threads.
STEP 7
Inspect the unloader spool spring (9) for damage.
STEP 8
Inspect the unloader spool (8) for damage. Check
that the orifice in the spool is not blocked. Make sure
that the spool slides freely in the bore of the valve
body (2) and that the cleaning wire is not missing or
damaged.
Remove the snap ring (7), the unloader spool (8) and
the spring (9) from the valve body (2).
STEP 11
Remove and discard the O-ring seals (10) from the
valve body (2).
Cre 7-21530GB
Issued 06-98
8004-10
Assembly
NOTE : The assembly of the unloader valve is the
reverse of the assembly.
Assemble the unloader valve in the reverse order of
the disassembly but note the following :
STEP 1
STEP 2
Inspect the unloader valve (see page 9).
STEP 3
Before assembling, lubricate each component with
the specified hydraulic oil.
STEP 4
Install a new O-ring (10) into the valve body (2).
STEP 5
During assembly, make sure that the spool slides
freely in the bore of the body (2).
STEP 6
Install new O-ring seals on the spool (24).
STEP 7
Install new O-ring seals (18), (15), and (17) on the
relief valve (13).
STEP 8
Install a new O-ring seal (4) to the spring seat (3).
STEP 9
Torque tighten the spring seat (3) to 45 Nm.
Cre 7-21530GB
Issued 06-98
Section
8005
8005
Case
Cre 7-21540GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
8005-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................3
SPECIAL TORQUE ...................................................................................................................................................3
SPECIAL TOOLS ......................................................................................................................................................3
LOADER CONTROL VALVE (2 spools) (series 750 - 760)......................................................................................4
Perspective view ...................................................................................................................................................4
Description ............................................................................................................................................................5
Disassembling.......................................................................................................................................................6
Inspection..............................................................................................................................................................7
Assembling............................................................................................................................................................7
LOADER CONTROL VALVE (3 spools - 7 in 1) (series 750 - 760 - 860) ................................................................8
Description ............................................................................................................................................................9
Disassembling.....................................................................................................................................................10
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................11
Assembling..........................................................................................................................................................12
LOADER CONTROL VALVE (4 spools electronic) (series 960-965) .....................................................................14
Perpective view ...................................................................................................................................................14
Description ..........................................................................................................................................................15
Disassembling.....................................................................................................................................................16
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................17
Assembling..........................................................................................................................................................18
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
8005-3
SPECIFICATIONS
Loader control valve 2 spools
Manufacturer ..............................................................................................................................................Danfoss
Loader control valve 3 spools
Loader control valve 4 spools electronic
Pressure settings............................................................................................................................. See section 8002
SPECIAL TORQUE
Loader control valve 2 spools and 3 spools
Check valve plug (62) ................................................................................................ 55 to 65 Nm (40.6 to 48.0 lbf ft)
Load sensing valve (12)............................................................................................. 22 to 28 Nm (16.2 to 20.7 lbf ft)
Chock valve plug (16) ................................................................................................ 35 to 45 Nm (25.8 to 33.2 lbf ft)
Plug (6) ...................................................................................................................... 55 to 65 Nm (40.6 to 48.0 lbf ft)
Plate attachment bolts .................................................................................................................. 105 Nm (77.5 lbf ft)
Loader control valve 4 spools electronic
Compensator plug (53) and (42) ............................................................................... 55 to 65 Nm (40.6 to 48.0 lbf ft)
Check valve plug (23) ................................................................................................ 55 to 65 Nm (40.6 to 48.0 lbf ft)
Load sensing valve (13)............................................................................................. 22 to 28 Nm (16.2 to 20.7 lbf ft)
Chock valve plug (12) ................................................................................................ 35 to 45 Nm (25.8 to 33.2 lbf ft)
Plug (7) ...................................................................................................................... 55 to 65 Nm (40.6 to 48.0 lbf ft)
Capscrews (24), (1), (41) and (57) .................................................................................... 7 to 9 Nm (5.2 to 6.6 lbf ft)
Plug (39) .......................................................................................................................... 8 to 12 Nm (5.9 to 8.9 lbf ft)
Attachment bolts........................................................................................................................... 105 Nm (77.5 lbf ft)
SPECIAL TOOLS
Torque wrench 0 to 120 Nm (0 to 88.6 lbf ft)
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
8005-4
LOADER CONTROL VALVE (2 spools) (series 750 - 760)

Perspective view
CS98G574
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
8005-5
Description
1 Screw
25 Housing
49 Spring
2 Plate
26 Screw
50 Spacer
3 Wiper
27 Armature
51 Housing
4 O-ring seal
28 Washer
62 Check valve plug
5 O-ring seal
29 Screw
63 Back-up-ring
6 Plug
30 Housing
64 O-ring seal
7 O-ring seal
31 Coil
65 Spring
8 Backup ring
32 Connector
66 Poppet
9 O-ring seal
33 O-ring seal
67 Body
10 Backup ring
34 Circlip
69 Spool
11 O-ring seal
35 O-ring seal
70 Spool
12 Load sensing valve
36 Wiper
13 Valve
37 Plate
14 Spring
38 Seat
15 O-ring seal
39 Spring
16 Shock valve plug
40 O-ring seal
17 O-ring seal
41 Plug
18 Wiper
42 Ball
19 Plate
43 Screw
20 Seat
44 Housing
21 Spring
45 Sleeve
22 Seat
46 Circlip
23 O-ring seal
47 Retainer
24 Plug
48 Ball
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
8005-6
Disassembling
STEP 15
STEP 1
Remove the bolts, the washers and the mounting

plate from the loader valve assembly.
STEP 16
STEP 2
STEP 17
Thoroughly clean the loader valve block before starting work.
Remove the screw (29), the washer (28) and the

armature (27) from the housing (25).
STEP 3
STEP 18
Remove the screws (1) and the plates (2).
Remove the screws (26) and the housing (25).
STEP 4
STEP 19
Remove the wipers (3) and the O-ring seals (4). Discard the O-ring seals (4).
Remove the plug (24) from the housing (25).
STEP 5
Remove the housing (30) from the housing (25).
STEP 20
Remove the housing (44) and the sleeve (45).

plug (24).
STEP 6
STEP 21
Remove the circlip (46) and the retainer (47).
Remove the seats (22) and (20), the spring (21) and
the plate (19).
STEP 7
Remove the ball (48), the spring (49) and the spacer
(50).
STEP 22
STEP 8
Remove the wiper (18) and the O-ring seal (17) from
the body (67). Discard the O-ring seal (17).
STEP 23
STEP 9
Carefully remove the spool (70) from the body (67).
Remove the plug (41) and the balls (42) from the
housing (51).
STEP 24
STEP 10
STEP 25

plug (41).
Remove and discard the O-ring seal (5) from the plug
(6).
STEP 11
STEP 26
Remove the seats (38), the spring (39) and the plate
(37).
Remove the shock valve plug (16), the spring (14)

and the valve (13) from the body (67).
STEP 12
STEP 27

shock valve plug (16).
STEP 13
NOTE : Repeat steps 25 and 26 for the remaining

shock valve.
Remove the plug (6) from the body (67).
STEP 14
Remove the circlip (34), the connector (32) and the
coil (31) from the housing (30).
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
8005-7
STEP 28
STEP 2
Remove the load sensing valve (12) from the body

(67).
Install a new O-ring seal (64) on the check valve plug

(62).
STEP 29
NOTE : Torque tighten the check valve plug (62) to 55

to 65 Nm (40.6 to 48.0 lbf ft).
backup rings (8) and (10) from the load sensing valve
(12). Discard the O-ring seals (7), (9) and (11).
load sensing valve.
STEP 30
Remove the check valve plug (62), the spring (65)
and the poppet (66) from the body (67).
STEP 31
STEP 3
Install new O-ring seals (7), (9) and (11) on the load
sensing valves (12).
NOTE : Torque tighten the load sensing valve (12) to
22 to 28 Nm (16.2 to 20.7 lbf ft).
STEP 4
Install new O-ring seals (15) to the shock valve plug
(16).
Remove the O-ring seal (64) and the back-up ring

(63) from the check valve plug (62). Discard the Oring seal (64).
NOTE : Torque tighten the shock valve plug (16) to 35

to 45 Nm (25.8 to 33.2 lbf ft).
Inspection
Install a new O-ring seal (5) on the plug (6).
NOTE : If any of the components fail the following

inspection, they must be replaced.
NOTE : Torque tighten the plug (6) to 55 to 65 Nm

(40.6 to 48.0 lbf ft).
STEP 1
STEP 6
Inspect the body (67) for damage to the bores and

valve seats and particularly to the threads.
Install new O-ring seals (4), (17), (35) and (61) into
the body (67).
STEP 2
STEP 7
Inspect the plugs (6), (14), (24), (41) and (62) for
wear or damage, particularly to the threads.
Install a new O-ring seal (33) into the connector (32).
STEP 3
STEP 5
STEP 8
Inspect the springs (14), (21), (39), (49) and (65) for
damage.
STEP 9
STEP 4
Inspect the valves (12) and (13), the spools (68), (69)
and (70), the poppet (66), and the seats (20), (22)
and (38) for wear and damage.
Assembling
STEP 10
NOTE : Torque tighten the plate attachment bolts to
105 Nm (77.5 lbf ft).
Assemble the loader valve assembly in the reverse

STEP 1
NOTE : Inspect the loader valve block (see page 5).
NOTE : Before assembling, lubricate each component with the specified hydraulic oil (see section
8002).
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
8005-8
LOADER CONTROL VALVE (3 spools - 7 in 1) (series 750 - 760 - 860)

Perspective view
1
70
69
2
3
4
68
67
78
13
66
61
60
59
56
58
55
54
53
52
65
64
63
62
57
35
36
37
38
17
18
19
20
39
21
38
40
41
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
42
51
50
43
48
46
47
49
14
15
10
11
12
16
45
44
30
31
32
33
34
789M373A
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
8005-9
Description
1 Screw
25 Housing
49 Spring
2 Plate
26 Screw
50 Spacer
3 Wiper
27 Armature
51 Housing
4 O-ring seal
28 Washer
52 Plug
5 O-ring seal
29 Screw
53 O-ring seal
6 Plug
30 Housing
54 Seat
7 O-ring seal
31 Coil
55 Spring
8 Backup ring
32 Connector
56 Seat
9 O-ring seal
33 O-ring seal
57 Screw
10 Backup ring
34 Circlip
58 Housing
11 O-ring seal
35 O-ring seal
59 Plate
36 Wiper
60 Wiper
13 Valve
37 Plate
61 O-ring seal
14 Spring
38 Seat
62 Check valve plug
15 O-ring seal
39 Spring
63 Backup ring
16 Shock valve plug
40 O-ring seal
64 O-ring seal
17 O-ring seal
41 Plug
65 Spring
18 Wiper
42 Ball
66 Poppet
19 Plate
43 Screw
67 Body
20 Seat
44 Housing
68 Spool
21 Spring
45 Sleeve
69 Spool
22 Seat
46 Circlip
70 Spool
23 O-ring seal
47 Retainer
24 Plug
48 Ball
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
8005-10
Disassembling
STEP 15
STEP 1
Remove the plug (41) and the balls (42) from the
housing (51).

STEP 16
STEP 2

plug (41).
STEP 17
STEP 3
Remove the seats (38), the spring (39) and the plate
(37).
Remove the screws (1) and the plates (2).
STEP 4
Remove the wipers (3) and the O-ring seals (4). Discard the O-ring seals (4).
STEP 5
STEP 6
STEP 18
STEP 19
STEP 20
Remove the circlip (34), the connector (32) and the

coil (31) from the housing (30).
STEP 7
STEP 21

plug (52).
STEP 8
STEP 22
Remove the housing (30) from the housing (25).
the plate (59).
STEP 23
STEP 9
Remove the screw (29), the washer (28) and the

armature (27) from the housing (25).
STEP 24
STEP 10
STEP 25
STEP 11
Remove the housing (44) and the sleeve (45).
STEP 26
STEP 12

plug (24).
Remove the circlip (46) and the retainer (47).
STEP 13
Remove the ball (48), the spring (49) and the spacer
(50).
STEP 14
Cre 7-21540GB
STEP 27
the plate (19).
STEP 28
Issued 06-99
8005-11
STEP 29
Inspection

inspection, they must be replaced.
STEP 30
STEP 1
STEP 31

(6).
STEP 2
STEP 32
Inspect the plugs (6), (14), (24), (41), (52) and (62)
for wear or damage, particularly to the threads.

STEP 3
STEP 33
Inspect the springs (14), (21), (39), (49), (55) and

(65) for damage.

STEP 4

shock valve.
and (70), the poppet (66), and the seats (20), (22),
(38) and (54) for wear and damage.
STEP 34
(67).
STEP 35
backup rings (8) and (10) from the load sensing valve
(12). Discard the O-ring seals (7), (9) and (11).
load sensing valve.
STEP 36
STEP 37
Assembling
Assemble the loader valve assembly in the reverse
STEP 1
NOTE : Inspect the loader valve block.
8002).
STEP 2
(62).
to 65 Nm (40.6 to 48.0 lbf ft).
STEP 3
Install new O-ring seals (7), (9) and (11) on the load
sensing valves (12).
22 to 28 Nm (16.2 to 20.7 lbf ft).
STEP 4
Install new O-ring seals (15) to the shock valve plug
(16).
NOTE : Torque tighten the shock valve plug (16) to 35
to 45 Nm (25.8 to 33.2 lbf ft).
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
8005-12
STEP 5
(40.6 to 48.0 lbf ft).
STEP 6
Install new O-ring seals (4), (17), (35) and (61) into
the body (67).
STEP 7
Install a new O-ring seal (33) into the connector (32).
STEP 8
STEP 9
STEP 10
NOTE : Torque tighten the plate attachment bolts to
105 Nm (77.5 lbf ft).
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
8005-13
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
8005-14

(4 spools electronic) (series 960-965)
Perpective view
1
58
57
3
4
5
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
6
7
8
9
48
47
46
45
44
43
18
31
42
32
33
34
35
36
37
41
40
38
30
29
28
27
26
17
16
15
19
20
21
22
14
10
11
12
13
23
25
24
39
789M104A
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
8005-15
Description
1 Capscrew
21 O-ring seal
41 Capscrew
2 Module
22 Back-up ring
42 Compensator plug
3 Seal
23 Check valve plug
43 Back-up ring
4 Plug
24 Capscrew
44 O-ring seal
5 O-ring seal
25 Housing
45 Spring
6 Spool
26 Screw
46 Spring
7 Plug
27 O-ring seal
47 Body
8 O-ring seal
28 O-ring seal
48 Spool
9 Valve
29 Seat
49 Spool
10 Spring
30 Spring
50 Restrictor
11 O-ring seal
31 Seat
51 O-ring seal
12 Shock valve plug
32 Seat
52 Back-up ring
33 Spring
53 Compensator plug
14 O-ring seal
34 Seat
54 O-ring seal
15 Back-up ring
35 O-ring seal
55 Plug
16 O-ring seal
36 O-ring seal
56 Seal
17 Back-up ring
37 Screw
57 Capscrew
18 O-ring seal
38 Housing
58 Module
19 Poppet
39 Plug
20 Spring
40 O-ring seal
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
8005-16
Disassembling
STEP 14
STEP 1

STEP 15
STEP 2
STEP 3
Remove the capscrews (1), the module (2) and the
seals (3) from the body (47). Discard the seals (3).

plug (39).
STEP 16
Remove the capscrews (41) and the housing (38)
from the body (47).
STEP 17
STEP 4
Remove the screw (37), the seat (34), the spring (33)
and the seat (32) from the body (47).
Remove the plug (4) from the spool (6).
STEP 18
STEP 5

screw (37).
(4).
STEP 19
STEP 6

body (47).
Remove the capscrews (24) and the housing (25)

from the body (47).
STEP 20
STEP 7
Remove the screw (26), the seat (29), the spring (30)
and the seat (31) from the body (47).
NOTE : Repeat steps 11 to 20 for the remaining

spools.
STEP 8
STEP 21

screw (26).
STEP 9
(7).

body (47).
STEP 10
STEP 22
STEP 23

STEP 11
STEP 24
Remove the capscrews (57), the module (58) and the

seals (56) from the body (47). Discard the seals (56).

STEP 12
NOTE : Repeat steps (23) and (24) for the remaining

shock valves.
Remove the plug (55) from the spool (48).
STEP 13
plug (55).
Cre 7-21540GB
STEP 25
(47).
Issued 06-99
8005-17
STEP 26
Inspection
back-up rings (15) and (17) from the load sensing
valve (13). Discard the O-ring seals (14), (16) and
(18).

inspections, they must be replaced.

load sensing valves.

STEP 27
STEP 2

Inspect the plugs (4), (7), (12), (23), (39), (42), (53)
and (55) for wear or damage, particularly to the
threads.
STEP 28
check valves.
STEP 29
Remove the compensator plug (42) and the springs
(45) and (46) from the body (47).
STEP 30
(43) from the compensator plug (42). Discard the Oring seal (44).
STEP 31
Remove the compensator plug (53), the restrictor
(50), and the spool (49) from the body (47).
STEP 1
STEP 3
damage.
STEP 4
and (49) the screws (26) and (37), the poppet (19),
the seats (29), (31), (32) and (34) for wear and damage.
STEP 5
Inspect the restrictor (50) for wear or damage. Check
that the restrictor is not blocked.
STEP 6
Inspect the modules (2) and (58) and the housings
(24) and (38) for damage.
STEP 32
(52) from the compensator plug (53). Discard the Oring seal (51).
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
8005-18
Assembling
STEP 8
NOTE : The assembly of the loader valve is the

Install a new O-ring seal (27) into the body (47) and a
new O-ring seal (28) to the screw (26).
STEP 1
NOTE : Torque tighten the capscrews (24) to 7 to 9

Nm (5.2 to 6.6 lbf ft).

STEP 9
NOTE : Inspect the loader valve block (see page 14).
Install a new O-ring seal (5) to the plug (4).
8002).
STEP 10
Install new seals (3) to the module (2).
STEP 2

Nm (5.2 to 6.6 lbf ft).
Install a new O-ring seal (51) on the compensator

plug (53).
STEP 11
NOTE : Torque tighten the compensator plug (53) to

55 to 65 Nm (40.6 to 48.0 lbf ft).
Install a new O-ring seal (36) into the body (47) and a
new O-ring seal (35) to the screw (37).
STEP 3
NOTE : Torque tighten the capscrews (41) to 7 to

9 Nm (5.2 to 6.6 lbf ft).
Install a new O-ring seal (44) on the compensator

plug (42).
STEP 12
NOTE : Torque tighten the compensator plug (42) to

55 to 65 Nm (40.6 to 48.0 lbf ft).
STEP 4
(23).
to 65 Nm (40.6 to 48.0 lbf ft).
STEP 5
Install new O-ring seals (14), (16) and (18) on the
load sensing valve (13).
22 to 28 Nm (16.2 to 20.7 lbf ft).

(5.9 to 8.9 lbf ft).
STEP 13
STEP 14
Install new seals (56) to the module (58).
Nm (5.2 to 6.6 lbf ft).
NOTE : Torque tighten the attachment bolts to
105 Nm (77.5 lbf ft).
STEP 6
Install a new O-ring seal (11) to the shock valve
plug (12).
NOTE : Torque tighten the shock valve plug (12) to
35 to 45 Nm (25.8 to 33.2 lbf ft).
STEP 7
(40.6 to 48.0 lbf ft).
Cre 7-21540GB
Issued 06-99
Section
8006
8006
CYLINDERS
Case
Cre 7-21620GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
8006-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................4
SPECIAL TORQUE SETTINGS ................................................................................................................................6
SPECIAL TOOLS ......................................................................................................................................................7
DIPPER CYLINDER ..................................................................................................................................................8
Disassembly..........................................................................................................................................................8
Inspection..............................................................................................................................................................8
Assembly...............................................................................................................................................................8
BACKHOE BUCKET CYLINDER ............................................................................................................................12
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................12
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................12
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................12
LOADER BUCKET CYLINDER ...............................................................................................................................16
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................16
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................16
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................16
BOOM CYLINDER ..................................................................................................................................................20
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................20
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................20
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................20
EXTENDABLE DIPPER CYLINDER ......................................................................................................................24
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................24
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................24
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................26
SLEW CYLINDER ...................................................................................................................................................28
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................28
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................28
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................28
LOADER LIFT CYLINDER ......................................................................................................................................32
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................32
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................32
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................32
STABILIZER CYLINDER (sideshift version)............................................................................................................36
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................36
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................36
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................36
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06- 99
8006-3
STABILIZER CYLINDER (centremount version) .....................................................................................................40
Disassembly ........................................................................................................................................................40
Inspection ............................................................................................................................................................40
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................42
QUICK ATTACH CYLINDER...................................................................................................................................44
Special tools ........................................................................................................................................................44
Disassembly ........................................................................................................................................................44
Inspection ............................................................................................................................................................44
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................46
MULTI-PURPOSE LOADER BUCKET CLAMPING CYLINDER.............................................................................48
Disassembly ........................................................................................................................................................48
Inspection ............................................................................................................................................................48
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................48
RING LUG FAILURE ..............................................................................................................................................50
Extraction ............................................................................................................................................................50
REMOVING AND INSTALLING THE WIPER .........................................................................................................51
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06- 99
8006-4
SPECIFICATIONS
Dipper cylinder
Type
Backhoe bucket cylinder Backhoe bucket cylinder

Models 750 and 760
Models 860, 960 and 965
100/65 C1083
90/60 C724
95/60 C724
82 (181)
53.8 (119)
55.5 (123)
Dash-pot in small chamber
Dash-pot in large chamber
Stroke (mm)
1083
724
724
Tube internal diameter (mm)
100
90
95
Rod diameter (mm)
65
60
60
Loader bucket cylinder

Models 750 and 760
Loader bucket cylinder

Models 860, 960 and 965
Boom cylinder
Models 750 and 760
105/60 C515
115/60 C515
115/65 C974
56.9 (126)
58.1 (128)
85.6 (189)
Stroke (mm)
515
515
974
105
115
115
Rod diameter (mm)
60
60
65
Weight kg (lb)
Type
Weight kg (lb)
Boom cylinder 4.5

Boom cylinder 4.9
Models 860, 960 and 965 Models 860, 960 and 965
Type
Extendable dipper
cylinder
120/65 C974
120/65 C994
63/38 C1346
87.5 (193)
89.1 (197)
36.3 (80)
Stroke (mm)
974
994
1346
120
120
63
Rod diameter (mm)
65
65
38
Weight kg (lb)
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-5
Loader lift cylinder
Models 750 and 760
Loader lift cylinder

Models 860, 960 and 965
Quick attach cylinder
Type
85/50
90/50
40/16
Weight kg (lb)
42 (93)
43 (95)
Stroke (mm)
785
785
22
85
90
40
Rod diameter (mm)
50
50
16
Slew cylinder
Stabilizer centremount
cylinder
Stabilizer sideshift
cylinder
90/45
89/57
70/45
Weight kg (lb)
Stroke (mm)
225
646
643
90
89
70
Rod diameter (mm)
45
57
45
Type
Multi-purpose loader
bucket clamping
cylinder
Type
70/38
Weight (kg)
Stroke (mm)
245
70
Rod diameter (mm)
38
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-6
SPECIAL TORQUE SETTINGS
Screw-in
bearing
Lock
screw
Piston
Stop screw
Piston bolt
Piston nut
Dipper
320-550 Nm
2.3 Nm
1780-2180
Nm
Backhoe bucket
320-550 Nm
2.3 Nm
1780-2180
Nm
Loader bucket
320-550 Nm
2.3 Nm
2300-2500
Nm
20-25 Nm
Boom
320-550 Nm
2.3 Nm
2300-2500
Nm
20-25 Nm
790-810 Nm
Loader lift
Models 750 and 760
350-400 Nm
1000-1100
Nm
20-25 Nm
Loader lift
Models 860, 960 and 965
350-400 Nm
1170-1220
Nm
20-25 Nm
Slew
370-420 Nm
1050-1100
Nm
20-25 Nm
650-700
Nm
20-25 Nm
300-350 Nm
800-850 Nm
Cylinder
Extendable dipper
Stabiliser centremount
Stabiliser side shift
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-7
SPECIAL TOOLS
B786441M
B795329M
This tool is used to remove and install cylinder

glands.
The part number on the gland wrench is CAS 1456.
This tool is first used on page 8.
The torque multiplier is used to loosen and tighten

the piston cap screw and pistons. Use the torque
multiplier according to the instructions of the
manufacturer. The part number of the torque
multiplier is CAS-1039. This tool is first used on
page 8.
B505802M
The tool shown is used to install the seal in the glands

of the cylinders. This tool is first used on page 8.
PDF0247
This tool is used to remove and install cylinder

glands.
- Gland tightening wrench OEM 6203 opening capacity : 120 mm to 323 mm. This tool is first used on
page 28.
- Gland tightening wrench OEM 6206 opening capacity : 38 mm to 101 mm. This tool is first used on
page 32.
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-8
DIPPER CYLINDER
Disassembly
1.
Fasten the tube (1) in a vice or other holding

equipment. Be careful to prevent damage to the
tube (1).
Clean the piston (4), gland (3), piston rod (6),

tube (1), hardened washer (8), and cap screw (7)
in cleaning solvent.
2.
Loosen and remove the lock screw (2) from the

gland (3) and tube (1).
Discard the parts that were removed from the

piston (4) and the gland (3).
3.
Illuminate the inside of the tube (1). inspect the

inside of the tube (1) for deep grooves and other
damage. If there is damage to the tube (1), a new
tube (1) must be used.
4.
Check to be sure that the piston rod (6) is

straight. If the piston rod (6) is not straight, install
a new piston rod (6).
5.
Remove small scratches on the inside of the tube

(1) with emery cloth of medium grit. Use the
emery cloth with a rotary motion.
6.
Inspect the bushing (19) in the piston rod eye (5)

and the closed end of the tube (1), replace as
required.
7.
Inspect the gland (3) for rust and clean and

remove rust as required.
8.
Inspect the gland end of the tube (1) for sharp

edges that will cut the gland O-ring (12). Remove
as required.
9.
Inspect the piston (4) for damage and wear. If the

piston (4) is damaged or worn, a new piston must
be used.
Clean the outside of the cylinder.

1.
2.
3.
Use the gland wrench CAS1456 on page 7, to

loosen and remove the gland (3) from the tube
(1).
4.
Pull the piston rod (6) straight out of the tube (1)
to prevent damage to the tube (1).
5.
Fasten the piston rod eye (5) in a vice and put a

support below the piston rod (6) near the piston
(4). Use a shop cloth between the support and
the piston rod (6) to prevent damage to the piston
rod (6).
6.
Inspection
Loosen and remove the cap screw (7) and

hardened washer (8) that holds the piston (4).
Use the torque multiplier shown on page 7 for
cap screws that have a high torque value.
7.
Remove the piston (4) from the piston rod (6).
8.
Remove the gland (3) from the piston rod (6).
9.
Remove the carrier ring (9), seal (10) and carrier

ring (11) from the piston (4).
10.
Remove the O-ring (12), back-up ring (13), wiper

(14), carrier ring (15), wide seal (16), buffer seal
(17) and carrier ring (18) from the gland (3).
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-9
21
19
1
7
10
14
15
16
17
18
13
19
12
8
11
4
21
6
20
19
19
CI98K516
1.
Tube
8.
Hardened washer
15.
Carrier ring
2.
Lock screw
9.
Carrier ring
16.
Wide seal
3.
Gland
10.
Seal
17.
Buffer seal
4.
Piston
11.
Carrier ring
18.
Carrier ring
5.
Piston rod eye
12.
O-ring
19.
Bushing
6.
Piston rod
13.
Back-up ring
20.
Spacer
7.
Cap screw
14.
Wiper
21.
Grease fitting
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-10
Assembly
1.
Install the buffer seal (17) in the gland (3). The

side of the buffer seal (17) with the lip must be
toward the small end of the gland (3).
2.
Install the wide seal (16) in the gland. the wide

seal (16) is to be installed as shown on page 11.
The wide seal (16) can be difficult to install. Use
the tool shown on page 7.
3.
Install the carrier rings (15) and (18) in the gland

(3).
4.
Install a new wiper (14) in the gland (3). The

wiper (14) is to installed as shown on page 11.
5.
Install the O-ring (12) next to the back-up ring

(13) in the groove on the outside of the gland (3),
as shown on page 11.
6.
Fasten the piston rod eye (5) in the vice.
7.
Remove any marks and sharp edges on the

chamfer at the end of the piston rod (6).
8.
Lubricate the bore of the gland (3) with clean oil.
9.
Push the gland (3) onto the piston rod (6). If

necessary, use a soft hammer to drive the gland
(3) onto the piston rod (6).
14.
Install the cap screw (7). Tighten the cap screw

(7) to the torque value on page 6 for the cylinder
that is being repaired. A torque multiplier can be
used to help tighten the cap screw.
15.
Install a new seal (10) in the centre groove on the

outside of the piston (4).
16.
Install a new carrier rings (9) and (11) in each

groove on the outside ends of the piston (4).
17.
Lubricate the inside of the tube (1) and the piston

(4) with clean oil. Use a piston ring compression
tool to hold the new carrier rings in place.
18.
Push the tube (1) straight onto the piston (4).
19.
Start the tube (1) onto the piston rod assembly.

Push the tube onto the piston rod assembly until
the compression tool is pushed off the piston rod
assembly. Be careful not to damage the carrier
rings and seal.
20.
When the piston (4) is in the smooth part of the

tube (1), start the gland (3) into the tube (1).
21.
Lubricate the O-ring (12) on the gland (3) with

clean oil.
22.
Tighten the gland (3) to a torque between 320

and 550 Nm. If the lock screw (2) holes become
aligned in this torque range, install the lock screw
(2). Tighten the lock screw (2) to 2.3 Nm. If the
lock screw (2) holes are not aligned, carry out
steps 23 through 25.
10.
Put a support below and near the end of the

piston rod (6). Use a shop cloth between the
support and the piston rod (6) to prevent damage
to the piston (4).
11.
Put the piston (4) on the end of the piston rod (6).
23.
12.
Put the hardened washer (8) on the cap screw

(7).

and 550 Nm.
24.
Use a N26 drill and drill a hole half in the gland

(3) and half in the tube (1). Drill to a depth of
11 mm. Do not drill in line with a hole in the gland
(3) for the gland wrench.
25.
Install the lock screw (2). Tighten the lock screw

(2) to 2.3 Nm.
13.
Clean the threads on the end of the piston rod

and the threads of the cap screw using Loctite
cleaning solvent. Allow to dry. Apply Loctite 242
to the piston rod threads 6.4 mm from the open
end of the piston rod so that there is 12.7 mm of
Loctite 242 on the piston rod threads. DO NOT
apply Loctite to the first 6.4 mm of the piston rod
threads.
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-11
19
A
AAA
AAA
A
AAA
A
AAA
A
AAA
A
A
AAA
AAA
A
AAA
A
A
AAA
AAA
A
AAA
A
13
12
A
AA
AA
A
A
AAAAA
AAAAAA
AA
AAAAA
AA
A
AA
AA
A
AA
A
AA
AA
AA
A
AA
AA
A
AA
A
AA
AA
A
AA
A
AAA
A
AA
A
AAA
A
A
AAAAAAAAAA
AAAA
AA
AAAAAAA
AAAA
AAA
A
A
AA
A
AAAAAAA
AAA
AAAA
A
AA
AAAAAAA AAA
19
14
20
11
15
10
16
17
18
19
CM98K005
1.
Tube
8.
Hardened washer
15.
Carrier
2.
Lock screw
9.
Carrier ring
16.
Wide seal
3.
Gland
10.
Seal
17.
Buffer seal
4.
Piston
11.
Carrier ring
18.
Carrier ring
5.
Piston rod eye
12.
O-ring
19.
Bushing
6.
Piston rod
13.
Back-up ring
20.
Spacer
7.
Cap screw
14.
Wiper
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-12
BACKHOE BUCKET CYLINDER

Disassembly
1.

tube (1).

tube (1), hardened washer (8), and cap screw (7)
2.


3.
Illuminate the inside of the tube (1). Inspect the

4.

5.

6.
Inspect the bushing (23) in the piston rod eye (5)

and the closed end of the tube (1), replace as
required.
7.

8.

as required.
9.

piston (4) is damaged or worn, a new piston must
be used.

1.
2.
3.
Use the gland CAS1456 on page 7, to loosen

and remove the gland (3) from the tube (1).
4.
5.

rod (6).
6.
Loosen and remove the cap screw (7) and

hardened washer (8) that holds the piston (4).
Use the torque multiplier shown on page 7 for
cap screws that have a high torque value.
7.
8.
9.
Remove the carrier ring (9), seal (10), carrier ring

(11), bayonet ring (12), back-up rings (13) and
(15) and O-ring (14) from the piston (4).
10.
Inspection

Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-13
24
23
23
1
8
7
2
3
22
21
20
19
10
18
11
12
4
17
15
14
13
16
24
6
23
23
CI98K517
1.
Tube
Carrier ring
17.
O-ring
2.
Lock screw
10.
Seal
18.
Carrier ring
3.
Gland
11.
Carrier ring
19.
Buffer seal
4.
Piston
12.
Bayonet ring
20.
Wide seal
5.
Piston rod eye
13.
Back-up ring
21.
Carrier ring
6.
Piston rod
14.
O-ring
22.
Wiper
7.
Cap screw
15.
Back-up ring
23.
Bushing
8.
Hardened washer
16.
Back-up ring
24.
Grease fitting
Cre 7-21620GB
9.
Issued 06-99
8006-14
Assembly
1.
2.

Install the wide seal (26) in the gland. the wide
3.

(3).
4.

5.

6.
7.

8.
9.

10.
Install a new back-up ring (13) in the piston (4).
11.
Install a new O-ring (14) in the piston (4).
12.
13.

to the piston (4).
14.
15.
Put the hardened washer (8) on the cap screw

(7).
16.
Clean the threads on the end of the piston rod

and the threads of the cap screw using Loctite
cleaning solvent. Allow to dry. Apply Loctite 242
to the piston rod threads 6.4 mm from the open
end of the piston rod so that there is 12.7 mm of
Loctite 242 on the piston rod threads. DO NOT
apply Loctite to the first 6.4 mm of the piston rod
threads.
17.
Install the cap screw (7). Tighten the cap screw

(7) to the torque value on page 6 for the cylinder
that is being repaired. A torque multiplier can be
used to help tighten the cap screw.
18.
Install a new bayonet ring (12) in the end groove

on the outside of the piston (4).
Cre 7-21620GB
19.
Install a new carrier ring (11) in the piston (4).
20.
Install a new seal (10) in the piston (4).
21.
Install a new carrier ring (9) in the piston (4).
22.

(4) with clean oil. use a piston ring compression
tool to hold the new rings in place.
23.
24.

assembly. Be careful not to damge the rings and
seal.
25.

26.

clean oil.
27.
Tighten the gland (3) to 320 to 550 Nm. If the

lock screw (2) holes become aligned in this
torque range, install the lock screw (2). Tighten
the lock screw (2) to 2.3 Nm. If the lock screw (2)
holes are not aligned, carry out Steps 28 through
30.
28.

and 550 Nm.
29.
Use a N 26 drill a hole half in the gland (3) and

half in the tube (1). Drill to a depth of 11 mm. Do
not drill in line with a hole in the gland (3) for the
gland wrench.
30.

(2) to 2.3 Nm.
Issued 06-99
8006-15
23
AAAA
AAA
A
AAA
AAA
AAAA
AAA
A
AAAA
19 16
17
AA AAAAA
AAAAAAAAA
AA
AA
AA
AAAAA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
22
23
12 14 11
21
10
20
18
A
AA
AA
A
A
AAAAAAAAAAA
A
AA
AAAAAA
AA
A
A
AAAAAAAA
AAAAAA
A
AA
AAAAAAAA
AA
AAAAAA
A
AAAAAAAA AA
15
13
23
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
CM98K006
1.
Tube
Carrier ring
17.
O-ring
2.
Lock screw
10.
Seal
18.
Carrier ring
3.
Gland
11.
Carrier ring
19.
Buffer seal
4.
Piston
12.
Bayonet ring
20.
Wide seal
5.
Piston rod eye
13.
Back-up ring
21.
Carrier ring
6.
Piston rod
14.
O-ring
22.
Wiper
7.
Capscrew
15.
Back-up ring
23.
Bushing
8.
Hardened washer
16.
Back-up ring
Cre 7-21620GB
9.
Issued 06-99
8006-16
LOADER BUCKET CYLINDER

Disassembly
1.
Clean the piston (4), gland (3), piston rod (6) and
tube (1) in cleaning solvent.
2.

3.

4.

5.

6.
Remove the retaining ring (7) and dash-pot

bushing (8) from the piston rod (6).
Inspect the bushings (23) in the piston rod eye

(5) and the closed end of the tube (1). Replace
as required.
7.
Loosen and remove the stop screw (9) from the

piston (4) and discard the stop screw (9).

8.
Loosen and remove the piston (4) from the piston

rod (6). Use a torque multiplier shown on page 7
for pistons that have a high torque value.

edges that will cut the gland O-ring (16) and
remove as required.
9.

piston (4) is damaged or worn, a new piston (4)
must be used.

1.

tube (1).
2.

3.
Use the gland wrench CAS 1456 shown on page

7 to loosen and remove the gland (3) from the
tube (1).
4.
5.
Fasten the piston rod (5) eye in a vise and put a

rod (6).
6.
7.
8.
9.
Inspection
10.
Remove the carrier ring (13), seal (14), carrier

ring (15), back-up rings (11) and (12) and O-ring
(10) from the piston (4).
11.

Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-17
24
23
1
23
18
19
20
21
22
17
16
14
11
10
12
13
15
4
24
6
23
23
5
CI98K518
1.
Tube
Stop screw
17.
Back-up ring
2.
Lock screw
10.
O-ring
18.
Wiper
3.
Gland
11.
Back-up ring
19.
Carrier ring
4.
Piston
12.
Back-up ring
20.
Wide seal
5.
Piston rod eye
13.
Carrier ring
21.
Buffer seal
6.
Piston rod
14.
Seal
22.
Carrier ring
7.
Retaining ring
15.
Carrier ring
23.
Bushing
8.
Dash-pot bushing
16.
O-ring
24.
Grease fitting
Cre 7-21620GB
9.
Issued 06-99
8006-18
Assembly
1.
2.
3.

Install the wide seal (20) in the gland. The wide
seal is to be installed as shown on page 19. The
wide seal can be difficult to install. Use the tool
shown on page 7.
(3).
17.
Install a new stop screw (9) in the piston (4),

tighten the stop screw to 20 to 25 Nm.
18.

19.

20.

21.
22.

rings and seal.
4.

5.

6.
23.
7.


24.

clean oil.
25.

and 550 Nm. If the lock screw (2) holes becomes
(2). tighten the lock screw (2). Tighten the lock
screw (2) to 2.3 Nm. If the lock screw (2) holes
are not aligned, carry out steps 26 through 28.
26.

and 550 Nm.
27.
Use a N 26 drill and drill a hole half in the gland

(3) and half in the tube (1). Drill to a depth of 11
mm. Do not drill in line with a hole in the gland (3)
for the gland wrench.
28.

(2) to 2.3 Nm.
8.
9.

10.
Install the Dash-pot bushing (8) and retaining

ring (7) in the piston rod (6).
11.
12.
13.
14.

piston rod (6). use a shop cloth between the
to the piston (4).
15.
16.
Tighten the piston (4) to the torque value on

page 6 for the cylinder that is being repaired. A
torque multiplier can be used to help tighten the
piston (4).
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-19
23
AAA
AAA
AAAAA
AAAAAA
AAA
AAAAAAAAAA
AAAAAA
AAAAA
A AA
AAAAA
AAAAA
AAAAA
AAAAA
AAAAA
18
17
16
19
10 15
20
14 13
21
22
AAAAAAAAAA
AA
AAAAA
AAAAAAAAAA
AAA
AA
AAAAA
AAAAAAAAA
AA
AAAAA
AAA
A
AAAAAAAAA
AAAA
AA
AA
AAAAA
11
12
7
CM98K007
1.
Tube
Stop screw
17.
Back-up ring
2.
Lock screw
10.
O-ring
18.
Wiper
3.
Gland
11.
Back-up ring
19.
Carrier ring
4.
Piston
12.
Back-up ring
20.
Wide seal
5.
Piston rod eye
13.
Carrier ring
21.
Buffer seal
6.
Piston rod
14.
Seal
22.
Carrier ring
7.
Retaining ring
15.
Carrier ring
23.
Bushing
8.
Dash-pot bushing
16.
O-ring
Cre 7-21620GB
9.
Issued 06-99
8006-20
BOOM CYLINDER
Disassembly
1.
2.

3.

4.

straight. if the piston rod (6) is not straight, install
5.

(1) with emery cloth of medium grit. use the
6.
Remove the retaining ring (7) and dash-pot

bushing (8) from the piston rod (6).

(5) and the closed end of the tube (1). Replace
as required.
7.

piston (4) and discard the stop screw (9).
Inspect the gland (3) for rust and clear and

8.


remove as required.
9.
Inspect the piston (4) for damage and wear. if the

must be used.

1.

tube (1).
2.

3.
Use the gland wrench CAS1456 shown on page

7 to loosen and remove the gland (3) from the
tube (1).
4.
5.
Fasten the piston rod (5) eye in a vice and put a

rod (6).
6.
7.
8.
9.
Inspection
10.
Remove the carrier ring (13), seal (14), carrier

ring (15), back-up rings (11) and (12) and O-ring
(10) from the piston (4).
11.

Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-21
23
24
1
23
9
7
17
16
13
14
21
22
19
18
11
3
10
15
12
24
20
23
23
CI98K519
1.
Tube
Stop screw
17.
Back-up ring
2.
Lock screw
10.
O-ring
18.
Wiper
3.
Gland
11.
Back-up ring
19.
Carrier ring
4.
Piston
12.
Back-up ring
20.
Wide seal
5.
Piston rod eye
13.
Carrier ring
21.
Buffer seal
6.
Piston rod
14.
Seal
22.
Carrier ring
7.
Retaining ring
15.
Carrier ring
23.
Bushing
8.
Dash-pot bushing
16.
O-ring
24.
Grease fitting
Cre 7-21620GB
9.
Issued 06-99
8006-22
Assembly
1.
2.

seal is to be installed as shown on page 23. The
wide seal can be difficult to install. use the tool
shown on page 7.
3.

(3).
4.

5.

6.
7.

8.
9.

10.
Install the dash-pot bushing (8) and retaining ring

(7) in the piston rod (6).
11.
12.
Install a new O-ring (10) in the piston (10) in the

piston (4).
13.
14.

to the piston (4).
15.
16.

piston (4).
Cre 7-21620GB
17.
Install a new stop screw (9) in the piston (4),

tighten the stop screw to a torque between 20
and 25 Nm.
18.

19.

20.
Lubricate the endside of the tube (1) and the

piston (4) with clean oil. use a piston ring
compression tool to hold the new carrier rings in
place.
21.
22.

rings and seal.
23.

24.

clean oil.
25.

and 550 Nm. If the lock screw (2) holes become
(2). tighten the lock screw (2) to 2.3 Nm. If the
lock screw (2) holes are not aligned, carry out
Steps 26 through 28.
26.
Tighten the gland (3) to torque between 320 and

550 Nm.
27.
Use a N 26 drill and drill a hole half in the gland

(3) and half in the tube (1). Drill to a depth of 11
mm. Do not drill in line a hole in the gland (3) for
the gland wrench.
28.

(2) to 2.3 Nm.
Issued 06-99
8006-23
18
17
16
22
AAAAA
AAAAAA
AAAAA
AAAAAA
AAAAA
AAAAA
A AA
AAAAA
AAAAA
AAAAA
AAAAA
AAAAA
23
19
20
4
21
10 15
14
13
AA
AA
AAAAAA
AA
AA
AAAAAAAAAAAA
AA
AAAAAA
AA
AAAA
AA
AA
AAAA
AA
A
AAAAAA
AAAAAAAAAAAA
AA
A
AAAAAA
AAAA
AAAAAAAAAAAA
AAAA
AA
A
AAAAAA
11
12
CM98K008
1.
Tube
Stop screw
17.
Back-up ring
2.
Lock screw
10.
O-ring
18.
Wiper
3.
Gland
11.
Back-up ring
19.
Carrier ring
4.
Piston
12.
Back-up ring
20.
Wide seal
5.
Piston rod eye
13.
Carrier ring
21.
Buffer seal
6.
Piston rod
14.
Seal
22.
Carrier ring
7.
Retaining ring
15.
Carrier ring
23.
Bushing
8.
Dash-pot bushing
16.
O-ring
Cre 7-21620GB
9.
Issued 06-99
8006-24
EXTENDABLE DIPPER CYLINDER

Disassembly
1.

tube (1).
2.
Remove the snap ring (2) from the gland (3).
3.
Push the gland inwards towards the interior of

the tube (1) to free the ring (4).
4.
Remove the ring (4) from the tube (1).
5.
6.

(6). use a shop cloth between the support and
rod (5).
7.
Loosen and remove the nut (7) that hold the

piston (6). Use the torque multiplier shown on
page 7 for nuts that have a high torque value.
8.
9.
Remove the spacer (8) from the piston rod (5).
10.
Remove the spring (9) from the piston rod (5).
11.
Remove the dash-pot bushing (11) from the

piston rod (5).
12.
Remove the ring (10) from the piston rod (5).
13.
Remove and discard the O-ring (12) from the

Dash-pot bushing (11).
14.
15.
Remove the carrier rings (13) and (15), seal (14),

back-up rings (16) and (18) and O-ring (17) from
the piston (6).
16.
Remove the O-rings (19) and (21), back-up rings

(20) and (22), wide seal (23) and wiper (24) from
the gland (3).
Cre 7-21620GB
Inspection
1.

spacer (8), spring (9) and dash-pot bushing (11)
2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

edges that will cut the gland O-rings (19) and
(21). Remove as required.
8.
Inspect the piston (6) for damage or wear. If the

must be used.
Issued 06-99
8006-25
13
14
16
11
4
24
22
21
20
17
18
12
15
6
19
8
9
23
10
25
CI98K520
1.
Tube
10.
Ring
19.
O-ring
2.
Snap ring
11.
Dash-pot bushing
20.
Back-up ring
3.
Gland
12.
O-ring
21.
O-ring
4.
Ring
13.
Carrier ring
22.
Back-up ring
5.
Piston rod
14.
Seal
23.
Wide seal
6.
Piston
15.
Carrier ring
24.
Wiper
7.
Nut
16.
Back-up ring
25.
Piston rod eye
8.
Spacer
17.
O-ring
18.
Back-up ring
9. Spring
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-26
Assembly
1.
2.
16.
Install a spring (9) on the piston rod (5).
17.
Install a spacer (8) on the piston rod (5).
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Install a new nut (7) in the piston rod (5). Tighten

the nut (7) to a torque between 790 and 810 Nm.
A torque multiplier can be used to help the
tighten the nut (7).
23.
Install a new back-up ring (20) in the groove on

the outside of the gland (3).

24.


25.

26.
27.

rings and seal.
28.
Lubricate the O-rings (19) and (21) on the gland

(3) with clean oil.
29.
Push the gland (3) into the tube (1) in order to

obtain the necessary access to be able to install
the ring (4) in its groove.
30.
Draw the piston rod out in the axis of the rod in

order to be able to install the gland (3) in the tube
(1).
31.
Install a new snap ring (2) on the gland (3).
Install the wide seal (23) in the gland (3). The

wide seal (23) is to be installed as shown on
page 27. The wide seal (23) can be difficult to
install. Use the tool shown on page 7.
wiper is to be installed as shown on page 27.
3.
Install a new back-up ring (22) in the groove on

the outside of the gland (3).
4.

5.
6.
7.
8.
Put a new snap ring (2) of the piston rod (5) near
the piston rod eye (25).
9.

10.
11.

12.

to the piston (3).
13.
Install a new ring (10) on the piston rod (5)
14.
Install a new O-ring (12) in the dash-pot bushing

(11).
15.
Install a dash-pot bushing (11) on the piston rod

(5).
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-27
25
AA
AA
AAAAAAAAAAA
AA
AAAAA
AAAAA
AAAAAAAAAAA
A
A
AAAAA
AAAAA
AAAAA
A
A
AAAAA
AAAAA
AAAAA
24
5
11
22
21
20
19
23
8
15 14 13
AAAAAAAAAAAAAA
AA
AA
AAAAA
A
A
AA
AA
AAAAAAA
AAAAAAAAAAAAA
AA
AA
AAAAA
AA
AAAAAAA
AAAAAAAAAAAAA
AAAAAAA
10
12
16
17
18
CM98K009
1.
Tube
10.
Ring
19.
O-ring
2.
Snap ring
11.
Dash-pot bushing
20.
Back-up ring
3.
Gland
12.
O-ring
21.
O-ring
4.
Ring
13.
Carrier ring
22.
Back-up ring
5.
Piston rod
14.
Seal
23.
Wide seal
6.
Piston
15.
Carrier ring
24.
Wiper
7.
Nut
16.
Back-up ring
25.
Piston rod eye
8.
Spacer
17.
O-ring
9.
Spring
18.
Back-up ring
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-28
SLEW CYLINDER
Disassembly
1.

tube (1).
2.
Free the gland (2) by turning the retaining ring

(21) out from the slots.
3.
Use a gland wrench OEM 6203 shown on page 7

to loosen and remove the gland (2) from the tube
(1).
4.
5.

support below the piston rod (5) to prevent
damage to the piston rod (5).
6.

piston (3). Discard the stop screw (6).
7.

8.
9.
Remove the snap ring (7) and dash-pot bushing

(8) from the piston rod (5).
10.
Remove the O-ring (9), carrier rings (10) and

(11), back-up ring (12) and seal (13) from the
piston (3).
11.
Remove the O-ring (14), back-up ring (15), Oring (16), bushing (17), buffer seal (18), wide seal
(19), wiper (20) and retaining ring (21) from the
gland (2).
Cre 7-21620GB
Inspection
1.

and tube (1) in cleaning solvent.
2.

3.
Illuminate the inside of the tube (1). inspect the

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

must be used.
Issued 06-99
8006-29
13
6
8
10
18
11
17
19
16
20
12
15
14
21
2
CS98K523
1.
Tube
8.
Dash-pot bushing
15.
Back-up ring
2.
Gland
9.
O-ring
16.
O-ring
3.
Piston
10.
Carrier ring
17.
Bushing
4.
Piston rod eye
11.
Carrier ring
18.
Buffer seal
5.
Piston rod
12.
Back-up ring
19.
Wide seal
6.
Stop screw
13.
Seal
20.
Wiper
7.
Snap ring
14.
O-ring
21.
Retaining ring
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-30
Assembly
1.
Install the bushing (17) in the gland (2).
2.

3.

4.

wiper is to installed as shown on page 31.
5.
Install a new retaining ring (21) of the gland (2).
6.

(15) in the groove on the outside of the gland (2)
16.

piston (7).
17.
Apply Loctite NR275 to a new stop screw (6)

threads and install a new stop screw (6) in the
piston (3). Tighten the stop screw to a torque
between 20 and 25 Nm.
18.
Install a new back-up ring (12) in the centre

groove on the outside of the piston (3).
19.
Install a new seal (13) on top of the back-up ring

(12) as shown on page 31.
20.

21.

tool to hold the new carrier ring in place.
7.
Install the O-ring (14) of the gland (2).
8.
22.
Push the tube (1).
9.

chamber at the end of the piston rod (5).
23.
10.

Push the tube onto the piston rod assembly. Be
careful not to damage the carrier rings and seal.
11.
Push the gland (2) onto the piston rod (5). Use a
soft hammer to drive the gland (2) onto the piston
rod (5).
24.

tube (1).
25.

(2) with clean oil.
26.

and 420 Nm.
27.
Prevent the gland from turning by pening the

retaining ring (21) into the tube (1) slots, using a
hammer and drift.
12.

to the piston (3).
13.
Install the dash-pot bushing (8) and a new snap

ring (7) in the piston rod (5).
14.
15.
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-31
15
4
20
14
21
16
AAAA
AAAAAAAAA
A
AAAA
AAAA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AAAA
AA
AA
AAAA
5
19 18 17
11
13 10
AAAAAAA
AAA
AA
AAAA
A
AAAAAAA
AAA
AA
AAAAAAA
AAAA
A
AA
AAA
AA
A
AA
AAAAAAA
AA AAA
AAA
AA
AA
12
8
CM98K010
1.
Tube
8.
Dash-pot bushing
15.
Back-up ring
2.
Gland
9.
O-ring
16.
O-ring
3.
Piston
10.
Carrier ring
17.
Bushing
4.
Piston rod eye
11.
Carrier ring
18.
Buffer seal
5.
Piston rod
12.
Back-up ring
19.
Wide seal
6.
Stop screw
13.
Seal
20.
Wiper
7.
Snap ring
14.
O-ring
21.
Retaining ring
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-32
LOADER LIFT CYLINDER

Disassembly
1.

tube (1).
2.

(1).
3.
4.

rod (5).
Inspection
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

5.

6.

6.

for pistons that have a hight torque value.
7.

edges that will cut the gland O-rings (11).
Remove as required.
7.
8.
8.
Remove the carrier rings (7) and (9), seal (8) and
O-ring (10) from the piston (3).

must be used.
9.
Remove the back-up ring (12), O-ring (11),

bushing (15), wide seal (14), wiper (13) and Oring (16) from the gland (2).
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-33
17
12
11
10
16
15
2
14
13
17
4
CS98K524
1.
Tube
7.
Carrier ring
13.
Wiper
2.
Gland
8.
Seal
14.
Wide seal
3.
Piston
9.
Carrier ring
15.
Bushing
4.
Piston rod eye
10.
O-ring
16.
O-ring
5.
Piston rod
11.
O-ring
17.
Grease fitting
6.
Stop screw
12.
Back-up ring
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-34
Assembly
1.
2.

seal (14)is to be installed as shown on page 35.
3.

wiper is to be installed as shown on page 35.
4.

5.
Install a new 0-ring (16) of the gland (2).
6.
7.

8.
9.

10.

to the piston (3).
11.
12.
13.
Tighten the piston (3) to the torque valve on page

6 for the cylinder that is being repaired. A torque
multiplier can be used to help tighten the piston
(3).
Cre 7-21620GB
14.
Apply Loctite 642 to a new stop screw (6)

threads and install a new stop screw (6) in the
piston (3). Tighten the stop screw to a torque
between 20 and 25 Nm.
15.

16.

17.

18.
19.

rings and seal.
20.

21.

clean oil.
22.
Apply Loctite ss-1122 to the gland (3) threads

and tighten the gland (3) to a torque between
350 and 400 Nm.
Issued 06-99
8006-35
17
13
16
12
AAA
AA
A
AAAA
AAA
AAAA
AAAAA
AAAAA
5
10
14
7
15
11
AAAAAAA
AAAAA
AAA
AAAA
AAAA
AAAAA
AAA
A
AAAAA
AAAAA
AAAAA
17
CM98K011
1.
Tube
7.
Carrier ring
13.
Wiper
2.
Gland
8.
Seal
14.
Wide seal
3.
Piston
9.
Carrier ring
15.
Bushing
4.
Piston rod eye
10.
O-ring
16.
O-ring
5.
Piston rod
11.
O-ring
17.
Grease fitting
6.
Stop screw
12.
Back-up ring
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-36
STABILIZER CYLINDER (sideshift version)

Disassembly
1.

tube (1).
2.

(1).
3.
4.
5.

rod (5).
Loosen and remove the lock nut (6) that holds
the piston (3). Use the torque multiplier shown on
page 7 for lock nuts that have a high torque
value.
6.
7.
8.
Remove the O-ring (7), carrier rings (8) and (11),

back-up ring (9) and seal (10) from the piston (3).
9.
Remove the O-ring (12), back-up ring (13), Oring (14), retaining plug (15), bushing (16), buffer
seal (17), wide seal (18) and wiper (19) from the
gland (2).
Cre 7-21620GB
Inspection
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

must be used.
Issued 06-99
8006-37
6
11
10
9
8
3
12
2
14
13
15
19
18
17
16
7
5
20
4
CS98K525
1.
Tube
8.
Carrier ring
15.
Retaining plug
2.
Gland
9.
Back-up ring
16.
Bushing
3.
Piston
10.
Seal
17.
Buffer seal
4.
Piston rod eye
11.
Carrier ring
18.
Wide seal
5.
Piston rod
12.
O-ring
19.
Wiper
6.
Lock nut
13.
Back-up ring
20.
Grease fitting
7.
O-ring
14.
O-ring
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-38
Assembly
1.
2.

3.
4.

16.
Install a new back-up ring (9) in the centre

groove on the outside of the piston (3).
17.
Install a new seal (10) on top of the back-up ring

(9) as shown on page 39.
18.

19.

20.
21.

rings and seal.
22.

tube (1) start the gland (2) into the tube (1).
5.
Install a new retaining plug (15) in gland (2).
6.

7.
Install the O-ring (14) of the gland (2).
8.
23.
9.


(2) with clean oil.
24.
10.

and 350 Nm.
11.
rod (5).
12.

to the piston (3).
13.
14.
15.
Apply Loctite HTS 915 066 to the threads of a

new lock nut (6) and install the new lock nut (6) in
the piston rod (5). Tighten the lock nut (6) to a
torque between 800 and 850 Nm. A torque
multiplier can be used to help tighten the lock nut
(6).
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-39
19
14 15
18
7
12
AAAAAAAAA
AAAAAA
AAAAAA
AA
AA
AAAA
13
17
16
A
AA
A
A
A
AA
A
A
AAAA
AAAAAA
AAAAAA
AAAA
AA
A
AAAA AAAAAA
8
10
11
CM98K012
1.
Tube
8.
Carrier ring
15.
Retaining plug
2.
Gland
9.
Back-up ring
16.
Bushing
3.
Piston
10.
Seal
17.
Buffer seal
4.
Piston rod eye
11.
Carrier ring
18.
Wide seal
5.
Piston rod
12.
O-ring
19.
Wiper
6.
Lock nut
13.
Back-up ring
7.
O-ring
14.
O-ring
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-40
STABILIZER CYLINDER (centremount version)

Disassembly
equipment be careful to prevent damage to the
tube (1).
1.
Use the gland wrench OEM 6206 shown on page

7 to rotate the gland (2) clockwise (as viewed
from the piston rod eye of the cylinder), until the
bevelled end of the ring (3) is visible through the
slot in the side of the cylinder.
2.
!
3.
WARNING : Do not rotate the gland (2) in the

opposite direction, as the bevelled end of the
ring (3) may jam in the groove and break off
the drive lug.
Reverse the rotation of the gland (2) when the
end of the ring (3) is visible. The ring (3) will not
normally feed out through the slot without aid. If
the ring (3) does not enter the slot, insert a small
screwdriver to act as a guide.
4.
If the lug on the ring (3) is broken off, see page

50.
5.
to prevant damage to the tube (1).
6.

rod (5).
7.

8.

9.
10.
Remove the snap ring (8) and dash-pot bushing

(9).
11.
Remove the O-ring (10), carrier rings (11) and

(13) and seal (12) from the piston (4).
12.
Remove the O-ring (14), back-up ring (15),

bushing (16), wide seal (17) and wiper (18) from
the gland (2).
13.
Disconnect nut (19) from the tube (1) and

remove the ring (20).
14.
Remove the bolt (21) and washer (22) from the

pipe (23).
15.
Remove the pipe (23) from the tube (1).
Cre 7-21620GB
Inspection
1.
2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

as required.
6.
Inspect the piston (4) for damage and wear. If

the piston (4) is damaged or worn, a new piston
(4) must be used.
Issued 06-99
8006-41
21
23
22
19
20
7
4
10
11
12
13
24
15
17
18
5
16
24
14
6
3
8
9
CI98K521
1.
Tube
Dash-pot bushing
17.
Wide seal
2.
Gland
10.
O-ring
18.
Wiper
3.
Ring
11.
Carrier ring
19.
Nut
4.
Piston
12.
Seal
20.
Ring
5.
Piston rod
13.
Carrier ring
21.
Bolt
6.
Piston rod eye
14.
O-ring
22.
Washer
7.
Stop screw
15.
Back-up ring
23.
Pipe
8.
Snap ring
16.
Bushing
24.
Grease fitting
Cre 7-21620GB
9.
Issued 06-99
8006-42
Assembly
1.
2.

install. Use the tool shown on page 7.
3.

4.

5.
6.

7.
8.
rod (5).
9.

to the piston (4).
14.
Apply Loctite 648 to the threads of a new stop

screw (7) and install the new stop screw (7) in
the piston (4). Tighten the stop screw (7) to a
torque between 20 and 25 Nm.
15.

16.
Install new carrier rings (11) and (13) in each

17.

18.
19.

Push the tube (1) onto the piston rod assembly
until the compression tool is pushed off the
piston rod assembly. Be careful not to damage
the carrier rings and seal.
20.

clean oil.
21.
Install the gland in the tube (1).
22.
Install a new ring (3) and wind it in, by rotating

the gland anti-clockwise (as viewed from the rod
end of the cylinder). Fill the slot with putty or
silicone rubber sealant to prevent water ingress.
10.
Install the dash-pot bushing (9), a new snap ring

(8) in the piston rod (5).
23.
Put the pipe (23) on the tube (1).
11.
24.
Put the washer (22) on the bolt (21).
12.
25.
Install and tighten the bolt (21) in the cylinder.
13.

piston (4).
26.
Install a new ring (20) and tighten the nut (19) on

the fitting.
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-43
19
20
24 18
17
23
A
A
AAAAAA
AAA
A
AAAAA
A
AAAAAA
3 15 14
16
5
11
12
13
21
AA
A
A
AAAAA
AAAAAAAA
A
A
AAAAA
AAAAAAAA
A
A
A
AAAAAAAA
AAAAA
A
AAAAA
AAAAA
AAAAAAAA
AA
10
22
24
CM98K013
1.
Tube
Dash-pot bushing
17.
Wide seal
2.
Gland
10.
O-ring
18.
Wiper
3.
Ring
11.
Carrier ring
19.
Nut
4.
Piston
12.
Seal
20.
Ring
5.
Piston rod
13.
Carrier ring
21.
Bolt
6.
Piston rod eye
14.
O-ring
22.
Washer
7.
Stop screw
15.
Back-up ring
23.
Pipe
8.
Snap ring
16.
Bushing
24.
Grease fitting
Cre 7-21620GB
9.
Issued 06-99
8006-44
QUICK ATTACH CYLINDER

Special tools
Inspection
1.
The piston (8) is shrunk onto the piston rod (4)

and so cannot be removed. In the unlikely event
that the piston (8) has moved out of position it
must be replaced with a new piston rod
assembly.
2.
Clean the piston rod assembly, gland (2) and

spring (5) in cleaning solvent.
3.
Securely clamp the tube (1) into the mounting jig

or clamp it in a vice under a hydraulic press.

piston (8) and gland (2).
4.
Press the piston 15 mm into the tube (1), then

push the gland (2) inside the tube (1) to allow
access to the snap-ring (3).
Inspect the tube bore for rust which is not critical

providing it does not extend more then 82 mm
from the head end of the cylinder.
5.
Inspect the spring for serious corrosion.
- Hydraulic press or dismantling jig.
Disassembly
This is a small hydraulic cylinder that will normally be
replaced if it fails, though for those few occasions
where replacement is impossible, follow the
procedure here to avoid injury by the large spring
inside the cylinder.
1.
2.
3.
Remove the snap ring (3) from the tube (1).
4.
Carefully release tension on the piston until all

spring compression is relieved.
5.
6.
Remove the spring (5) from the tube (1).
7.
Remove the felt ring (6) and piston seal (7) from
the piston (8).
8.
Clamp the piston end of the rod in a vice and

unscrew the piston rod eye (9).
9.
10.
Remove the O-ring (10), wide seal (11) and

wiper (12) from the gland (2).
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-45
8
5
4
6
7
12
10
2
11
3
9
CI98K522
1.
Tube
7.
Piston seal
2.
Gland
8.
Piston
3.
Snap ring
9.
Piston rod eye
4.
Piston rod
10.
O-ring
5.
Spring
11.
Wide seal
6.
Felt ring
12.
Wiper
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-46
Assembly
1.
Install a new wide seal (11) in the gland (2). The

install. Use the tool on page 7.
2.
Install a new O-ring (10) on the groove on the

outside of the gland (2).
3.

wiper (12) is to be installed as shown on page
47.
4.
Install a new piston seal (7) on the piston (8).

The piston seal (7) is to be installed as shown on
page 47.
5.
Install a new felt ring (6) on the piston (8) with the
lip towards the spring (5).
6.
Lightly oil the gland (2) and slide it onto the

piston rod (4).
7.
Apply Loctite 648 to the threads and refit the

piston rod eye (9) to the piston rod (4)
8.
Mount the tube (1) in the jig or vice on the press.
9.
Install the spring (5) in the tube (1).
10.
Press the piston rod back into the tube, being

careful to ensure the seals are not damaged as
they enter the cylinder barrel.
11.
Press the piston rod further in, until the gland (2)
can be pushed in past the snap ring groove.
12.
Install the snap ring (3) in the tube (1).
13.
Carefully release the compression of the spring

until the gland (2) is tight against the snap ring
(3). Then remove the cylinder assembly from the
jig or vice.
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-47
AAAA
AA
AA
AAA
AA
AAAAAAAAAAA
AA
AAA
AAAA
AAA AAA
AAA
AAA
AAA
A
AAA
AA
3 10
12 11
CM98K014
1.
Tube
7.
Piston seal
2.
Gland
8.
Piston
3.
Snap ring
9.
Piston rod eye
4.
Piston rod
10.
O-ring
5.
Spring
11.
Wide seal
6.
Felt ring
12.
Wiper
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-48
MULTI-PURPOSE LOADER BUCKET CLAMPING CYLINDER

Disassembly
8.

remove as required.
9.

must be used.

1.

tube (1).
2.
Use the gland wrench OEM6206 shown on page

7 to loosen and remove the cap (2) from the tube
(1).
3.
4.
Assembly
1.
Install a new wiper (12) in the cap (2). Orientate

the wiper (12) with the lip pointing towards the
cap (2).

rod (5).
2.

side of the wide seal (11) with the lip must be
toward the small end of the gland (7). The wide
seal (11) can be difficult to install. Use the tool on
page 7.
5.
Remove the clip (6) securing the piston (3) to the

piston rod (5).
3.
Install the O-ring (9) next to the back-up ring (10)

in the groove on the outside of the gland (7).
6.

for piston that have a high torque value.
4.
Install a new O-ring (8) in the gland (7).
5.
6.

7.
8.
Remove the cap (2) from the piston rod (5).
7.
Install the cap (2) on the piston rod (5).
9.
Remove the O-rings (8) and (9), back-up ring

(10), and wide seal (11) from the gland (7).
8.
9.

10.

to the piston (3).
11.
12.
Tighten the piston (3) for the cylinder that is

being repaired. A torque multiplier can be used
to help tighten the piston (3).
13.
Install a new seal (13) in the piston (3).
14.
Install a new clip (16) securing the piston (3) to

the piston rod (5).
(3) with the clean oil.
clean oil.
Install the gland (7) in the tube (1).
Apply Loctite 242 to the threads of the tube (1)
and the cap (2).
Tighten the cap (2).
10.
Remove the seal (13) from the piston (3).
11.
Remove the wiper (12) from the cap (2).
Inspection
1.

tube (1) and cap (2) in cleaning solvent.
2.
Discard the parts were removed from the piston

(3) and the gland (7).
3.

4.
5.
6.
7.

(4) and closed end of the tube (1). Replace as
required.
Cre 7-21620GB
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Issued 06-99
8006-49
14
11
7
10
4
12
8
13
3
16
15
14
6
5
CS98K526
1.
Tube
9.
2.
Cap
10.
Back-up ring
3.
Piston
11.
Wide seal
4.
Piston rod eye
12.
Wiper
5.
Piston rod
13.
Seal
6.
Clip
14.
Bushing
7.
Gland
15.
Grease nipple
8.
O-ring
16.
Cap
Cre 7-21620GB
O-ring
Issued 06-99
8006-50
RING LUG FAILURE

Extraction
Failure of the ring lug will prevent the gland from
being removed from the cylinder. However the old
ring can be removed by using the following process :
3.
Cut off a section of ring or piano wire of diameter

(A), to the length (C) and insert it into the blind
hole. This will now take the place of the lug and
drive the broken ring out in the normal way.
4.
After complete withdrawal of the ring pull the

piston rod sharply out until it contacts the gland,
this will normally remove it.
Through the insertion hole, centre punch the ring

as near to the centre of the ring as possible.
1.
2.
NOTE : In the event of failure to remove the gland in

this way, due to burrs around the ring grooves, it is
suggested that either a hydraulic press or a hand
operated pump be used to remove the gland.
CS98J556
WARNING : If a hydraulic pump is used to

dismantle the gland from the cylinder,
extreme care must be taken to purge all air
from the cylinder before pressurisation.
COMPRESSED AIR INSIDE THE CYLINDER AT THIS STAGE IS EXTREMELY DANGEROUS.
Robust restraints should be attached to both
the piston rod-eye and the cylinder mounting, as a further precaution.
CS98J557
Use a drill of the size (B), and drill through the ring
and into the gland to the depth (C).
WARNING : The drilled hole must not be

drilled deeper than shown, or the drill may
break through the gland, in which case the
gland must be scrapped.
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
8006-51
REMOVING AND INSTALLING THE WIPER

1.
2.
1
2
PDH0314
PDH0315
Use a hammer and drift to force the wiper seal (1)

and remove it.
Fit a new wiper ring (1) using the old wiper ring (2) to
assist, as shown in the drawing.
Cre 7-21620GB
Issued 06-99
Section
8007
8007
Case
Cre 7-21550GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
8007-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SEPARATING THE BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE BLOCK ASSEMBLY................................................................3
INLET MODULE (Models 750,760 and 860) .............................................................................................................4
Disassembly..........................................................................................................................................................4
Inspection..............................................................................................................................................................6
Assembly...............................................................................................................................................................6
INLET MODULE (Models 960 and 965) ....................................................................................................................8
Disassembly..........................................................................................................................................................8
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................10
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................10
FOUR SPOOL VALVE BLOCK (Models 750, 760, 860 and 960) ...........................................................................12
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................12
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................14
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................14
FOUR SPOOL VALVE BLOCK (Model 965) ...........................................................................................................16
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................16
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................18
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................18
THREE SPOOL OR TWO SPOOL VALVE BLOCK ................................................................................................20
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................20
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................20
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................20
Cre 7-21550GB
Issued 06-99
8007-3
SEPARATING THE BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE BLOCK ASSEMBLY

1.
Thoroughly clean the outside of the backhoe

control valve block assembly.
6.
Separate the 4 spool valve (12) from the 3 spool

valve (16).
2.
Remove the nuts (1) and the washers (2) from

the studs (3).
7.
Remove the O-rings (17) to (22) from the 4 spool

valve and discard them.
3.
Remove the inlet module (4) from the 4 spool

valve (12).
NOTE : The O-rings may remain on the 3 spool valve.
4.
Remove the O-rings (5) to (11) from the inlet

module (4) and discard them.
NOTE : The O-rings may remain on the 4 spool valve

(12).
5.
Remove the nuts (13) and the washers (14) from

the studs (15).
NOTE : Assembly is in the reverse order from that of

assembly.
NOTE : When assembling, systematically replace all
the O-rings by new ones.
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the nuts (1) and
(13) to a torque of 23.5 Nm.
9
3
10
12
11
15
22
21
15
20
16
6
3
3
17
15
18
19
1
14
13
CI98J502
Cre 7-21550GB
Issued 06-99
8007-4
INLET MODULE (Models 750,760 and 860)

Disassembly
Remove the back pressure valve plug (2), the
springs (3) and (4) and the back pressure valve
(5) from the inlet module (1).
9.
2.

back pressure valve plug (2).
3.
Remove the plug (7) and the restrictor (8) from

the inlet module (1).
11. Remove the main relief valve plug (20), the

spring (21), the restrictor (22) and the poppet
4.

plug (7).
5.

13. Remove the inlet compensator spool valve plug

(25), the spring (26), the spool (27) and the
restrictor (28) from the inlet module (1).
6.
Remove and discard the O-ring seal (12) from

the plug (10).
14. Remove and discard the O-ring seal (29) from

the inlet compasator spool valve plug (25).
7.
Remove the pilot pressure relief valve ajuster

(13), the spring (14), the poppet (15) and the
seat (16) from the inlet module (1).
8.

the pilot pressure relief valve ajuster (13).
1.
Cre 7-21550GB
Remove the plug (18) from the inlet module (1).

the plug (18).

the main relief valve plug (20).
Issued 06-99
8007-5
2
25
3
26
29
6
5
27
11
12
10
28
13
17
16
15
14
1
23
22
19
21
18
24
20
CI98J503
1.
Inlet module
10. Plug
20. Main relief valve plug
2.
Back pressure valve plug
11. Restrictor
21. Spring
3.
Spring
12. O-ring seal
22. Restrictor
4.
Spring
23. Poppet
5.
Back pressure valve
13. Pilot pressure relief valve

adjuster
O-ring seal
14. Spring
7.
Plug
15. Poppet
25. Inlet compensator spool

valve plug
8.
Restrictor
16. Seat
26. Spring
9.
O-ring seal
17. O-ring seal
27. Spool
18. Plug
28. Restrictor
19. O-ring seal
29. O-ring seal
6.
Cre 7-21550GB
24. O-ring seal
Issued 06-99
8007-6
Inspection
instructions, they must be replaced.
5.
Inspect the ajuster (13) and the seat (16) for

wear or damage.
1.
6.
damage.
7.
Inspect the restrictor (8), (11), (22) and (28) for

wear or damage. Check that the restrictor are not
blocked or working loose.
Inspect the inlet module (1) for damage to the

bores and valve seats and particularly to the
threads.
2.
Inspect the plugs (2), (7), (10), (18), (20) and (25)
for wear damage, particularly to the threads.
3.
inspect the back pressure valve (5) and the spool

(27) for wear or damage.
4.
Inspect the poppets (15) and (23) for wear or

damage.
Assembly
Assemble the inlet module in the reverse order of the
10. Install a new O-ring (17) to the pilot pressure

relief valve ajuster (13).
1.
Thoroughly clean all components and the work

areas before starting work.
11. Torque tighten the seat (16) to 17 to 23 Nm.
2.
Inspect the inlet module.
13. Torque tighten the restrictor (11) to 3 to 5 Nm.
3.
Before assembling, lubricate each component

with the specified hydraulic oil.
14. Torque tighten the plug (10) to 8 to 12 Nm.
4. Install a new O-ring seal (29) to the inlet

compensator spool valve plug (25).
5. Torque tighten the inlet compensator spool valve
plug to 75 to 105 Nm.
6.
Install a new O-ring seal (24) to the main relief

plug (20).
7.
Torque tighten the main relief valve plug (20) to

75 to 105 Nm.
8.
9.
Torque tighten the plug (12) to 75 to 105 Nm.
Cre 7-21550GB
12. Install a new O-ring seal (12) to the plug (10).

16. Torque tighten the restrictor (8) to 3 to 5 Nm.
18. Install a new O-ring seal (6) to the back pressure
valve plug (2).
19. Torque tighten the back pressure valve plug (2)
to 75 to 105 Nm.
Issued 06-99
8007-7
2
25
3
26
29
6
5
27
11
12
10
28
13
17
16
15
14
1
23
22
19
21
18
24
20
CI98J503
1.
Inlet module
10. Plug
2.
Back pressure valve plug
11. Restrictor
21. Spring
3.
Spring
12. O-ring seal
22. Restrictor
4.
Spring
23. Poppet
5.
Back pressure valve

adjuster
O-ring seal
14. Spring
7.
Plug
15. Poppet

valve plug
8.
Restrictor
16. Seat
26. Spring
9.
O-ring seal
17. O-ring seal
27. Spool
18. Plug
28. Restrictor
19. O-ring seal
29. O-ring seal
6.
Cre 7-21550GB
24. O-ring seal
Issued 06-99
8007-8
INLET MODULE (Models 960 and 965)

Disassembly
1.
Remove the back pressure valve plug (1), the

springs (3) and (4) and the back pressure valve
10. Remove the O-ring seal (17) and the back-up

ring (18) from the accumulator check valve (19).
2.

back pressure valve plug (1).
3.

11. Remove the pilot pressure relief valve adjuster

(20), the spring (22), the poppet (23) and the
seat (24) from the inlet module (37).
4.

plug (6).
5.
Remove the pilot pressure valve poppet (13), the

spool (11), the poppet (10) and the spring (9)
from the inlet module (37).
6.

the pilot pressure valve poppet (13).
15. Remove the main relief valve plug (27), the

spring (29), the restrictor (30) and the poppet
7.


the main relief valve plug (27).
8.

the plug (14).
9.
Remove the accumulator check valve (19) from

17. Remove the inlet compensator spool valve plug

(32), the spring (34), the spool (35) and the
restrictor (36) from the inlet module (37).
Cre 7-21550GB

the pilot pressure relief valve adjuster (20).
13. Remove the plug (25) from the inlet module (37).
the plug (30).

the inlet compensator spool valve plug (32).
Issued 06-99
8007-9
32
33
34
3
4
35
12
5
6
36
7
8
9
16 15
10
11
14
13
19
18
17
20
21
24
37
23
22
31
30
26
29
25
28
27
CI98J504
1. Back pressure valve plug
14. Plug
26. O-ring seal
2. O-ring seal
15. O-ring seal
3. Spring
16. Restrictor
28. O-ring seal
4. Spring
17. O-ring seal
29. Spring
18. Back-up ring
30. Restrictor
6. Plug
19. Accumulator check valve
31. Poppet
7. O-ring seal
8. Restrictor

adjuster

valve plug
9. Spring
21. O-ring seal
33. O-ring seal
10. Poppet
22. spring
34. Spring
11. Spool
23. Poppet
35. Spool
12. O-ring seal
24. Seat
36. Restrictor
13. Pilot pressure valve poppet
25. Plug
37. Inlet module
Cre 7-21550GB
Issued 06-99
8007-10
Inspection
NOTE : If any of components fail the following
instructions, they must be replaced.
5.
Inspect the check valve (19), the adjuster (20)

and the seat (24) for wear or damage.
1.
6.

(34) for damage.
7.
Inspect the restrictors (8), (16), (30) and (36) for

wear or damage. Check that the restrictors are
not blocked or working loose.
Inspect the inlet module (37) for damage to the

bores and valve seats and particulary to the
threads.
2.
Inspect the plug (1), (6), (14), (25), (27) and (32)
for wear damage, particulary to the threads.
3.
Inspect the back pressure valve (5) and the

spools (11) and (35) for wear or damage.
4.
Inspect the poppets (10), (13), (23) and (31) for

wear or damage.
Assembly
Assemble the inlet module in the reverse order of the
1.

areas before starting work.
2.
Inspect the inlet module.
17. Install a new O-ring seal (12) to the pilot

pressure valve poppet (13).
3.

18. Torque tighten the pilot pressure valve poppet

(13) to 22 to 28 Nm.
4.
Install a new O-ring seal (33) to the inlet

compensator spool valve plug (32).
5.
Torque tighten the inlet compensator spool valve

plug (32) to 75 to 105 Nm.
6.
Install it a new O-ring seal (28) to the main relief

valve plug (27).
7.
Torque tighten the main relief valve plug (27) to

75 to 105 Nm.
8.
9.
Torque tighten the plug (25) to 75 to 105 Nm.
15. Torque tighten the restrictor to 3 to 5 Nm.
20. Torque tighten the restrictor to 3 to 5 Nm.

22. Install a new O-ring seal (2) to the back pressure
valve plug (1).
23. Torque tighten the back pressure valve plug (1)
to 75 to 105 Nm.
10. Install a new O-ring (21) to the pilot pressure

relief valve adjuster (20).
11. Torque tighten the seat (24) to 17 to 23 Nm.
12. Install a new O-ring seal (17) to the accumulator
check valve (19).
13. Torque tighten the accumulator check valve (19)
to 22 to 28 Nm.
Cre 7-21550GB
Issued 06-99
8007-11
32
33
34
3
4
35
12
5
6
36
7
8
9
16 15
10
11
14
13
19
18
17
20
21
24
37
23
22
31
30
26
29
25
28
27
CI98J504
1. Back pressure valve plug
14. Plug
26. O-ring seal
2. O-ring seal
15. O-ring seal
3. Spring
16. Restrictor
28. O-ring seal
4. Spring
17. O-ring seal
29. Spring
18. Back-up ring
30. Restrictor
6. Plug
19. Accumulator check valve
31. Poppet
7. O-ring seal
8. Restrictor

adjuster

valve plug
9. Spring
21. O-ring seal
33. O-ring seal
10. Poppet
22. Spring
34. Spring
11. Spool
23. poppet
35. Spool
12. O-ring seal
24. Seat
36. Restrictor
13. Pilot pressure valve poppet
25. Plug
37. Inlet module
Cre 7-21550GB
Issued 06-99
8007-12
FOUR SPOOL VALVE BLOCK (Models 750, 760, 860 and 960)
Disassembly
1.
Thoroughly clean the four spool valve block

2.
Remove the capacitors (1), the plate (2), the

wiper (3) and the O-ring seal (4) from the body
(45). Discard the O-ring (4).
3.
Remove the capscrews (22) and the housing

(21) from the body (45).
4.
Carefully remove the screw (23), the seat (25),

the spring (20), the seat (19), the plate (18), the
(45). Discard the O-ring seal (16).
5.
6.

the screw (23).
Carefully remove the spool (5) from the body
(45).
7.
Repeat steps 2 to 6 for the remaining spools.
8.

9.

10. Repeat steps 8 and 9 for the remaining shock

valves.
11. Remove the load sensing valve (10) from the
body (45).
13. Repeat steps 11 and 12 for the remaining load

sensing valves.
14. Remove the check valve plug (26), the spring
(29) and the poppet (30) from the body (45).
ring (27) from the check valve plug (26). Discard
16. Repeat steps 14 and 15 for the remaining check
valves.
(38) and the ball (39) from the body (45).
the check valve plug (37).
valve.
20. Remove the compensator plug (31) and the
springs (34) and (35) from the body (45).
ring (32) from the compensator plug (31). discard
22. Remove the compensator plug (44), the
restrictor (41) and the spool (40) from the body
(45).
ring (43) from the compensator plug (44).
12. Remove the O-ring seals (11), (13) and (15) and
the back-up rings (12) and (14) from the load
sensing valve (10). Discard the O-ring seals (11),
(13) and (15).
Cre 7-21550GB
Issued 06-99
8007-13
44
43
42
41
40
38
37
10
6
36
11
39
15 14
12
13
45
35
16
30
34
17
33
29
32
31
18
19
28
25
27
24
26
23
20
21
22
CI98J505
1. Capacitors
16. O-ring seal
31. Compensator plug
2. Plate
17. Wiper
32. Back-up ring
3. Wiper
18. Plate
33. O-ring seal
4. O-ring seal
19. Seat
34. Spring
5. Spool
20. Spring
35. Spring
6. Valve
21. Housing
36. O-ring seal
7. Spring
22. Cap screws
37. Check valve plug
8. O-ring seal
23. Screw
38. Spring
9. Shock valve plug
24. O-ring seal
39. Ball
10. Load sensing valve
25. Seat
40. Spool
11. O-ring seal
41. Restrictor
12. Back up ring
27. Back up ring
42. O-ring seal
13. O-ring seal
28. O-ring seal
43. Back-up ring
14. Back up ring
29. Spring
15. O-ring seal
30. Poppet
45. Body.
Cre 7-21550GB
Issued 06-99
8007-14
Inspection
instructions, they must be remplaced.
4.
Inspect the valves (6) and (10), the spools (5)

and (40), the screw (23), the poppet (30), the
seats (11) and (25) and the ball (39) for wear or
damage.
1.
Inspect the body (45) for damage to the bores

and valve seats and particulary to the treads.
5.
2.
Inspect the plug (9), (26), (31), (37) and (44) for
wear or damage, particularly to the threads.
Inspect the restrictor (41) for wear or damage.

Check that the restrictor is not blocked.
6.
3.

(38) for damage.
Inspect the plates (2) and (18), the housings (21)

and the wipers (3) and (17) for damage.
Assembly
Assemble the four spool valve block in the reverse
order of the disassembly, but note the following :
10. Torque tighten the check valve plug (26) to 55 to

65 Nm.
1.

area before starting work.
11. Install new O-ring seals (11), (13) and (15) on

the load sensing valve (10).
2.
Inspect the four valve block.
3.

12. Torque tighten the load sensing valve (10) to 22

to 28 Nm.
4.
5.
6.
Install a new O-ring

compensator plug (44).
seal
(42)
on
the
Torque tighten the compensator plug (44) to 55

to 65 Nm.
seal
(33)
on
the
7.

to 65 Nm.
8.
Install a new O-ring seal (36) to the check valve

plug (37).
9.
Install a new O-ring seal (28) on the check valve

plug (26).
Cre 7-21550GB
13. Install new O-ring seal (8) to the shock valve

plug (9).
14. Torque tighten the shock valve plug (9) to 35 to
45 Nm.
15. Install a new O-ring seal (16) into the body (45)
and a new O-ring seal (24) to the screw (23).
16. Torque tighten the capscrews (22) to 7 to 9 Nm.
17. Install a new O-ring seal (4) into the body (45).
Issued 06-99
8007-15
44
43
42
41
40
38
37
10
6
36
11
39
15 14
12
13
45
35
16
30
34
17
33
29
32
18
19
31
28
25
27
24
26
23
20
21
22
CI98J505
1. Capacitors
16. O-ring seal
2. Plate
17. Wiper
32. Back-up ring
3. Wiper
18. Plate
33. O-ring seal
4. O-ring seal
19. Seat
34. Spring
5. Spool
20. Spring
35. Spring
6. Valve
21. Housing
36. O-ring seal
7. Spring
22. Capscrews
8. O-ring seal
23. Screw
38. Spring
9. Shock valve plug
24. O-ring seal
39. Ball
25. Seat
40. Spool
11. O-ring seal
41. Restrictor
12. Back-up ring
27. Back-up ring
42. O-ring seal
13. O-ring seal
28. O-ring seal
43. Back-up ring
14. Back-up ring
29. Spring
15. O-ring seal
30. Poppet
45. Body
Cre 7-21550GB
Issued 06-99
8007-16
FOUR SPOOL VALVE BLOCK (Model 965)

Disassembly
1.
Thoroughly clean the four spool valve block

20. Repeat steps 18 and 19 for the remaining shock

valves.
2.
Remove capscrews (1), the module (2) and the

seals (53) from the body (55). Discard the seals
(53).
21. Remove the load sensing valve (8) from the body
(55).
3.
Remove the plug (52) from the spool (3) and

(54).
4.

the plug (52).
5.
6.

Remove the screw (26), the seat (29), the spring
(30) and the seat (31) from the body (55).
7.

the screw (26).
8.

the body (55).
9.

(55).
10. Remove the plug (23) from the housing (20).

the plug (23).
12. Remove the capscrews (21) and the housing
13. Remove the screw (19), the seat (16), the spring
(15) and the seat (14) from the body (55).
the screw (19).
the body (55).
16. Carefully remove the spool (3) from the body
(55).
17. Repeat steps 2 to 4 and 10 to 16 for the
remaining spools.
(11) and (13).
sensing valves.
24. Remove the check valve plug (36) the spring
valves.
(43) and the ball (42) from the body (55).
the check valve plug (45).
valve.
30. Remove the compensator plug (37) and the
springs (40) and (41) from the body (55).
ring (38) from the compensator (37). Discard the
O-ring seal (39).
32. Remove the compensator plug (50), the
restrictor (47) and the spool (46) from the body
(55).
ring (49) from the compensator plug (50).
18. Remove the shock valve plug (7) the spring (5)
19. Remove and discard the O-ring seal (6) from the
Cre 7-21550GB
Issued 06-99
8007-17
51 52
50
49
53
1
54
48
47
3
46
45
44
43
42
13 12
11 10
55
14
31
41
40
30
32
28
27
26
38
37
16
29
39
33
34
25
35
36
15
24
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
CI98J506
1. Capscrews
20. Housing
39. O-ring seal
2. Module
21. Capscrews
40. Spring
3. Spool
22. O-ring seal
41. Spring
4. Valve
23. Plug
42. Ball
5. Spring
24. Capscrews
43. Spring
6. O-ring seal
25. Housing
44. O-ring seal
7. Shock valve plug
26. Screw
45. check valve plug
27. O-ring seal
46. Spool
9. O-ring seal
28. O-ring seal
47. Restrictor
10. Back-up ring
29. Seat
48. O-ring seal
11. O-ring seal
30. Spring
49. Back-up ring
12. Seat
31. Seat
13. Spring
32. Poppet
51. O-ring seal
14. Seat
33. Spring
52. Plug
15. Spring
34. O-ring seal
53. Seal
16. Seat
35. Back-up ring
54. Spool
17. O-ring seal
55. Body
18. O-ring seal
19. Screw
38. Back-up ring
Cre 7-21550GB
Issued 06-99
8007-18
Inspection
4.
Inspect the valves (4) and (8), the spools (3),

(46) and (54), the screws (19) and (26), the
poppet (32), the seats (14), (16), (29) and (31)
and the ball (42) for wear or damage.
NOTE : If any components fail the following

1.

and valve seats and particularly to the threads.
5.
Inspect the restrictor (47) for wear or damage.

check that the restrictor is not blocked.
2.
Inspect the plugs (7), (23), (37), (45), (50) and

(52) for wear or damage, particularly to the
threads.
6.
Inspect the module (2) and the housings (20)

and (25) for damage.
3.
Inspect the springs (5), (15), (30), (33), (40), (41)

and (43) for damage.
Assembly
Assemble the four spool valve block in the reverse
order of the disassembly, but note the following :
11. Install new O-ring seals (9), (11) and (13) on the
load sensing valve (8).
1.

area before starting work.
12. Torque tighten the load sensing valve (8) to 22 to

28 Nm.
2.
Inspect the four spool valve block.
3.

13. Install a new O-ring seal (6) seal to the shock

valve plug (7).
4.
5.

seal
(48)
on
the

to 65 Nm.
6.

seal
(39)
on
the
7.

to 65 Nm.
8.
Install a new O-ring seal (44) to the check valve

plug (45).
9.
Install a new O-ring seal (34) on the check valve

plug (36).

45 Nm.

65 Nm.
Cre 7-21550GB
Issued 06-99
8007-19
51 52
50
49
53
1
54
48
47
3
46
45
44
43
42
13 12
11 10
55
14
31
41
40
30
32
28
27
26
38
37
16
29
39
33
34
25
35
36
15
24
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
CI98J506
1. Capscrews
20. Housing
39. O-ring seal
2. Module
21. Capscrews
40. Spring
3. Spool
22. O-ring seal
41. Spring
4. Valve
23. Plug
42. Ball
5. Spring
24. Capscrews
43. Spring
6. O-ring seal
25. Housing
44. O-ring seal
7. Shock valve plug
26. Screw
27. O-ring seal
46. Spool
9. O-ring seal
28. O-ring seal
47. Restrictor
10. Back-up ring
29. Seat
48. O-ring seal
11. O-ring seal
30. Spring
49. Back-up ring
12. Back-up ring
31. seat
13. O-ring seal
32. Poppet
51. O-ring seal
14. Seat
33. Spring
52. Plug
15. Spring
34. O-ring seal
53. Seal
16. Seat
35. Back-up ring
54. Spool
17. O-ring seal
55. Body
18. O-ring seal
19. Screw
38. Bac-up ring
Cre 7-21550GB
Issued 06-99
8007-20
THREE SPOOL OR TWO SPOOL VALVE BLOCK

Disassembly
1.
Thoroughly clean the three spool or two spool

valve block before starting work.
9.
2.
Remove capscrews (1), the plate (2), the wiper

(3) and the O-ring seal (4) from the body (31).
10. Remove the load sensing valve (10) from the

body (31).
3.

4.
Carefully remove the screw (23), the seat (21),

the spring (20), the seat (19), the plate (18), the
(31). discard the O-ring seal (16).
5.

the screw (23).
6.

(31).
7.
Repeat steps 2 to 6 for the remaining spools.
NOTE : Steps 8 and 9 are only valid for the 3 spool

valve.
8.

(13) and (15).
sensing valves.
valves.

Inspection
1.

and valve seats and particularly to the threads.
2.
Inspect the plugs (9) and (26) for wear or

damage, particularly to the threads.
3.
Inspect the springs (7), (20) and (29) for

damage.
4.
Inspect the valves (6) and (10), the spool (5), the
screw (23), the poppet (30) and the seats (19)
and (21) for wear or damage.
5.
Inspect the plates (2) and (18) the housing (24)

and the wipers (3) and (17) for damage.
Assembly
The assembly of the three spool or two spool valve
block in the reverse order of the disassembly but note
the following :
1. Thoroughly clean all components and the work
area before starting work
2. Inspect the three spool valve or two spool block.
7. Torque tighten the load sensing valve (10) to 22

to 28 Nm.
8. Install a new O-ring seal (8) to the shock valve
plug (9).
45 Nm.
3. Before assembling, lubricate each component

4. Install a new O-ring seal (28) on the check valve

plug (26).

65 Nm.
12. Install a new O-ring seal (4) into the body (31).
6. Install new O-ring seals (11), (13) and (15) on

the load sensing valve (10).
Cre 7-21550GB
Issued 06-99
8007-21
1
2
3
4
7
6
15 14
31
13
10
11
12
16
17
30
18
29
19
28
20
27
21
26
22
23
24
25
CI98J507
1. Capscrews
12. Back-up ring
23. Screw
2. Plate
13. O-ring seal
24. Housing
3. Wiper
14. Back-up ring
25. Capscrews
4. O-ring seal
15. O-ring seal
26. check valve plug
5. Spool
16. O-ring seal
27. Back-up ring
6. Valve
17. Wiper
28. O-ring seal
7. Spring
18. Plate
29. Spring
8. O-ring seal
19. Seat
30. Poppet
9. Shock valve plug
20. Spring
31. Body
21. Seat
11. O-ring seal
22. O-ring seal
Cre 7-21550GB
Issued 06-99
Section
8008
EXTENDING DIPPERSTICK
8008
CONTROL VALVE
Case
Cre 7-21560GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
8008-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
THE EXTENDING DIPPERSTICK CONTROL VALVE .............................................................................................4
Disassembly..........................................................................................................................................................4
Assembly...............................................................................................................................................................6
Inspection..............................................................................................................................................................6
Cre 7-21560GB
Issued 06-99
8008-3
Cre 7-21560GB
Issued 06-99
8008-4
THE EXTENDING DIPPERSTICK CONTROL VALVE

Disassembly
STEP 8
STEP 1
Remove and discard the O-ring seals (13) and (32)

from the relief valves (12) and (30).
Thoroughy clean the extending dipperstick control

valve before standing work.
STEP 2
Note the position of each connector (15), (17), (20)
(21) and (28) in the valve body (11).
STEP 3
Remove the connectors (15), (17), (20), (21) and (28)
from the valve body (11).
NOTE : When assembly, torque tighten the connectors (15), (17), (20), (21) and (28) to 70 Nm.
STEP 4
Remove and discard the O-ring seals (14), (16), (19),
(27) and (29) from the connectors (15), (17), (20),
(21) and (28).
NOTE : When assembly, install new O-ring seals (14),
(16), (19), (27) and (29) to the connectors (15), (17),
(20), (21) and (28).
STEP 5
Remove the check valve securing bolt (18), the plug
(22), the spring (25) and the check valve (26) from the
valve body (11).
NOTE : When assembly, make sure that the hole in
the plug (22) is aligned with the securing bolt hole
(18) in the valve body (11).
NOTE : When assembly, apply 2 or 3 drops of Loctite
thread locking fluid to the threads of the securing bolt
hole (18) in the valve body (11).
NOTE : When assembly, install new O-ring seals (13)

and (32) to the relief valves (12) and (30).
STEP 9
Remove the capscrews (10), the washers (9) and the
cap (8) from the valve body (11).
NOTE : When assembly, torque tighten the capscrews (10) to 5 to 8 Nm.
STEP 10
Remove the screw (7) the seat (6), the spring (5), the
seat (4) and the plate (3) from the valve body (11).
NOTE : When assembly, apply Loctite hydraulic seal
to the screw (7).
NOTE : When assembly, torque tighten the screw (7)
to 5 to 8 Nm.
STEP 11
Remove the back-up ring (2) and the O-ring seal (1)
from the valve body (11). Discard the O-ring seal (1).
NOTE : When assembly, install new O-ring seals (1)
in the valve body (11).
STEP 12
Remove the cap screws (37), the washers (36) and
the plate (35) from the valve body (11).
NOTE : When assembly, torque tighten the cap
screws (37) to 5 to 8 Nm.
STEP 13
NOTE : When assembly, torque tighten the check

valve securing bolt (18) to 20 to 24 Nm.
Carefully remove the spool (31) from the valve body

(11).
STEP 6
STEP 14

(23) from the plug (22). Discard the O-ring seal (24).
Remove the back-up ring (34) and the O-ring seal

(33) from the valve body (11). discard the O-ring seal
(33).
NOTE : When assembly, install a new O-ring seal (24)

on the plug (22).
STEP 7
NOTE : When assembly, install new O-ring seal (33)

in the valve body (11).
Remove the relief valves (12) and (30) from the valve
body (11).
NOTE : When assembly, torque tighten the relief
valve (12) and (30) to 20 to 24 Nm.
Cre 7-21560GB
Issued 06-99
8008-5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
37
36
10
35
34
33
30
31
32
11
29
28
21
22
23
27
24
25
26
13
18
12
14
20
19
17
16
15
789M107A
1.
O-ring seal
11. Valve body
21. Connector
31. Spool
2.
Back-up ring
12. Relief valve
22. Plug
32. O ring seals
3.
Plate
13. O-ring seals
23. Back-up ring
33. O-ring seal
4.
Seat
14. O-ring seal
24. O-ring seal
34. Back-up ring
5.
Spring
15. Connector
25. Spring
35. Plate
6.
Seat
16. O-ring seal
26. Check valve
36. Washer
7.
Screw
17. Connector
27. O-ring seal
37. Capscrew
8.
Cap
18. Securing bolt
28. Connector
9.
Washers
19. O-ring seal
29. O-ring seal
20. Connector
30. Relief valve
10. Capscrew
Cre 7-21560GB
Issued 06-99
8008-6
Assembly
The assembly of the extending dipperstick control
valve is the reverse of the disassembly.
NOTE : Thoroughly clean all components and the
NOTE : Inspect the extending dipperstick control
valve.
NOTE : Before assembling, lubricate each component with the specified hydraulic oil.
Inspection
If any of the components fail the following inspections, they must be remplaced.
STEP 1
Inspect the valve body (11) for damage to the bores
and valve seats and particularly to the treads.
STEP 2
Inspect the connectors (15), (17), (20), (21) and (28)
for damaged threads.
STEP 3
Inspect the springs (5) and (25) for damage.
STEP 4
Inspect the valves (12), (26) and (30), the spool (31),
the screw (7), the seats (4) and (6) for wear or damage.
STEP 5
Inspect the plug (22) and the bolt (18) for damage,
particularly to the treats.
STEP 6
Inspect the cap (8) and the plates (3) and (35) for
damage.
Cre 7-21560GB
Issued 06-99
Section
8010
Case
Cre 7-21570GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
8010
PRIORITY DEMAND VALVE
8010-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRIORITY DEMAND VALVE ....................................................................................................................................3
Disassembly and assembly...................................................................................................................................4
Inspection..............................................................................................................................................................4
Cre 7-21570GB
Issued 06-99
8010-3
PRIORITY DEMAND VALVE

STEP 5
NOTE : The valve is fitted on the left hand side of the
chassis next to the gearbox.
Remove the pipe connections (2), (3) and hose

connections (4), (5).
STEP 1
STEP 6

Support the valve (1) and remove the bolt (6).

NOTE : The installation of the priority demand valve
is the reverse of the removal. After installation carry
out a functional test of the machine steering and
hydraulic system.
Check for leakage at the pipe connections.
Check the hydraulic oil level in the hydraulic reservoir,
top up if necessary.
STEP 2
Depressurize the hydraulic system (see Section 8002).
STEP 3
Remove the front floor mat.
Remove the transmission inspection floor plate.
STEP 4
Place a drainage tray under the valve (1).
3
CI98G536
Cre 7-21570GB
Issued 06-99
8010-4

STEP 1
Remove the adaptor (1) and discard the seal (2).
11
NOTE : For assembly, install a new seal (2) on adaptor (1).
22
STEP 2
Remove the control spring (3).
33
STEP 3
Remove the plug (8) and the seal (7) from the
opposite end of the valve body (4) and push out the
spool (5).
44
NOTE : For assembly, install a new seal (7) on plug

(8).
NOTE : The valve (6) should only be removed from
the spool (5) if it is damaged.
NOTE : The assembly of the priority demand valve is
the reverse of disassembly.
55
NOTE : For assembly, lubricate all parts with clean

hydraulic oil.
66
Inspection
77
STEP 1
88
Thorougly clean and dry all parts with a suitable

solvent.
789M244A
STEP 2
STEP 4
Use low pressure air to make sure that the orifice in

valve (6) is clear.
Check the spool (5) and the valve body (4) for
scratches or wear. The complete valve must be
replaced if there is damage to either port.
STEP 3
Check that the cross drawing in spool is clear.
STEP 5
Inspect the control spring (3) for cracks or wear.
Cre 7-21570GB
Issued 06-99
9001
Section
9001
PEDALS AND LEVERS
Case
Cre 7-21630GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
9001-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................3
THROTTLE ADJUSTMENT ......................................................................................................................................4
PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT (750, 760 and 860 Versions) ..............................................................................6
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ADJUSTMENT (750, 760 and 860 Versions)...............................................................6
PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT (960 and 965 Versions) ......................................................................................7
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ADJUSTMENT (960 and 965 Versions).......................................................................7
BACKHOE CONTROL LEVER ADJUSTMENT ........................................................................................................8
BRAKE PEDAL AND PUSH ROD ADJUSTMENT..................................................................................................10
STABILIZER CONTROL LEVER ADJUSTMENT ...................................................................................................11
AUXILIARY FUNCTION CONTROL PEDAL ADJUSTMENT.................................................................................12
TELESCOPIC DIPPER CONTROL PEDAL ADJUSTEMENT ................................................................................13
BOOM LATCH CABLE ADJUSTMENT...................................................................................................................14
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PEDAL ADJUSTMENT ......................................................................................................15
ADJUSTMENT OF ANTI ROLLBACK .....................................................................................................................16
Cre 7-21630GB
Issued 06-99
9001-3
SPECIFICATIONS
Engine speeds
750, 760, 860 and 960 Versions
Low idle ......................................................................................................................................................... 850 rpm
High idle....................................................................................................................................................... 2200 rpm
965 Version
Low idle .............................................................................................................................................. 550 to 750 rpm
High idle....................................................................................................................................................... 2200 rpm
Brake pedal setting distance................................................................................................................336 to 346 mm
Brake pedal free travel...........................................................................................................................0.5 to 1.3 mm
Backhoe control lever setting distance
Standard and ISO Versions........................................................................................................................254 mm
X pattern Version........................................................................................................................................251 mm
Backhoe levier separation
Standard and ISO Versions........................................................................................................................287 mm
X pattern Version........................................................................................................................................307 mm
Cre 7-21630GB
Issued 06-99
9001-4
THROTTLE ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment procedure
8.
If the gap between the throttle pedal (1) and the

stop bolt (11) is greater than 0 to 0.5 mm adjust
the length of the stop bolt (11) to bring the gap
within limits.
Move the hand throttle lever (2) to the min. rpm
position.
1.
2.
3.
Move the hand throttle lever to the max. rpm

position.
9.
4.
Check that the throttle lever on the engine fuel

pump is in contact with the top screw (9).
10. Start the engine.
5.
If the throttle lever is not in contact with the stop

screw (9), adjust the length of the cable (5) using
the locknuts (6) at the throttle bracket (7).
12. If the engine rpm is incorrect, adjust the stop

screw on the engine fuel pump to bring the rpm
within limits.
6.
Set the throttle pedal (1) to the max. rpm position

and hold it there.
7.
Check that the gap between the throttle pedal (1)

and the stop bolt (11) on the mounting bracket
(10) is less than 0 to 0.5 mm.
13. Make sure that the hand throttle lever (2) is in

contact with the stop on the hand throttle assembly.
Cre 7-21630GB
11. Check that the engine rpm is 850 rpm.
Issued 06-99
9001-5
11
10
3
9
8
B
9
7
8
C
6
7
9
8
CI98G527
1.
Throttle pedal
8.
Fuel pump
2.
Hand throttle lever
9.
Stop screw
3.
Hand throttle cable
10. Mounting bracket
4.
Hand throttle stop
11. Stop bolt
5.
Throttle cable
A.
6.
Locknuts
7.
Throttle bracket
Series 750 and 760 with green engine
B. Series 860, 960 and 965 with green engine

C. Series 750, 760 and 860 with blue engine
Cre 7-21630GB
Issued 06-99
9001-6
PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT

(750, 760 and 860 Versions)
WARNING : Before making adjustments to

the parking brake is correctly adjusted (see
Section 7000).
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

ADJUSTMENT (750, 760 and
860 Versions)
STEP 1
Place the parking brake in released position.
STEP 2
STEP 1
Park the machine on hard level ground, lower the
loader bucket to the ground and place blocks under
the rear wheels.
Tighten the contactor (5) in the plate (6) until the contactor plunger is completely compressed.
STEP 2
Loosen the contactor two complete turns and then

lock it in this position.
Release the parking brake and stop the engine.
STEP 3
STEP 3
Make sure the cables (7) are correctly attached to the
parking brake lever.
STEP 4
Adjust the lock nuts (1) on the cables so that the play
between the end of the cable eyes (2) and the brake
lever pins (3), (4) measures 1 to 2 mm.
NOTE : The cables must not be taut.
4
6
1
2
3
CI98F510
1.
Lock nut
5.
Contactor
2.
Eyes
6.
Plate
3.
Pin
7.
Cable
4.
Brake lever
Cre 7-21630GB
Issued 06-99
9001-7
PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT

(960 and 965 Versions)
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

ADJUSTMENT (960 and
965 Versions)
STEP 1
STEP 1
Park the machine on hard level ground, lower the

loader bucket to the ground and place blocks under
the rear wheels.
Place the parking brake in released position.
STEP 2
STEP 2
Release the parking brake and stop the engine.
Tighten the contactor (6) in the plate (7) until the contactor plunger is completely compressed.
STEP 3
STEP 3
Make sure the cable (1) is correctly attached to the

parking brake lever (2).
Loosen the contactor two complete turns and then

lock it in this position.
STEP 4
At the brake calliper (3), adjust the cable locknuts (4)
to remove any play from the brake cable (1). Make
sure that the clearance between the brake calliper (4)
and the brake disc (5), is not reduced.
STEP 5
Set the parking brake to on. Make sure that by the 7th
notch on the brake lever ratchet, the brake disc (5) is
fully clamped.
2
6
1
7
4
5
3
CI98G528
1.
Cable
4.
Cable locknuts
6.
Contactor
2.
Brake lever
5.
Brake disc
7.
Plate
3.
Brake calliper
Cre 7-21630GB
Issued 06-99
9001-8
BACKHOE CONTROL LEVER ADJUSTMENT

4.
1.
2.
3. Check that the distance from the cab frame to the

top of the backoe control levers corresponds to
A.
Version
Check that the distance between the top of each

backhoe control lever and the centre line of the
machine corresponds to B.
5. Adjust the control rods at the backhoe valve

assembly until the distances are correct.
Standard mm (in)
254 (10)
143.5 (5.65)
287 (11.3)
I.S.O. mm (in)
254 (10)
143.5 (5.65)
287 (11.3)
251 (9.88)
153.5 (6.04)
307 (12.08)
X Pattern mm (in)
Standard version
A
CENTRE LINE
OF MACHINE
B
B
C
CAB FRAME
REF
CI98G529
Cre 7-21630GB
Issued 06-99
9001-9
I.S.O. Version
A
CENTRE LINE
OF MACHINE
B
B
CAB FRAME
REF
CI98G530
X Pattern Version
A
CENTRE LINE
OF MACHINE
B
B
C
CAB FRAME
REF
CI98F511
Cre 7-21630GB
Issued 06-99
9001-10
BRAKE PEDAL AND PUSH ROD ADJUSTMENT

6.
NOTE : 750, 760 and 860 Versions, carry out the procedure on the left-hand and right-hand brake pedals.
Release the push rod clevis (4) from the brake

pedal.
7.
Make sure that the push rod is in contact with the

master cylinder piston.
8.
Check that the distance from the centre of the

clevis pin hole to the centre of the clevis attachment hole on the brake pedal, is between 0.5
and 1.3 mm (see section 7003).
9.
If the distance from the centre of the clevis pin

hole to the centre of the clevis attachment hole
on the brake pedal is not correct, adjust the clevis to bring the distance within limits.
1.
2.
3.
Check that the distance from the back face of the

control box (3) to the front edge of the brake
pedal (2) is between 336 and 346 mm.
4.
If the distance from the back face of the control

box (3) to the front edge of the brake pedal (2) is
not correct, adjust the length of the stop bolt (5)
to bring the distance within limits.
5.
Make sure that the brake light switch (1) operates correctly. Adjust the position of the brake
light switch as required.
10. Make sure that when the brake pedal is operated, the gap between the push rod and the master cylinder piston is taken up before the master
cylinder piston starts to move.
5
1
2
4
CI98F515
1.
Brake light switch
4.
Push rod clevis
2.
Brake pedal
5.
Stop bolt
3.
Control box
Cre 7-21630GB
Issued 06-99
9001-11
STABILIZER CONTROL LEVER ADJUSTMENT

1.
2.
3.
Make sure that both stabilizer control levers are

vertical and that the knobs are in line.
4.
Adjust the connecting rods located behind the left

side trim panel to make the control levers vertical
or to align the knobs.
5.
Operate each stabilizer control lever over its full

range of movement. Make sure that the relevant
spool on the backhoe valve operates over its full
stroke.
6.
If the stroke of the spool is not correct, adjust the

length of the appropriate rod assembly at the
backhoe valve.
CI98F512
1.
Knob
4.
Rod assembly
2.
Stabilizer control lever
5.
Backhoe valve
3.
Connecting rod
Cre 7-21630GB
Issued 06-99
9001-12
AUXILIARY FUNCTION CONTROL PEDAL ADJUSTMENT

3.
Operate the auxiliary function control pedal over

its full range of movement. Make sure that the
auxiliary spool on the backhoe valve operates
over its full travel.
4.

length of the rod assembly at the backhoe valve.
NOTE : This procedure is only applicable if the

machine is fitted with auxiliary functions.
1.
2.
CI98F516
1.
Auxiliary function control pedal
2.
Rod assembly
Cre 7-21630GB
Issued 06-99
9001-13
TELESCOPIC DIPPER CONTROL PEDAL ADJUSTEMENT

NOTE : This procedure is only applicable if the
machine is fitted with a telescopic dipper.
1.
2.
3.
Operate the telescopic dipper control pedal over

its full range of movement. Make sure that the
spool in the telescopic dipper control valve operates over to its full travel in both directions.
4.

length of the rod assembly at the telescopic dipper control valve.
5.
With the control pedal in the central position,

make sure that the spool in the telescopic dipper
control valve is in the neutral position.
3
2
CI98F513
1.
Control valve
2.
Rod
Cre 7-21630GB
3.
Control pedal
Issued 06-99
9001-14
BOOM LATCH CABLE ADJUSTMENT

1.
Make sure the cable is correctly fixed to the

boom latch control lever (1).
2.
Adjust the cable sheath stop (2) on the latch side

of the boom, so the cable is slighty slack.
3.
Try the boom latch a few times. If the catch (3)

does not engage in its housing, slacken the
cable by moving the cable sheath stop (2)
towards the boom.
CI98F514
1.
Boom latch control lever
2.
Sheath stop
Cre 7-21630GB
3.
Catch
Issued 06-99
9001-15
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PEDAL ADJUSTMENT

1.
With the differential lock fully applied. There must

be 70 to 80 mm clearance between the differential lock pedal (1) and the floor of the cab.
2.
If the clearance is not correct, make adjustment

at the clevis (2) or at the set of cable jam nuts (3).
1
3
4
CI98F517
1.
Differential lock pedal
3.
Cable jam nuts
2.
Clevis
4.
Differential lock cable
Cre 7-21630GB
Issued 06-99
9001-16
ADJUSTMENT OF ANTI ROLLBACK

1.
2.
Ensure the loader controls are set correctly.
3.
Check the gas strut (1) length 610 mm.
4.
Check the rod assy (2) length 723 mm.
5.
Position the bucket /lift arm pivot pin pin 675 mm

above ground.
6.
Roll back the bucket until contact stops on the lift

arm (fully crowded).
7.
Ensure the link assy (3) is in contact with the

bucket link.
10. Release the spring (8) to allow the lever (4) to

stop on the plate (9). Check that the lever (7)
does not foul the cab cross member.
11. Lower the lift arm to ground.
12. Raise the lift arm until the bucket commences to
self level (Roll FWD).
13. Check the height of the bucket (lift arm pivot
above ground (640 to 710 mm).
14. If outside range, reposition the lever (7) by one
spline. Repeat until self levelling is obtained.
NOTE : Bucket position when levelling. Adjust the
lever (7) relative to the arm (10) to obtain levelling
angles.
8.
5
4
63
59
CI98N507
Ensure the lever (4) just makes contact with the

disc (5) on the bucket control rod (6) in neutral
position.
9.
CI98N506
Position the lever (7) to suit.
6
1
7
5
4
2
10
CI98N505
Cre 7-21630GB
Issued 06-99
Section
9006
9006
LOADER
Case
Cre 7-21650GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
9006-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................5
Loader operating data 700 and 800 Models .........................................................................................................5
Loader operating data 900 Models .......................................................................................................................5
SPECIAL TOOLS ......................................................................................................................................................6
SPECIAL TORQUES.................................................................................................................................................7
INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................................8
Description ............................................................................................................................................................8
Operation ..............................................................................................................................................................8
REPLACEMENT OF WELD-ON CUTTING EDGE FOR STANDARD BUCKETS ....................................................9
WELD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STANDARD BUCKET ..........................................................................................10
STANDARD LOADER BUCKET .............................................................................................................................11
Disassembly........................................................................................................................................................13
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................14
Assembly.............................................................................................................................................................14
LOADER BUCKET 7 IN 1........................................................................................................................................15
Disassembly and assembly.................................................................................................................................17
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................18
MULTI-PURPOSE LOADER BUCKET FROM A QUICK ATTACH UNIT ...............................................................19
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................19
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................19
STANDARD LOADER BUCKET FROM A QUICK ATTACH UNIT .........................................................................20
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................20
BUCKET CYLINDER AND LINKS...........................................................................................................................21
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................21
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................22
MULTI-PURPOSE LOADER BUCKET CLAMPING CYLINDER.............................................................................23
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................23
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................23
QUICK ATTACH UNIT ............................................................................................................................................24
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................24
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................25
LOADER BEAM CYLINDER ...................................................................................................................................26
Perspective view .................................................................................................................................................26
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................27
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................27
LOADER BEAM.......................................................................................................................................................28
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................28
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................29
Disassembly and assembly.................................................................................................................................30
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-3
LOADER BUCKET POTENTIOMETER (Models 960 and 965) ..............................................................................32
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................32
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................32
LOADER BEAM POTENTIOMETER (Models 960 and 965)...................................................................................33
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................33
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................33
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-4
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-5
SPECIFICATIONS
Loader operating data 700 and 800 Models
The following dimensions apply to 700 and 800 Models, 4WD machines equipped with 18.4 x 26 rear tyres and 1670 x 20 front tyres except where specified differently.
CS98M582
Overall height fully raised (A)........................................................................................................................4439 mm

Height to hinge pin (B)..................................................................................................................................3564 mm
Dump height - dump angle 45 (C)...............................................................................................................2708 mm
Reach maximum height 45 dump (D) ...........................................................................................................727 mm
Dig depth (E) ..................................................................................................................................................100 mm
Dump maximum angle (F) ..................................................................................................................................... 57
Roll-back angle at ground level (G) ....................................................................................................................... 47
Loader operating data 900 Models

The following dimensions apply to 960 and 965 Models with standard loader bucket and 16.9 x 24 front and rear
tyres.
CS98M583
Overall height fully raised (A)........................................................................................................................4439 mm

Height to hinge pin (B)..................................................................................................................................3564 mm
Dump height - dump angle 45 (C)...............................................................................................................2708 mm
Reach maximum height 45 dump (D) ...........................................................................................................917 mm
Dig depth (E) ..................................................................................................................................................100 mm
Dump angle maximum (F) ..................................................................................................................................... 57
Roll-back angle at ground level (G) ....................................................................................................................... 47
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-6
SPECIAL TOOLS
- Hand press
- Multi-purpose grease
- Torque wrench 0 to 250 Nm
- Torque wrench 0 to 2500 Nm
- Rope
- Cylinder clamp
- Suitable jacks and packing
- Blanks
- Identifying tags
- C spanners
- Loctite 648
- Loctite 242
- Ring compressor
- Suitable lifting equipment
- Drainage container
- Lifting equipment with 100 kg capacity
CS98M584
- Loader beam expander
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-7
SPECIAL TORQUES
Standard loader bucket (Installation)
Bolts (1), (9), (6) and (11)............................................................................................................................. 60 Nm
Standard loader bucket (Assembly)
Bolt (1).......................................................................................................................................................... 60 Nm
Nuts (4) and (6) .......................................................................................................................................... 230 Nm
Loader bucket 7 in 1 (Installation)
Bolt (11)........................................................................................................................................................ 12 Nm
Bolts (15), (18), (7) and (13)......................................................................................................................... 60 Nm
Loader bucket 7 in 1 (Assembly)
Bolts (33) and (18) ....................................................................................................................................... 60 Nm
Bolts (38), (27) and (21) ............................................................................................................................... 30 Nm
Bolts (3) and (6) ......................................................................................................................................... 230 Nm
Bucket cylinder and links
Bolt (24)........................................................................................................................................................ 60 Nm
Quick-attach unit
Bolt (3).......................................................................................................................................................... 30 Nm
Bolts (18), (11) and (14) ............................................................................................................................... 60 Nm
Loader beam cylinder
Bolt (13)........................................................................................................................................................ 30 Nm
Bolt (2).......................................................................................................................................................... 60 Nm
Bolt (11)...................................................................................................................................................... 230 Nm
Loader beam (Installation)
Bolts (9) ........................................................................................................................................................ 60 Nm
Loader beam (Assembly)
Bolts (5), (11), (12), (17) and (28) ................................................................................................................ 30 Nm
Bolts (18) and (22) ....................................................................................................................................... 12 Nm
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-8
INTRODUCTION
Description
Operation
The loader beam consists of two, fabricated angled

beams, joined together at one end by a fabricated
cross member, to make a single beam assembly.
The hydraulic cylinders are supplied from the

hydraulic system. (See Section 8002).
One end of the loader beam is attached to the

chassis at the front of the machine and the beam can
be raised and lowered using two hydraulic cylinders,
one mounted on either side of the machine.
On electronic machines, the loader valve is controlled

electronically using a joystick.
Fabricated links are attached to the loader beam

cross member and to the bucket or the quick-attach
unit. The links support hydraulic cylinder which is
used to raise (crowd) or lower (dump) whichever item
of equipment is attached to the loader beam.
The optional quick attach unit can be fitted directly
onto the loader beam and enables buckets and other
equipment to be quickly attached to, or detached
from, the machine.
A multi-purpose bucket incorporating a hydraulically
operated clam shell, can be attached to the loader
beam or used with the quick attach unit, instead of
the standard loader bucket.
An optional fork kit can be fitted to the multi-purpose
bucket.
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-9
REPLACEMENT OF WELD-ON CUTTING EDGE FOR STANDARD BUCKETS

1.
If the bucket is not removed from the machine,

raise the bucket to a suitable height and use
suitable supports to hold the loader frame and
bucket in place.
2.
If the bucket is equipped with bucket teeth, use

carbon arc rod to remove the bucket teeth.
3.
Use carbon arc rod or an acetylene cutting torch

to remove the welds that hold the cutting edge.
Keep distortion to a minimum when removing the
cutting edge.
4.
When removing the bottom rear weld for the

cutting edge DO NOT cut throutgh the floor of the
bucket.
6.
Put the cutting edge in place an use C-clamps to

hold the cutting edge in place. See the illustration
for the correct position of the cutting edge.
B
CS98M586
B
7.
Use E-7018 welding rod and weld the cutting

edge to the bucket.
8.
When welding the floor of the bucket to the top of

the cutting edge :
A. Start at one end of the bucket and weld toward
the centre until one welding rod is used.
B. Start at the centre of the bucket and weld in
both directions from centre until one welding
rod is used.
C. Start at the other end of the bucket and weld
toward the centre until one welding rod is
used.
D. Continue to weld the cutting edge to the
bucket using this method until welding is
complete.
9.
If bucket teeth were removed from the old cutting

edge, install the bucket teeth according to
instructions in this section.
CS98M585
A
5.
LONG LIPPED BUCKET WELD
Use a grinder to remove any welds or extra metal

on the bucket that will prevent the new cutting
edge from fitting correctly.
Cre 7-21650GB
LONG LIP BUCKET
Issued 06-99
9006-10
WELD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STANDARD BUCKET
2
2
1
3
CS98M587
CS98M588
1.
(6 mm) Fillet
2.
Fill Groove
3.
Fill Corner
CS98M589
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-11
STANDARD LOADER BUCKET

13
14
1
2
3
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
CS98M590
1.
8.
Remove the circlip (13) from the pin (14).
2.
Lower the loader beam and position the bucket

flat on the ground.
9.
Using a hammer and a soft metal drift, remove

the pin (14) from the bucket (3).
3.
10.
4.
Only carry out steps 5 and 6 on machines with

mechanical loader controls.
Support the weight of the bucket cylinder with a

rope or webbing sling.
11.
Remove the bolt (9) and the locknut (8) securing

the cylinder attachment pin (7) to the bucket (3).
Discard the locknut (8).
5.
Remove the
mechanism.
cover
from
the
handbrake
6.
Remove relay N.1.
7.
Remove the bolt (1) and the locknut (2) securing

the link attachment pin (14) to the bucket (3).
Discard the locknut (2).
NOTE : When installing, install a new locknut (2) on

the bolt (1) and tighten the bolt (1) to a torque of
60 Nm.
NOTE : When installing, install a new locknut (8) on

the bolt (9) and tighten the bolt (9) to a torque of 60
Nm.
12.
Remove the pin (7) from the bucket (3).
13.
Remove the bolts (6) and (11) and the locknuts

(5) and (10), securing the beam attachment pins
(4) and (12) to the bucket (3). Discard the
locknuts (5) and (10).
NOTE : When installing, install new locknuts (5) and

(10) on the bolts (6) and (11) and tighten the bolts (6)
and (11) to a torque of 60 Nm.
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-12
14.
Remove the pins (4) and (12) from the bucket

(3).
15.
Start the engine and retract the bucket cylinder

until it is the same length as the bucket links.
16.
Reverse the machine a short distance away from

the loader bucket. Insert a robust bar through the
loader beams, the bucket links and the rod end of
the bucket cylinder.
WARNING : Do not operate the bucket

function whilst the bucket cylinder is
restrained by the bar or you will damage the
bucket links and the loader beams.
NOTE : Install the standard loader bucket in the

NOTE : After installation, make sure that the loader
bucket operates correctly.
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-13
Disassembly
1
14
13
12
11
4
10
5
6
7
9
8
CS98M591
1.
Using suitable lifting equipment, lift the bucket

assembly and place it securely on suitable
packing.
6.
If a blade (10) is fitted to the bucket (11), place

jacks and suitable packing beneath the blade
(10).
2.
Make sure that there is sufficient space available

beneath the lower front edge of the bucket, to
allow for the removal of the blade (if fitted) or the
teeth (if fitted).
7.
Remove the nuts (4) and the bolts (5) attaching

the blade (10) to the bucket (11).
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the nuts (4) to a

torque of 230 Nm.
Remove the bolts (1), the washers (2) and the

guard (3) from the bucket (11).
8.
Carefully lower the blade (10) clear of the bucket

(11).
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the bolts (1) to a

torque of 60 Nm.
9.
If teeth (7) are fitted to the bucket (11), remove

the nuts (6) and the bolts (8) attaching the teeth
(7) to the bucket (11).
3.
4.
Remove the cap (14) and the grease nipple (13)

from the bucket (11).
NOTE : When assembly, apply the specified grease

to the grease nipple (13).
5.
Using a hand operated press, remove and

discard the bushes (12) from the bucket (11).
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the nuts (6) to a

torque of 230 Nm.
10.
Carefully remove the teeth (7) and the shims (9)

NOTE : When assembling, install new bushes (12) in

the bucket (11).
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-14
Inspection
1.
Inspect the loader bucket (11) for damage.

Repair as required.
2.
Inspect the blade (10) if fitted, for wear or

damage. Replace the blade if worn or damaged.
3.
Inspect the teeth (7), if fitted, for wear or damage.

Replace the teeth if worn or damaged.
4.
Inspect all threaded components for wear or

damage. Replace the components if worn or
damaged
Assembly
NOTE : Assemble the standard loader bucket in the
reverse order from that of disassembly but note the
following :
- Thoroughly clean all bolt holes and surrounding
areas where the teeth are to be fitted.
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-15
LOADER BUCKET 7 IN 1
20
21
1
19
3
15
13
16
18
17
DETAIL A
14
12
A
8
11
10
CS98M592
1.
11.
Fit blanks to the hoses (6) and teepiece (1)

connections.
2.
Close the clamshell.
3.
Lower the loader beam and place the bucket flat

on the ground.
12.
Tie the hoses (6) to the loader beam to keep

them clear of the bucket (2).
4.
13.
5.
Depressurize the hydraulic system (see Section

8002).
Remove the bolt (15) and the locknut (16)

securing the link attachment pin (21) to the
bucket (2). Discard the locknut (16).
6.
If fitted, put the forks (3) into the stowed position

and secure them using the pins.
7.
Remove the bolts (11), the plates (10) and the

clamps (8) and (9) from the bucket (2).
NOTE : When installing, tighten the bolts (11) to a

torque of 12 Nm.
NOTE : When installing, install a new locknut (16)

and tighten the bolt (15) to a torque of 60 Nm.
14.
15.
Support the loader cylinder with a rope or

webbing sling and remove the pin (21) from the
bucket (2).
16.
8.
Place a suitable drainage container beneath the

hose (6) connections.

securing the cylinder attachment pin (19) to the
bucket (2). Discard the locknut (17).
9.
Note the position of the hoses (6) as an aid to

installation.

10.
Disconnect the hoses (6) from the tee pieces (1).
17.
Cre 7-21650GB
Remove the pin (19) from the bucket (2).

Issued 06-99
9006-16
Remove the bolts (7) and (13) and the locknuts
(5) and (12) securing the beam attachment pins
(4) and (14) to the bucket (2). Discard the
locknuts (5) and (12).
18.

(12) and tighten the bolts (7) and (13) to a torque of
60 Nm.
19.
Remove the pins (4) and (14) from the bucket

(2).
20.
Start the engine and retract the bucket cylinder

until it is the same length as the bucket links.
21.
Reverse the machine away from the multipurpose loader bucket. Insert a robust bar
through the loader beams, the bucket links and
the rod end of the bucket cylinder.
WARNING : Do not operate the bucket

function whilst the bucket cylinder is
restrained by the bar or you will damage the
bucket links and the loader beams.
NOTE : Install the multi-purpose bucket in the reverse

order from that of the removal but note the following :
22.
After installation, make sure that the multipurpose loader bucket operates correctly.
23.
After installation, check the level of the hydraulic

oil and replenish if necessary (see Section
8002).
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-17

38
1
37
33
6
34
32
36
35
9
8
10
11
31
12
30
13
14
29
15
28
16
26
23
27
25
22
24
21
20 19 18
17
CS98M593
1.
Attach suitable lifting equipment to the fork (31)

and support its mass.
2.
If the fork (31) is in the stowed position, remove

the linch pin (30) and the securing pin (29).
Carefully, remove the shaft (34) from the

attachment points on the bucket (28) and from
the pivots (35).
9.
Remove the pivots (35) from the shaft (34).
10.
Attach suitable lifting equipment to the clam

bucket (8) and support its mass.
11.
NOTE : When assembling, install a new split pin (11)

on the pin (12).
Remove the nuts (36) and the bolts (38) which

secure the clamping cylinder upper attachment
pins (37) to the clam bucket (8).
4.
Remove the linch pin (9) and the securing pin

(10) from the pivot (35) and from the fork (31).

torque of 30 Nm.
5.
Lift the fork (31) clear of the bucket (28).
12.
6.
Repeat Steps 1 to 5 for the remaining fork (31).
Remove the clamping cylinder upper attachment

pins (37) from the clam bucket (8) and from the
clamping cylinders (22).
7.
Remove the locknut (32) and the bolt (33) which

secure the shaft (34) to the bucket (28). Discard
the locknut (32).
13.
Remove the locknuts (14) and the bolts (18)

which secure the pins (15) to the bucket (28).
Discard the locknuts (14).
3.
Remove the split pin (11) and the pin (12) from
the pivot (35) and from the fork (31). Discard the
split pin (11).
8.
NOTE : When assembling, install a new locknut (32)

Cre 7-21650GB
NOTE : When assembling, install new locknuts (14)

and tighten the bolts (18) to a torque of 60 Nm.
Issued 06-99
9006-18
14.
Remove the pins (15) from the bucket (28) and

from the clam bucket (8).
28.
Remove the hydraulic hoses from the bucket

(28).
15.
Remove the caps (16) and the grease nipples

(17) from the pins (15).
29.
Remove the nuts (19) and the bolts (21) which

secure the clamping cylinder lower attachment
pins (20) to the bucket (28).
NOTE : When assembling, apply the specified

grease to the grease nipple (17).
16.
17.
Lift the clam bucket (8) clear of the bucket (28)

and place it securely on suitable packing.
Make sure that there is sufficient space available
beneath the lower front edge of the clam bucket
(8), to allow for the removal of the blade (if fitted)
or the teeth (if fitted).

torque to 30 Nm.
30.
Remove the clamping cylinder lower attachment

pins (20) and the clamping cylinders (22) from
the bucket (28).
31.
Remove the cap (23) and the grease nipple (25)

18.
If a blade (1) is fitted to the clam bucket (8), place

jacks and suitable packing beneath the blade (1).
NOTE : When assembling, apply the specified

grease to the grease nipple (25).
19.
Remove the nuts (2) and the bolts (3) that attach
the blade (1) to the clam bucket (8).
32.

torque of 230 Nm.
NOTE : If the bolt threads or the nut is damaged, it
might be necessary to use an acetylene cutting torch
to remove the bolts. DO NOT apply heat to or cut on
the bucket surface. To prevent damage to the bucket
surface, the use of a cutting torch should be restricted
to the cutting edge side only.
Using a hand operated press, remove and

discard the bushes (13) and (24) from the bucket
(28).
NOTE : When assembling, install new bushes (13)

and (24) into the bucket (28).
Inspection
1.
Inspect the clam bucket (8) and the bucket (28)

for damage. Repair as required.
2.
Inspect the blade (1) if fitted, for wear or damage.

Replace the blade if worn or damaged.
3.
Inspect the teeth (5) if fitted, for wear or damage.

Replace the teeth if worn or damaged.
4.

torque of 230 Nm.
Inspect all threaded components for wear or

damage. Replace the components if worn or
damaged.
5.
22.
Carefully remove the teeth (5) and the shims (7)

from the clam bucket (8).
Inspect the hydraulic hoses for wear or damage.

Replace the hoses if worn or damaged.
6.
23.
Note the position and quantity of the shims (7) as

an aid to assembling.
Inspect the clamping cylinders (22) for wear,

damage or leakage. Service the clamping
cylinders as required.
24.
Fit identifying tags to the hydraulic hoses as an

aid to assembling.
7.
25.
Disconnect the hydraulic

clamping cylinders (22).
Inspect the forks (31), the shaft (34) and the

pivots (35) for wear or damage. Replace the
components if worn or damaged.
8.
Inspect the pins (9), (10), (12), (15), (20), (29),

(30) and (37) for wear or damage. Replace the
pins if worn or damaged.
20.
Carefully lower the blade (1) clear of the clam

bucket (8).
21.
If teeth (5) are fitted to the clam bucket (8),

remove the nuts (4) and the bolts (6) that attach
the teeth (5) to the clam bucket (8).
hoses
from
the
26.
Fit blanks to the hoses and to the clamping

cylinder (22) connections.
27.
Remove the bolts (27) and the clamps (26) that

secure the hydraulic hoses to the bucket (28).
NOTE : Assemble the multi-purpose bucket in the

reverse order from that of disassembly.

torque of 30 Nm.
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-19
MULTI-PURPOSE LOADER BUCKET FROM A QUICK ATTACH UNIT

Removal
10
11
12
2
9
3
8
5
6
7
CS98M594
1.
11.
2.
Close the clamshell and fully crowd the loader

bucket.
Make sure that the indicator (10) is visible above

its housing.
12.
Operate the joystick to dump the quick attach unit

(8) so that the hooks (7) and (12) are disengaged
from the bucket pins (1) and (4).
13.
Reverse the machine away from the multipurpose loader bucket (2).
3.
Lower the loader beam until the bucket is flat on

the ground.
4.
5.

8002).
6.
If fitted, put the forks into the stowed position and

secure them using the pins.
7.
Make sure that the solenoid valve connector (5)

and the tube connector (9) on the quick attach
unit (8) are clean and free from obstructions.
8.
Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (11) from the

couplings (3) on the bucket (2), and connect
them to the solenoid valve connector (5) and the
tube connector (9) on the quick attach unit (8).
9.
Start the engine.
10.
Installation
NOTE : Install the multi-purpose bucket onto the
quick attach unit in the reverse order from that of
removal but note the following.
1.
After installation, make sure that the multipurpose loader bucket operates correctly.
2.

oil, replenish if necessary (see section 8002).
Press the right side of the multi-purpose bucket

control rocker switch, until the clamping cylinders
(6) on the quick attach unit (8) are fully retracted.
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-20
STANDARD LOADER BUCKET FROM A QUICK ATTACH UNIT

1
7
8
2
4
3
5
CS98M595
1.
Installation
2.
Lower the loader beam until the bucket is flat on

the ground.
3.
If fitted, put the forks into the stowed position and

secure them using the pins.
NOTE : Install a standard loader bucket onto a quick

attach unit in the reverse order from that of removal
4.
Press the right-side of the multi-purpose bucket

control rocker switch, until the clamping cylinders
(4) on the quick attach unit (6) are fully retracted.
5.
Make sure that the indicator (7) is visible above

its housing.
6.
Operate the joystick to dump the quick attach unit

(6) so that the hooks (5) and (8) are disengaged
from the bucket pins (1) and (3).
7.
Reverse the machine away from the multipurpose loader bucket (2).
Cre 7-21650GB
- After installation, make sure that the loader bucket

operates correctly.
Issued 06-99
9006-21
BUCKET CYLINDER AND LINKS

Removal
1
5
6
7
8
20
21
24
11
23
10
22
19
12
13
14
18
15
16
17
CS98M596
1.
9.
Remove the nuts (9) and (11) and the

potentiometer operating stud (10) from the link
(7).
2.
Lower the loader beam and position the bucket

flat on the ground.
3.

8002).
10.
Attach suitable lifting equipment to the bucket

cylinder (16).
4.
Remove the loader bucket (see page 9 or 11).
11.
5.
Fit identifying tags to the hydraulic hoses as an

aid to installation.
12.
Support the link (7).
13.
6.

hose connections.
Remove the locknut (23) and the bolt (24)

attaching the pin (5) to the link (6). Discard the
locknut (23).
7.
Disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the bucket

cylinder (16).

8.
Fit blanks to the hose connections and to the

bucket cylinder connections.
Cre 7-21650GB
14.
Using a hammer and a soft metal drift, remove

the pin (5).
Issued 06-99
9006-22
15.
When the pin (5) is sufficiently removed, remove

the soft metal drift and lower the link (7) onto the
loader crossbeam.
16.
Support the link (6) and fully remove the pin (5).
17.
Lower the link (6) onto the loader beam.
18.
Remove the bucket cylinder (16) and lower it to

the ground.
19.
Service the bucket cylinder (16).
Installation
NOTE : Install the bucket cylinder and links in the
following.
1.
After installation, apply the specified grease to

the grease nipples (19).
2.
After installation of the loader bucket, make sure

that the bucket cylinder (16) operates correctly.
3.
Check the level of the hydraulic oil, replenish if

necessary (see section 8002).
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-23
MULTI-PURPOSE LOADER BUCKET CLAMPING CYLINDER

Removal
1
2
3
4
5
8
7
9
CS98M597
1.
2.
Remove the multi-purpose loader bucket (see

page 15).
3.
Fit identifying tags to the hydraulic hoses (1) as

4.

hose connections.
5.

clamping cylinder (9).
6.

clamping cylinder connections.
7.
Remove the nut (6) and the bolt (8) securing the
clamping cylinder lower attachment pin (7) to the
loader bucket (2).
8.
Remove the clamping cylinder lower attachment

pin (7) from the loader bucket (2) and from the
Cre 7-21650GB
9.
Remove the nut (5) and the bolt (3) which secure
the clamping cylinder upper attachment pin (4) to
the loader bucket (2).
10.
Remove the clamping cylinder upper attachment

pin (4) from the loader bucket (2) and from the
11.
Remove the clamping cylinder (9) from the

loader bucket (2).
Installation
NOTE : Install of the multi-purpose loader bucket
clamping cylinder in the reverse order from that of
1.
Make sure that the multi-purpose loader bucket

clamp cylinder operates correctly.
2.
Check the level of the hydraulic oil, replenish if

necessary (see Section 8002).
Issued 06-99
9006-24
QUICK ATTACH UNIT

Removal
19
18
17
16
15
4
5
14
8
11
13
12
DETAIL A
10
7
CS98M598
1.
2.
Remove the multi-purpose loader bucket, if fitted

(see page 15).
3.
Remove the standard loader bucket, if fitted (see

page 11).
4.
Switch of the engine.
11.
5.

8002).
Disconnect the electrical cable (7) from the

solenoid valve (1).
12.

hose (8) connections on the loader beam.
Remove and discard the tie wraps attaching the

electrical cable (7) to the hydraulic hoses (8).
13.

securing the link attachment pin (17) to the quick
attach unit (2). Discard the locknut (16).
6.
7.
Note the position of the hoses (8) as an aid to

installation.
8.
Disconnect the hoses (8) from the connections

on the loader beam.
9.
Fit blanks to the hoses (8) and to the connections

on the loader beam.
Cre 7-21650GB
10.
Remove the bolt (3), the plate (4) and the clamps
(5) and (6) attaching the hydraulic hoses (8) to
the loader beam.
NOTE : When installing, tighten the bolt (3) to a

torque of 30 Nm.

14.
Issued 06-99
9006-25
15.
Support the loader beam links and remove the

pin (17) from the quick attach unit (2).
16.

securing the cylinder attachment pin (10) to the
quick attach unit (2). Discard the locknut (9).
Installation
NOTE : Install the quick attach unit in the reverse
order from that of removal but note the following :
1.
NOTE : When installing, install a new locknut (9) and

tighten the bolt (11) to a torque of 60 Nm.
Use new tie wraps to attach the electrical cable

(7) to the hydraulic hoses (8).
2.
Support the bucket cylinder and remove the pin

(10) from the quick attach unit (2).
After installation, make sure that the quick attach

unit clamping cylinders (15) operate correctly.
3.

oil, replenish if necessary (see Section 8002).
17.
18.
Tie the two loader beam links and the bucket

cylinder together using rope, to prevent them
from swinging.
19.
Remove the bolts (14) and the locknuts (12)

securing the beam attachment pins (13) to the
quick attach unit (2). Discard the locknuts (12).
NOTE : When installing, install a new locknuts (12)

and tighten the bolts (14) to a torque of 60 Nm.
20.
Remove the pins (13) from the quick attach unit

(2).
21.
Start the engine and reverse the machine away

from the quick attach unit.
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-26
LOADER BEAM CYLINDER

Perspective view
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
18
17
16
14
15
13
12
CS98M599
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-27
Removal
1.
2.
Fully crowd the loader bucket and lower the

loader beam until the bucket is flat on the ground.
3.

8002).
4.
Fit identifying tags to the hydraulic hoses (15) as

5.

hose connections.
6.

loader beam cylinder (8).
7.

cylinder connections.
8.
Remove the nut (17), the washer (14), the bolt

(13) and the clip (16) attaching the front hydraulic
hose (15) to the loader beam cylinder (8).
Installation
NOTE : Install the loader beam cylinder in the reverse
1.
After installation, make sure that the loader beam

cylinder operates correctly.
2.

oil, replenish if necessary (see Section 8002).

torque of 30 Nm.
9.
Attach suitable lifting equipment to the loader

beam cylinder (8).
NOTE : The safety strut (6) is only installed on the left

side loader beam cylinder.
10.
Release the pin (5) attaching the safety strut (6)

to the loader beam (1).
11.
Remove the locknut (4) and the bolt (2) securing

the pin (3) to the loader beam (1). Discard the
locknut (4).
NOTE : When installing, install a new locknut (4) and

tighten the bolt (2) to a torque of 60 Nm.
12.
Remove the pin (3) from the loader beam (1) and
from the loader beam cylinder (8).
13.
Remove the safety strut (6) from the loader beam

cylinder (8).
14.
Remove the bolt (11), the washer (10) and the

thrust washer (9) attaching the loader cylinder (8)
to the chassis (18).

torque of 230 Nm.
15.
Remove the loader cylinder (8) from the pin on

the chassis (18).
16.
Remove the thrust washer (7) from the chassis

(18).
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-28
LOADER BEAM
Removal
14.
15
1.
2.
Remove the loader bucket (see page 11).
3.
Remove the bucket cylinder and links (see page

21).
4.
If fitted, remove the quick attach unit (see page

24).
5.
Remove the loader beam cylinders (see page

26).
6.
Only carry out steps 7 through 10 on machines

with mechanical loader controls.
10
11
13 12
14
CS98M601
7.
Fit identifying tags to the hydraulic pipes (13) and

(15) as an aid to installation.
1
2
15.
Place suitable drainage container beneath the

pipe connections.
16.
Disconnect the hydraulic pipes (13) and (15)

from the hydraulic hoses (12).
17.
Fit blanks to the pipe conections and to hose

connections.
18.
Attach a suitable lifting equipment to the loader

beam (14). Make sure the two front slings are
approximately 800 mm (31 in) longer than the
rear pair.
19.
Remove the locknuts (11) and the bolts (9) which

secure the pins (10) to the chassis. Discard the
locknuts (11).
3
4
6
CS98M600

tighten the bolts (9) to a torque of 60 Nm.
Remove the circlip (1) and the washer (2) from

the top pivot pin of the feedback link (8).
20.
Carefully remove the pins (10) that attach the

loader beam (14) to the chassis.
8.
Remove the circlip (6) and the washer (7) from

the bottom pivot pin of the feedback link (8).
21.
9.
Remove the feedback link (8).
Lift the loader beams (14) clear of the machine. If

the loader beams (14) grip the tower and make
removal difficult, use the loader beam expander
to jack the loader beams apart to aid their
removal.
10.
Remove the nut (3) and the washer (5) and slide
the bellcrank (4) from the pivot pin.
11.
Only carry out step 12 on machines with

electronic loader controls.
12.
Disconnect the bucket linkage and remove the

loader bucket potentiometer (see page 33).
13.
Remove the hood.
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-29
Installation
NOTE : Install the loader beam in the reverse order
from that of removal but note the following :
1.
Shims are only fitted adjacent to the outer face of

the beam pivot. The self locking nut and bolt
which retain the inner end of each beam pivot pin
should be tightened to 67 Nm (50 lbf ft).
2.
The bolts on the outer ends of the loader beam

pivots must be tightened to 230 Nm (170 lbf ft).
3.
The self-locking nut and bolt, which retain the

pivot pin for the rod end of each beam lift
cylinder, should be tightened to 48 Nm (35 lbf ft).
4.
Only carry out Step 6 on machine with electronic

loader controls.
5.
Calibrate the loader (see Section 4008).
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-30

1
2
3
4
13
5
12
6
7
11
14
10
9
8
15 16 17
18
19
20
21
22
29
28
23
24
27
26
25
CS98M602
1.
Remove the bolts (5), (11) and (12), the plate (6),
the clamps (1), (7), (8), (10) and (13) and the pad
(4) attaching the auxiliary services hydraulic
pipes (2) to the loader beam.
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the bolts (17) and

(28) to a torque of 30 Nm.
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the bolts (18) and
(22) to a torque of 12 Nm.
NOTE : When assembling, tighten the bolts (5), (11)

and (12) to a torque of 30 Nm.
6.
Remove the hydraulic pipes (27) from the loader

beam.
2.
Remove the hydraulic pipes (2) from the loader

beam.
7.
Remove the ring (15) from each hydraulic pipe

(27).
3.
If fitted, remove the caps (9) from the hydraulic

pipes (2).
4.
Remove the ring (3) from each hydraulic pipe (2).
5.
Remove the bolts (17), (18), (22) and (28), the

plates (19) and (23), the clamps (14), (16), (20),
(21), (24), (25) and (29) and the pad (26) which
attach the bucket cylinder hydraulic pipes (27) to
the loader beam.
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-31
8.
30
41
31
32
40
39
38
36
37
33
34
35
CS98M603
Remove the grease nipples (30), (36) and (40) and

the caps (31), (37) and (39) from the loader beam
(33).
NOTE : when assembling, apply the specified grease
to the grease nipples (30), (36) and (40).
9.
Using a hand press, remove and discard the

bushes (32), (34), (35), (38) and (41) from the
loader beam (33).
NOTE : When assembling, install new bushes (32),

(34), (35), (38) and (41) into the loader beam (33).
NOTE : Assemble the loader beam in the reverse
order from that of disassembly.
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-32
LOADER BUCKET POTENTIOMETER (Models 960 and 965)

Removal
Installation
NOTE : Install the loader bucket potentiometer in the
following :
1.
- After installation, calibrate the loader system (see

Section 4008).
CS98M604
1
2
3
4
5
9
8
10
DETAIL A
6
CS98M605
Note the position of the plate (7) and remove the

bolts (6) and the washers (5).
2.
Remove the plate (7) and the tube (4).
3.

potentiometer (3).
4.
Remove the screws (8) and the washers (9).
5.
Remove the potentiometer (3) and the spacer

(2).
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
9006-33
LOADER BEAM POTENTIOMETER (Models 960 and 965)

Installation
Removal
1.
Open the hood and engage the hood prop.
2.
NOTE : Install the loader beam potentiometer in the

following :
- After installation, calibrate the loader system (see
Section 4008).
CS98M606
1
2
8
7
CS98M607
Disconnect the electrical connector (3) and

attach the harness (4) to the structure with temporary ties.
3.
Remove the bolts (5) and the washers (6).
4.
Remove the potentiometer (7) and the spacer

(2).
Cre 7-21650GB
Issued 06-99
Section
9007
9007
CAB AND ROPS
Case
Cre 7-21660GB

Printed in France
Issued May 1999
9007-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAB ........................................................................................................................................................................... 3
SPECIAL TOOLS ....................................................................................................................................................... 3
REMOVAL ................................................................................................................................................................ 3
INSTALLATION........................................................................................................................................................11
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE CAB GLAZING PANEL........................................................................12
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE REAR WINDSCREEN GLAZING PANEL ...........................................13
Cre 7-21660GB
Issued 05-99
9007-3
CAB
Special tools
6.
Remove the front and rear floor mats from the

cab. Remove the access panels from the cab
floor.
7.
Disconnect the battery negative lead (see

Section 4003).
8.
Remove the rear fenders (see Section 9011).
- Lifting frame
Removal
Refrigerant gas is dangerous. Always ask a

specialist company to empty, flush or fill the
air conditioning system.
1.
Drain the refrigerant from the air conditioning

system (if fitted).
2.
Park the machine on level ground. Lower the

loader to the ground. If space allows, position the
backhoe boom and dipper fully streched out on
the ground. If space is limited, position the
backhoe on the boom transport safety lock.
3.
Lower the stabilizer legs until the rear wheels are

just clear of the ground. Release the pressure
from the hydraulic system. Position robust stands
under the chassis and then remove the rear
wheels.
4.
Open the hood.
9.
7
4
6
5
9
5.
2
CI98M514
Loosen and remove the nut (2), the washer (3) and
disconnect the ball joint (4) from the lever (5) on the
fuel injection pump (6). Loosen the locknuts (7) and
disconnect the throttle cable (8) from the bracket (9).
10.
Disconnect the heater hoses from the thermostat

housing.
CS98M535
Place a suitable drainage tray below the engine.

Disconnect the heater hoses (1) from the engine and
drain the radiator coolant.
Cre 7-21660GB
Issued 05-99
9007-4
11.
13.
10
11
17
12
16
CI98M517
If a hammer attachment is fitted, remove the locking

pin (16) from the control rod (17) and the spool.
14.
CI98M515
Remove the side console tachymeter housing (10)

and the switch housing (11). Then disconnect the cab
supply cable (12).
Only carry out Steps 15 and 16 on machines with

mechanical backhoe controls.
15.
19
12.
18
15
14
CI98M518
Remove the screws (18) and move the tower (19) to

access the controls.
13
CI98M516
If an extending dipperstick is fitted, remove the nut

(13) and disconnect the control linkage (14) of the
extending dipperstick from the pedal (15).
Cre 7-21660GB
Issued 05-99
9007-5
16.
19.
24
23
24
22
23
20
21
CS98M536
Remove the pins (23) and disconnect the stabilizer

control linkages (24) from the valve block.
CI98M519
Disconnect the four quick-release clevis pins (20)

from the spools. Remove the bolts (21) to disconnect
the yokes (22). Move the tower (19) clear of the valve
block.
17.
Only carry out Step 18 on 965 machines.
18.
Fit identification tags to each Hirschmann plug as

an aid to installation and remove the Hirschmann
plug from each backhoe control valve spool.
Cre 7-21660GB
Issued 05-99
9007-6
20.
22.
36
31
32
27
35
33
26
29
28
25
34
CI98M521
30
Remove the screws (31) and the inspection cover

(32) from the tower (33). Disconnect the electrical
connector (34) from the loader lever declutch switch.
Note the positions and settings of the control rods
(35). Remove the nuts (36) and disconnect the
controls rods (35).
CI98M520

declutch switch. Disconnect the spring (26) from the
gear stick (27).
Remove the nut (28) and the bolt (29) and disconnect
the gear stick (27) from the gearbox stub shaft (30).
21.
23.
Only carry out Step 24 on 960 and 965

machines.
24.
Fit identification tags to each Hirschmann plug as

an aid to installation and remove the Hirschmann
plug from each loader control valve spool.
Only carry out Step 22 on machines with

mechanical loader controls.
Cre 7-21660GB
Issued 05-99
9007-7
25.
37
41
38
39
Remove the clamping block from the steering system

hydraulic hoses adjacent to the right side of the
engine.
Disconnect the steering system return hydraulic hose
(45) at the oil cooler (46).
Disconnect the hydraulic feed hose (47) from the
priority valve (48).
Disconnect the load sensing hydraulic hose (49) from
the priority valve (48).
27.
Only carry out Step 28 on 4-wheel steer

machines.
28.
Disconnect the hydraulic hose (50) from the

orbitrol steering valve (44).
29.
Put caps on the open ends of all hydraulic hoses,

the orbitrol steering valve (44), the priority valve
(48) and the oil cooler (46).
30.

machines.
40
43
42
CI98M522
Remove and discard the split pin (37). Remove the

washer (38) and the clevis pin (39) and disconnect
the cable (40) from the backhoe transport lock lever
(41). Remove the circlips (42) from the outer cable
(43) and feed the cable (40) back throught the cab
floor.
31.
54
52
51
26.
50
44
53
45 44
55
49
45
CI98M523
Remove and discard the split pin (51) and remove the
clevis pin (52). Remove the cable (53) from the
bracket (54). Note the setting of the cable (53) of the
differential lock and loosen the locknuts (55).
47
32.
Only carry out Step 29 on 4 wheel steer

machines.
48
46
CS98M537
Disconnect the steering system hydraulic hoses

between the orbitrol steering valve (44) and the
steering cylinder at the steering cylinder.
Cre 7-21660GB
Issued 05-99
9007-8
33.
56
34.

machines.
35.
Clamp the flexible brake hose (59).
36.

machines.
37.
Clamp the flexible brake hoses (60).
38.
Disconnect the brake tube nuts (61) and move

the brake tubes (62) slightly to one side.
Remove the locknuts (63) from the flexible brake
hoses (64) and pull the hoses (64) clear the
bracket (65).
Put caps on the open ends of the brake tubes
(62) and the flexible brake hoses (64).
57
58
CS98M538

electrical connector (57). Remove the grommet (58)
and pull the electrical connector (57) throught the
access hole in the cab floor.
2 - WHEEL STEER
59
64
64
65
63
62
4 - WHEEL STEER
61
65 63 61
62
60
CS98M539
Cre 7-21660GB
Issued 05-99
9007-9
39.
Loosen the locknuts (66).
43.
40.
Move the brake cables (67) away from the

brackets (68).
Only carry out Step 44 on 4-whell steer

machines.
44.
Remove and discard the split pin (71). Remove

the washer (72)) and the clevis pin (73) and
disconnect the brake cable (67) from the brake
lever (74).
41.
Only carry out Step 42 on 2-whell steer

machines.
42.
Disconnect the brake cables (67) from the stud

pin (69) on the brake actuator (70).
2 - WHEEL STEER
70
69
68
67
68
66
71
72
4 - WHEEL STEER
67
66
73
74
CS98M540
Cre 7-21660GB
Issued 05-99
9007-10
45.
46.
76
77
75
78
CI99A512
CI98M524
Disconnect the windscreen wash tubes (75). Put

caps on the open ends of the tubes (75).
WARNING : Correct and adequate lifting equipment must be used to remove the cab from
the chassis.
Cre 7-21660GB
Position the lifting frame (76) above the cab. Attach

the front of the lifting frame (76) with straps to the
front hand rails (77). Hook the rear of the lifting frame
(76) to the lifting eye (78) under the cab rear plastic
cover.
47.
Connect the lifting frame (76) to a suitable lifting

device. Take up the slack in the lifting frame (76)
to support the weight of the cab. Do not lift the
cab.
Issued 05-99
9007-11
48.
Remove the plugs (79) at the front attachment

points.
49.
Note the positions of the mountings (80) and (81)

and the washers (82) through (83) and (84).
50.
At the front attachment points, remove the nuts

(85), the washers (82) and the mountings (81).
51.
At the front attachment points, remove the

washers (83) and (84) and the bolts (86).
52.
At the rear attachment points, remove the nuts

(85) and the washers (82) and (83).
53.
At the rear attachment points, remove the

mountings (81), the washers (84) and the bolts
(86).
54.
Lift the cab slightly. Make sure all control cables,

electrical harnesses and hoses at the cab/
chassis interface are disconnected.
55.
Move the cab rearwards until the cab bulkhead is

clear of the loader tower on the chassis.
56.
Lift the cab clear of the machine.
NOTE : If insufficient overhead clearance exists, it

may be necessary to rotate the cab through 90 to
clear the machine.
57.
Remove the air ducting from the front bulkhead

to prevent damage before lowering the cab.
58.
Remove the washers (87) and the mountings

(80).
59.
Lower the cab onto a suitable padded trestle or

blocks.
60.
Tie back all control cables, electrical harnesses

and hoses on the cab and the chassis to prevent
damage.
Installation
Install the cab in the reverse order of the removal but
note the following :
1.
Torque tighten the nuts (85) and the bolts (86) to

395 Nm.
2.
Secure the clevis pins (73) with a new split pin

(71).
3.
Secure the clevis pin (52) with a new split pin

(51).
4.
Secure the clevis pin (39) with a new split pin

(37).
Cre 7-21660GB
A
79
85
82
86
83
84
83
87
87
80
80
B
81 A
82
85
81
84
86
CI98M525
5.
Bleed the brake system (see Section 7000).
6.
When the cab is fully installed, carry out an

operational test of all systems of the machine.
Make sure all systems and functions operate
correctly and that there are no leaks from pipes
and hoses which have been disturbed.
Issued 05-99
9007-12
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE CAB GLAZING PANEL

1.
Remove the caps (1) from the nuts (2).
5.
2.
Support the window glazing panel (3) and

remove the nut (2), the washer (4), the rubber
washer (5), the screw (6) and the gasket (7).
Remove the cap (8), the screw (9), the washer

(10), the rubber washers (11) and (12), the screw
(14) and the retainer (13).
6.
Remove the screws (15), the washers (16), the

rubber washers (17) and (19), the spacers (18)
and the handle (20).
7.
3.
Remove the window glazing panel (3) and

support it on a padded surface.
4.
Only carry out Steps 5 throught 7 if you install a

replacement window glazing panel.
20
NOTE : Install the cab glazing panel in the reverse

order from that removal.
19
21
18
10
17
16
15
11
1
2
12
13
5
3
14
6
CI98M526
Cre 7-21660GB
Issued 05-99
9007-13
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE REAR WINDSCREEN

GLAZING PANEL
1.
Remove the rear windscreen wiper motor (see

Section 4005).
2.
Open the rear windscreen panel.
3.
Support the rear windscreen panel and remove

the screws (1), the plate (2), the gaskets (3) and
(4) and the spacers (5).
4.
Remove the rear windscreen panel and support it

on a padded surface.
5.
Only carry out Steps 6 through 10 if you install a

replacement rear windscreen glazing panel (6).
6.
Remove the caps (7) from the nuts (8).
7.
Remove the nuts (8), the upper handle assembly

(9) and the gasket (10).
8.
Remove the screws (11), the plate (12), the

gasket (13) and the spacer (14).
9.
Remove the screws (15), the washers (16), the

cover (17), the plate (18) and the gasket (19).
10.
Remove the spacer (20), the gasket (21) and the

lower handle (22).
14
10
11 12 13
20 21
15
22
16
17
18 19
CI98M527
Cre 7-21660GB
Issued 05-99
9007-14
Cre 7-21660GB
Issued 05-99
Section
9008
9008
BACKHOE
Case
Cre 7-21670GB

Printed inFrance
October 1999
9008-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TOOLS ...................................................................................................................................................... 2
STANDARD BACKHOE BUCKET............................................................................................................................. 3
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................ 3
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................. 3
QUICK ATTACH BACKHOE BUCKET...................................................................................................................... 5
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................ 5
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................. 6
BOOM/DIPPER ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................... 7
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................ 7
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................. 8
BOOM SWING TOWER ............................................................................................................................................ 9
Removal ................................................................................................................................................................ 9
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................. 9
MAST CASTING......................................................................................................................................................10
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................10
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................10
CLAMP SEALS........................................................................................................................................................11
Inspection............................................................................................................................................................11
STANDARD DIPPERSTICK....................................................................................................................................12
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................12
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................13
EXTENDING DIPPERSTICK...................................................................................................................................14
Removal ..............................................................................................................................................................14
Installation ...........................................................................................................................................................15
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE EXTERNAL WEAR PADS.............................................................................16
Check and adjust the top and bottom bearing pads............................................................................................16
Check and adjust the side wear pads .................................................................................................................16
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE UPPER WEAR PAD...................................................................................... 17
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE INTERNAL WEAR PADS ..............................................................................18
SPECIAL TOOLS
Lifting equipment for 3000 kg load
Support
Trolley jack
Cre 7-21670GB
Issued 10-99
9008-3
STANDARD BACKHOE BUCKET

Removal
STEP 10
STEP 1
Park the machine on flat, level ground.
STEP 2
Lower the stabilizers until the rear wheels are just
clear of the ground.
STEP 3
Place the bucket flat on the ground.
STEP 4
Stop the engine, engage parking brake and remove
the starter switch key.
STEP 5
CD98F049
Remove the snap ring and the dipper/bucket linkage

pin.
STEP 11
Start the engine.
STEP 12
Operate the attachment controls so as to disconnect
the dipper from the bucket.
Installation
STEP 1
Start the engine.
CD98F048
Remove the snap ring and the connecting rod/bucket

linkage pin.
STEP 2
Extend the bucket cylinder rod to bring the
connecting rod into his housing.
STEP 6
Start the engine.
STEP 7
Retract the bucket cylinder rod.
STEP 8
Operate the attachment controls so that the dipper/
bucket linkage pin is not under load from the dipper.
STEP 9
Stop the engine, engage parking brake and remove
the starter switch key.
Cre 7-21670GB
Issued 10-99
9008-4
STEP 3
CD98F048
Install the connecting rod/bucket linkage pin and

install the snap ring.
STEP 4
Slightly raise the attachment and then operate the
bucket and dipper control to bring the dipper lugs in
line with the bucket lugs.
STEP 5
CD98F049
Install the dipper/bucket linkage pin and install the

snap ring.
Cre 7-21670GB
Issued 10-99
9008-5
QUICK ATTACH BACKHOE BUCKET (Optional)

WARNING : Never place your hands inside the quick coupler if the engine is running.
Removal
STEP 4
STEP 1
Place the bucket on flat, level ground.
STEP 2
CD98K015
Operate the dipper control lever so as to unhook the

bucket.
Installation
CD98F024
Press and hold the switch down to unlock the

backhoe quick attach.
STEP 3
STEP 1
Make sure that the bucket to be installed is in a safe
position on flat, lever ground.
STEP 2
CD98K015
Operate the bucket control lever so as to disengage

the pin and release the switch.
Cre 7-21670GB
CD98K015
Operate the dipper control lever so as to bring the

quick attach hook (1) around the pin (2) of the bucket.
Issued 10-99
9008-6
STEP 3
STEP 5
CK98F024
CK98K006
Press and hold the switch down to unlock the

backhoe quick attach.
Raise the dipper and retract the bucket until the teeth
are in the vertical position and release the switch.
STEP 4
NOTE : Remaining in the operators seat, visually

check that the bucket or attachment is locked in
position. This is best done by slewing the backhoe
until it is at right angles to the line of the machine and
slowly crowding and dumping the bucket or
attachment.
CD98K014
Operate the bucket control lever so that the pin is

fully engaged in the quick coupler hook.
Cre 7-21670GB
Issued 10-99
9008-7
QUICK ATTACH LOADER BUCKET (Optional)

Removal
STEP 4
STEP 1
CS98G542
CS98G543
Place the loader bucket on a flat, level ground, stop

the engine, engage parking brake, remove the starter
switch key and release pressure in the hydraulic
system. (See Section 8002).
Push the clamshell operating lever forward until the

clamp pins on the quick-attach are fully retracted
(indicator (4) raised clear of the tube).
STEP 5
STEP 2
1
3
2
CS98G542
CS98G543
Disconnect the hoses from the bucket couplers (1)

and connect to the solenoid valve (2) and tube (3).
With the bucket on the ground, slowly drive the

machine in reverse whilst dumping the bucket to
disengage the quick-attach hook from the bucket
pins.
STEP 3
CI98J508
Start the engine, press and hold the switch down to

unlock the loader quick attach.
Cre 7-21670GB
Issued 10-99
9008-8
Installation
STEP 4
STEP 1
1
5
3
4
2
CS98G542
CS98G542
Position the hooks (1) and (2) in alignment with the

bucket pins (3) and (4). The quick-attach must be
slightly dumped.
STEP 2
Press and hold the switch, then pull back the

clamshell operating lever to lock the bucket onto the
quick-attach (indicator (5) retracted into the tube).
Allow sufficient time for both pins to lock.
STEP 5
Place the bucket onto the ground, stop the engine,
engage parking brake, remove the starter switch key
and release pressure in the hydraulic system. (See
Section 8002).
STEP 6
5
CS98G542
Press and hold the switch, then push the clamshell

operating lever forward until the clamp pins on the
quick-attach are fully retracted (indicator (5) raised
clear of the tube). Move the clamshell lever to the
neutral position and release the switch.
6
7
CS98G543
Disconnect the hoses from the solenoid valve (6) and

tube (7) and connect them to the bucket couplers (8).
STEP 3
CS98G542
Engage the top hooks (1) with the top pins (3) then
fully crowd the bucket.
Cre 7-21670GB
Issued 10-99
9008-9
BOOM/DIPPER ASSEMBLY
Special tools
STEP 8
- Lifting equipment for 3000 kg load
Removal
NOTE : Put identification tags on all disconnected
hoses and tubes. Protect open disconnected hoses,
tubes and fittings with caps and plugs. Protect open.
44
STEP 1
5
5
STEP 2
Lower the stabilizer legs.
789M376A
STEP 3
If a rock breaker is attached, there are two brackets

(5) each side, at the base of the boom which must be
removed. there are two bolts (4) in each bracket.
Remove the backhoe bucket (see page 3 or 5).
STEP 4
Position the boom at 90 to the backframe, extend the
dipper fully and lower it to the ground.
STEP 9
10
STEP 5
9
If the backhoe is equipped with an extending

dipperstick, install the extending dipperstick lock pin.
STEP 6
Release the pressure from the hydraulic system.
STEP 7
8
1
7
8
3
CI98J509
2
CI98J508
Remove the hook (1) from each of the boom side

plates.
Remove the bolts (3) which secure the hose clamps
(2) on the boom assembly. Remove the steel bar and
plastic clamp.
Cre 7-21670GB
Label each of the hoses (6) and (9) attached to the

dipperstick cylinder and remove the hoses.
Label and then disconnect the hoses from the boom
cylinder.
Label and then disconnect the hoses to the bucket
cylinder at the unions (7) at the base of the boom.
Label and then disconnect the dipper hoses.
If an extending dipperstick is fitted label the hoses
and then disconnect them at the unions (8) at the
base of the boom.
Disconnect the small hose for the quick-attach
cylinder at the union (10) at the base of the boom.
If a rock breaker is fitted disconnect the hoses at the
point where they enter the boom superstructure.
Issued 10-99
9008-10
WARNING : The boom/dipper assembly is

very heavy. Make sure the slings and lifting
equipment are adequate. Injury or death may
be caused if the boom/dipper assembly falls
from the lifting equipment.
STEP 12
17
17
18
18
STEP 10
11
11
20
20
19
19
789M380A
Remove the circlip (17) from the boom pivot pin. Use
a large hammer and soft punch to drive out the boom
pivot pin (19).
Move the boom and dipperstick assembly (20) away
from the swing casting (18).
789M378A
Attach suitable lifting equipment with a spreader and

slings (11) to support the boom/dipper assembly.
STEP 11
16
16
14
14
12
12
Installation
Install the boom in the reverse order of the removal,
1.
Make sure that the hoses are

reconnected with no twists or kinks.
correctly
2.
Do a complete functional test of the backhoe to

check the correctness of the hose routing.
3.
Check the level of the fluid in the hydraulic

system.
13
13
15
15
789M379A
Fit a block of wood (13) under the boom cylinder and

use wedges to bridge any gap remaining between the
wood and the cylinder (12).
Remove the bolt and locknut (14) which retain the
pivot pin (16) for the boom cylinder rod end.
Use a hammer and soft punch to drive the pivot pin
(16) out of the boom cylinder (12).
Take the weight of the boom (15) and the dipper
assembly on the hoist.
Cre 7-21670GB
Issued 10-99
9008-11
BOOM SWING TOWER

Removal
STEP 1
Remove the bom/dipper assembly (see page 7).
STEP 2
1
WARNING : The boom swing tower is very

heavy. Make sure the slings and lifting
equipment are adequate. Injury or death may
be caused if the slew casting falls from the
lifting equipment.
STEP 4
13
13
14
14
18
18
19
19
CI98J510
Remove the two bolts (1) from the location bar/hose

bracket (2) and remove the bracket from the slew/
swing cylinder pivot pins (3).
15
15
STEP 3
17
17
11
16
16
12
789M383A
4
10
7
5
6
CS99F503
Remove and discard the split pin (9).

Remove the clevis pin (4) and the washer (8) and
disconnect the cable (7) from the transport bracket
(10).
Remove the nut (5) from the P clip (6) and release
the cable (7).
Remove the circlips (11) from the pins (12).
Remove the pins (12) and the transport bracket (10).
Cre 7-21670GB
Remove the circlips (16) from the top and bottom of

both slew cylinder pivot pins (15) and remove the pins
(15).
Attach a suitable sling and hoist to take the weight of
the swing casting.
Note the position of the thrust washers (17) on the
lower pivot.
Remove the bolt (19) from the lower swing pivot pin.
Remove the lower swing pivot pin (18) from the
casting.
Ensure that the weight of the swing casting is fully
supported by the hoist, and then remove the upper
swing pivot pin retaining bolt (13).
Remove the upper swing pivot pin (14).
Carefully feed the hoses through the swing post as it
is withdrawn from the mast casting or centre pivot.
Installation
Install the boom tower in the reverse order of the
1.
Before installation, apply the specified grease to

the upper and lower swing pivot pins (14) and
(18) and the pins (15).
2.
Install a new split pin (9).
Issued 10-99
9008-12
MAST CASTING
Specials tools
STEP 6
- Lifting equipment
99
WARNING : Use lifting equipment to remove

the mast casting.
WARNING : DO NOT support the casting on

a jack.
66
77
10
10
88
11
WARNING : DO NOT allow the slew cylinder

to support the full weight of the assembly.
55
Removal
STEP 1
Remove the boom/dipper assembly (see page 7).
4
4
2
2
STEP 2
Remove the boom swing tower (see page 9).
STEP 3
Disconnect the clamp hydraulic system hose at the
upper tee piece on the mast casting.
STEP 4
Disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the slew
cylinders.
WARNING : The mast casting is very heavy.

Make sure the lifting equipment is adequate.
Injury or death may be caused if the mast
casting falls from the lifting equipment.
STEP 5
Attach suitable lifting equipment to the casting.
Cre 7-21670GB
789M384A
Remove the bolts (5) and (6) the washers (4), (7) and
(9) and the nuts (10) from the plates (3) and (8).
Remove the mast casting (1) from the backframe.
Make sure that the slew cylinder do not the contact
the backframe rail.
Installation
Install the mast casting in the reverse order of the
removal, but note the following :
1.
Make sure the clamp seals (2) do not become

dislodged from the mast assembly during
installation on the backframe.
2.
Torque tighten the bolts (5) and (6) and the nuts
(10) to 1065 Nm.
3.
After installation, check the hydraulic oil level.
4.
After installation, grease the backframe pivot

pins.
5.
After installation, do a functional test of the

backhoe and sideshift.
Issued 10-99
9008-13
CLAMP SEALS
Special tools
10. Remove the six bolts (9), the washers (8) and (3)
and the nuts (4) in the lower plates (7).
- Lifting equipment
- Support
- Trolley jack
Remove the six bolts (10), the washers (3) and

(11) and the nuts (4) in the upper plates (12).
NOTE : When installing, torquetighten the bolts (9)
and (10) and the nuts (4) to 1065 Nm.
WARNING : During this procedure the boom

assembly will be disconnected from the
machine. It must be supported by lifting
equipment or support frames at a dipperstick
pivot and the swing casting.
1.
Park the machine on firm, level ground.
2.
Slew the backhoe until it is in line with the

machine and engage the travel lock.
3.
Extend the backhoe to between half and three

quarters full reach and ground the bucket (1).
4.
Release the sideshift clamp.
5.
Lower the stabilizers to the ground but DO NOT

raise the machine.
6.
Stop the engine.
7.
Release the pressure in the hydraulic system and

set the hydraulic enable switch to OFF.
8.
Use suitable lifting equipment to support the

boom at the dipperstick pivot and boom pivot.
9.
Put the trolley jack under the slew casting (2) and
raise the casting off the backframe. DO NOT lift
the machine from the ground.
WARNING : Make sure that the backhoe will

not move before staring work on the clamp
pistons and seals.
11. Start the engine and raise the stabilizer legs. Use
the trolley jack to raise or lower the mast casting
(2).
12. Drive the machine forward slowly until there is
approximately 125 mm between the backframe
and the mast casting.
13. Remove the pistons (6).
14. Remove the seals (5).
NOTE : The installation of the clamp seals is the
Inspection
1.
Clean the around the seals (5)
2.
Inspect the machined faces on the casting for

burns or damage. Remove burns and sharp
edges.
10
10
11
11
12
12
99
88
11
66
789M386A
22
789M385A
1.
Boom
5.
Seal
9.
2.
Slew casting
6.
Piston
10. bolt
3.
Washer
7.
Plate
11. Washer
4.
Nut
8.
Washer
12. Plate
Cre 7-21670GB
Bolt
Issued 10-99
9008-14
STANDARD DIPPERSTICK
Special tools
11. Only do steps 12 through 14 if the machine has a

backhoe quick-attach facility installed.
- Lifting equipment
12. Disconnect the quick-attach facility installed.

Hydraulic connectors (9).
Removal
1.
Remove the backhoe bucket and secure the

bucket linkage to prevent movement.
2.
Lower the stabilizers but DO NOT lift the

machine.
3.
Position the boom at 90 to the backframe and

fully extend the dipperstick.
4.
Lower the boom onto a suitable support and

lower the diperstick to the ground.
5.
Release the pressure from the hydraulic system.
6.
Put suitable drainage trays below the boom and

the dipperstick.
7.
Remove the bolts (7), the clamping plates (6),

the clamps (5) and the pads (4) attaching the
bucket cylinder hoses (1) to the dipperstick.
8.
Disconnect the hoses (1) from the elbows (2) of

the bucket cylinder (3). Put identification labels
on the hoses (1) to aid installation.
9.
Put caps on the hoses (1) and the elbows (2).
13. Put caps on the quick-attach hydraulic hose (8)

and the hydraulic connectors (9). Put an
identification label on the hose (8) to aid
installation.
14. Remove and discard the tie-wraps (10) as
necessary and secure the quick-attach hydraulic
hose clear of the dipperstick with temporary ties.
10
8
10. Secure the hoses (1) clear of the dipperstick with

temporary ties.
5
4
CI98J512
15. Only do steps 16 through 18 on machines with a

hammer attachment facility installed.
16. Disconnect the hammer hydraulic hoses. Put
identification labels on the hoses to aid
installation.
2
2
17. Put caps on the open ends of the hoses.

18. Secure the hoses clear of the dipperstick with
temporary ties.
CI98J511
Cre 7-21670GB
Issued 10-99
9008-15
Installation
WARNING : The dipperstick is very heavy.

Make sure slings and lifting equipment are
adequate. Injury or death may be caused if
the dipperstick falls from the lifting equipment.
19. Attach suitable slings and lifting equipment to the

dipperstick. Take the weight of the dipperstick on
the lifting equipment but DO NOT lift the
machine.
20. Remove the locknuts (13) and the bolts (11).
21. Use a hammer and a soft metal drift to remove
the pin (12) and disconnect the dipper cylinder
(19) from the dipperstick.
the pin (14) and disconnect the dipperstick from
the boom (17).
Install the standard dipperstick in the reverse order of

1.
Before installation, lubricate the pin (12) and the

pin (14) with the specified grease.
2.
Torque tighten the nuts (13) and the nuts (15) to

60 Nm.
3.
4.
After installation, do steps 5 through 7.
5.
Lubricate the boom (17), the dipperstick, the

bucket linkage and the bucket with the specified
grease.
6.
Check and replenish the hydraulic oil level.
7.
Start the engine and operate the backhoe

controls. Make sure the backhoe operates
correctly and there are no leaks from the hose
connections which have been disturbed.
24. Remove the washers (16).

25. Use the lifting equipment to remove the
dipperstick from the machine.
11
16
12
13
19
16
18
14
15
17
CS98J506
Cre 7-21670GB
Issued 10-99
9008-16
EXTENDING DIPPERSTICK
Special tools

backhoe quick-attach facility installed.
- Lifting equipment
11. Disconnect the quick-attach hydraulic hose (4)

from the hydraulic connectors (5).
Removal
1.
Remove the backhoe bucket and secure the

bucket linkage to prevent movement.
2.
Lower the stabilizers but DO NOT lift the

machine.
3.
Position the boom at 90 to the backframe and

lower the extending dipperstick to the ground.
4.
Remease the pressure from the hydraulic

system.
5.
Put suitable draining trays below the boom and

the extending dipperstick.
6.
Position a support below the boom to prevent its

movement.
7.
Disconnect the hoses (2) from the hoses (3)

which supply the bucket cylinder (1).
8.
Put caps on the hoses (2) and the hoses (3). Put
identification labels on the hoses (2) and the
hoses (3) to aid installation.
9.
Secure the hoses (2) and the hoses (3) with

temporary ties.
12. Put caps on the quick-attach hydraulic hose (4)

and the hydraulic connectors (15). Put an
identification label on the hose (4) to aid
installation.
CI98J514
13. Disconnect the hoses (7) from the hydraulic

connectors (8) of the extending dipperstick
cylinder (6).
14. Put caps on the hoses (7) and the hydraulic
connectors (8). Put identification labels on the
hoses (7) and the hydraulic connectors (8) to aid
installation.
3
3
15. Secure the hoses (7) clear of the extending

dipperstick with temporary ties.
10
68
2
1
7
789M392A
CI98J513
Cre 7-21670GB

hammer attachment facility installed.
Issued 10-99
9008-17
17. Disconnect the hammer hydraulic hoses. Put
identification labels on the hoses to aid
installation.
18. Put caps on the open ends of the hoses.
19. Secure the hoses clear of the dipperstick with
temporary ties.
WARNING : The extending dipperstick is very

heavy. Make sure slings and lifting equipment
are adequate. injury or death may be caused
if the extending dipperstick falls from the lifting
equipment.
20. Attach suitable slings and lifting equipment to the

dipperstick on the lifting equipment but DO NOT
lift the machines.
Installation
Install the extending dipperstick in the reverse order
of the removal, but note the following :
1.
Before installation, lubricate the pin (10) and the

pin (15) with the specified grease.
2.
Torque tighten the nuts (11) and the nuts (14) to

60 Nm.
3.
After installation, do steps 4 through 6.
4.
Lubricate the boom (13), the extending

dipperstick, the bucket linkage and the bucket
with the specified grease.
5.
Check and replenish the hydraulic oil level.
6.
Start the engine and operate the backhoe

controls. Make sure the backhoe operates
correctly and there are no leaks from the hose
connections that have been disturbed.

the pin (20) and disconnect the dipper cylinder
(17) from the extending dipperstick.
the pin (15) and disconnect the extending
dipperstick from the boom (13).
25. Remove the washers (12).
26. Use the lifting equipment to remove the
extending dipperstick from the machine.
17
10
11
16
15
14
12
12
13
CS98J507
Cre 7-21670GB
Issued 10-99
9008-18
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE EXTERNAL WEAR PADS

Check and adjust the top and
bottom bearing pads
Check and adjust the side wear

pads
1.
Position the dipperstick so that the inner section

is extended approximately 300 mm and is resting
on the bottom bearing pad (11).
1.
Remove the bolts (5), the housings (6), the shims

(3) and (4) and the bearing pads (7).
2.
2.
Remove the eight bolts (1), the spacers (13) and

the top plate (2).
Assemble a 1 mm shim (4), a 2 mm shim (3) and

a new bearing pad (7) in the two housings (6).
3.
3.
Slide out the old bearing pad (12) and replace it

with a new one.
Assemble the housings (6) on one side of the

dipperstick housing with the bolts (5).
4.
4.
Install the plate (2), the spacers (13) and the

bolts (1). Torque tighten the bolts (1) to 140 Nm.
Push the inner section hard against the bearing

pads just fitted.
5.
5.
Lower the dipperstick until the bucket contacts

the ground so that the inner telescopic section is
pressed against the top bearing pad.
Install two new bearing pads into the remaining

housings (6).
6.
Install the housings (6) to the opposite side of the

outer section. Install and partially tighten the
bolts (5).
6.
Remove the three bolts (9) and the retainer plate

(8).
7.
7.
Remove the bottom bearing pad (11) and shims

(10).
Measure the clearance between the inner

section and the bearing pads.
8.
8.
Install a new bearing pad (11) and adjust the

shim thickness to give a maximum gap of less
than 1 mm.
Remove the housings assembled in step 14 and

add shims (3) and (4) behind the bearing pads
(7) to achieve a total clearance between the
bearing pads and the inner section of less than
1 mm.
NOTE : Shims (10) are available in 0,5 mm, 1 mm,

2 mm and 4 mm tickness.
9.
NOTE : Use the thicket shims available and put the

thin shim in the housing (6). Shims are available in 1
mm or 2 mm thickness.
Install the retainer plate (8) and torque tighten

the bolts (9) to 140 Nm.
9.
13
Install and torque tighten the bolts (5) to 60 Nm.
12
3
4
11
10
8
9
CS99F504
Cre 7-21670GB
Issued 10-99
9008-19
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE UPPER WEAR PAD

1.
Position the digger to full reach and 3/4 extension

of the extending dipperstick, but with the bucket
50 mm off the ground. Any wear will show as a
gap between the outer wear pad (3) and the
dipperstick. A maximum gap of 1 mm is permitted
at A.
2.
If adjustment is necessary, release both bolts (6)

and remove the spacers (5) and the spare shims
(4).
3.
Remove the cover plate (1) and the second set of

shims (2) which must be equally reduced in
thickness to compensate for the measured wear.
Use the spare shims removed at step 2 to obtain
the correct shim thickness.
4.
66
11
55
44
Install the cover plate (1) the spare shims (4), the
spacers (5) and the bolts (6). Torque tighten the
bolts (6) to 670 Nm.
22
33
11
33
A
789M395A
Cre 7-21670GB
Issued 10-99
9008-20
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE INTERNAL WEAR PADS

1.
Remove the bucket, the bucket linkage and the

bucket cylinder from the external dipperstick.
2.
Lower the boom and the dipperstick until they

are horizontal and extend the dipperstick 3/4 out.
3.
Remove the external wear pads from the front

end of the dipperstick (top pad, bottom pad and
four side panels). (See page 18).
4.
Extend the inner section (6) fully and remove the

circlips form the extension cylinder (5). Drive out
the pin with the soft metal bar.
5.
Remove the bolts on the upper bearing (2), and

remove the spacers, the spare shims and the
retaining plate.
6.
88
99
10
10
Support the inner section (6) by means of a chain

sling (1) and bars inserted throgh the bucket
ramm mounting hole (5) and the bucket pivot pin
hole (7). Slide the inner section out of the
dipperstick.
789M397A
9.
11
77
4 33
66 55 4
22
33
Measure the internal width of dipperstick outer

section. This Dimension B. The thickness of the
shims (9) required = (Dim. B minus Dim. A)
minus 0.5 to 1 mm. Shims (9) must be divided
equally (up to 1 mm difference is allowed) and
placed under the side wear pads (10). A smear
of heavy grease will help retain them during
assembly.
10. Install a new, top rear, wear pad (8) over the two
studs and the spacers.
11. Install the inner section (4) in the dipperstick.
789M396A
7.
8.
Remove the wear pads (8) and (10) and the

shims (9) from the sides and the top, at the rear
of the dipperstick inner section.
With no shims, fit two new wear pads (10) into
each side of the inner section and measure the
width over the wear pad faces. This is dimension
A.
Cre 7-21670GB
12. Align the cylinder rod eye and fit the pin and
circlip (5).
13. Assemble the top, bottom and side view pads.
(See page 18).
14. Install the bucket cylinder, the bucket linkage and
the bucket.
Issued 10-99
Section
9009
9009
SEAT AND SEAT BELT
Case
Cre 7-21680GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
9009-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DRIVERS SEAT (Models 750, 760, 860, 960).......................................................................................................... 3
Removal and installation ...................................................................................................................................... 3
Description ........................................................................................................................................................... 4
DRIVERS SEAT (Model 965) ................................................................................................................................... 5
Description ........................................................................................................................................................... 6
JOYSTICK ................................................................................................................................................................ 7
Removal and installation (Model 965) .................................................................................................................. 7
SEAT ARM REST ASSEMBLY ................................................................................................................................. 8
DRIVERS SEAT PRESSURE PAD (Model 965)....................................................................................................... 9
Removal ............................................................................................................................................................... 9
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................ 9
Cre 7-21680GB
Issued 06-99
9009-3
DRIVERS SEAT (Models 750, 760, 860, 960)

CI98N502
Note the positions and remove the nuts (2), and

the washers (3) from the pedestal (4).
1.
WARNING : The drivers seat is heavy. Get

help to remove the drivers seat from the cab
and use suitable lifting equipment.
2.
Get a person to help you lift the drivers seat (1).
3.
Open the rear windscreen, a side window or a

door.
4.
Get a person to help you remove the drivers seat

(1) from the machine through one of the
apertures opened in step 4.
NOTE : The installation of the drivers seat is the


help to install the drivers seat in the cab and
use suitable lifting equipment.
Cre 7-21680GB
Issued 06-99
9009-4
Description
19
2
3
4
6
5
20
18
8
7
21
9
10
17
14
13
15
12
16
11
CI98N503
1.
Seat assembly
8.
Slide
16.
Boot
2.
Backrest
9.
Support seat
17.
Middlebuster
3.
Cushion backrest
10.
Pivot, rotation
18.
Belt, seat
4.
Cushion, seat
11.
Handle (Height adjustment)
19.
5.
Seat
12.
Kit, parts
Kit,
parts
adjustment)
6.
Seat, structure
13.
Handle (Adjustment handle)
20.
Handle assembly (Tilt)
7.
Handle
(silver
horizontal adjustment)
14.
Shock absorber
21.
Mount
15.
Suspension
Cre 7-21680GB
and
(Backrest
Issued 06-99
9009-5
DRIVERS SEAT (Model 965)

5
4
CS98N544
1.
Note the positions and remove the bolts (2), and

the washers (3) from the pedestral (4).
2.
Only do step 3 on machines with electronic

loader controls.
!
3.

help to remove the drivers seat from the cab
and use suitable lifting equipment.
Get a person to help you lift the drivers seat (1)
slightly and disconnect the electrical connector
(5).
4.
Open the rear windscreen, a side window or a

door.
5.
Get a person to help you remove the drivers seat

(1) from the machine through one of the
apertures opened in step 4.
Cre 7-21680GB
NOTE : Install the drivers seat in the reverse from


help to install the drivers seat in the cab and
use suitable lifting equipment.
1.
On machine with electronic loader controls, do

an operational test of the loader controls. Make
sure the system operates correctly.
2.
On machines with electronic backhoe controls,

do an operational test of the backhoe controls.
Make sure the system operates correctly.
Issued 06-99
9009-6
Description
1
3
4
23
24
2
6
8
26
21
10
11
25
12
13
19
20
18
14
22
15
16
17
CI98N504
1.
Seat assembly
10.
Slide
18.
Shock absorber
2.
Seat structure
11.
19.
Middlebuster
3.
Cushion, backrest
Handle (Silver and horizontal

adjustment)
20.
Handle Adjustment handle)
Backrest
12.
Support seat
21.
Mount
Cushion, seat
13.
Pivot, rotation
22.
Harness (Lower)
Seat
14.
Suspension
23.
Harness (Upper)
Kit, parts (Backrest adjustment)
15.
Boot
24.
Sensor
Handle Assembly (tilt)
16.
Kit, parts
25.
Protector
Mount
17.
Handle (height adjustment)
26.
Belt, seat
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Cre 7-21680GB
Issued 06-99
9009-7
JOYSTICK
Removal and installation (Model
965)
NOTE : The figure shows a left joystick. The
procedure to remove the right joystick is identical to
that for the left joystick.
3
5
1
4
6
2
CS98N540
1.
Remove the screws (1) from the seat arm (2).
2.
Remove the clamp (3) and the gaiter (4) from the
joystick (5).
3.
Lift the joystick (5) from the seat arm (2) and
disconnect the electrical connector (6) from the
joystick (5).
4.
Attach the electrical connector (6) to the structure

of the seat arm (2) with temporary ties.
NOTE : Install the joystick in the reverse order from

- After installation, do a test of the input signal.
Cre 7-21680GB
Issued 06-99
9009-8
SEAT ARM REST ASSEMBLY

NOTE : This procedure applies to machines with
electronic backhoe controls only. The procedure
given is for a right seat arm rest assembly. The
procedure for a left seat arm rest assembly is
identical.
1.
Remove the joystick (see page 7).
2.
6
7
8
9
10
2
3
4
5
1
CS98N541
Remove the clip (3) and the washer (2).

3.
Remove the handwheel (6), the spacer (7) and

the washer (8).
4.
Slide the seat arm rest assembly from the

mounting bracket on the seat (1).
5.
Support the seat arm rest assembly during step

6.
6.
Remove the screws (10) and separate the

housing (4) from the backplate (9).
7.
Note the routeing and release the harness (5)

from the housing (4).
NOTE : Install the seat arm rest assembly in the

Cre 7-21680GB
Issued 06-99
9009-9
Removal
DRIVERS SEAT PRESSURE PAD (MODEL 965)

Installation
NOTE : Install the drivers seat pressure pad in the
following :
1.
After installation, sit the drivers seat, start the

engine and do steps 2 through 5.
2.
On the side console, set the hydraulic enable

switch to on.
3.
Stand up from the drivers seat. Make sure the

green light of the hydraulic enable switch, on the
side console, flashes twice every second.
4.
Sit in the drivers seat. Make sure the flashing of

the green light in the hydraulic enable switch, on
the side console, stops.
5.
On the side console, set the hydraulic enable

switch to off and stop the engine.
11
4
5
10
8
6
7
CS98N542
1.
Remove the clip (5) from the seat cover (2) and
the rear edge of the seat pan (7). Release the
press stud (1) from the seat cover (2).
2.
Release the edge trim of the seat cover (2) from

the edges of the seat pan (7).
3.
Remove the seat cover (2) and the seat foam

cushion (3) from the seat pan (7).
4.

electrical connector (6).
5.
Disengage the grommet (9) from the hole (8) in

the seat pan (7).
6.
Carefully lift the seat pressure pad (11) form the

seat and route the electrical cable (10) and the
electrical connector (4) clear of the hole (8) in the
seat pan (7).
7.
Remove the grommet (9) form the electrical cable

(10).
Cre 7-21680GB
Issued 06-99
9011
Section
9011
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS
Case
Cre 7-21690GB

Printed in U.K.
Issued June 1999
9011-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE FRONT COUPLING ..............................................................................3
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE GRILLE..................................................................................................4
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE REAR FENDER.....................................................................................5
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR....................................................................6
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE FUEL TANK...........................................................................................8
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE BATTERY/TOOL BOX.........................................................................10
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE FRONT FENDER (Models 750, 760 and 860) ....................................11
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE FRONT FENDER (Models 960 and 965) ............................................12
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE HOOD..................................................................................................13
STABILIZER HYDRAULIC CYLINDER (Sideshift Machines) .................................................................................14
REMOVAL ..............................................................................................................................................................14
INSTALLATION........................................................................................................................................................14
TYPICAL STABILIZER HYDRAULIC LINES (Sideshift machines) .........................................................................16
REMOVAL ..............................................................................................................................................................16
INSTALLATION........................................................................................................................................................16
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE STABILIZER WEAR PADS (Sideshift machines)..........................................18
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE REAR FRAME GUARD (Sideshift machine) .......................................21
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE STABILIZER HYDRAULIC CYLINDER (Centremount machines) ......22
STABILIZER LEG (Centremount machines) ...........................................................................................................24
REMOVAL ..............................................................................................................................................................24
INSTALLATION........................................................................................................................................................24
TYPICAL STABILIZER HYDRAULIC LINES (Centremount machines) ..................................................................25
REMOVAL ..............................................................................................................................................................25
INSTALLATION........................................................................................................................................................25
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-3
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE FRONT COUPLING

1. Remove the bolts (1), the washers (2) and the
nuts (3).
6. Remove the split pin (8).

7. Remove the chain (9) and the hitch pin (10) from
the hitch (4).
2. Remove the hitch (4) from the machine.

3. Only carry out Steps 4 through 7 if you replace
the hitch (4).
NOTE : Installation of the hitch (4) is the reverse

order from that of removal.
4. Remove the split pin (5).
NOTE : When installing, install new split pins (5) and (8).
5. Remove the chain (6) and the security pin (7)

from the hitch (4).
10
2
1
6
5
CI98M501
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-4
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE GRILLE

1. Remove the four bolts (1), four washers (2) and
four clamp brackets (3).
NOTE : Installation of the grille is in the reverse order

from that of removal.
2. Loosen the nut (4) and orientate the tube (5) in

such a way as to be able to slide the grille (6)
between the hydraulic reservoir (7) and the hose
(8).
NOTE : After installing the grille, return the tube (5) to

its initial position.
3. Tighten the nut (4).
5
4
8
3
6
7
2
CI98K508
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-5
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE REAR FENDER

The rear left-hand fender is illustrated. The procedure
for the rear right-hand fender is identical.
7. Get help to support the rear fender (13) during

Steps 8 through 10.
1. Remove the bolts (1) and washers (2) from the

panel (3).
8. Remove the bolts (14), the washer (15) and the

spacers (16) from the rear fender (13).
2. Remove the panel (3) from the machine.

spacers (19) from the rear fender (13).
3. Remove the nut (4), the washers (5) and (6) and
the bolt (7).
10. Remove the rear fender (13) from the machine.
4. Remove the bolts (8) and (9) and the washers

(10) and (11).
NOTE : The installation of the rear fender is in the

5. Remove the sill (12) from the machine.
NOTE : After installation on machines with 4-wheel

steer facility, operate the 4-wheel steer system. Make
sure the rear wheels do not foul the rear fender (13).
6. Remove the rear wheel.
WARNING: The rear fender is heavy and

difficult to manuvre. Get help to remove the
rear fender from the machine.
13
16
15
17
14
1
2
18
19
1
5
10
2
7
6
11
12
CI98M502
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-6
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR

2. Raise the loader and lock the support strut to
hold the machine.
3. Release the hydraulic system pressure (see
section 8002).
4. Drain the hydraulic reservoir (1).
5. Open the hood.
6. Remove the grille (see page 4).
16. Loosen the hose clip (20) and remove the

manifold (11) and hose (21) from the hydraulic
reservoir.
17. Remove the bolts (22), O-rings (23) and remove
the level indicator (24) from the hydraulic
reservoir (1). Remove the O-rings (25).
NOTE : When installing, install new O-rings (23) and
(25).
7. Remove the front coupling (see page 3).
18. Remove the bolts (26) and washers (27) from the
filler (15).
8. Remove the split pins (2) and washers (3) from

the support (4).
19. Remove the filler (15) from the hydraulic

reservoir (1).
9. Loosen the hose clips (5) and (6) and disconnect

the hydraulic hoses (7) and (8) from the hydraulic
reservoir (1). Put caps on the open ends of the
hydraulic hoses and the hydraulic reservoir.
20. Remove the seal (28).
10. Loosen and remove the bolts (9), washers (10)

and disconnect the manifold (11) and O-ring (12)
from the hydraulic pump (13).
NOTE : when installing , install a new O-ring (13) in
the manifold (11).
11. If fitted, disconnect the return pipe (14) from the
filler (15). Fit the blanking caps to both
connections.
NOTE : When assembling, install a new seal (28).

21. Unscrew the suction strainer (29) and remove it
from the hydraulic reservoir (1).
NOTE : The installation of the hydraulic reservoir is in
the reverse order from that removal.
NOTE : After installation, start the engine and
operate the hydraulic functions of the machine. Make
sure the hydraulic components and hoses which have
been disturbed do not leak. check the oil level in the
hydraulic reservoir, top up if necessary.
WARNING: The hydraulic reservoir is very

heavy. Get help to remove the hydraulic
reservoir from the machine.
12. Support the hydraulic reservoir (1) on a suitable

trestle.
13. Remove the nuts (16), washers (17) and (19)
and bolt (18).
14. Carefully, remove the hydraulic reservoir (1) from
the machine.
15. Only carry out 16 through 21 if you replace the
hydraulic reservoir (1).
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-7
3
16
17
19
18
1
2
14
15
CI98K503
26
11
15
21
20
27
5
28
24
6
22
13
11
25
23
10
29
12
9
CI98K507
CI98K504
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-8
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE FUEL TANK

1. Put a suitable container in position below the fuel
tank (1).
10. Only carry out Steps 11 through 17 if you install a

replacement fuel tank (1).
2. Remove the drain plug (2) and the washer (3).
11. Remove the nuts (16), the washers (18), the

bolts (17) and the fender extension (19).
NOTE : When installing, install a new washer (3).

3. Remove the fuel tank filler cap (4) and drain the
fuel into the container.
12. Remove the strainer (20).

13. Remove the snap ring (21).

electrical connector (6).
14. Remove the fuel contents sensor (12) from the

fuel tank.
5. Remove the spring hose clip (7) and disconnect

the fuel hose (8) from the tank stub pipe (9).
15. Remove the seal (22).
6. Remove the spring hose clip (10) and disconnect

the fuel hose (11) from the fuel contents sensor
(12).
16. Flush the fuel tank (1) with clean fuel.
7. Put caps on the open ends of the fuel contents

sensor (12), the tank stub pipe (9) and the fuel
hoses (8) and (11).
WARNING: The fuel tank is heavy. Get help

to remove it from the machine.
8. Support the fuel tank (1) on a suitable trolley jack

and remove the nuts (13), the bolts (14) and the
washers (15).
9. Lower the fuel tank (1) to the floor.
Cre 7-21690GB
NOTE : When installing, install a new seal (22).

17. Wash the strainer (20) with clean fuel and dry
with a suitable air supply.
NOTE : The installation of the fuel tank is in the
reverse order from that removal.
NOTE : After installation, fill the fuel tank (1) with the
correct grade of fuel and install the fuel filter cap (4).
NOTE : After installation, start the engine. Make sure
there are no leaks from the fuel tank (1) or the
connections to the tank which have been disturbed.
On the side console, make sure the fuel contents
gauge shows full. Stop the engine.
Issued 06-99
9011-9
11
10
12
21
17
18
19
16
8
4
22
20
13
2
3
15
14
1
CI98K506
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-10
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE BATTERY/TOOL BOX

1. Remove the tools from the battery tool box (1).
2. Remove the battery (see Section 4003).
3. Disconnect the electrical leads
emergency cut-out (2), if fitted.
from
the
4. Remove the fuse box from the plate (3).

5. Remove the harness from the battery/tool box
(1).
WARNING: The battery/tool box is heavy. Get

help to remove it from the machine.
8. Only carry out Steps 9 through 13 if you install a

replacement battery/tool box (1).
9. Remove the nuts (7), the washers (8), the bolts
(9) and the fender extension (10) of the battery/
tool box (1).
bolts (12).
11. Remove the door (14) and the beadings (15).
12. If fitted, remove the nuts (16), the bolts (17) and
emergency cut-out (2).
6. Remove the nuts (4), the bolts (5) and the

washers (6).
13. Remove the engine control gearbox unit from the

battery/tool box (1).
7. Remove the battery/tool box (1) from the

machine.
NOTE : The installation of the battery/tool box is in

the reverse order from that of removal.
17
2
10
3
1
7
16
8
15
6
5
11
14
9
15
13
12
CI98K505
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-11
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE FRONT FENDER

(Models 750, 760 and 860)
Left fender is illustrated. The procedure for right
fenders is identical.
4. Remove the bolts (10) and the support (9).

NOTE : The installation of the front fender is in the

bolts (1) and remove the fender (2) from the
bracket (3).
NOTE : After installation, turn the front wheels

through their full range. Adjust the position of the
bracket (3) on the support (11) and the position of the
support (11) in the rotator (8) as necessary. Make
sure the front wheels do not foul the fenders.
2. Loosen the bolts (6) and slide the bracket (3)

from the support (11).
3. Loosen the bolts (7) and remove the support (11)
from the rotator (8).
11
2
2
33
4
4
5
5
6
6
2 - WHEEL STEER
MACHINES
7
7
11
11
88
10
10
99
789M123A
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-12
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE FRONT FENDER

(Models 960 and 965)
Left fender is illustrated. The procedure for right
fenders is identical.
5. Remove the bolts (10) and the bracket (11).

NOTE : The installation of the front fender is in the
1. Remove the nuts (5), bolts (6) and the washers (4).
2. Remove the bracket (7) and the spacers (4).
NOTE : After installation, turn the front wheels

through their full range. Make sure the front wheels
do not foul the fenders.

bolts (1).
4. Remove the fender (3) and the spacers (2).
11
10
7
6
5
4
CI99F501
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-13
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE ENGINE HOOD

6.
2. Raise the loader and lock the support strut to

secure the loader.
3. Open the engine hood.
WARNING: The engine hood is heavy. Get

help to remove the engine hood from the
machine.
4.
5
4
CD98M003
Remove the bolts (4), the plates (5) and the clamps
(6) from the engine hood articulation pins.
7. Remove the engine hood from the machine.

NOTE : The installation of the engine hood is in the
CD98M002
Remove the locknuts (1) and the washers (2) and

disconnect the cylinder gas struts (3) from the engine
hood.
5. Support the hood with suitable chocks or lifting
gear. Move the cylinder gas struts away from the
engine hood and attach them to the engine with
temporary ties.
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-14
STABILIZER HYDRAULIC CYLINDER (Sideshift Machines)

This information is applicable to a left-hand stabilizer
hydraulic cylinder. The procedure for a right-hand
stabilizer hydraulic cylinder is identical.
16. Support the stabilizer hydraulic cylinder (1) at its

upper eye with suitable lifting equipment.
Removal
18. Use a soft metal drift to remove the lower pin (9).
1. Park the machine on firm, level ground and lower

the stabilizer legs (11). Make sure the machine
is not raised from the ground.
2. Release the pressure from the hydraulic system
(see section 8002).
3. Place a suitable container below the hydraulic
lines and connections.
cover (29).
5. Only carry out Steps 6 through 11 on machines
with a safety valve fitted.
6. Disconnect the hydraulic lines (20) and (25) from
the T-piece (21).
7. Disconnect the hydraulic lines (16) and (17) from
the elbows (15) and (18).
8. Remove the bolts (28) and the washers (27).
9. Remove the safety valve (26) complete with the
hydraulic lines (17) and (25).
10. Remove the bolts (24) and the spacer (23).
11. Put caps on the elbows (15) and (18), the T-piece
(21) and the hydraulic lines (16), (17), (20) and
(25).
12. Only carry out Step 13 on machines with no
safety valve (26) fitted.
13. Disconnect the hydraulic lines (6) from the
elbows (5). Put caps on the elbows (5) and the
open ends of the hydraulic lines (6).
14. Remove the circlips (3) and the spacers (2) from
the upper pin (12).
15. Use a soft metal drift to remove the upper pin
(12).
Cre 7-21690GB
17. Remove the nut (10) and the screw (7).

19. Remove the stabilizer hydraulic cylinder (1) from
the stabilizer leg (11).
20. Only carry out Step 21 if you install a
replacement stabilizer hydraulic cylinder (1) on
machines with a safety valve (26) fitted.
21. Remove the T-piece (21), the elbow (18) and
discard the O-ring seals (19) and (22). Put caps
on the T-piece (21), the elbow (18) and the
stabilizer hydraulic cylinder (1).
machines with no safety valve (26) fitted.
23. Remove the elbows (5) and discard the O-ring
seals (4). Put caps on the elbows (5) and the
Installation
Install the stabilizer hydraulic cylinder in the reverse
1. Install new O-ring seals (19) and (22), on the
elbow (18) and the T-piece (21).
2. Install new O-ring seals (4).
3. Torque tighten the screw (7) and the nut (10) to
60 Nm.
4. Apply Molykot Cu 7439 plus grease, or a
recognised equivalent, to the upper pin (12).
5. After installation replenish the hydraulic system.
6. After installation, carry out an operational test of
the stabilizer hydraulic cylinder (1). Make sure
there are no leaks from the hydraulic lines and
Issued 06-99
9011-15
13
29
14
28
27
16
15
26
17
24
25
23
19
18
22
20
21
3
12
7
11
9
10
CI98K509
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-16
TYPICAL STABILIZER HYDRAULIC LINES (sideshift machines)

Removal
the stabilizer legs. Make sure the machine is not
raised from the ground.
(see section 8002).
lines.
4. Note the positions. Remove and discard the tiewraps (1) which attach the electrical harness to
the hydraulic lines.
5. Note the positions. Remove the bolts (2), the
clamps (3), the plates (4) and spacers (5).
6. Only carry out Steps 7 and 8 on machines with
no safety valve (6) fitted.
Installation
Install typical stabilizer hydraulic lines in the reverse
1. Install new O-ring seals (28) on the adaptators
(27).
2. Install new O-ring seals (11) and (12) on the
elbows (9) and (11).
3. Install new O-ring seals (26) on the T-piece (14).
4. Install new O-ring seals (21), (22), (23) and (24)
on the elbows (13), (17), (18) and (20).
5. After installation, replenish the hydraulic system.
the stabilizer hydraulic system. Make sure there
are no leaks from the hydraulic lines and
7. Disconnect the pipes (7) and (8) from the elbows

(9) and (10).
8. Remove the elbows (9) and (10). Remove and
discard the O-ring seals (11) and (12).
9. Only carry out Steps 10 and 15 on machines with
a safety valve (6) fitted.
10. Remove the pipes (7) and (8) from the elbows
(13) and T-pieces (14).
11. Disconnect the pipes (15) and (16) from the
elbows (17) and (18).
12. Disconnect the pipes (15) from the nuts (19).
13. Disconnect the pipes (16) from the elbows (20).
14. Remove the elbows (13), (17), (18) and (20).
Remove and discard the O-ring seals (21), (22),
(23) and (24).
15. Remove the T-pieces (14), the nuts (19) and the
connectors (25). Remove and discard the O-ring
seals (26).
16. Disconnect the pipes (7) and (8) from the
adaptators (27). Remove the pipes (7) and (8).
17. Remove the adaptators (27). Remove and
discard the O-ring seals (28).
18. Put caps on the open ends of the pipes, the
elbows, the T-pieces and the adaptors.
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-17
21
16
13
15
6
22
18
19
25
26
17
23
14
8
24
20
7 8
11
9
7
10
12
2
3
4
5
1
8
28
27
CI98K510
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-18
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE STABILIZER WEAR PADS

(Sideshift machines)
the stabilizer leg (7) to a convenient working
height. Make sure the foot of the stabilizer is not
on the ground.
15. Only carry out Step 16 if you fully removed the

stabilizer leg (7).
2. Remove the plastic plug (4) from the boss on the

stabilizer post (1).
17. Lower the stabilizer leg (7) until its top aligns with
the top of the inboard face (2) of the stabilizer
post (1).
3. Screw a suitable bolt (3) into the boss on the

stabilizer post (1) and clamp the stabilizer leg (7)
to the stabilizer post (1).
(see section 8002).
5. Remove the stabilizer hydraulic cylinder (see
page 14).
6. Insert a suitable short pin (8) into the stabilizer
leg (7). Make sure the short pin (8) is in the
stabilizer leg (7). Make sure the short pin (8)
passes only through the stabilizer leg (7) and
does not touch the inner surfaces of the stabilizer
post (1).
16. Put the stabilizer leg (7) in position and lower it

into the stabilizer post (1).
18. Position the stabilizer leg (7) with one of its outer
surfaces touching the corresponding inner
surface of the stabilizer post (1).
19. Measure and note the clearance between the
opposite outer surface of the stabilizer leg (7)
and the corresponding inner surface of the
stabilizer post (1) (Dimension A).
20. Carry out Steps 18 and 19 again on the outer
surface of the stabilizer leg (7) adjacent to the
surface positioned during step 18 (Dimension B).
7. Route a suitable length of rope or chain down

through the stabilizer leg (1) and attach it to the
short pin (8).
21. Determine the thickness of the replacement

upper wear pads (9) required by dividing
Dimension A by two. Determine the thickness of
the replacement upper wear pads (10) required
by dividing Dimension B by two.
8. Remove the bolt (3) from the boss on the

22. Raise the stabilizer leg (7) to access the holes for
the wear pad spigots.
9. Pull the rope and raise the stabilizer leg (7) to

access the upper wear pads (9) and (10) and the
lower wear pads (5) and (6).
23. Select and install the replacement upper wear

pads (9) and (10) in the stabilizer leg (7).
10. Remove the upper wear pads (9) and (10) from
11. Remove the lower wear pads (5) and (6) from the
12. Remove any debris from the spigot holes in the
stabilizer leg (7) and the stabilizer post (1). Make
sure there is no debris between the inner
surfaces of the stabilizer post (1) and the outer
surfaces of the stabilizer leg (7).
13. Inspect the lower parts of the stabilizer leg (7)
and the stabilizer post (1) for damage. Make sure
all welds are in good condition and the bottoms
of the stabilizer leg (7) and the stabilizer post (1)
are not flared.
NOTE : Replacement upper wear pads are colour

coded by thickness.
Colour
Thickness
mm
Yellow
4.5
Black
Grey
5.5
Neutral
Red
6.5
14. If necessary, fully remove the stabilizer leg (7) to

repair any damage found during Step 13.
NOTE : It is not possible to remove the stabilizer leg
through the bottom of the stabilizer post. It must be
lifted out through the top of the stabilizer post.
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-19
A
1
10
9
9
10
4
3
6
5
6
7
8
B
7
DIMENSION A
DIMENSION B
VIEW ON ARROW A
7
DIMENSION C
DIMENSION C
VIEW ON ARROW B
CI98K511
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-20
24. Lower the stabilizer leg (7) until its bottom aligns
with the bottom of the stabilizer post (1).
31. Position the stabilizer leg (7) at a convenient

working height.
25. Position the stabilizer leg (7) with one of its outer
surfaces touching the corresponding inner
surface of the stabilizer post (1).
32. Screw a suitable bolt (3) into the boss on the

stabilizer post (1) and clamp the stabilizer leg (7)
to the stabilizer post (1).
26. Measure and note the clearance between the

opposite outer surface of the stabilizer leg (7)
and the corresponding inner surface of the
stabilizer post (1) (Dimension C).
33. Remove the short pin (8) and the length of rope.
27. Carry out Steps 25 and 26 again on the outer

surface of the stabilizer leg (7) adjacent to the
surface positioned during step 25 (Dimension D).
28. Determine the thickness of the replacement
lower wear pads (5) required by dividing
Dimension C by two. Determine the thickness of
the replacement lower wear pads (6) required by
dividing Dimension D by two.
WARNING: You could be injured if you

remove the bolt (3) before making sure the
stabilizer leg (7) is in contact with the ground.
34. Remove the bolt (3) and install the plastic plug
(4).
35. Install the stabilizer hydraulic cylinder (see page
14).
29. Raise the stabilizer leg (7) to access the holes for
the wear pads spigots.
30. Select and install the replacement lower wear
pads (9) and (10) in the stabilizer post (1).
NOTE : Replacement lower round wear pads are
colour coded by thickness.
Colour
Thickness
mm
Yellow
4.5
Black
Grey
5.5
Neutral
Red
6.5
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-21
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE REAR FRAME GUARD

(Sideshift machine)
This information is applicable to the left rear frame
guard. The procedure for the right rear frame guard is
identical.
1. Start the engine and position the sideshift to
access the rear frame guard (1).
2. Stop the engine.

spacers (4).
4. Remove the rear frame guard
reinforcements (5) from the machine.
(1)
and
NOTE : The installation of the rear frame guard is in

2
3
4
4
2
CI99F503
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-22
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE STABILIZER HYDRAULIC

CYLINDER (Centremount machines)
hydraulic cylinder. The procedure for a right-hand
stabilizer hydraulic cylinder is identical.
the stabilizer legs (2). Make sure the machine is
not raised from the ground.
11. Remove the stabilizer hydraulic cylinder (1) from

machine.

(see section 8002).
13. If fitted, remove the bolts (13), the nuts (14), the
clamp bracket (15) and the guide (16) from the

lines and connections.
NOTE : The installation of the stabilizer hydraulic

cylinder is in the reverse order from that of removal.
4. Disconnect the flexible hoses (3) and (4) from the

adaptors (5). Put caps on the flexible hoses (3)
and (4) and the adaptors (5).
NOTE : After installation, replenish the hydraulic

system.
5. Remove the circlips (6), the hook (7) and the

washer (8) from the upper pin (9).
6. Support the stabilizer hydraulic cylinder (1) at its
upper eye with suitable lifting equipment.
NOTE : After installation, carry out an operational test

of the stabilizer hydraulic cylinder (1). Make sure that
there are no leaks from the hydraulic lines and
7. Use a soft metal drift to remove the upper pin (9).

8. If fitted, remove the bolts (11) and the rock guard
(10).
9. Remove the circlips (13) from the lower pin (12).
10. Use a soft metal drift to remove the lower pin
(12).
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-23
1
3
5
7
6
16
6
14
15
13
10
1
11
13
12
13
CI98K513
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-24
STABILIZER LEG (Centremount machines)

leg. The procedure for a right-hand stabilizer leg is
identical.
8. Remove the circlips (8) from the pivot pin (9).
Removal
1. Park the machine on firm level ground and lower
the stabilizer legs (1). Make sure the machine is
(see section 8002).
3. If fitted, remove the bolts (2) and the rock guard
(3).
4. Remove the circlips (4) from the lower pin (5).
5. Use a soft metal drift to remove the lower pin (5).
6. Move the foot (6) from the stabilizer leg (1).
7. Move the stabilizer hydraulic cylinder (7) away
from the stabilizer leg (1) and support in this
position with temporary ties.
WARNING: The stabilizer leg is heavy.

Support the stabilizer leg with rope or a
suitable trestle and get help to remove it from
the machine.
9. Use a soft metal drift to remove the pivot pin (9)

and remove the stabilizer leg (1) from the
machine.
Installation
Install a stabilizer leg in the reverse order of the
1. Lubricate the pivot pin (9) through the grease
nipple in the stabilizer leg (1) with a suitable
multi-purpose lithium base (EP) molybdemun
grease.
2. After installation, the stabilizer service. Make
sure the stabilizer leg (1) operates correctly.
8
9
8
7
1
2
6
5
4
4
CI98K514
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99
9011-25
TYPICAL STABILIZER HYDRAULIC LINES (Centremount machines)

10. Disconnect the pipes (6) from the unions (8).
This information is applicable to left-hand typical

stabilizer hydraulic lines. the procedure for right-hand
typical stabilizer hydraulic lines is identical.
11. Remove the pipe (6).

12. Remove the unions (7). Remove and discard the
O-ring seals (9).
Removal

O-ring seals (10).
1. Park the machine on flat, level ground and lower

the stabilizer legs. Make sure the machines is
14. Put caps on the flexible hoses (2), the pipes (6),
the valve block (11), the unions (4), (7) and (8)
and the selector block (12).

(see section 8002).
3. Place a suitable container below the stabilizer
hydraulic lines.
Installation
Install typical stabilizer hydraulic lines in the reverse
4. Note the positions. Remove and discard the tiewraps (1) which attach the electrical harness to
the hydraulic lines.
1. Make sure the work area and all the components

and tools are clean.
5. Disconnect the flexible hoses (2) from the

adaptors (3).
2. Install new O-ring seals (5), (9) and (10).

3. Install new tie-wraps (1) on the electrical harness
and the hydraulic lines in the positions noted
during the removal procedure.
6. Disconnect the flexible hoses (2) from the unions

(4).
7. Remove the flexible hoses (2) and put caps on
the stabilizer hydraulic cylinders.
4. After installation, replenish the hydraulic system.

the stabilizer hydraulic system. Make sure there
are no leaks from the hydraulic lines and

O-ring seals (5).
9. Disconnect the pipes (6) from the unions (7).
12
5
4
11
10
3
CI98K515
Cre 7-21690GB
Issued 06-99

Service Manual - 6198135m2gb Pre h100 1 3904

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Manual - 6198135m2gb Pre h100 1 3904

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Manual - 6198135m2gb Pre h100 1 3904

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

750/760/860/960/965 LOADER BACKHOE SERVICE MANUAL

Copyright 1999 Case France

Copyright 1999 Case France

NOTE : Use thick nuts with Grade 8 bolts.

Grade 10.9 Bolts,

These values apply to fasteners with coarse threads

Grade 8.8 Bolts,

Grade 12.9 Bolts, Nuts and Studs

O-ring boss end fitting

O-ring face seal end

Low strength threadlocker

-54 to +150 10 min/24 h

Low strength threadlocker (small screws)

Low strength threadlocker

-54 to +150 10 min/24 h

Medium strength threadlocker

High strength threadlocker

High strength threadlocker

-54 to +150 10 min/24 h

High strength threadlocker

-54 to +234 30 min/24 h

High temperature, high strength

High strength threadlocker

-54 to +150 60 min/24 h

High strength threadlocker

Surface insensitive adhesive

Gel instant adhesive

Gap filling instant adhesive (metals)

Gap filling instant adhesive (plastics)

Wicking instant adhesive

Gap filling instant adhesive

Metal bonding adhesive

LOCTITE PRODUCT CHART

Form a Gasket (works with oil, fuel or

Fast setting 2 part epoxy

Surface insensitive gel instant adhesive

General purpose instant adhesive

Metal bonding adhesive

-54 to +150 90 sec/24 h

-54 to +206 30 min/24 h

High temperature, gasket eliminator

Gasket eliminator 515

Gasket eliminator 578 for aluminum

Low strength pneumatic/hydraulic sealant

Instant seal plastic gasket

-54 to +150 2 to 4 hr/24 h

Pipe sealant for stainless steel

0.254 28/46 in lbs

0.381 46/23 in lbs

-54 to +150 2 to 4 hr/24 h

None Rigid gasket eliminator

-54 to +206 30 min/24 h

-54 to +150 10 min/24 h

Current PIN #609

-54 to +150 10 min/24 h

General purpose retaining compound

-54 to +234 30 min/24 h

High temperature. Retaining coumpound

High strength retaining compound